ErrorsinEnglishComposition 10053112

BY J C . . N ESF I EL D , M A .
I . English Comp os i tion Se rie s .
ORAL E X E R CISES IN EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N P ice l s 6d . r . .
r
To gi v e p a ctic e in th e fo rm atio n o f S e nt e nce a nd in t h e u le s s R
of G
ramm ar e a ing o n u p a ti eb r ainl y p e pa at y to s ch r c c . M r r or
th e Ju ni or Cou rs e of English Comp osi ti on .
JUNI O R C O UR SE OF EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N
I n s tr u c W it , h
r r r
t io n s in Es sa y w it i ng a nd L e tt e w iting -
r 6d F or -
. P ice 1 s . .
O x fo rd and C am i g e L br d
oc al Exa m in atio n s r r
( P e lim i na y and
u r
J nio ) , P e e pto rc rs
Exa mi nation ( s T h rd
i a nd S e o ndc c ss s
’
la e ) ,
a nd th e G v e nm o r en u T ch s
t Exa mi natio ns o f P pil ea e r .
SENI O R C OUR SE O F EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N Pric e 3 6d . 8. .
Ad pte d t o th e Exa m inat io n o f W o ol w c h a nd S ndh u rs t th e

a s i a ,
n e w L o nd o n M a tr culat io n t h e O fo d and C am b r d g e L o ca ls
i ,
x r i
( S e n ior) t h e C ll e g e o f Pre ce p t o ( F irs t cl

, o ) th e C ntral rs as s , e
W l s h B oard th e L e ing C e rti fi c t e ( S co tland ) t h e K ing s
’
e ,
av a ,
S ch o lars h ip ( Eng l n d nd Wal e s ) T e a ch e r C e r tif ca te ( Eng

’
a a ,
s i
l an d an d W a l e s ) T e a c h e r C e rt fi c t e ( S co t land ) th e I nd ian
’
,
s i a ,
C ivi l a nd H o m e C i il S e r ic e a nd a ny o th e r pu h k o Exam inv v , a

t ion s o f a s im il r s tand rd K EY fo r T ea ch e rs o n ly l s ne t
a a .
, , . .
E RRO R S IN EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N Pric e 3 6d A d pte d . 3. . a

to no s ta nd rd in part icu la but
a s e ful fo r al l a bo e t h e r, u v
lo w e s t Co n s ts m a inl y o f e
. m pl e s c l le d from l ite r ture
si xa u a
or j rnalis m b y m e ans o f w h ich th e s tu de nt can ac q u ire a
ou ,
g re t d e l o f prac tic e in th e d e t e c tion nd c o rre c tio n o f e r o r

a a a r s
i n G ram m r C n t ru ct io n O rd e r Pre po s it io ns a nd C o n
a ,
o s , , ,
j unc tio ns As th e bo o k c on ta ns it s o w n k e y it c an b e u e d
. i ,
s
in priv ate s t d y no l e s s th a n in c lasu s.
II . Englis h G ra mma r Se ries .
USES O F THE PAR TS OF SPEECH w ith a larg e numb e r o f ,
c re f lly grad e d E e rcis e s Price 6d A e as y and e ry

a u x . . 11 v
e l e m e n a y c o r e fo r s t u d e nt s u p to th e ag e o f t e n or t w e l ve
t r u s .
O UT L INE O F EN GL IS H G RAMM AR w ith la g e n m b e o f ,

a r u r
ca re f l l y g ra d e d E e rc ise s
u P rice I s 6d S pe c i ll y int e nd e d
x . . . a
t o m e e t th e re q ire m e n t s o f th e O f r d and C am brid g L o cal
u x o e
E a m ination s ( Pr e lim inary a nd Ju nior) t h e J n or C e rt ifi t e
x , u i ca
E am inatio n o f th e We ls h C e ntr l B oa rd and th e Pre c e ptors
’
x a ,
E am na t io n s ( T h ird and S e co nd clas s e s )

x i K EY fo T ac h e rs , r e
o nl y, 23 . 6d n e t . .
M A NUAL EN GLI S H GRAMM AR AN D C O M PO SITI O N

OF .
P ric e 2 8 6d A d apt e d t o Pu pil T ea c h e rs S c h olars h ip Ex am ina

’
. .
t i o ns O xfor d and C am bri d ge L o ca l Exam inat io n ( S e nio r) and

, ,
Pre ce pt o rs Exam ina tio n ( F irs t c la s s ) K EY for Te ac h e rs o nl y

’
.
, ,
2s 6 d
. . ne t .
EN GL IS H GRAMM AR PA ST AN D PR ES EN T Pric e 4 5 6d , . . .
A d apte d to th e L ond o n M atricu lat ion c o u rs e W i th a v ery ,
l arg e nu m b e r o f g rad e d q u e s t io n s s e le ct e d fro m th e L ond o n ,
M a t ri cu la tio n Exa m ina tio ns K EY fo r T ea c h e rs o nly 2 8 6d .

, ,
. .
ne t .
H IST O RIC AL EN GL IS H AN D D E R IVA TI O N Pric e 3 5 6d A . . .
re print o f th e h i s torica l portio ns o f th e a bo v e w ith an ,

a d d itio nal c h a pte r o n H is to rical S ynta x and a n in cre a s e d
nu m b e r o f e xam p le s on Pre fi x e s and Suffi x e s .
M AC M I L L AN AN D CO . L TD .
,
L OND ON .
ER R O R S
EN G L I SH COM POSITION
IN TW O PARTS
PART I .
— SE N TE N C E S TO B E C O RRE CTE D O R JU STI F I ED
II .
—SO L U TIO N S OF E X A M PL E S IN P A RT I
J . O . N ESF I EL D ,
MA .
A U TH O R OF
‘
E N G L I SH A M M A R PA ST AN D
GR PR ESE N T ,
’ ‘
H I STO R I C AL
EN G L IS H AN D D ER I V A TI O N
’
,
ETC .
M AC M IL L AN AN D C O .
, L I M ITE D
ST . M A R T I N S S T R EET,
’
LON DON , W0 .
N EW YO R K T H E M A CMI LLA N C O M PA N Y
19 03
P REF AC E
“ ”
TH IS boo k is call e d Errors i n Engli s h C om p o sitio n b e ca u se ,
it c hi e fl y co ns is ts o f e x a mple s i n w h ic h so m e e rro r i n G r a m mar,

C o n s tr u ction o r O r d e r o c c u rs
, Th e s e nte n ce s w h ic h t h e s t u d e nt
.
,
”
is ask e d to co rr ect i mp ro v e o r j u stify , h av e b e e n ta k e n b ot h
, ,
fro m liter at u r e an d fro m j o u rn alism m ai nl y h o w e v e r fro m th e

, , ,
l atte r and m a i nly fro m v ery re cent j o u rnalism

, Th ey are .
li k ely th erefor e , to Sh o w th e kind s o f in acc u r acie s w h ic h ( if

,
my v i e w s on s u c h m atte rs are s o u n d ) are m ost p re v ale nt at

th e p r ese nt day, and again st w h ic h a w rite r wh o d e s ires to b e
a cc u r ate h as m ost n e e d to b e on h is gu a rd .
C e rtain b oo k s or ra t h er ce rta in p o rtio n s o f b ook s h aving

, ,
t h e sa m e o bj e ct i n v ie w h av e b ee n p u b lis h e d alr e ad y viz t h e ,

.
Sole ci sm s in C a mp b ell s P hilos ophy of Rhe tor ic t h e

’
s ectio n o n
“ ”
long c h apte r o n Co m p o s itio n i n B ree n s M ode r n English ’
L itera tu r e I ts B lemishes a nd D efects ; an d Pa rt I I d e aling w it h

, .
,
”
Ac ci d e n ce togeth er w i t h Part I I I , o n Sy n ta x , in H o dgso n s
”
, .
’
Errors in the Use of Eng lish — t h e m o st c om plet e b o ok o f th e

,
th re e .
I n e a c h o f t h e s e b o oks th e s ol u tio n o f e v ery s e nte nc e th at is

qu ote d fo r co rre cti o n is gi v e n i m m e d i ately u n d er t h e s ente n ce
its elf M y o wn pl a n is d iffer e nt
. I h av e gi v e n th e s ol u tio ns
.
at th e en d o f th e b o ok qu ite ap a rt fro m th e se nte n ce s th em sel v e s

“ ”
( j u st as A n s w er s to Ex a m ple s are giv e n at th e en d o f a
b o ok on A rith m etic) so t h at th e stu d ent m ay h av e th e p ro fitab l e
,
l ab o u r o f e x amin i n g and i f n e ce ssar y , co rre ctin g e a c h se nten ce

,
h im self b efore h e r efers to t h e ans w er fo r v eri fi ca ti on

,
.
M o s t st u d ents e v e n t h os e w h o h av e m ad e s o m e p rogress in
,
o rigi n al co mp ositio n fi nd it n e ces sa ry to re v ise th e fi rs t d raft o f

,
an e s s a y b efore m ak ing a fai r copy Pra ctic e in w o rking ou t

.
th e e xa m ples gi v e n i n t h i s b o ok w ill it is h oped b e an aid to

, ,
s u c h re v is i on , b y s h o w ing th e st u d ent w h at kin d s o f mista ke s
V
Vi ERR O R S I N E N G L I S H C O M PO S I T I O N
he is likely to m ake an d in w h at w ay or w ays s u c h m ist ak es

,
c a n b e p ut rig h t As th e b oo k contains a ke y to all t h e e x a m ples

th at it contains it ca n b e u se d p ri v ate ly b y any one w h o d esires
,
to st u dy its co nte nts w it h o u t t h e h elp o f a te a ch er I f it sh o u l d

.
b e u se d in cl ass I a d v is e t h at t h e s tu d ents b e re q u ire d to gi v e

,
th eir a n s w ers or ally and at sigh t s o th at gre ater fa cility m ay b e

,
a c q ui re d i n t h e d etectio n an d a v oi d an ce o f error a n d tim e m ay

,
n o t b e w a ste d ei th er in p repa r atio n or i n w riting .
At th e h e ad o f e ach se t o f e xa m ples I h av e gi v e n a fe w no tes

e x pl a i ning th e p rin cip l es in v ol v e d
.
Th ere are som e p oints i n Englis h G ra m m a r and C o nst ru ctio n

ab out w h ic h n o fi n al settlem e nt e q u ally s atisfa cto ry to all h as
yet b e e n re a c h ed O n all s u c h p o ints I h av e gi v en m y o w n

.
v i e w an d t h e r e a so n s fo r it
. B u t n o o n e as I n ee d s ca rcely
,
add ,
is o b lige d to en d o rs e w h at I say i f h e see s r e aso n to
,
d i s sent and can su b stitu te s o m e t h i ng w h ic h h e c on sid e rs b etter

, .
J o . . N E S FI E L D .
Ap r il 1 9 03 .
C O N T EN T S
PAR T I .
—S E N T E NC E S TO B E OO RREOTED O R
JUS T I F I E D .
CH AP .
1 . E RR O R S O F G R A M M A R
( a ) V erb a nd Subj ec t
( 6) M isce lla neou s
.
Sentences to correc t im pro v e or j u s tify

, , .
2 . E RR O R S O F C O N S TRU C T I O N
( a ) Nouns
( b) Adj ec ti v es inc l udin g Ar tic l es
,
( 0) Com parison of Adj ecti v es

( ol ) Pronouns
( e ) F ini te M ood s a nd Tenses .
“ “ ” “
( f ) Sh all ,
shou ld w i ll ,
(g ) Sequence of Tense a n d M ood

( h ) Infini ti v e V erb al Noun G e 1 u n d Pa
,
r tici ple, ,
Sen tences to correct im pro v e or j ustify

, ,
.
3 . E RR O R S O F O R D ER
( a ) Subj ect Obj ect A pposi tion
, ,
( b) Adj ec ti v e a nd Partici pl e .
( c) Pronouns
( )
d Ad v erb Ad
,
v erbi a l Phr a se or Ad v erbi a l C la use
,
( e ) Pre po si t ions
( f ) Corre lat i v e Conj unc t ions
Sentences to correct im pro v e or j us tify , , .
4 . E RR O R S I N PR EP O S I T I O N S
Ex am pl e s in the Use of Pre positions
Sent ences to correc t im pro v e or j ustify
, , .
5 . E RR O R S I N C O N JU N C T I O N S
( a ) Co ordin a ti v e Co nj unctions
-
( b) Subordin ati v e Conj unctions

Sentence s to correct im prov e , ,
or j u s tify
.
v ii
i
v ii ERR O R S IN E N G L I S H C O M PO S I T I O N
PA R T I I . S O LUT I ON S O F E XA M PL E S I N PA R T I .
E X A M P L ES
PART I —SEN TEN CES
. TO BE CO RRECTED
O R JU STI F I ED .
C H APTER I .
-
ERRO RS OF G RAMM AR .
BY e r ro r s ofgr a m m ar are m e a n t e rr or s in Acci d e n ce C on cor d , ,
an d G o v ern m e nt Th e p r esen t c h ap t er co nsists m a i nly o f s e n

.
te n ce s i nv ol v ing su c h e rro rs The s t u d ent is ask ed to e x a mi n e

.
th es e se nten ces and w h ere h e s e es re a son to corre ct t h e m

, ,
The .
a n s w ers w ill b e fo u n d in Pa rt I I Bu t h e is ad v ise d n ot to

.
r e fe r to t h ese an s w ers u ntil h e h as stu d ie d e ac h sentence him

,
self and d eci d e d w h at corr ection i f any, is n e ede d

, ,
.
I t h as b e e n fo u n d co n v e ni ent to su bd i v i d e t h e sente n ce s
c o nt a in e d i n thi s c h apte r i nto tw o m ai n cl asses — (a ) th os e
i n v ol v ing q u estion s o f V e r b an d Su bj e ct in w h i c h e rro rs are ,
m or e lik ely to b e m ad e t h a n i n any oth ers ( 6) t h os e in v ol v ing

q u estio ns o f any ot h e r kind and t h e refore h e ad ed m i s cell an e
,
”
ou s. At th e h e a d o f e a c h s e ctio n I h av e gi v en a fe w n ote s
c allin g attentio n to ce rta in sali e nt p oints in w h ic h e rrors are
m ost co m monly m et w ith o r ab ou t wh i c h the stu d ent m ay feel
,
som e u nc ertai nty .
(a) Ve r b a nd Su bj ect .
1 Tw o Sin gul ar bj e cts fo ll ow e d b y a Singu lar v e rb

—Th re e d ifferent c ase s arise
. su .
(a) W h e n t h e tw o Singu l a r n o u n s refer to th e s a m e p ers o n

o r t h ing an d h av e b ut o n e a rticle o r ot h er q u alifying w or d i n
,
fro nt o f t h e m t h e v e r b is Sing u l ar
,
In s u c h a c as e th e pl u r ality
.
is app ar e nt n o t r e al
, .
Th e poet an d s tatesm a n is de a d .
This is e qui v al ent to s a yin g “

The m a n w h o w as both poet an d
,
GE B
2 S E N T E NC E S TO B E C O RRE C T E D O R JU S T I F I E D P A RT I
s ta tesmen is de ad If differen t persons h ad been in t ended th e sen

.
,
“ ”
tence w ou ld h av e been Th e poe t a n d the s ta tesmen a re de a d
, .
H ere obser v e th e ar tic le is re pe ated .
W hen th e D uk e died his son and n ames ak e and successor w as an

,
infa n t .
H ere obser v e s on n a m es a ke an d s u cces sor a ll refer to th e s ame

, ,
p erson a,
nd h a v e a sin l e qu a lifyin g w ord
g his p l a ced before them , , .
( b) W h e n the tw o Singul ar n o u ns are p r a ctic ally syn ony mo u s ,
o n e b eing a d d e d t o t h e oth e r fo r t h e s ak e O f e mp h as is or e l u ci
d ation th e v erb m ay b e Singul ar

,
N o pl u r ali ty is felt to e x ist .
i n s u c h a c as e .
H is po w er a nd influence is q ui te a s much their cre ation a s i t is tha t

of th e Unionists —Sp ecta tor p 2 09 Au g 1 7 1 9 01
W herein cloth s it the fe ar an d dre a d of kin g s —SH A KE S P E A RE
. . .
, , ,
. .
Th e pe a ce a n d g ood order of society w a s n o t promoted by the feud al

system —H A LL A M . .
Th e v ery scheme an d plan of his life differed from that of other

men —SEELY . .
()
0 W h e n th e tw o Si n g u l ar n ou n s t h o u g h n o t sy no ny m o u s are
, ,
inten d e d to e x p ress j ointly a s ingle i d e a or a single w h ole , the

v er b m ay b e Sing u l a r
Bre ad an d butter is w h a t they usu ally h a v e for bre akfa st .
Th e ebb an d fl o w of the t ides is n o w unders t ood .
Th e sty l e of a m an shoul d be th e im ag e of his mind but the choice

—
,
a n d comm a nd of la n gu ag e is the fruit of e x erience G IBBON S

’
p .
Au tobiograp hy .
“
Th e choice a nd comm an d me a ns fa cility in the choice and
”
comm and Choice of w ords necess arily de pends on one s h av in g a
.
’
corres ponding comm and of w ords H ence p lur ality is not felt . .
Th e lan gu ag e a nd history of the L ithu a ni ans is closely connected

wi th tha t of the G reek s —F REEM AN .
This la st e x am pl e is more doubtfu l th a n the t hree precedi n g 1

Th e .
lan g ua g e of a n a tion is often qui te inde pendent of its his tory ; hence
tw o such nouns mi gh t correc tly be fo llo w ed b y a Plur al v erb Observ e
ho w e v er th a t th e a u thor men tions the artic l e only once —w hich show s
.
,
, ,
th a t he in tended lan g u ag e a nd his tory to be combined in thou ght

“
a s re resentin
p ” g a sin gl e fa ct Th e ch a r a c t er of the lan gu ag e a nd
his tory e tc , .
Both minister and m ag istrate is com pe lled to choose bet w een his
du ty and his re pu tat ion —J UNIUS Prefa ce to L e tters .
,
.
Ta is is O b v ious ly indefensib le since minister and m agistr a te ,
1
According to B reen ( M ode rn Eng lish L ite r a tu re ) th is k ind of con
s truc tion is under all circumstances indefens ibl e Th e e x ample of some .
of our best authors is how e v er in its fav our Rain in Co mp a nion to

, , .
,
H ig he r Eng lis h G ra m ma r p 2 85 justifies th e use of a S in gu lar v erb

, .
, ,
w here th e comb in ation of nouns sugg es t un it or co llectiv eness

y .
CHAP I . ERR O R S OF G RA MM A R 3
“
refer to tw o entire ly dis tinct persons . Say, The minister no less
”
th a n th e m agis tra t e is , etc .
2 Si gu l a
. n r s u bj e c t fo l l o w e d b y a Pl u al
r v e rb — Tw o
d i ffer ent c as es a ris e
a ) W h e n t h e Sa m e Singul a r n o u n is q u alifi e d b y tw o co n
(
t ras te d adj ecti v es so t h at tw o sep a r ate p erson s o r t h in gs are
,
th er e b y d en ote d t h e v er b is Pl u r al z
,
Th e lo g ic al an d th e his t oric al a n alysis of a l an gu ag e g ener ally

coi ncid e —RA IN .
Th is co nstru ction th oug h gr am m atic ally d efen si ble h as an

, ,
aw k w ard so u n d ,
an d is n o t re co m m e n d e d for i mita t io n I ts .
a d missi b ility d ep en ds e n t ir ely o n th e a rticl e b eing rep e ate d

b efor e t h e se co nd adj e cti v e I t w o ul d so u n d b ette r i f t h e no u n
.
,
w ere m ad e Pl u ral i n ste ad o f Sing u l ar or if t h e Sing u l ar n o u n ,
w er e m e nti on e d t w ice
Th e l o g ic al a nd historic al a n alyses of a lang u age g enerally coincide .
( Th e re pe tition of the a r tic le is n o t necessa ry w hen th e noun ,
is plura li sed ) .
Th e lo gic al a n al ysis an d th e his t oric al a n alysis of a lan gu ag e

genera lly coincide .
W h e n t h ere is n o arti cle b efore t h e tw o adj ecti v e s th e n o u n ,
m u s t c ertainly b e m e ntion e d t w ice

L ogic al a n alysis an d his t oric al an alysis g ener ally coincide .
L in guis tic science an d men tal science a re n o t one a nd th e sa me

thin g —\VH I TN EY Orie nta l a nd L ingu istic Stu dies p 2 6 1
.
, , . .
Rom a n C a tho lic Euro pe an d reformed Euro pe w e r e stru ggl in g for

de a th or li fe —M AO AU L AY H is t Engla nd
.
,
. .
b
( ) W h e n t h e S ing u l ar n ou n is a n o u n o f M ultit u d e i e a ,
. .
C ollecti ve n o u n u se d i n a D istri b uti v e o r plur al se n s e th e v er b ,
is Pl u r al .H e r e pl u rality th o u g h n o t r epres en te d b y th e for m

,
o f th e is felt to e x i s t .
Th e C ape M inist ry a re m uch div ided reg ardin g the Imperi al po lic y
—
.
D a ily Te le rap h p 1 0 A pril 2 5 1 9 00

g
. .
, , ,
” “
H ere M in istry is equi v al ent t o M inis ters To th e s a me cla ss .
“ ” “ “ ”
b el on g such w ords a s ou r c a ttl e v ermin en ry ‘
p l t y , g t , , ,
eo e of hich e x press indi v idu al s a c tin g sin g l a n d a par t

“
p p l ,
a ll w
y ,
“
a n d a re therefore fo llo w ed by Plura l v erbs ( Peo ple i n th e sense .
,
”
of n atio n as a peo ple h as a S in gula r v erb )
, ,
.
C a re m u st b e t ake n t h at t h e C o lle c ti v e n o u n is r e ally u se d in

a d istri b uti v e sense .O th e r w is e it is w r ong as in th e follo wi ng ,
e x ample to m ak e t h e v er b plural
,
The w hol e g rou p do not a s a bod y w ag e w ar on ano ther alien .
AN D REw L A N G M aking of Religion p 2 89

, , . .
4 S E N T E NC E S TO B E C O RRE C T E D O R JUSTIF IED P A RT I
It is po s si b le (t h o u g h th e possi b ility is of v ery r are o cc u r

r e n ce ) to u s e the n o u n colle cti v ely w ith o ne v e r b an d dis tribu
tive ly w it h a noth er i n the s a m e se nte n ce
Th e M eg are a n sec t w as founded b y Euc lid ( n o t th e m athem atici a n ) ,

a n d w e re the h a p py in ve n tor s of l o gic al s yllo g ism or th e ar t of
quibb ling —TYTLER ( The sec t a s a w hole w as founded by

. .
Euc lid Indi vidu al s of the sec t w ere in v en tors , etc )

. .
3 Pl u r al Su bj
. e ct fo ll ow e d b y a Sin gu lar ve —
rb W h e n
th e Pl u ral n o u n is p rop er n a m e for so m e colle cti v e u ni t
a or
s o m e s ingle o bj e ct t h e v er b is Sing ul a r
,
Thomson s studied in cla ss this e r a nd a nob le poem

’
Se as ons i s y a ,
i t is.
Th e Cha racte ristics ( of Sh a ftesbury ) cons i sts of a coll ection of dis

qu is itions .
—
CR AI R , ii 2 51 . .
In Europe the United S tates has no friend e x cept G re at Bri tain .
Spe cta tor , p 64 9 , N o v 1 0

.
, 190 0 . .
Th e Uni ted S ta tes e asi ly ta ke th e l e a d in th e produc tion of pig iron -
a n d s tee l Re vie w of R e vi e ws , p 1 81 , Au g 1 9 0
.
-
0 ( Ch a n g e . . .
ta ke to ta kes , since reference is not m a de to indi v idu al s ta tes ,

b u t to th e Uni t ed States as one po w er or n a t ion a li ty com pe tin g
w i th all o ther po w ers ) .
Sim ila rly w h er e a n o u n d enotes som e spe ci fic q u antity

Pl u ral
con sid ere d a s a w h ole , th e v e r b can b e Sing u l ar and is ge n e r ally ,
s o i n fa ct
Twenty four pence is equ al to tw o shi ll in g s

-
F or ty yards is a g ood dis ta nce —SHER ID A N

.
. .
N ine tenths of t he miseries an d v ices of m a nk ind proce e d from

id leness —
-
C A RLYLE ( H ere th e Plural is correc t since number

. .
,
is prominent rather th an qu an ti ty ) .
W e h av e a fe w n o u n s w h ich th o u gh Plu r al i n form are , ,
Singul a r in m e a ning W it h s u c h n o u n s a Sing u l ar v erb is

.
gen erally p re ferr e d .
P olitics is n o t a ga me any more th a n is w an —D a i ly Te legrap h ,
p 8 M arch 2 8 1 9 03
.
, , .
Your a me nds h as been a cce pted ( Ne v er used in the Sin gu la r .

,
e x ce pt in the foreig n form a me nd e w hich is French not , , ,
English )
Th e w a ges of sin is de a th —N e w Tes ta m e n t
.
”
( W e c a“n s pe ak of a .
li v in g w ag e but it is agains t idiom t o s ay

,
Th e w ag e of ,
sin is de a th .
Th e n e w s th a t you brin g is most encour agin g ( Alw ays Plur al in .
“ ”
form To e xpress plurality O f me aning s a y I tems of ne w s )
.
,
Th e m ea ns empl oyed by yo u is sufficien t ( A lw ays Plura l in form . .
“
To e x press pl ura li ty of me a nin g s ay Th e di fferent or se v era l ,
”
or v arious m ea n s )
6 S EN TENC ES TO B E C O RRE C T E D O R JU ST I F I E D P A RT I
F e w poli tic al
cons piracies w hene v er relig ion forms a prete x t is
w ithou t a w om a n —D I S R A E L I Q u a r re ls of Au th ors
, ,
’
. .
,
I f Singu l r n o u n s co n n ected b y a nd co m e b et w ee n a
()
0 tw o a
Sin gu l a r su bj ect an d its V er b w riter s are apt t o m ak e th e v e r b

,
Pl u ral inste ad o f Sing u l ar

I t is in such momen t s O f g loom and de pression th at the immort al
su periority of genius and v ir tue mos t stron gly appe a r —AL ISON .
,
Essa y on Cha tea u bri a nd .
I t ha s alre a d y been s t a ted th a t th e di fference bet w een th e n e w and

th e o ld G erm an t h e D u tch a nd th e F risi a n , t h e I ta li a n a nd th e
'
L a tin , th e Rom an a nd t h e G reek , a re

precise ly simi lar .
L AT H AM , The Eng l ish L a ngu a ge .
6 . Su bj e ct foll ow e d b y “
w it h .
—
An ot h er sn are , aga inst
w h ic h t h e w rite r s h ould b e o n his gu a rd , is w h e n a Singul a r
s u bj ect is j o in e d to so m e o th e r n o u n b y the prep ositi o n wi th .
The u s e o f wi th a fter a Singul a r s u bj e ct d oes n o t m a k e t h e v e r b

Plu r al .
The farm w ith all its buildings a nd li v e stock w e re so ld for £ 4 0

(
00 -
.
( Say w as ) .
I nst an ces h ow e v er aris e i n w h ic h a Sin g u l ar v e r b t h o u g h

, , ,
gr am m atic ally correct do e s n o t s u it th e s en se

,
In su ch a ca se .
with m u st b e c h ange d to a nd .
The comm ander w i th a ll his forces w as destro yed ( Ch an g e with .
to a nd and w as to w e re
, .
Y our poor g amek ee per w ith all his larg e family ha ve been perish
ing —F I EL D I N G Tom Jones ch iii
.
, ( Th e sense is be tter th a n, . .
th e gr a mm ar Ch an g e w ith to a nd )
. .
as w e ll as — An oth er sn are is
“
7 Su bj e ct fol low e d b y
. .
w h e n th e Su bj e ct is conn e cte d w it h so m e oth er n o u n b y a s w e ll

as . Th e v e r b m u st ta k e th e n u m b er an d p erso n o f its Su bj ect ,
i e o f t h e n o u n o r pro n ou n p re ce ding a s we ll a s w h ate v e r m ay

. .
,
b e t h e n u m b e r and t h e p erso n o f th e n o u n follo w ing 1 1

Th e tem per a s w e ll a s the k no wl ed g e of a modern histori an requ ire
1
O n th is poin t I find m yself at v ar iance w ith B ain , wh o in H ig her
Eng lis h G r a mma r, p 3 06, ed 1 89 6, jus tifies such a sentence as th e
. .
fo llo wing
Pompe y as w ell as C aes ar w ere gr e at men .
does so on the ground th at if th e pre dic ate is me ant to be affirmed

He ,
of bo th as w ell as is a s ynonym of a nd B u t a s w ell as is not an d ne ver

, .
can be a s ynon ym of a n d Rain h imself m p 1 0 2 of th e s ame book lays

. .
do w n th e fac t u niv e i s ally admitted th at a s we ll a s giv es more emph as is

, ,
to th e firs t subjec t th an t o the second and th at hence th e v erb be lon g s to ,
th e firs t a n d is understood for th e second I f no such emph as is is .
in tended th e proper conjunction to use is a nd no t a s w ell as

, , .
C H AP . 1 ERR O R S OF G R AM M A R 7
a more sober a nd a ccurate lan g u ag e .

—
G IBB O N ,
D e cline a nd
F a ll .
( Say r equ ires ) .
H omer e as V irgil w ere transcribed

as w ll a nd stu died on th e b anks
of the Rhine a nd D a nub e —I bid .
“ ” “
8 nn e ct e d b y e ith e r
Su bj e ct s co or n e ith e r
—
.
,
"
nor . Tw o or m ore Singu l ar n o u ns con n e cted b y t h ese con
j un ctions re qu i r e a Si ngul ar v e r b If t h e s u bj e cts d iffe r i n n u m be r
.
o r i n p e rso n th e v er b follo w s t h e n u m b er a n d p erso n o f t h at

,
s u bj e ct w h ic h s ta n ds n e arest to it Attr a cti o n or pr ox i m ity is h e re

.
a s afe g ui d e .
It is s pecul ation u pon w hich nei ther his w ork s nor h is life throw s
a
an y li gh t —Re vi e w of Re vi e w s p 4 4 0 M ay 1 9 01 ( Correc t ,
.
, . .
B u t w hen one of th e subj ec t s is Pl ural it sounds better t o pl ace ,
it last an d m ak e th e v erb Plural ) .
Althou gh th e bulle ts w ere plou g hin g u p a ll around nei ther I nor

m y pony w as touche d —W A RRE N L ife of Pri nce Ch r is ti a n
,
Vi ctor ( Correct ) .
To C a therine a n d L ydi a nei ther the letter nor its w ri ter w as in a ny

degree in teres ting —J A N E A US TE N P ride a nd Prej u d ice ch , ,
.
x iii ( Correc t )
.
No a ct ion or ins titution c an be st ab l e w hich a re n o t ba sed on

rea son a nd th e w ill of G o d —M AR N OLD Cu ltu re a nd Ana rchy .
, ,
p 9 ( W rong Ch an g e a re to is )
. . . .
W h e n tw o Si ngu l a r p ro n o u n s o f diffe ren t p erson s are co n

n e cte d b y a d isj u n cti v e t h e v er b a ccordin g to ru l e Sh o u l d agre e
,
w it h t h e o ne n e a rest to it
Ei ther you or I a m in th e w ron g .
Either he or you a re in th e w ron g .
Ei ther you or he i s in th e w ron g .
Su c h is t h e rule B u t t h e con str u cti on h as an aw k w ar d

.
so u n d w h ic h can b e o b v i ate d b y m e ntion ing th e v er b i n its

,
1
p r ope r for m w ith e ac h Su bj e ct
Ei ther you are in th e w ron g or I am ,
.
Either he is in th e w ron g or you are ,

.
Either yo u are in the w ron g or he is ,

.
9 . Eith e r
n e it h e r as Dis t rib u t iv e s
,
Th ese ,
.
,
w h eth e r t h ey are u se d as n o un s o r as a dj e cti v es m u st b e ,
follo w e d b y Sin gu l a r v e r b s
1
I am un ab l e t o ag ree w ith H od gson , w h o, in Error s in the Us e of
Eng lis h, p 1 4 3 , sums u p as fo llo w s
.
“
O n th e w ho l e , th e l att er ( the
-
pl u r al is in g of th e v erb ) seems th e l e a s t objec t ion a b l e for m T h is is no t .
consis tent with the ru le giv en b y th e s a me author th at th e D isjuncti v e or

altern ati v e conjunc tions , w hen the y s tand be t w een tw o S in gu l ar subjec ts,
h av e no pluralis ing e ffec t on th e v erb th at fo llo w s , p 1 42 . .

8 S EN TENC ES TO B E C O RRE C T E D O R JU ST IF I E D P A RT I
H omer, you kno w has em ployed m any v erses in t he description of

,
th e arms of Achi ll es a s V irg il a l so h a s in those of ZEnea s

, ye t
nei ther of them are proli x bec ause the y e a ch k ee p w ithin th e
limit s of their orig in al desi gn — ,
M EL M O TH S P li ny v 6 ( H )
.
1 ’
, . .
( Ch a n g e a re t o i s th e y e ac h k e,
ep t o ea ch kee p s a n d th e i r to his ) , .
Nei ther of my bro thers do an ythin g to m a ke t his pla ce amusin g .
T H AC K ER AY ( Ch ange do to does )
. .
1 0 N ou s q
. n u a l ifi e d b y
“
e a c h
” “
e v e r y
— Any n o u n ,
.
q u ali fi ed b y s u c h adj ecti v e s m u s t b e follo w e d b y a Sin gu l ar

v er b . Ev e n if t w o n ouns so q u ali fie d are co n n e ct ed b y a nd th e ,
v er b m u s t still b e Singul a r a Si ngul a r v er b is d e m a n d e d b y

“ ”
th e d eci s i v ely Sing u l a r e ffect o f e v ery .
Ev ery tr ade and ( e v ery) industry of men or w omen has its technic al
school wi th a d v anced and rese a rch w ork —School Wor ld p ,
.
4 1 F e b 1 9 01 , ( Correc t )
. . .
Th at ni gh t e v er y m a n of the bo at s crew s av e Am yas w ere do w n

’
w i th r ag in g fe v er KIN G S LEY We stw a rd H o ! ch xx i

.
,
. .
( Ch an ge w e re to w as ) .
The w ho le boo k an d e v er y component pa rt of it is on a la rge sc a le .
MACAU L AY ( This is equiv a l en t t o s ayin g

-
. Th e w ho l e bo o k
is on a larg e sc ale a nd so is e v ery p ar t of it .
Ev ery emotion a n d e v er y o per a tion of th e mind h as a correspon di ng

e x pression of th e counten anc e —RA IN ( Correc t ) . .
1 1 Pe n de nt N omi nat iv e ( N o min ati v e w ith o u t a v er b)

. .
A N o min ati v e (u nless it is a N o m in ati v e o f add r ess) ca n n ot stan d

alon e u n co nn e cte d w it h so m e F in ite v er b as s u bj e ct o r as
,
co mplem ent or w ith so m e p arti cipl e i n t h e ab s ol u te constr u cti on

, ,
o r w i th so m e oth er N o min ati v e to w h ic h it sta n d s i n a pp osition .
”
A N omin ati v e th u s isol ate d is s aid to b e pende nt or h ang “
ing i e h anging loos e an d d eta c h e d fro m t h e rest o f th e c on

,
. .
stru ctio n ( S e e N
. ote o n th a n w h o m a t th e clo s e o f t h is s e ction ) .
Our re v enue sys tem is some wh at ine las tic and I am a fraid th e ,
com pla int th at denud a tion of fores t la nds a ffectin g it m ay

be th e r ainfall is pa rti ally t rue —C U RR I E B e low the Su rf a ce
,
.
, , ,
p 72 ( There is no v erb e x pressed or unders tood to w hich

. .
, ,
denu d a tion is th e subj ect ) .
Th e re ason a ssig ned for th e re v i v al of this l on g dorm a n t righ t ,
w hich w as to incre a se the number of law lords b y w hom -
a ppe als w ere he a rd —M O LE S W O RTH

,
. H is t of Eng iii p 7 3 , . . . . .
( In order t o g i v e re ason a predic ate v erb c a nce l th e comm a -
a fter r ight a n d c ance l w hich

) .
H e w h o needs any o ther lesson on this subj ect th an th e w ho le

course of his tory a ffords le t him re a d Cicero D e Ofi ciis —J S
, ,
. .
M I LL Ess a ys on Re ligi on p 1 07 ( In order to gi v e a v erb for

, , . .
,
w hich he ca n be th e subj ec t ch a n e let him to s hou ld A l so

g , .
1
The le tter H here and else w here si gn ifies th at th e e x am l e quoted in
p
the t e x t h as been se lec ted from H od gson s Er rors in the Us e o Eng lis h
’
f .
C H AP. 1 ERR O R S OF G R A MM A R 9
insert w hat a fter tha n ; o the rwi se there is no object to the v erb
”
afford s )
1 2 Th e v e rb in a C om p o n
. u d S e n t e n ce — I n a C ompo u n d
se nte n ce a single Pr e d ic ate is so m e ti m es m ad e to do d uty for tw o
Su bj e cts o n e o f w h ic h m ay b e Sing u l a r an d t h e oth e r Pl ural
,
.
Pro v i d e d th e v er b ha s t h e s a m e for m i n t h e Si ngu l ar as j n th e

Pl u r al su c h ab ridgm en t is a d missi b le
,
B u t if t h e v e r b h as o n e .
for m in th e Singul a r an d a n oth e r i n t h e Pl u r al b ot h form s ,
o f th e v er b s h o u l d b e gi v e n , — th e Si n gul a r for m fo r th e Si ngu l a r
s u bj ect, and the Plu r al for m for th e Plu r al o n e .
At w hich las t Amya s shook his he ad an d s a id th at fri ars w ere li ars

a nd seei ng be lie v in g —K IN G S LEY
,
lVes twa rd H o ! ch x i ( In ,
. .
“ “
sert w as be tw een seein g a nd be lie v in g .
1 3 Th e Re l at iv e as Su bj e ct — Wh e n th e Su bj ect o f t h e
.
v er b is a Rel ati v e p ron o u n c ar e m u st b e t ak e n to r efe r th e

,
R el ati v e to its tr u e a nte ce d e nt o r a n te ce d ents an d to r egul ate

t h e nu m b e r an d p erso n o f th e v er b a ccor d ingly
This is th e e poc h of one of t h e mos t sin gul ar disco v eries th a t h as
been m ade amon g s t men UM E ( Ch an g e ha s t o ha ve since
s
. .
,
disco v eries is th e an teceden t ) .
Sully bou gh t of M onsieur de la Roche G uyon one of the fines t

S pa nish horses th at e v er w as seen —S OU THEY Th e D octor .
,
.
( Ch an g e w as to w ere ) .
It is the scen t an d th e be auty of th e rose w hich m akes it th e prince

“ ”
of flo w ers ( Ch a n ge m a kes to m a ke since w hich h a s tw o
.
,
anteceden ts scen t an d
Thou art the G od th at doest w onder s —Old Testa m e nt
,
( Ch ang e .
does t to doe th as it is a c tu ally gi v en in the En gl ish Pr ayer Boo k

,
.
”
The a n tecedent is G o d not ,
N ote As re gards th e principle in v o lv ed in the e xam pl e la s t g i v en

-
,
some latitude is allo w ed The v erb in th e Re la ti v e c la use is some

.
t imes m a de to agree in Person w i th th e preced in g pronoun w hen the ,
s aid pronoun is connected in sense by th e v erb to be w i th a noun

follo w in g
Art not thou th at Egyp ti an w hi ch before these d ays ma de s t an
u pro ar ”
— Acts x x i 38 ( Th e re al a nteceden t is th a t Egypti an
. . .
“
,
’
w hich is in th e Third pe rson But ma de st h a s be en w ri tte n for

.
m ade throu g h the influence of

and — I n con se q ue nce
“ “
1 4 O mis s ion of t h at of a ft e r
. .
o f om issio n s o f th is ki n d w rite rs are apt t o m ak e a v er b

Singul a r w hi c h ou g h t to b e Pl u r al Ev e n w h en t h e v er b is .
corr ectly mad e Plu r al th e su bj e ct s h o u ld n o t b e e x p r esse d

,
A rise in ren ts and w ages h as be en foun d to g o to ge ther —Specta tor .

,
p 8 50. Ju ly 3
, 1 8 7 5 ( H ) ( Sa
, y
“
a rise in ren t s a n d a rise i n
.
,
w ag es ha ve been found t o g o t o g ether .

10 S EN TENC ES TO B E C O RRE C T E D OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
Th e same line of proof w oul d Sho w th a t the st ature of a m a n and

b oy w ere iden t ic al — Conte mp ora r y R e v ie w p 89 5 v ol x x i v , .
, . .
1 87 6 ( H ) S h e s ta ture of a m an a n d tha t of a
( y
a t
.
,
15 .N o ne not o ne ,
—
"
N one t h ough p rop e rly a Singul a r
.
, ,
“ ”
b eing a co mpou n d form e d o f n ot o n e is follo w e d b y a Pl u r al ,
w h e n pl u r ality is i m pli ed b y th e sen se

v er b _
,
N one of th e orig in al ch ar a c ters su r vive —L i te ra tu r e p 29 9 A pri l ,

.
,
1 4 , 1 9 00
—
.
N one b u t the bra v e d ese r ves th e fa ir D RY D E N , Ode on Alexa nde r s

’
.
( Ye t, bec ause plur ality is im plied by th e w ords

“
F e as t . th e
bra v e , des erves is almost a lw ays misquo t ed as de serve ) .
Th ere tim es h o w e v er w h e n plur ality is n o t i mpl ie d b y

are , ,
th e sen se I n suc h a ca se th e v er b s h o u ld b e Si ng u l ar
.
I shou l d like to say th a t n one ( n o one ) a dm i re s the en gineers as z
a body more t h a n I —Quo ted in Spe ctator p 3 3 1 F e b 2 8

.
, .
, .
,
1 90 3 ( H ere th e Sin g ula r as im plied by th e sense is prefer

.
, ,
a b le to th e Plur al L e t th e pro v erb do be p laced a ft er

.
-
16 . Sin gu l ar ve rb cau s e d by e ll ipse —Tw o ki n d s o f ca ses

arise
( )
a “ Th e n th e v er b prece d e s its s u bj e ct it m a
y a gr e e w it h ,
th e first o nly an d b e u n d erstoo d o f t h e r est

,
Such w as th e intelli g ence the gr av i ty and the se lf comm and of

Crom well s w alT lorS —
-
, ,
M A C A U L A Y H is t Eng v ol 1
’
. . . . .
,
b
( ) W h e n t h e v er b s ep a r ates i ts s u bj e cts it m ay a gre e w it h ,
th e fi rst o nly and b e u n d erstoo d o f t h e r est

Th e e ar th is th e L ord s an d th e fulness thereof —Psa lm x x i v 1
’
. . .
,
Ah then a nd there w a s hurryin g to and fro ,
And gatherin g te ars and tremb ling s of distress ,

.
BYR ON Chi lde H a rold ,

.
1 7 Pe nd e nt V e rb ( v er b w it h o u t a N o min ati v e ) —
. A F inite .
v er b m ust n o t b e left to st a n d alon e w it h o u t an

y N o m in ati v e
,
or ot h er form O f s u bj e ct to w h ic h it ca n be r eferre d
W herein then is to consis t the freedo m of his he a rt ? W e a ns w er

in sel f g o v ernmen t on a l arg e sc ale —in so de alin g w i th his
,
-
,
ye a rs a nd mon ths as sh all im part a cer ta in orderly l iber ty

t o his d ays a n d hour s —TA YL O R N ote s f r om B ooks , .
”
There is no Subjec t t o sh all im par t for as preceded b y s o is a
conj unc tion no t a Re lat iv e Say in de alin g w i th his ye ars a nd
,
“
.
,
”
mon ths 111 such a w ay as sh all im pa r t etc As is no w a Re lati v e ,
.
,
h av ing w ay for its a n teceden t .
18 . Su pe rfl u ou s N omin at iv e .
—
If a N o m i na ti v e h as been
alre ady gi v en it s h o u l d
, no t b e rep e ate d in a n ot h er for m i n t h e
sa m e s entenc e
C HAP I . ERR O R S OF G R A MM A R 11
conduct of the K in g and C abine t e v inced th at v a cil lation w hich

Th e ,
as it is the in v ari ab le m ark of w ea k ness in presence of d an g er ,
so it is th e usual precursor of th e gre ates t public c alami ties

—A L I S O N H ist of Eu rcmef r om F a ll of N ap oleon
.
. .
,
The latter par t of th e sentence must be re w ri tt en : w hich is not

only the in va ri abl e m ark e tc b u t th e usu al precursor e tc ,
.
, ,
.
19 .
“
M u ch ,
”
m or e“
litt l e l e ss —W h e n th e s e
,
” “
,
” “
.
adj e cti v e s are use d as n o uns th e y m ust b e follo w e d b y a ,
Sing u la r v er b
F rom e v ery eye a nd sou l ha ve dis appea red much of th e be auty
a nd glor y bo th of n a ture a n d life —W I L SON R ecr ea tions of ,
Ch ris top he r N orth ( W ron g ) .
M ore th an a cen tury a n d a h al f ha ve e la psed since the firs t pub lica

t ion of G o n dib e rt —D I S R A EL I Q u a rre ls of Au thor s ( W ron g )
“ ” ’
. .
,
Concern in g some of them lit tl e more th a n the n ames a re t o be le arn t

from litera ry h is tory —H A LL A M S L ite ra tu re of Eu rop e ( W ron g ).
’
.
At presen t th e tr ade is thou gh t t o be in a de pressed s t ate if less

th a n a mi llion of t ons a r e produced in a ye a r —M A C A U L AY
,
.
,
H is t Eng .
( W ron g ) .
20 “
.M any a — Th is s h o u l d b e foll o w e d b y a Singu la r
.
M any
m a n com es and goe s
a .
And m an y a ho ly t ex t a round she s tre w s ,

Th a t tea ch th e ru s tic moralis t to die —G R A Y . .
( M ore correctly ,
tea che s .
)
N ote—Some times ho w e v er a Pl u ral is dem anded by the con t e x t
, ,
There s leep m an y a H omer a n d V irg i l l e git im ate he irs of their

—
,
enius D I S R A EL I The L itera ry Cha racte r ( Re pe a t m a ny a

’
g .
,
.
“
before V irgi l .
N ote to 1 1 , Pe nde nt N om ina tive .
Th an Who m —Under th e he adin g of Penden t Nomin at i v e it w ill

be con v enien t t o a llude in this place to t he combin ation tha n w hom .
Th e lat e Professor Nicho l s ays th at w ho m is in th e wr on g c a se a fter

tha n a nd shou ld be w h o ( see Englis h Comp osi ti o n p To th e , .
same e ffect D r G ow in his M e thod of Eng lish p 7 8 pt 1 s ays

.
,
A ,
.
,
. .
relati v e pronoun after tha n is alw a ys pu t in th e Obj ect iv e e v en w hen ,
it ou gh t t o be in th e Nomin at i v e Simi la rly M r W es t in Elem ents ,

.
,
of Eng lis h Gr a mm a r p 2 57 condemns the e x pression as u n

, .
,
”
g ra mm atic al a n d s a ys t h a t
, th e c a se of w hom is indefensibl e from th e
”
s ta nd poin t of g ramm atic al prin ci pl es Accordin g to these a u thori ti es .
,
t hen ,
w hom is w ro ng thou g h cus tom is in its fa v our ,
an d if ,
“
r amm at ic al princi pl es are n o t t o be v io l ated w hom S hou l d be
g ,
ch an g ed to w ho I n t he presen t ins ta nce ho w e v er custo m is more

.
, ,
correc t th an th e gra mm ari ans for if w e ch an g e w hom to w ho w e are

confronted w i th the mons trosi ty of a Penden t Nomin a ti v e —a Nomin a
,
ti v e w i thou t a Finite v erb to g o w i th it This is aga ins t all gr am .
”
m at ical princi ples But it is w ell in k eepin g w i t h th e s piri t of the
.
En gl ish language to h av e tha n lik e befor e af te r si nce an d m any , , , ,

12 S EN TENC ES TO B E C O RRE C T E D OR JUS TI F I ED P A R T I
o ther w ords in v ery common use used a t one time a s an a d v erb or ,
conj unction a nd a t a no ther a s a pre posi tion Th a t tha n is us ed as a

,
.
“
re
p p osi t ion in t h e p hr a se th a n w hom is t h e e x p lan a t ion gi v en by ,
D r Abbo tt in H o w to Pa rse p 2 7 8
. 4 9 6 w here t h e a u thor sho w s ,
.
, ,
“
th a t tha n in the phra se referred to has assumed th e force of a
re
p p osi t ion ”
S w ee t . t h e hig hes t l i v in g a u th ori ty
,
in 3 8 0 of his ,
N e w English Gr a m m a r s ays In fa c t tha n g o v erns an obj ec ti ve c ase ,
li ke a pre position in such a cons truction as

Bee lzebub th an w hom
S a ta n e x ce pt none higher s at —M I LT O N
,
.
,
A critic in Sou thern Indi a fa ncies th at he g e ts o v er the diflic u lty

“ ”
b y s ayin g th a t tha n w h om is a n idiom w hich ca nnot be
parsed a ,
”
tr ium ph of a nom al y o v er g r a mm a r Such a s ta temen t con ta ins t wo .
b lunders : ( a ) It is aga ins t all g ramm a r to s a y w ho un less yo u can ,
p oint t o t h e v erb o f w hich it is th e subj ect ( b) w h om ca n a l w a ys be

pa rsed in g ender n umber a n d person w ith reference to its a ntecedent
, , .
There is a third b lunder in v o lv ed in c allin g th a n a conj unc tion in

the phra se tha n w hom This phr ase is found only in th a t c lause in .
w hich t h e com par a ti v e a dj ec ti v e occurs But w hene v er tha n is a .
conj unc tion th e com par ativ e adj ect i v e occurs in some prev ious cla use
, ,
“
s ome c la use qui t e dis tinc t from th a t conta inin g tha n ; a s H e is ta ller
th a n I am H ere th e conj unc tion or conj unc ti v e w ord is tha n
. But .
in the sen tence A m a n th an w hom I n e v er s aw a t aller h as

come —the only conj unc tiv e w ord is w hom tha n h av ing no conj unc ti ve
, ,
, ,
force w h ate v er .
L a s tly it m ay be as w e ll to poin t o u t in this place th at M r M a son s

’
.
,
“
a ssertion th at in A S tha n ( yonne or pa nne ) w as a relati v e or con
. .
“ ”
j uncti v e a d v erb equi v alent t o our w he n is en tirely erroneous
, In ,
.
” “
this sense he s ays it w a s used a fter compara tiv es to introduce the
, ,
s ta nd ard of com parison John is t all er th an Ch arles me ant ‘
orig in ally— W hen Ch arles is ta ll ( i e w hen th e tallness of Ch arles is

.
‘
. .
regarded ) John is taller Th e trut h is tha n w as a D emons tr at i v e

.
’
, ,
n o t a Re lat i v e a d v erb in AS ,a n d i t si g nified a s its modified form , ,
”
th en does in modern En glish a ft er th a t Prob a b ly therefore th e ,
.
, ,
“
origin al me anin g of John is t all er th a n Ch arl es w a s John is
taller a fter th at ( i e in a l o w er de g ree ) Ch arles is t all
, . . .
Corre ct, imp r ove, j u stify the following sentenc es or
1 Th e righ t ful posi tion a n d influence o f laymen in our Church is

.
th e v i ta l ques tion on which h a n g s the issues of its pe ndin g dispu t es .
Chu rch G a ze tte p 4 3 A pri l 2 9 1 89 9 , .

, , .
2 Th e in telli g ent a n d g ener ally pe a ce a b le ch ar a c ter of the tribes

.
v isi t ed by L i v in s t one in Cen tr al Afric a are a

g g u a ra ntee th a t w ith the
in troduc tion of ag ricultura l im pl emen t s e tc such a desir abl e s tate of
m a tters m ay s peedily fo llo w th e o pening u p of th e country —L if e a nd
.
, ,
Exp lorations of D a vid L i vings tone p 1 1 3 ch ap v i , .

,
. .
3 N o t ti ll then does th e o ld w om an s e e k aga in th e S he lte r of the

.
w orkhouse there to w ai t for th e ob li v ion a nd rest th a t h as come t o

her d augh t er —Re vi e w of Revie ws p 2 60 M arch 1 9 00
,
. . .
, ,
4 To w ri te to s pe ak or to ac t s e em uncommon ly e as to a number
of o v er confide nt person s —F ortnightly Re vie w p 7 49 M a y 1 9 00
y
.
, ,
-
. .
, ,
14 S ENTENC ES TO B E C O RRE C T E D OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
ye ars ap pea sed done with as in C an ad a th e g ood w ill the sin

an d , , ,
ceri t a n d t h e hones ty of t h e En glish G o v ernment is he a r ti ly reco g

nise an d thoroug h ly re pa id b y t heir a ffec tio n —Q uo t ed in D a il y .
Te leg rap h, p 1 0 ,
M ay 3 0
.
,
190 0 .
2 5 The truth is th a t nei ther L ord C a rn ar v on nor M r F roude seem

. .
to h a v e re alised the true ch ara c ter of Sou th Afric an feeling wi th rega rd

t o con feder a tion — F or tnigh tly R evie w , p 6 7 2 , Apri l 1 9 0
. 0 . .
W ho s g ot a bit of smok ed gla ss ? dem anded a passen g er in

’
26 .
“ “ ”
the front se a t N o t me, s a id a no ther, b u t I ll soon m ak e one
’
—
. .
D a ily Express p 5, M a y 2 9 , 1 9 0 0
—
, . .
2 7 A number of c a ttle w as c apture d

. I bid p 1 , M ay 1 7 , 1 9 0 0 . . .
2 8 W here a Bri tish merch an t cou l d do much in O penin g u p n e w

—
.
m a rke ts lies in le arnin g th e la n gu ag e of th e coun try Quo ted in

D a i ly Te leg rap h , p 3 , Au g 2 2 , 1 9 0 0 . . .
2 9 Th e ne w s , w hich the m ag is tr a te h a d almost hesit ated to com

—
.
m u n icate to them , w ere a t leng th announce d S C O T T, H ea rt of M id

lothia n, ch ap iii para 6 . . . .
3 0 W home v er the w ou l d b e a ss a ssin mi ght h a v e been , he w a s not -
foun d —Quo t ed in L itera tu re , p 556, M ay 2 7 , 1 89 9

.
. .
3 1 In th e c a se of bad w e ather a g re at v arie ty of pla ces of en ter tain

—
.
men t are o pen to v isitors P e a rson s Weekly, p 7 1 0, A pril 2 8, 1 9 00 ’

. .
3 2 To e v ery p ar agr aph of pr a ise t here is a dded t w o of b lame a nd

.
de preci ation Revie w of Re vie ws , p 3 9 1 , A pril 1 9 00

.
-
. .
3 3 To a im a t pub lic and pri v at e g ood are so far from bein g inc o n
—
.
sis ten t, th at they mutu ally promote e a ch other B IS H O P B U TLER , .
Serm on 1 , p 5 . .
3 4 There is ch ar a cteris tic r a ncour a nd a rrog a nce in this disd ainfu l

—
.
a ttitud e D a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , A pri l 1 3 , 1 9 00 . .
3 5 Th e s tron g force under D W are compl etely surrounded a t

Re itzb u rg —I bid p 5, Au g 6, 1 9 00
. . .
. . . . .
3 6 I ts conten ts , so far a s th e dis as ter is concerned , is confirmed b y

—
.
a des at ch recei ved a t the Berl in F orei n O the e I bid p 9 , A pri l

p g . .
3 7 I don t think th at e v er any series of ser v ices w ere a rr an ged for

’
.
w i th more g ood fee lin g be t w een a ll denomin a t ions Re vi e w of Re vie w s , .

-
p 1 2 1 , Fe b 1 9 00
. . .
38 Our G ener al is co n s ide rin th e question of a nother c am paign

.
ag ains t th e foe w ho m w e w ere l o t o bel ie v e h ad fallen ne v er to rise

a ain —I bid
g .
p 4 1 2 , O ct 1 89 9
. . . .
3 9 A tri be of Je w s form the domin an t r a ce a mo n g th e fierce figh t

.
ng p i ple of t h e A tla s M oun ta ins —P e a rson s W ee kl , p 10

i ép
’
y ,
N ov . . .
8 l 9 .
4 0 Th a t is the form in w hich ath l eticism an d s ort a s a l e a c of

.
p g y
w ar re alises t hemse l v es in time a nd circums tance s —Q uo ted in L ite ra
tu re , p 556, M ay 2 7 , 1 89 9
. .
4 1 There a re lik e w ise a com pa r a ti v ely numerous bod of Je w s in

y
—
.
l e 11 5 17 57 , thou g h it is a sm all one Pe a rs on s W eekly, p 1 0

g 9
N ov
’
. . .
,
g 18 9 .
4 2 Amon g s t you , amon g st all a c ti v e r a ces . there is cons ta n tl and

.
y
for e v er these tw o con tro llin g an d o pposin g forces , th e a c ti v e and th e
passi v e , th e conser va tiv es a nd t h e ch an g er s Quo ted in Edu ca ti ona l —
Re vi e w ( M a dras ) , p 7 9 , F e b 1 9 00 . . .
C H AP ERR O R S O F G RA MM A R 15
‘
. 1
43 The e v en t of these
. thin g s do sufficien tly w itness .
—
N RTH S O
Plu ta rch, l s t ed p 553
ere their number far abov e Pom pey s —I bid p 3 09
. . .
Ye t
’
44 . w . . . .
45 O x ford w ere seen t o gre at a d v a n ta g e in th e inter uni v ersi ty

m a tch at L ord s —D a ily Te legrap h p 6 Ju ly 6 1 9 00
-
.
’
. .
'
, , ,
4 6 In all th e ir rej o icings t h e a ncien t s use d fires ; b u t they w ere

.
inten ded merely to burn their s a crifices an d w hich a s the g enerality , ,
of them w ere performed at nig h t the illumin ations ser v ed to gi v e light

to th e ceremon i es —D I S R A EL I Cu ri os ities of L itera tu re
,
’
.
, .
4 7 As far as the Council a n d S ani ta ry Ins pec t or 1 s co n cerned it is

.
,
”
Theirs n o t t o re ason w hy The irs b u t to do e v en thou gh th e offici al
m ay be w ron g but in this c a se they h a v e their remedy —Ea ling
, ,
.
,
G ua rdi a n ,p 2 , M arch , 1 0
.
, 190 0 .
4 8 I pro tes t aga ins t M r T s c aric ature of a n indiv idu al, w hom , I
’
. . .
p resume ,
he w ou l d h a v e us be l ie v e re resen ts some body of
p eo
p p l e .
Q uo ted 1n D a ily Te legraph, p 3 , F e b 2 , 1 9 00 . . .
4 9 Pla in t iff s horse a nd ca b w a s o v erturned , the horse bein g

’
se v erely injured and the c ab sm a she d —M orning Post, p 4, F e b 2 8,

.
. .
1 89 9 .
50 M r D s contro v ersi al methods , j ud gin g by his l et ter in th e

’
. . .
l ast F ortnightly R evie w , is to e v a de his o pponen t s c a rdin al points a nd

’
obscure the re a l issues b y incoheren t digressions C ANON M A C C O LL in .

—
F or tnightly Revi e w , p 7 1 7 , A pril 1 9 0 0 . .
51 Th e en tire indi fference and disbe lief of the F rench pub l ic in

.
Central Afric an proj ec t s is sho w n b y th e fo llo w ing recen t c ase .
F or tn ightly R evie w , p 856, Dec 1 89 8 . . .
52 H al f a m illion pounds w orth of re alis ab l e securi ties h a v e been

’
—
.
found by the mili tary a uthoritie s D a i ly Te legrap h, p 6, M arch 3 0, .
1 90 0
.
53 The presence of numerous sm all F rench posts on Egypti a n

—
.
territory raise ques tions of th e gr av est poli tic al importa nce F ort .
nightly Revie w , p 850 , D ec 1 89 8 . . .
54 D a r F e rtit a n d its i v ory w as profit a b le an d therefore conce aled

—
.
i tse lf I bid p 8 51
. . . .
55 A po pu la t ion of h alf of w hich h av e ne v er been ru led

or organised a t all —I bid p 855
.
. . .
56 Th e n arr ativ e of th e three S yno ptic G os pe ls are fa irly con

.
sis t en t —L A N G , Problem s of th e F u tu r e , p 2 64 , e d 1 89 3 . . .
57 At t his time of d ay th e Abso lu t ion of a pries t pronounced o v er

.
a poor d yin g sou l a n d fo ll o w ed by e x treme unc t ion h a v e g o t t o be re
g a rded more ch a ri ta b ly th a n in the d ays w hen Protes ta n t ism w a s

—
iro n Chu rch Ga ze tte , p 4 2 4, F e b 4 , 1 89 9 . . .
58 It must be humi li atin g t o t hose members of the church , w h o

.
thi n k th at t h e odour of s anc t i ty an d intri g ue are inconsis t en t —D a i ly .
N e w s , p 8, M a y 3 , 1 899
. .
59 Th e riches h e h as m a de from th e disco v ery of the yello w met al

.
in Sou th Afric a h as g re atly increa sed his for tune an d his reputa tion
—
.
Pea rs on s We e kly, p 8 4 1 , M ay
’
.
6 0 Shou l d he possess a n y person a l s ym pathy w i th those under his

.
ch a rg e , h e r a re ly d are allow it to find e x pression in his a ctions .
F or tnightly Re vie w , p 82 3 ,m M a y 1 9 00 . .
61 By the ter m C hris tian I me a n th at qu ali ty of conscience an d

.
16 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
sym pathy w hich suffer not a m an to rest short of some al tar ho we v er

, ,
rude on w hich he offers his life for th e common ser v ice th e social
, ,
ood D r H ERR ON B e tw ee n Caesa r a nd Je s u s p 1 9

g
ere then l ies the h ea d a nd front of their offending —Chu rch
-
. . .
.
, ,
62 .
G a ze tte p 1 9 7 June 1 0 1 89 9
, .
, ,
.
6 3 No thin g is more s tri k in g in this con tro v ersy th a n th e c are

.
w i th w hich t he re ally fund a men tal ques tion w h at th e s piri t a nd

me thod of Chris t s te a ching w h at H is w ho le relig ious a ttitude w ere
,
’
is al w ays shirk ed —I bid p 1 51 M ay 2 7 1 89 9

, ,
. . . .
, ,
6 4 I a m pl e a sed t o in t im ate th a t the e x penses of a ci v i l suit ag a ins t

th e Com pa n y s l at e l oca l ag en t h as been a v oide d —Upper I nd ia Pap er
.
M i lls R epor t L uck no w Fe b 2 5 1 89 9

, ,
. .
to D r M oeller s merits as a n .
’
n v ariably sound j ud g men t ,
w hich does not fai l him e v en in de alin g w i th the thorny period here
co v ered —L ite ratu re p 1 87 M a rch 3 1 9 00 , .
, , .
6 6 The c leric a l costume a nd coun t en a nce does not attract con

—
.
fi de nce from t e a er g e
h v a m a n Chu rch G a ze tte p 1 89 June 3 ,
.
, ,
1 899 .
67Th e conscious pioneers of all th e w e alth a n d comm e rce an d

.
be auty and science , w hich h a s in la ter centuries m ade th a t lo v ely is le

th e riches t g e m o f all the t r0pic se a s K IN G S LEY , We stwa rd H o ! .
—
ch x v ii p 2 81
. . . .
6 8 Th a t the books w i ll be H i gh Church in tone , the names of th e

.
g en tlemen w h o w i ll be responsib le for th e differen t v o lumes l e a v es no

doub t, while at th e s a me time they a fford a promise of fa irness of
t re atmen t —
Ch u rch G a z e tte , p 2 03 , J une 1 0 189 9 .
, .
69 Th e e v idence of Picqu a r t a n d B e rtu lu s con ta ins the pi th an d

—
.
m a rro w of this ent angled questio n D a i ly Te le graph , p 1 0, Au g . .
7 0 H ence
this autobio g ra ph y in w hich is recorded th e O pinions of
Augustine the M an on Aug us tine the Kin g —Re vie w of Re vi ew s p
.
,
.
,
41 8, O ct 1 89 9 . .
7 1 Th e v ery
. qu ali ty of the e ffor t its a dmirab l e co n sis tenc y its , ,
success w o n in th e fa ce of sel f creat ed difficulties m ak es th is point -
b u t th e more e vi den t —D a i ly Te le grap h p 1 0 F e b 13 1 9 00

,
. . .
, , ,
7 2 They did n o t en ter into these ques t ions of sects a n d nei ther
H an a n nor H a b akk u k appe a r to h av e been dis t urbed —
.
,
RE N A N H is t . , .
of I s ra e l ch x x i pp 1 53 54
, . . .
-
.
7 3 Th e e ntr v of t h e allies in to Pek in a n d th e re lief of the Euro pe a ns

h as been officially confirmed here as e lse w here —D a i ly Te legrap h p 3
.
.
, ,
Au g . 20,
1900 .
7 4 Th e y recei v ed tra v e llin g e x penses v a ryin g from 1 5 t o 3 0

—
.
g ui ne a s, t w o thirds of w hich is p a id before t hey s ta r t

-
R e vie w of
Re vi e w s , p 1 1 9 , Au g 1 9 00 . . .
7 5 S plendour an d gra ce w a s lent t o th e w ork of m y father b y m y

a u us t a nd v enera ted mother —Q uo t ed in S ecta tor
.
g p , p
1 9 9 ,
A u g 1 8,
. . .
1 900 .
7 6 Thou w h o of influence amon g thin e own peo ple lie

a rt a m an
here w ounded —B INIO N Q u o Va dis ? p 1 9 1 ch i
.
.
, . , . .
7 7 The e labora tion th e com pleteness a n d th e e x a c titude wi th

.
, ,
w hich this ta sk is e x ecu ted dis tin guishes t h e Centu ry D ictiona ry ,

C H AP I . ERRO RS O F G RA M MAR 17
from e v ery other pub lishe d —Ad v ertisemen t publ ished in all the ne w s
p pa ers in M a y 1 8 9 9 .
7 8 To the in terstices c li ng m any a bush an d e v en trees wh i le

.
,
from the g at e t o w ers fro w n ti er u pon t ier of pa in t ed re presen tations of

ca nnon —
-
C OL Q U H O U N S China quoted in R evie w of Re vi e w s p 89

’
. .
, , ,
July 1 9 00 .
7 9 Th e possession of m athem atical g enius an d th e stud y of m ath e

.
m a tical principles is n o a dequ a te g u ar an t ee for th e so lidity or com

p rehensi v eness of t h e mor al a n d s pecu la t i v e j ud g men t U T TO N .
,
quo ted l n Chu rch G a ze tte p 50 A pri l 2 9 1 89 9

80 Th e remembr a nce of these t hin g s w ere sti ll fresh —N O RTH S
. .
, , ,
’
. .
Pl u t arch p 1 00 3 l s t ed
81 There w as mingled n o w a nd then p astime and p le as ure —
. .
, ,
. I bi d .
p 66 .
82 Th e s piritu al and the tempor al ruler e v er thus a ppe ar in th e

theocracy —M IL W AI N E A R e ligio u s Es ta blis hme nt p 3 2
.
‘
. .
, ,
“
83 Sa cred a nd profa n e w isdom a g ree in dec la rin g th a t pride
—
.
g oe t h before a fa ll Chu rch Tim es p 2 2 7 June

8 4 Th e w a nton destruct i v eness and v in dic ti v eness of t h e e n
. .
, ,
em y is
sim ply unsur pa ss a bl e and there 18 n o l im it to his a ud a city —Quo ted
.
.
,
in D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 Se pt 1 9 1 9 00 , .
, . , .
85 Th a t t his s e t of pla nts h av e a squ a re s tem w hil e th a t is

sections —
.
,
a l w ays round in th a t one h ad p al e and a no ther v i v id

b lossoms —such thin g s h av e lon g been k no wn and u sed for purposes of
,
c la s s ifica tio n —L ite ra tu re p 4 89 A pri l 29

,
. 1 899 , .
, , .
8 6 At th at period w hen m atern al v i g i la nce and su perv ision w ere

.
more strict th a n a t present there w ere a gre a ter number of run aw a y

m a tches th an are n ow recorde d —D a ily Te legrap h p 7 Sept 2 7 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
87 Amon g the c auses then th a t c o o per a t ed in fi x in g this pe riod -
D ecember 2 5—a s the birthd ay of Chris t w as as w e h av e alre a dy

.
, ,
-
, ,
seen th at almos t e v ery n ation of t h e e a rth he l d a fes ti v al on this

d ay in commemor ation of the bir th of th e n e w born sun —
,
D OAN E -
.
,
B ible Pa ra lle ls p 3 66 ch x x x i v , .
, . .
88 In a ch a pe l be lon gi n g to th e mon aster y of Po o tala w hich w a s

.
,
found in M anch ow Ta r ta ry w a s to be seen re presen tations of F 0 in

t h e form of three persons —I bi d
-
,
3 7 2 ch x xx v . . .
89 is kno w led g e of the Ch inese la n gu ag e cus toms a nd ch a ra cter

.
, ,
h av e g iv en him an immense in fluence o v er the peo ple of Chin a .
Q uoted l n Sp e cta tor p 4 1 1 Se pt ,

.
, .
9 0 Th e m a teri al a nd men tal w or l d h a v e their poin ts of union

b lendin g them to ge ther —F O X Works v o l iii p 2 80( H )
.
,
. . . . .
, ,
9 1 H e defends the a dmission of he a then ceremonies into th e ser v ice

.
o f the church b th e a u thori ty of t h e w ises t re l tes n d o v ernors

y p a a g
w hom he sa ys found it necess ary for th e con v ersion of th e he a then
t o w ink a t m a n y t hin g s a nd yie l d t o the times —D O A N E B ible
, ,
.
,
Pa ra lle ls p 4 09 , . .
9 2 Th ank s to th e he lp o f w illing w or k ers by far t h e g re a ter pro

—
.
,
p or t ion of it s v a lu a b l e con t en t s w ere rescue d D a ily Te legr ap h p 9 , . .
Oct 6 1 9 00
9 3 Th e flo w er of the au x ili ary forces h av e g one to th e he lp—h o w
. .
,
sorely needed —o f our troo ps in South Afric a —

.
F ortnightly Re vie w . ,
p 53 5 O ct 1 9 00
.
, . .
18 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
9 4 There w a s a du lness a n d stiffness i n e v er y rel ation in l ife ,

.
be t w een husb and an d w ife , paren ts a nd children . I bid p 62 9, — . .
O ct 1 9 0
. 0 .
9 5 Th e s ame a ffec tion , de v otion , an d h a ppiness e x ists , b u t the

—
.
w ife is n ow a ci tizen w i th rights a n d me a ns of her o w n I bid p 63 1 , . . .
O ct 1 9 00
. .
9 6 Thir ty ye a rs is not a l on g p eriod to look b a ck on

. therefore w e
c a n e a si ly me a sure t he ch an g es w e a re discussin g by com pa rison .
I bid p 63 1 , O c t 1 9 0
. . 0 . .
9 7 There is at presen t in Reg ent s Park a museum , l ecture the atre ,

’
—
.
and sm al l l ibr ary a n d herb a rium D a ily Te legraph, p 1 0 , O ct 2 0,

. . .
1900 .
98 Of th e eight S ta tes n a med a p art w ere c arried by on ly s l ight

al i t ies —Re vi e w of Re v iew s p 3 56 O c t 1 9 0
.
,
pl ur . 0 , .
,
. .
9 9 H e s tat ed th at such a s h imsel f w h o w ere behind th e scenes

kne w t h a t pro g ress thou g h s lo w w a s m ark ed ly ste a dy —D a ily
.
, ,
.
, ,
Te legrap h, p 7 , O c t 2 5, 1 9 0 . 0 . .
10 0 By th e strict law of the Church in En gland , the ri ght of he a r

.
ing confession a nd the po w er of g i v in g a bso l u tion is v es t ed in e v ery

—
b aptized laym an Q uo ted in Ch u rch G a ze tte , p 68, M a y 6, 1 89 9 . .
1 01 Th e North Ea ster n Rai lw ay are a mon g t h e he av ies t losers

—
-
. .
Their t ra i n ser v ice w as much disorga nised D a i ly Te legrap h, p 8, . .
O ct 2 9, 1 9 0
. 0 .
10 2 . Their stren g th or s peed or v i g ila nce w ere g iv en

In a id of our defec t s —C O W PE R . .
10 3 There w i ll be sure to be a s peci al r a ce mee tin g at Fl emin gto n,

.
-
w here th e D uk e a nd D u chess w i ll see a s com pl e t e a r a ce course a s ca n -
be found in th e w orld —D a ily Te legr ap h, p 7 , N o v 1 , 1 9 00 . . .
1 04 Those w h o t ak e an in terest in mo t or v ehic l es w i ll find in this

.
boo k more definite inform at ion, description , an d e x pla n at ion th a n

h a s ye t been pla ced before him on t hese subj ec ts Sp e ctator , p 6 2 4 , — .
N o v 3 , 1 9 00
. .
10 5 Ye t w hen all is s a id , O x ford are not th e gre a t side w hich

.
their run aw ay v ictories o v er R ich mond a nd B la ck he ath a nd their

defe at of the Sco ttish w ould imply D a ily Exp re ss, p 7 , N o v 1 2 , — . .
190 0 .
10 6 No a u then tic ne w s h as been recei v ed from Chin a, but th ere a re

.
a qu anti ty of rumours , a ll of one k ind , w hich oin t to a serious e v il

p
p re v a i lin g t here — Sp e cta tor ,
p 6 4 6, N o v 1 0, 1 9 00
. . . .
10 7 Persi a fi lled a g re at place i n th e w orld Je w ish and Christi a n

—
. .
prog ress o w e it immense g rati t ude RE NAN , H istory of I sra el, v ol . .
iii pp 3 80, 3 81
. . .
1 08
Je wish goods are n ow m ade here a n d
.
( accordin g t o ,
M essrs H i tchcock an d W i lli ams ) is dis tributed a n nu ally amon g th e

.
m anufa c turers a nd w age e arners —D a i ly Te legrap h p 4 N o v 1 6

-
.
, .
, . ,
19 0 0 .
10 9 I f the w e a ther or a bre akdo w n do not a ccoun t for his non

—
.
a rri v a l, t h e m ys ter
y of th e missin g e x Presiden t h a s be g un D a ily -
.
p 1 ,
N ov 2 2 , 1 9 00
. . .
1 1 0 There is some thin g in the breed and ch ar a cter of th e Bri ton

—
.
and th e be tter c la ss Boer w hich secure mutual res pec t B U TTERY,

-
.
W hy K r u ge r M ad e Wa r, 1 9 00 .
C H AP I . ERRO RS OF G RA M M A R 19
11 1 . edict also in w hich she ins tructed the pro v in cial v icero ys
Th e ,
to sho w a de termined o pposi tion t o foreigners an d in w hich she con ,
ferred on them th e e x tr a ordin ary po w er of dec laring w ar on their

o w n a ccoun t w ith the S ta t e pa pers in w h ich she direc t ed t h e s a me
,
a u thori ties t o sho w e v ery l eniency t o t h e Bo x ers wh o w ere at all ,
times en g ag ed in an a nti forei g n crus a de furnish qui te su fficient -

,
e v idence t o sa tisfy a ny O ld B a i ley j ury of her com pl ici ty in the plot

of as sa ssin ation — B lackwo od s M a ga zin e p 2 88 Au g 1 9 0
. 0
’
, .
,
. .
1 1 2 The ide a th a t there are a c la ss of peo pl e w h o l i v e in s lums

.
bec aus e the y lik e them o w ing to n at ural de pra v i ty h as been lon g
since ab andoned e x ce pt appa ren tly at S pring G arden s —F ortnightly
, ,
Re vie w, p 9 7 0, D e c 1 9 00
. . .
1 1 3 It m a y be a t once admi tt ed th a t th e resource , determin a tion ,

.
a nd energy w i t h w hich the y b la med o thers for t he ir o w n shor tcomin g s

is uns urpa ssed I bid p 9 7 3 , D e c 1 9 00 .
— ~
. . . .
1 1 4 H appi ly it is a w orl d w here a ll m a nner of t hin g s are am u sin g

—
.
in a ll m anner of w ays I bid p 1 032 , D e c 1 9 00 . . . . .
1 1 5 M r Ju stice R id ley : I t hin k you r e q uire pro tec tion , n o t me

. . .
I ne v er he ard of M r B , an d I h av e no thin g t o do w i th th e S tock

. .
Ex ch an g e D a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , D e c 2 0, 1 9 0
.
-
0 . . .
1 16 Th a t th e poor is a l w ays w i th us is sho w n by th e a ccoun ts of

—
.
ch ari tabl e w orks th at fill th e papers I bid p 5, D e c 2 5, 1 9 00 . . . .
1 1 7 F rom these s a v in g s l a nded pro per ty consis ti ng of 1 7 5 v i llag es

—
.
h av e been bou g h t a t a cos t of 3 1 lakhs of ru pee s P ion ee r Jl a i l, p .
1 2, D ec 7, 1 90 0
. .
1 1 8 Th e w or k of a D istrict Superin t endent of Po l ice is of a qu a n t ity

.
a n d qu al ity th a t dem a nds pro po rt ion at e inducements for a n ord in ary
indi vidu al t o at tem pt —I bid p 2 4, D e c 7 , 1 9 00 . . . .
1 1 9 Th e G ener al a lso pa id a tu bute t o th e Boers , w hom he obser v ed

'
w ere a br a v e n a tion , w h o fough t g allantly a nd w e ll D a i ly Te leg rap h, .

-
p 8, D e c 3 1 , 1 9 0
. 0. .
1 2 0 F our teen degrees bel o w zero h a s been th e l o w es t re a din g on

—
.
one or tw o nigh t s at D av os, an d some p lace it e v en lo w er I bi d p . . .
10 ,
Ja n 8, 1 9 0
. 1 .
1 2 1 Of the m any hundred pag es of a d v ice an d comment , g ood

.
an d b a d, w hich h as been l a v ished on th e L iber al Pa r ty a n d L ord
Rosebery durin g the la s t fe w mo nths , w e h a v e n o t come a cross any

thin g qui te so rem ark a bl e as the p a per in D ecember s F ortnightly
’
.
I bid p 3 6, Jan 1 9 01
. . . .
1 2 2 Their o ppressi v e conduct re ached such a poin t th a t, w hile

.
En gland w as at w ar w i th Russi a for th e defence of Turkey, they

a ttem ted to a id the Russi ans , w hom the
p y be lie v ed h a d tak en u p
for the de li v erance o f th e oly L an d —I bid p 1 58, Jan 1 9 01 . . . .
1 2 3 O w in g to th e pre vi ous he av y recrui ti n g , under a thous and men

h av e j oined th e Col onial Defence corps for ser v ice in th e fi e l d —I bid
.
p 8, Ja n 1 4 , 1 9 01
. . .
1 2 4 Nei ther the history nor th e styl e nor th e t on e str ike us as

.
admir ab l e ; b u t a a ren t l t h ub l ishers n d the n o n educ a tion a l

pp y e p ’ a -
press seem t o thi nk th a t Dr S tab les w ork s a re s pl endid book s for

—
.
bo ys . Seh oo l W or ld, p 7 5, F e b 1 9 01 . . .
1 2 5 It is not the l ess hosti le t o order , pro pert y, a n d law , as th e

.
incend iary s peeches of the men w h o direct it a nd the cond u c t of its

subordin ate a
g encies in m a ny ins ta nces
pro v e s —F ortnightly Re vi e w ,
p 2 68, F e b 1 9 01
. . .
12 6 L e t us ho pe th at the po licy , w hich insists on pl a cin g econom y

.
before e fli cie ncy, h as a t la s t re ached th e l imit of th a t endur a nce w hich

p l e a sin g ill usion an d mis pla ced pa t ience h as a ccorded t o it I bid p .
— . .
3 1 3 , Fe b 1 9 0 .1 .
127 . There w as frequent ly £ 2 00 or £ 3 0 0 w ith w hich t o pay

Euro pe an an d n ati v e soldiers , t o all of w hich t he prisoner might h av e
he lped himse lf, h a d h e chosen D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 0, F e b 2 3 , 19 01 .
— . . .
1 2 8 Th e mor a l a n d inference , so far a s En g la nd s n a v al su prem a c y

’
.
is concerned , t o be draw n from th e la st rem ark s is th at if En gland is

determined to a dhere to th e v o lun ta ry s ys tem , her n av al su prem a cy is
bein g re lati v ely undermined by t he sum of the indi v idu al e flo rts of
'
her ri v als —I bid p 9 , M arc h 1 1 , 1 9 01 . . .
1 2 9 Th e findin g of th e Commission h as been ch a llen g ed its com

—
.
p osi t ion h a s been a ss a i led its bond fi a

’
e s h a v e been
q ues t ioned D a i ly .
Te le grap h , p 3 96, M arch 1 9 01 . .
1 3 0 Th e v i g orous re al ity of H e r M aj esty s influence in S ta te a ffa irs

’
.
a n d its b e n e fi ce nt resu lt s is sho w n b

y her a ction on this impor ta n t
occ a sion —F ortnightly Rev ie w , p 4 3 7 , M a rch 1 9 01
. . .
1 31 Ou t side Buck in gh a m Pala ce h a s been se l ec ted a s a fi ttin g si te

—
.
for a memoria l to the late Queen V ic t oria D a ily Te legrap h , p 8, .
M arch 2 0 1 9 01 , .
1 32 . eury G eorg e referred se v eral times to M r Parne ll w hom h e .

,
considered m a de th e mis tak e of his l ife in en terin g in to the Kilm ain

h am tre a ty w i th M r Ch amber la in —R ev ie w of Re v ie w s p 2 9 7. .
, .
,
M a rch 1 9 01 .
1 3 3 F o r this person t o a ccuse us of w ant of kno w led g e can on ly

.
cre ate amusement in the minds of those w h o h a v e s tudied th e v ie w s

a n d k no w t h e fa cts a s I h a v e a n d do —
Quo ted in M idd leseae Cou nty .
Ti mes A pri l 3 0 1 898

, , .
1 3 4 W hy shou ld the L ieuten ant G o v ernor ( of the Pa nj a b ) or his

. -
,
chief secre tary w h o h a v e t o a dminister no t fron tier affairs alone b u t

, ,
th e com pl ic ated in t eres ts of a v a s t a n d ci v i lised pro v ince be required

t o underg o so limited an d in a dequ a te a tr a ining t—Empire R e vi e w p
,
‘
.
,
2 7 8 A pri l 1 9 0
, 1 .
1 3 5 Th e cro w in g in e a r ly mornin g a n d no t e of ala rm is iden tica l

.
,
or so ne arly so a s to be indis ting u ish a b le by th e ordin ary e a r 1 bid .

-
.
p 3 08 A pri l 1 9 01
.
, .
1 36 H e a dmi tted th a t th e l eg al t w e lv e mi les ( for mo t or c a rs ) w as

. -
a mere form a l i t
y a n d t h a t m a n y dri v,ers w en t beyond it — Quoted in .
D a ily Expres s p 5 A pri l 1 6 1 9 01

1 3 7 D e ar Sir —It is a m a tter of much re ret to me th a t n o tw ith
.
, , , .
g
.
,
s ta ndin g all th e interest I h a v e tak en in t h e U S F P F und a nd . . . .

,
t h e l e tt ers th a t I h av e from time t o t ime a ddressed t o th e Bo a rd of

D irection on subjec ts connec ted w i th th e w el fa re a n d the future
possib l e be tter a rra n g ements for th e m a n a g ement of its w ork in g ,
rem a in un ans w ered or if a re ply is v ouchs a fed it is the usual s t ereo

, ,
typed one Th e subj ect of your communic ation w i ll be considered

,
b y the Direc tors a n d there it in v a ri ab l ends for I he a r no more

abou t it —Circu la r r om a Su bscr ibe r C al cut ta A ril 1 9 0
,
y ;
.
f p 1 , , .
1 38 G r e at w as the dis appointment and a n er of the Iron Ch a n

g
.
22 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
a ckno wledged and publicly c an v a sse d —JAN E AUS TE N Pride a nd ,
Prej u d i ce ch x x i v , . .
1 53 Indeed in the w ho l e Em pire under 2 pe r cen t of the

—
.
, ,
p po u la t ion ho l d l a nd on th e s t ren t h of an
g yp erson a l ti tl e Q uo ted .
in Re vie w of Re vie w s p 2 65 Se pt 1 9 00 , .
, . .
1 5 4 There w i ll a l w ays be medic al un pre paredness for w ar un t i l ea ch

.
,
regimen tal uni t e a ch bri ga de a nd e a ch di v ision h a v e their medic a l

s taff and equipment compl e t e —Emp i re Revi e w p 4 31 M ay 1 9 01
, ,
. . .
, ,
1 55 Th e conci li a tor y course M r A H

. con tends should h av e . . .
been pursued a fter th e w ithdr aw al of th e prO po s al w a s a ctual ly

pursued —
,
F or tn ightly R e vie w p 4 9 6 M arch 1 9 00

.
, .
, .
1 56 F or tuna t e ly or unfor tun a te ly nei ther he a v en nor he l l reta ins

their e ffic a cy e ven for th e purpose a bo ve describe d —I bid p 63 7
.
. .
,
Se pt 1 9 01. .
1 57 Th e history of Sou th Afric a n di pl om a c y from 1 89 5 to the

.
Boer ul tima tum of O ctober 1 899 a nd of w a rfa re from th e latter d a te ,
t o the presen t consti tu t e a proof such as fe w payers of a shill in g a n d

t w o penny income t ax w ou l d c a re t o dis pu te —I bid p 582 O c t 1 9 0
,
1 . .
, . .
1 58 Th e disest a bl ishmen t an d disendo wment of t h e Irish Church

.
w as c arried n ot aga ins t the w ishes but in a ccordance w i th th e

dem a n d of th e o v er w he lmin g m a ss of t he Irish peo ple —M AC NE I LL
, ,
. ,
[bid p . Oct 1 9 01 . .
1 59 There is a li ttl e mere in th e v ery cen tre of th e Norfo lk to w n

.
of D 1 7 fee t deep but th e m aj or paI t are sh allo w tree frin g ed a nd

gre atly belo v ed of fish an d fo w l —Sp ecta tor p 656 N ov 2 1 9 01
.
, , ,
. . . .
, , ,
1 60 Neither the Russi a n l iter at ure nor th e Russi a n l an g u age nor

.
, ,
the Russia n ci v ilis ation a s a w ho l e h a v e th e qu al ities t o m ak e them

irresis t ib l e to the energ e tic a nd in te llig en t millions of the Far Eas t .
H G W ELL S F ortn ightly R evie w p 9 1 4 N o v 1 9 01

. .
, ,
.
,
. .
1 6 1 Th e e x pression of these ide a s a re a n a them a to those w h o

belong to th e ofli cial clique —I bid p 3 7 Jan 1 9 01
.
. . . . .
,
1 62 Th e de lay m ak es fe w er dem ands u pon our patience ; for n o w

a ll the ne w s of our armies is good —
.
M orning L e ad e r p 4 M a rch 2 1 .
, .
, ,
1900 .
1 63 for m of his ( Rich a rdson s ) future m a ster pieces w ere

The
’
determined by his bent to wa rd s let ter w riting —H B F O RM A N

.
-
. . .
,
F ortnightly R e vie w, p 9 49 , D e c 1 9 01 . . .
1 64 I f this is so , surely th e d ays of shoc k ta c t ics m ay be con

.
s ide re d o v er G ra n t ed this , then t h e r a is on d e tre of t h e he a v y m an

’
—
.
a nd horse h av e one t o o P lia m e n ta r y P a pe r , quo t ed in D a ily

g a r .
Te legrap h , p 1 0, M a rch 4 , 19 0 . 2 .
1 65 Th e l og ic al a bsurdi ty of such a j um p ne v er a ppe ared to s t ri k e

.
the l ecturer ; t h e possibil i ty of a ny o t her alt ern at i v es w ere l eft en tirely

out of a ccoun t — M idd les e:e Co u nty Time s , p 7 , M a rch
. .
1 66 Inc l udin g th e h a ul s of prisoners se par a te ly re por ted , a to tal

—
.
of 3 2 5 men w ere c a ptured in Sou th Afric a la st w eek D a ily Telegrap h, .
p 8, A pril 2 2 , 1 9 0 2
—
. .
1 6 7 Th e difficulty w e not us , b u t those a mon g us w h o contem

a rr a n eme n t w i th th e Co lonies —h a v e h a d is t his ,
.
p l a t e a preferen t i a l g
t h a t w hen w e are ask ed t o arr a n g e our t a ri ff in their fa v our , w e h av e
to re ply th at w e h av e no tariff t h a t w e can a rran g e Sir C A M PB ELL .
-
B A NN ERM AN, quoted In D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 , M ay 2 6, 1 9 02 . .

CR AP I . ERRO RS O F G RA M M A R 23
1 68 After a ll no subs titu te for it h a s been foun d

.
, La tin or .
G reek do tr a in in boys th e facu l ty of prob l em sol v in g or in v es t i ga -
tion more com pl etely t h a n any o ther subj ect t au ght by a ny me thod
y e t in v ente d — S ch oo l W or l d p 1 4 1 A pri l 1 9 02 , .
, .
1 69 The obs tin at e m a in ten a nce in th e in t eres t of a c la ss of an

.
, ,
al ien church a n d an a lien la nd l aw in Ire l a nd are fa u l ts n o t mis -
for tunes no w —G O L D W IN SM I TH Thre e E nglish States m en p 9 9

,
. . .
, , ,
1 7 0 Va len t i a is one of th e most de l i gh t ful ci t ies w hich is t o be

found in Eu ro pe —AL ISON H is tory of Eu rop e
.
. .
,
1 7 1 I o ffe r a prize of s ix pa irs of gl o v es t o w homsoe v er w i ll te ll

me w h a t ide a in this second p ar t is mine —
.
CH A RLE S D IC KE NS .
,
L e tte rs p 4 2 6 v ol ii
, .
,
. .
1 7 2 Th e true doc trine a n d function of th e Subj un c ti v e mo o d is a

—
.
p a rt of g r am m a r t h a t is much misunderstoo d Ed u ca ti on a l Re vi e w
( M adr a s ) p 6 8 F e b 1 9 00
, .
, . .
1 7 3 Th e Counci l h av e a cquired th e freehold residence of th e la te

.
M r S G B —D a ily Te legr ap h p 6 Ju ly 1 2 1 89 0
. . . .
,
.
, , .
1 7 4 It is a s pecu l ation u pon w hich nei ther his w ork s nor his life
thro w s any li g h t —Re v ie w of Re vie ws p 4 4 0 M ay 1 9 01
.
. .
, ,
1 7 5 But th e j ury h a v in g g i v en t heir v erdic t surely it must be

.
, ,
res pec ted and w e c annot see h o w th e En glish pe o ple can fee l affronted
,
by th e a cqui tta l of Sipido on the g rounds of his la ck of dis cernmen t

—Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 5 Au g 4 1 9 00
.
1 7 6 These are processes not of gro w th b u t dec ay —

. . .
, , ,
. they distort , , ,
they render obso lete an d the y destroy Th e obso lescence an d

,
.
des t ruc tion of w ords a nd phr a ses cuts us off from t h e nobi li ty of our
p a s t e tc —H G W ELL S F or tnight ly Re vie w p 1 7 2 Jan 1 9 03
, . .
, , .
,
. .
1 7 7 There are a force of po lice numberin g some an d
these for th e mos t part are a rmed on ly w i th truncheons —We ekly

.
.
, ,
Ti m es a nd Echo p 8 F e b 1 5 1 9 03 ,
.
, .
,
.
1 7 8 At th e ou tse t I w ish em ph a tic ally to s ay th at nei ther Col onel

.
K ( my bro ther in la w ) nor I h as e v er a t tem pted or w ill e v er at tem pt

t o condone or e x cuse the a buses comp la ined o f —D a ily Exp re s s p 1
- -
.
, ,
. .
, ,
F eb 1 2, 1 90 3
—
. .
1 7 9 It follo w s , therefore
. an d I h a v e a u thori ty for s a yi n
g so
th a t it is n o t t rue th a t th e G erm a n G o v ernmen t , in con tr a s t w i t h th a t
of En gla nd , are opposed t o th e a cceptance of th e princi ple of arbi tr a
—
tio n D a ily Te le grap h, p 7 , D e c 2 0, 1 9 02 . . .
1 80 Nei ther on the on e side nor on th e o ther w as there th e

.
stren g th and uni ty of a c tion w hich resu lt from sin g le a n d indi v idu al
a im S. —TRE NC H .
1 81 Nei ther K ent nor Susse x w ere amon g th e g re a tes t of th e

kin gdoms which our forefathers fou n ded in Bri ta i n —F REEM A N
.
1 82 I a m no orator as Brutus is
.
,
But as you k no w me all a plain b lun t m an

Th a t l o v e my frien d —Ju li u s Caes a r iii 2
, , ,
. .
,
1 83 I t is in such momen t s th a t the immor tal su periority of g enius

a nd v ir t ue mos t s t ron ly appe a r —AL IS O N Essa y on Cha te a u bria nd
.
g .
,
.
1 84 Ei ther a pes t il ence or a fa mine a v ic tor y or a defe at a n

. , ,
oracl e of the gods or th e e loquence of a d arin g le a der w ere

su fficien t t o im pel th e G ot hic arms —
,
G I RB O N D e cline a nd F a ll .
,
.
1 85 M r D o ds le y this ye ar brou gh t o u t his Pre cep tor o ne of

. .
,
24 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED P ART I
the mos t v alu ab le boo k s for th e im pro v ement of young minds th at

h as a ppe ared in any lan gu ag e —B OS WELL S L if e of John s on
’
. .
1 86 A le x ander Em peror of Russi a is one of the so v erei gns of

modern times w h o ha s left th e gre ates t n ame in his tory —A L IS ON
.
, ,
.
,
H is tory of Eu rop e .
1 87 Th e use of
. fraud a nd of cruelty and injus tice w ere
pe rfidy, ,
often subserv ien t to th e ro tion of t h e fa i t h — G I B RO N D ecl ine

p p g
a a .
,
a ndF a ll
—
.
1 88 Nei ther ( of t hese )

. be ar an
y sign of c a re a t all . L AT H A M ,
Englis h L a ngu a ge .
1 89 Each
of these chimeric al perso nag es co m e from differe nt
pro v inces in th e g es ticu la tin g lan d of pa ntomime —D I S R A EL I
.
.
,
Cu r iosi ties of L i te ra tu re .
1 9 0 Th e duchy of Pomer ani a w i th t he island of Ru g en w ere a dded

.
by S w eden to th e D a nish Cl O W Il —AL IS ON , H is tory of Eu r op e

‘
. .
1 91 This Th yre , surn amed B o lox e , w i th her t w e l v e chi ldren w ere

.
notorious robbers —TH O R P E, N orthe rn M ythology

. .
1 9 2 Th e m asterly bo l dness a n d precision of his ou tline , w hich

.
a stonish those w h o h a v e t rodden

pa r ts of th e s ame fiel d , is apt to
escape an uninformed re ader — H A LL A M , L ite ra tu re of Eu rop e
. .
1 9 3 W e sup pose in En g land th at the a bs tr a ct a n d th e pr actic al

kno wl edg e are a t v ari ance —B U LWER L YTT O N, Engla nd a nd the
.
1 94 b l essin g s w hich poli tic al an d intellectu a l freedom h av e

Th e
brough t in their t r ain —
.
M A C A U L A Y H istory of Engla nd
.
,
.
1 9 5 Th e l o g ic al and his toric al an alysis of a langu ag e g ener ally in

.
some de gree coincides L ATH A M The English L a ngu a ge

.
-
,
.
1 9 6 Th e liter ature of Fr ance G erm an y an d En gland are a t le as t

.
, ,
a s necess ary for a m a n born in the nine teenth century a s th at of Rome

a nd At hens — B U LWE R L YTT ON Engla nd a nd the English
.
, .
1 9 7 Th e pr aise of the s ta tesma n t h e w a rrior or t h e or ator furnish

more splendid t o pics for a mbi tious e loquence —VER P L A NC K Th e
.
, ,
.
,
Schoolm aster .
1 98 We h av e
re a dy m ade such pro gress th a t some four or fiv e
al
millions of reduction in our e x pendi ture h as tak en p lace —Cobde n s
.
’
.
Sp e ech M a nches ter , 1 851

at .
1 99 A fe w hours o f mu tu al intercourse dis pel s th e alien ation

w hich ye a rs of sep ar ation m ay h av e produce d —AL ISON , Ess a y o n the
.
Roya l Progre ss .
20 0 Th e G erm an s of th e present day, althou gh gre atly su perior to

.
their a ncestors , there are w h o O pine th at they are still dis ta n t from
t h a t acme of ta s t e w hich ch ara cterises t h e finished com posi tions of th e
French an d En glish a u thors .
—
D I S R A EL I , Cu ri osi tie s of L i te r a tu re
’
.
20 1 Th e lo gic , thoug h th e re li gious ze al of its pious , sincere , a nd

.
bene v olen t a u thor h as le d him into th e v ery g re at error of takin g

his e x am ples of self e v ident propositions from amon gst t hose , m an y
-
o f which gre at numbers of men think to be no t sel f e v ident , it is a -
—
w ork w herein profound le arnin g is con v eyed in a s tyl e th e mos t simple
and in a m anner the most p l e asing C OBB E TT , L e tter x xi . .
C R AP I. ERRO RS O F G RA M M AR 25
( )
b M i se e lla neou s .
U n d ert his h e ad in g h av e b e e n pl a ce d se nte n ces i n v ol ving

a n y p oi nt o f Acci d en ce C on cor d o r G o v er n m e nt n o t alre a dy
, ,
e x e mpli fie d in Sectio n ( a ) A fe w n otes are app e n d e d . .
1 Ve
. rb and O bj e ct — Th e p oints i n w h ic h m ist ake s are
m ost fr e q uen tly m ad e are th e follo w ing
“ ”
( )
a T h e R el ati v e w h o w h e n it is th e o bj ect o f a v er b ,
m u st tak e th e O bj ecti v e for m who m —

,
a r ule w h ic h is fre q u e ntly ,
n eglecte d t h ro u g h in ad v erten c e
A for tni gh t or less later w ho w as Sir W enter ta inin g at his belo v ed .
M alw o o d but this s a me terrib le fox of his l —D a i ly Exp ress

,
“
, ,
p 1 June 14 1 9 00 ( W ron g Say w h om )

.
, ,
. . .
( )
b W h e n th e R el ati v e is i n d iffe re nt c ases o n e O bj e cti v e ,
a n d t h e ot h er N o mi n ati v e it m ust b e m e ntion e d t w ice ( o n ce

,
fo r e a c h v er b ) and w it h t h e n ece ss a ry difl e re n ce o f fo rm , if

'
any s u c h d iffere n ce e x ists
Consider ab le a n x ie ty pre v a ils w hi ch ( Obj ec ti v e ) n othin g b u t a n ,
a u thori ta t i v e a nnouncemen t c a n dis pe l a n d w hich ( Nomin a ti v e ) ,
is bound to dee pen a s th e hours roll b y D a ily Te le grap h p

, .
-
, .
6 Fe b 5 1 9 0
, 0 ( Correc t )
.
,
. .
In 189 6 he m a de a s t atemen t to her about a w om a n n amed C la ra ,
w ho he s a id he met in Birmi ng h am and w ho w as a nurse ,
in th e Coun ty Asy lum I bid p 6 Ju ly 1 2 1 9 00 ( W ron g . . .

, , . .
Th e first w ho shou ld be w hom obj ect of t h e v erb ,
()
c T h e pr o x im ity o f th e R el ati v e t o a Tr a n siti v e v e r b is
a t t o l e ad t h e w rite r t o
p pu t t h e R el ati v e i n t h e O bj e cti v e cas e ,
w h e n in fa ct it is t h e Su bj e ct o f s o m e v er b t h at s t a n d s fa rt h e r
'
ofl Th is is t h e s n a r e o f attr a ction S ( ),
( S e cti o n
‘
. e e a .
An anon ymous Be lgi an g eneral w hom I should l ik e t o think w as ,
n o t G ener al Brialm o nt denounced En gland a fe w months b a c k

e ta —F ortn igh tly Re vi e w
, ,
p 7 5 9 N ov 1 90 0 ( W ron g Whom , .
, . . .
“
should be w ho subj ect of t h e v erb w as
, Th e w ords I shou l d .
l ik e t o think are paren thetic al ) .
Th e G oorkh a sub altern s eyes glis t en a s he te ll s of the dark li ttl e

’
,
de v ils w hom he belie v es w oul d fo llo w w here v er he w ould d a re

t o g o —Q uoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 4 N o v 8 1 89 9
,
.
( Who , .
, .
, .
“
is needed a s th e subj ect of w ou ld
W hy shou ld not M r A be regarded as th e L iber al Premier of th e
fu ture —
. .
the m an w h om all th e o ther l e aders w oul d inform th e

K in g w a s th eir choice —Sp ectator p 3 60 M arch 7 1 9 03
,
. .
, ,
( Who is needed a s the subjec t of w as

“
Say t h e m an .
,
w po as all th e other l e a ders w ould inform the Kin g w a s their

, ,
cl o ice
2 V e r b and Comple me n t —Wh e n t h e v er b is Tr a n s iti v e
.
. .
( F actiti v e) th e C o mplem ent i f it is e x presse d b y a Pro n o u n ,

, ,
m u st b e i n th e O bj e cti v e fo r m ; if th e v er b is I ntra n siti v e

( C op u l a ti v e ) i n th,
e N o m in ati v e form
“
Is it thee Ac tae a ? s aid she a t l as t seein g in th e d a rk ness
t h e fa ce of th e G reci an
,
—B INION Qu o Va dis ? ch ix p 87 .
,
,
. . . .
( Ch a n g e the e to thou ) .
3 Adj e ct iv e and N ou n —As Englis h adj e cti v es h av e dis

.
c ard e d t h eir i n fl ection s n o q u estio n o f c o n co r d a ri ses e x cept that

“
, ,
this an d tha t w it h a Pl u r al n o u n m ust a ss u m e t h e Pl u r al form ,
the se an d thos e
I ys deligh t in o v erthro w in g thos e k ind of sch eme s —J A N E
al w a
A US TE N Prid e a nd P rej u d ice ch x ( Say schemes of th at

, ,
. .
,
k ind .
4 . N ou n Adj e ct iv e
u se d as a n o u n is u s e d a s an — If
a dj e cti v e o r h at co m es to th e m e t h ing i co mp o u nd e d
( w s a ) s
w it h an ot h er n o u n th e se co n d n o u n m u st b e m enti on e d
,
i m m e d i ately afte r it ( Se e fu rt h e r e x a
. m ples gi v en b elo w in
C h apter I I Se ctio n ( b)
.
,
H e paid a s much a tten tion to h ome a s t o foreig n po l itics ( Say .

,
“ ”
“
to home pol itics as to foreig n ; or s a y t o domestic as t o ,
forei g n pol i tics .

’
5 .Ab s ol u t e Con s t ruction —If th e ab sol u t e con s tr u ctio n is

u se d t ak e ca re th at th e n o u n o r p r o n o u n c on n e cted w it h th e
,
p a rticiple is n o t r ep e ated i n t h e s a m e s e nten ce i n t h e N om in a

ti v e c as e
One of them bein g a sked w h at he thou ght of the M a ster he replied ,
“
H e is w i thout sel f concei t w i t hou t prej udice a n d w i thou t
e g o tism —Chu reh G a ze tte p 507 F e b 2 5 1 89 9 ( C a ncel he
-
, ,
. . . .
, , , ,
a n d c a nce l th e comm a a fter M a s ter ) .
6 Pe . n d e n t Adj e c t iv e or P a rti p e
c i l —
An adj ecti v e o r
”
p articiple m u s t n ot b e left p en d e nt o r s w i nging i e h av in g ,
. .
n o n ou n o r p ron o u n
( e it h er e x p res s e d o r u nde rstoo d
) w it h
w h ic h it can b e c o nstr u e d
Refe rring to the pa ragraph in your issue of the 2 n d re the L ondon ,
United Tram w ay Com pany an d m y su pposed a tti tude there to

you ow e me a n apo lo gy for a mis tak e on your pa r t —M idd les ex
,
”
Cou nty Ti m es p 9 June 9 1 9 00 ( Ch an g e
“
, .
,
referrin g to , .
w ith reference .
H av in g percei v ed the w e ak ness of his poems u pon the F ra nco

G e rrnan w a r the y n o w re a ppe a r t o us under n e w t i tles a n d
larg e ly pruned or other w ise remodell e d —
, ,
STE D M A N Victor ia n ,
“ ”
Poets p 3 54 , ( In ser t he before
. . h a v i ng a bso lu te con ,
s t ruc t ion .
N ote 1 .
—
W e h av e , ho w e v er, a c lass of pendent p articiple s ( some
t imes c all ed Im person al Abso l u t es ) in th e Ac ti v e or Pa ssi v e v oice ,
such a s ow ing to, con s ide ring, conce rn ing , j u dging, r ega rding p r ovi ded, ,
gra nte d, e tc These h a v e become w e ll es tab lished b y cus tom

—
. .
N ote 2 W hen par tici ples are used a fter thou gh , w he n, u n less , till,
.
if , w he the r or , a n d w hi l e ( i e w hen t h e co pu la ti v e v erb a nd its

. .
Subj ec t are n o t e x pressed ) , c are must be tak en th at there is some noun

or pronoun t o w hich the par tici pl e can be referred O ther wise , th e .
construc tion is fa ulty an d must be pu t righ t by supplying this omi tted

Co pu lati v e v erb and its Subj ec t .
Thou gh much dis appoin t ed , there is s ti ll g round for ho pe ( Say, .
“
Though he or some one e l se is much dis appoin ted , there is
s till g round for
Th ou g h much dis a ppointed , w e ca n s till find g round for ho pe .
( Correc t, S ince disapp oin te d is n o t penden t, b u t refers to w e ) .
7 . Pr on ou n An t e ce de n t —R el ati v e and D e m on strat i v e

and .
p ro n o u ns m u st b e of t h e s a m e n u m b e r p erso n and gen d e r as , ,
t h eir an te ce d ents In th e e x a m ples gi v e n b elo w t h e corre ctio n s

.
are s h o w n i n b ra ck ets
Every m an he ld the ir ( his ) pe a ce —N O RTH S Plu ta rch p 1 84

’
. . .
,
As to n ation a l humil iat ion a nd n a tion al discom fi t ure it does not ,

-
“
e x ist ( Ch a ng e a nd to or the Sin gula r it can then rem a in )
I am one of those w h o c annot describe w h at I do n ot s e e —RUSS ELL
. .
D i a r y du ring the L as t G re a t W a r ch x v i p 51 4 ( Say , . . . .

,
w h a t t hey do n o t see .
There are fe w demons tra tions of affec t ion one is m a de to fee l th at

he mus t t rust hims e lf t h a t m a n is a sol dier an d life is a fi g h t
—The B ritish We ekly Jan 1 6 1 9 02 ( If one is ch ang ed to a
.
, ,
. .
, ,
”
m an t h e h e ca n rem a in
,
o ther wise it must be ch anged to
one and him se lf to oneself
, .
8 . Pe n de n t Pr on ou n —A
p ro n o u n ( e x cept w h e n it is an
.
I n d e fi n ite D e m on str ati v e ) m u st n ot b e left p e n dent , i e h av ing . .
n o n o u n o r ot h er p ro n o u n t o w h i c h it ca n b e r efe rre d :
Those w h o are g i v en to hero w orshi p do n o t re ally res pect him -
”
i o re t h a n other men do do re y respec
“
S
( y n t ll t t h
p
a o a. e ,
Th e result fee lin g of consta n t a n x ie ty a dre a d of th e fu ture

wa s a ,
.
I t w as h aun t ed b y fe ars a n d as th e ye ars w en t on the ir

difficulties incre ased — The B r itish We ekly Ja n 1 6 1 9 02
, ,
. .
, ,
( W h a t is i t ? a nd w h a t is the ir
“
? Ch an g e i t to th e m ind ,
an d the ir to th e .
9 Appo s it ion — App ositi on re q u ires th e s a m e c ase

.
In this s tate F ra nk Churchill h a d found her s he tremb lin g they

—
, ,
”
l oud a n d inso l en t J A N E A US TE N . She c a nnot be used .
abso l u t e ly immedi a t e l a fter he r ; t if s he is c a nce lled or

y ye
ch an ged t o he r th e sen tence is poin tless Say : This w a s th e
, .
s tat e i n w hich Fra nk Churchill found her ; she w a s tremb lin g ,
w hil e the y w ere l oud an d inso le n t .

28 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIFI ED P A RT I
Of one of them —he of the M o r ning P ost —you he ar li ttle s av e

t h a t he is a g ood fe l lo w a n d a m a n of pa r t s etc — CR OS L A ND ,
.
,
Th e Unsp e a ka ble Scot p 63 ( Ch an g e h e to him ) ,
. . .
1 0 Pr e p os it io n and O bj e ct
. W h e n t h e O bj ect o f a .
“
Prepositio n is t h e Rel ati v e w h o , w rite rs so m etim es forget to
gi v e it th e for m o f th e O bj e cti v e w hom
I recei v ed no re ply to a le tter a sk ing w ho ( whom ) h e w as w i th and
w h a t he w a s doin g —M iddle s e a; Cou nty Ti m e s M a rch 7 1 899 , , .
Th e cherished pla n of pub lic a tion be tw een Sir J L eices ter a nd I

—
.
w a s thus a nnounced JER D A N Au tobiogr ap hy

N o te —Cus tom h a s s anc tioned th e u ngramm atic al phra ses bu t he
. .
,
bu t s he bu t the y
, B u t no one need be a fr a id to s ay bu t him bu t he r
.
, ,
bu t the m w hic h w ou l d be far be t ter g r a mm ar

, .
11 Ad v e rb and Adj e ct iv e — Th e ir fu n ction s are q u ite d is

.
tin ct . B u t w riters so m eti m es m ak e a n a dj ecti v e q u alify a n o th e r

adj e cti v e a nd an a d v er b q u alify a n o u n
,
Th e pe o ple there l o v ed him a n d w ere m a r ve llou s sorry for him }

“
N O RTH S P lu ta rch p 1 2 1 S k e a t s edition
’
( Sa y m arv e l
,
.
,
’
.
,
The sser tions of this a u thor are e as ier de tecte d —SW I FT on th e

a ,
Whigs ( Say more

.
,
Qu ite a cro w d ( a larg e number ) of peo pl e a fter w ards secured bunch es

of b lossom from th e fallen l im b —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 M ay ,
.
,
A su ppressed and s e ldom ( unusu al or seldom seen ) an g er —JEREMY .
TA YL O R .
N ote —Th e use of an Ad v erb qu al ifyin g a noun is not entirely

condemned b y S w ee t N e w Eng lis h G r a m m a r Par t I I 1 83 6 H e
An a d v erb before a grou p noun —e v en if th e g rou p consis ts
. .
, ,
s ays
on ly of a rtic le noun —
-
s ti ll rema ins an a d v erb a lthoug h of course

, ,
i t a p pro a ches in me anin g t o an a dj ec ti v e as in qu ite the ge ntle ma n , ,

”
n ot a t a ll the la dy f u lly m as te r of t h e subj ec t
,
Such e x am ples .
,
h o we v er are e x ce ption al n o t su fficient to in v al id a te th e g ener al ru le

, , .
12 . rd in at iv e Conju n ctions — Cc o rdin ati v e conj u n c

Co -
o .
-
t ion s co n n e ct si mil ar p arts o f sp eec h si mil ar c ase s in n o u n s an d ,
ron o u n s an d simila r n u m b ers p erson s te n ses nd m o o d s i n

p , a , , ,
v er b s
M y L ord Duk e s enter ta inmen ts w ere both s e ldom and s ha bby

’
.
TH A C KER A Y Esm ond b k ii ch x iv , ( Subs ti tu t e th e a dj ec ti v e

, . . . .
in frequ e nt for the a d v erb s e ldom ) .
W e are in a n a ge of w e ak belie fs a nd i n w hich such b e lief as men

h a v e is much more determined by their w ish e tc —J S
,
. . .
,
1
In th e Tudor period m arv ellous coul d be used adv erbi ally Ye t“
.
preceding parag ra ph ( p 1 2 0
“
e v en Nor th in th e wro te the y marvell ou s ly
‘
”
) .
re viled him .
30 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J USTI FI ED P A RT I
Art thou he th at s hould come or do w e loo k for a nother -

N ew
Testa m en t ( Rig h t ) .
Whom do men s ay th at I the Son of M an am -

M a tt x v i 1 3 . . .
( W ron g Ch
“
a n g e w h om to w h o w hich is here
”
.
,
th e com plemen t
of the v erb a m .
N ote —Some a u thorities m ak e an e x ce pt ion of the phr ase I t s m e

’
.
,
w hich h as e v iden tly been borro w ed from the F rench C e s t m oi O thers ’

.
,
a dmi ttin g bo th phr a ses m ak e a dis tinc tion a nd s ay th at there is , ,
more em ph a sis an d more dig ni ty in I t is I th an in I t s me 1 ’
H e s aid unto them I t is I ; be n o t a fr a id —

.
N e w Te s ta m ent , .
~
Correct, . improve, j u stify the following se ntences or
1 H arken t o me 0 Chris ti an ! Yes terd ay I w a s w ith ye m

I listened t o your te aching s —B INI ON Q u o Va dis ch
.
,
O s tran iu m . .
,
. .
p 192
. .
2 Accused of murderin g all w h o o pposed her w i ll a n d of g r a tifyin g

.
,
her pride b y assumin g semi di v ine ti tles th e e x am pl e of her reig n ,
h as been hel d a s s trikin g e v idence o f the e v il o f all o w in g w omen t o

medd le in pol itics —F ortnightly Revie w p 9 62 June 1 9 00 ,
.
,
.
3 Th e proj ec tor h av in g thus set tled m at ters to the s a tisfa ction of

.
all th a t he ard him he l eft his se at at th e t ab l e an d planted himse l f

before the fi re —A DDISO N Spe cta tor No 3 1 par a 4
,
. . . .
, , ,
4 Then pu ttin g o u t his li g h t he a ppro a ched an d s a id :

. Is it thee ,
Ursus ? ”
Th e g i a nt turned his h e a d an d s aid “
W h o art thou ? ”
—B IN 1 0N Qu e Va dis ? ch x v ii p 4 47
, . . .
,
.
,
5 There is no c la ss of societ y w hom so m a n y persons re g ard w i th

—
.
,
f
a f ection as a c t or s F ortnightly Re vie w p 7 52 M ay 1 9 0 0 , .
, .
6 Immedi a tely on his de at h po pul ar es tim ation e x al ted him t o

.
th e r ank of a s ain t or m artyr thou g h his pub lic an d pri v a t e a c tions

v ery fa r from en ti tled him t o such a ch ar a c ter —Sh ort H is tory of
,
Eng la nd p 1 18 ,
. .
About 5 o c lock th e w ounded w ere pla ced on stretchers pre

7
’
p ara tory to remo v al —I bid p 1 0 June

.
,
. . .
,
8 Ev er y one w i th a sense of be a u ty ho w e v er sm all their kno w led g e

.
,
of J apanese can find j oy in these h armonious re presen tations of sim ple

—
, ,
rimi t i ve a ssions L i te r a tu re p 4 50 June

p p .
, .
,
9 N o w he h ad l ost her he w a n t ed her b a c k ; a n d perh a ps e v ery

one pi e s e n t e x ce pt he g uessed w h y —K IN G S LEY We stw a rd H o ! ch
.
,
. .
,
xxv p 398 . . .
don t forg et th e d an ger a nd w oe of one w e ak w om an an d she

’
the d au gh ter of a m an w ho once s tood I n this room —I bi d p 4 69

,
. . .
“
1 1 Some t imes h e w ou l d s a y poin tin g t o his fa v ouri te do g :
. He ,
al one l o v es me h e a lone ca n I trus t Ev ery one e lse is alw ays t r ying

to use me for his o wn purposes —Rev ie w of Re vie ws p 1 3 1 Au g
.
”
. . .
, ,
1 899 .
12 But unlik e North it not necess a ry for him t o surrender

was
G eorg e 111 —Short H is tory of Engla nd
. , ,
his o w n j udgmen t to th at of .
,
p 378
. .
Th e po int is d iscussed w ith much ability in Alford s Qu een s Eng lish ’ ’

1
,
p . 1 1 4 , ed 189 5 . .
CR AP . I ERRO RS O F G RA M M A R 31
I a greed to m atch the s pecta c les a gree ab le to her commission

13
—S CO TT I va nhoe D e d Epis t p 2 2
. .
,
. . . .
, ,
1 4 Th e ch arg e ag a ins t Dr H w as of a v ery serious n a ture h av in g

. . .
,
regard to the hi gh position he held in th e nob le profession to w hich

he be lon g e d —Quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 1 M arch 8 1 9 00 , .
, , .
1 5 No m a n a c tu ate d o nly b y commerci a l princi ples w ill sell his

.
m a nufa c t ory or w ork s un less he ho pes to ga in more b y selling it

th a n b y kee pin g it in his o w n h a nds —
,
F or tnightly Re vi ew p 81 9 .
, .
,
M ay 1 9 00 .
1 6 Th e ag end a in i tse l f is a com pl e t e re v ie w of m at ters the atric al

—
. .
D a ily Te legr aph, p 1 1 , A pri l 2 4 , 1 9 00 . .
1 7 I m ay men tion th a t, w hen ironin g , it is necess ary t o h av e a

—
.
d am ped piece of fl a nne l b y you We ldon s B a za a r of Childre n s

’
.
’
F a shions , p 1 4 , M ay 1 89 5
. .
—
18 I no tice , s a id she , th at w hen it s me , you s a y I am cross ;
.
’
”
but w hen it s yo u , you sa y you a re ner v ous P e a rson s We ekly,
’ ’
.
p 7 02 , A pri l 2 8, 1 9 00
. .
19 W hen c ampin g out in unci v i lised p ar ts , th e po t h a s to b e

su pplied by the gu m —F ortnightly R e vi ew , p 3 85, M arch 1 9 00
.
. .
2 0 Russi a, inste a d of m ain ta inin g a due b ala nce be tw een im ports

.
a n d e x ports , w hich shoul d incre a se pro portio n at e ly w h e re tr a de takes
a he al t h y course , a ims a t decre a sin g th e former as she incr e a ses th e
la t ter , and thus g ra du al ly absorb the w e alth of o the r n a tion s —I bid

'
p . 2 1 3, Au g
1 89 9 . .
21By t ryin g t o see the art an d position of the a c tor as it re ally is ,

.
it m ay be possibl e to e x pla in , if n o t t o a llay, t hese periodic al burs ts of

indi gn ation , e ta I bid p 7 4 3 , M ay 1 9 00 — . . .
2 2 This par ty h av e sto pped a t n o l an gu ag e , ho w e v er stron g , aga ins t

.
those wh o they consider the a uthors of th e w ar a nd are a t all e v en t s

the re presen ta ti v es of the n atio n Quoted in D a i ly Te legr ap h, p 7 , — .
M ay 1 2 , 1 9 00 .
2 3 W I1 O shou l d I meet at th e door the other ni g ht but m y o ld

—
.
friend , M r Presiden t STEELE , Sp ecta tor , No 3 2 , pa r a 2

2 4 I obser v ed a fish feedin g a s is their w ont —ST UA RT , L ochs a nd
. . . .
'
. .
L och fi s hing , p 89
-
. .
2 5 I t is a w ell k no w n tra it of we Bri tishers t o found a c lub , w hen

—
-
.
e v er the le a s t possibl e ex cuse presen t s i tself P e a rs on s W ee kly,

’
.
p 8 3 3 , M a y 2 8, 1 89 9
. .
2 6 L e t m e a w ake th e K in g of M or v en , h e t h at smi les in d ang er

—
.
h e th at is li k e the sun of h e av en risin g in a s torm M A C P HER SON, .
I e x pected some di fficulty in comin g out but th e enemy bein g

27 .
,
com ple tely fri gh tened on th e 1 5th Ju ly seems to h av e frig htened them
—Yorkshire Post July 2 4 p 5 1 9 00 , , .
,
.
2 8 C a re mus t al so be tak e n w hen dr yin g in the o pen to protec t

—
.
, ,
ossib e inst smu s W a za a r

’
Ch d
’
a s far as l t e ldon s B of i l re n s
p a g a .
F as hio ns , p 1 2 , M a y 1 89 5
. .
“ ”
2 9 Th e c attl e king of Aus trali a is th e on ly one su preme
—
.
million a ire w hich Austr ali a h as produce d Au s tra la sia n Re vi e w of

Re vi e w s , quo ted in Re vie w ( f R e vie w s , p 1 56, Fe b 1 89 9 . . .
3 0 In re ply t o a ques t ion a s to th e dur at ion of th e c am pai gn , M r

. .
S e x pressed his firm con v iction th at

. w eighin g up t he p resent si tu a
32 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART 1
tion the ,
w a r w as but h a lf o v er —D a ily . Te legrap h, p . 6, A pril 13
1900 .
31 . W i ll
Under Secret ary fo r F oreig n A ffa irs s ta te w h o is in
th e -
comm and of a llied forces a t

th e presen t a n d w h o it is pro posed to
p u t ,
in comm a nd w hen the a d v a nce o n Pe k in commences I bi d p 1 1 .

-
. .
,
Ju ly 1 4 1 9 00 , .
3 2 I notice by the w ay th at th e ne w s pa pers w h o h a v e so l o n g

.
,
a n d so firm ly su ppor t ed th e c ause of D re yfu s are pro t es tin g l oud ly
e tc —
, ,
I bid p 9 Se pt 1 6 1 8 99
3 3 I f I w ere or dered to choose w h o shou ld sit at m y side —thee
. . . .
, ,
or V enu s —thee w oul d I ch oose m y di vine m a iden —

.
,
B INIO N Q u o ,
.
,
Va dis ? p 65 ch a p v ii
. .
, .
3 4 An order c ame ou t th at a ny one of eig hteen ye ars ser v ice co u l d

’
—
.
e t their disch a r g e on a modified ension Quoted in Sp e cta tor p

g p .
, .
1 41 Au g u s t 4 1 9 0
,
0 , .
3 5 This im ag in at i v e e l ement conta ins some de tai l s w hich w e h av e

.
a llo w ed a w arm pl a ce i n c m re ga rd a n d it w ou l d a in us t o miss fro m

p
th e his tory of Isr a e l —En cycl B i bli ca
,
D a v id p 10
. 19 . , , . .
3 6 H err v o n Br a nd t t h a n w hom perh aps there is no ab l er l i v ing

.
,
critic o f intern a tion al a ffa irs recen tly pu t the a rgumen t w ith u n
a ns w er ab l e force —D a i ly Te le g rap h p 6 Apri l
,
. .
, ,
3 7 Reflec tin g on th e la w s of g r a v i ty it w i ll be re a di ly percei v ed

‘
. ,
th at a comet s a ppro a ch t o th e ear th mi g ht c ause the most w oefu l

’
e v ent s —F ortnightly Re vie w p 7 7 9 1 899 , .

,
.
3 8 There cou l d be no doub t w h a t th e resul t of a n a rmed conflic t

.
be tw een us and the re pub l ics w ou ld be bec ause usin g S w ift s la n gu ag e , ,

’
te n men a rmed t o t h e t ee t h w ere in a g ener al w ay a m a tch for one m a n

in his Shir t —M O RLEY quo ted in D a ily Te leg rap h p 8 Ja n 2 5 , , .
, .
,
1 90 0 .
3 9 Th e l oc al papers h av e b een fu ll of ut ter ances w hich , under less

.
benig n or e a s y g oin g aus pices th an th a t of En g land , w ou l d h av e been

denounced a s r ank a nd v irulent tre a son — F ortnightly R e vi e w , p 1 7 8, . .
Fe b 1 9 00
. .
40 . Th e n a tions not so b les t as thee

M ust in their turn to tyr a n t s fall .
R u le B rita nni a .
4 1 Assumin g th e in v en t ion , it gi v es t o th e w or l d a n al mos t perfec t

—
.
insula tor of g igan tic v alu e D a ily Te legrap h , p 7 , Au g 18, 1 9 00 . . .
42 Ac tin g as he did , the pyj a m a s g o t t o th e p at ien ts a t once

. .
I bid p 9 , Au g 2 1 9 0 0
—
. . . .
43 Remember Bruce s cer ta in corn cure w h o it s for, w h a t it does ,

’ ’
—
.
w h at it is Ad ve r tise m e nt
. .
4 4 I t is I w h o g u ides yo u i t is I w h o protec t s you , a nd w h o s av es

you —
.
. D O A N E B ible Pa ra lle ls in oth er R e lig ion s , p 1 9 3

, . .
4 5 Simu l ta neous w i th th e concen tr ation of th e F ederal s , he mo v ed

—
.
th e e v er trusty Co loni al div ision to a point mid w a y D a ily Te legrap h , .
p. 8 ,
S e pt 3 ,
1 9 00 . .
4 6 Wh a t is c a lled mor al i ty is a n a r tifici al produc t e v o l v ed b y

—
.
th e sla v e mind to fur ther his o w n interes ts

-
Sp e cta tor , p 2 66, Se pt . .
4 7 Th e r a il w ay w ill
. be lon g be fore it a ppro a ch e s p ayin g —
Chu rch .
Ga zette, p 4 5, April .
48 M r H w rites as a igh Churchm an , b u t he is l ess part is a n

Mr W —
. . .
th a n L iter atu re , p 1 87 , M arch 3 , 1 9 00

. . . .
49 . Th e le a s t o pt imis t hel d w i th Dr J . . th a t it might be n ecessa ry

to pu t men on th e w at er before
th e resista nce of th e enemy
w oul d co llaps e —R e vi e w of Re vie w s p 4 6 3 N o v 1 899
,
. . .
, ,
50 Th e almost im possibi li ty of fro n tal a t t a ck s w hich M r B loch

.
,
.
predicted is a no ther b lo w to those foreigners w h o be lie v ed in th e po s

—I bi d p 3 4 7 A pril 1 9 00
,
s ib ility of a n in v a sion of F r an ce . . .
,
.
51 In a ns w erin g M ill h e ( Com te ) dec lares in the s a me g r a ndi l oquent

.
w ay th at his En glish friends seem t o him t o be a ft er a ll su ffi cien tly

his admirers to j ustify th e continua tion of their subsid y —L ite ra tu re
,
.
,
p 43 8 A pri l 2 9 1 89 9
.
, ,
.
52 Be tw een th e far ag o d a tes of these de posits th e la yers of con

.
,
g lomer a te ro ck h a d t o be ro lled a n d s re a d
p a n d v a s t in t er v al s of t ime
w ere w a n t ed for it all —Sir ED W IN AR NO L D in D a ily Te legraph p 5
,
. .
, , ,
J u ne 2 1 9 00 , .
53 e w ent t o four or fi v e of the hos pita l s a nd considerin g they

w ere v ery g oo d —Q uo t ed in D a i ly Te legr ap h p 9 Au g 2 1 9 00
.
, , ,
. . .
, , ,
54 Ins t ea d e v ery obs ta c l e to pre v ent t h e e lucid a tion of t h e truth

w as r a ise d —Quoted in R e vie w of Re vi e w s p 57 9 June 1 9 0
.
,
0
55 L e t us m a k e a co v en a n t I an d tho u —
. .
, ,
. G e n e sis x x x i 44 ,
. .
56 Th e ind w e llin g of th e F ather in the hum anity of Christ m a de

w h at e v er he did a n d w as di v in e —Quoted in Sp e cta tor p 3 4 6 S e pt
.
. .
, ,
57 G ener al Po l e C are w av oided t his s ix or se v en miles of di fli cu lt

p as s —
-
.
D a ily Te leg rap h , p 7 , Se pt 2 0,

1 900 . . .
58 I n him w e h av e g i v en th at coun try one of our best men th a n

.
,
w hom no better coul d h av e b een sen t t o de al w i th th e tan gl e to be

unrav el led —Quoted in D a ily Te legrap h p 8 M ay 1 9 1 899
.
, . , , .
59 F a il in g th e or di n a r y courts it is essen ti a l to h av e some tribun al

th a t h a s le gal v al idi ty —Times We ekly p iii A pri l 1 3 1 9 0
.
,
0 .
,
. .
,
.
60 If Sh e h as sinned she h a s sorro w ed a nd s u ffered a n d you kno w

.
, ,
be tter th a n me th at w e must forgi v e o thers as w e pray t o be forgi v en

—S CO TT H ea rt of M id lothia n ch ap x x v ii para 6
.
,
. . . .
, ,
6 1 M r B the Ra dic al ca ndid a te dec l ares in h is a ddress th a t h e

. . .
, ,
“
a
pp ro v es D ises tab lishmen t beca use it w ou l d g i v e to the Church of
En gland the po w er of correc tin g their o w n a buses —D a ily Te legr aph

,
”
.
,
p 7 Se pt 2 1 1 9 0 0
62 This is essenti ally a business a pr a ctic al age —Quoted in
. . .
, ,
. .
,
Re vie w of Re vie w s p 22 7 Se pt 1 9 00 , .
,
. .
63 S ylv ie of course m a rries Aubrey L ei gh thou gh to do so sh e

.
,
break s w ith th e Romish Church t o the in tense ch agrin of th e ho ly

M onsignori she h a v ing g rea t possessions —I bid p 2 9 55 Se pt 1 9 9 0
,
. . . . .
, ,
64 Th e s t ock s ( of co t ton ) in the w orl d rela t i v e to th e consump t i v e

.
,
requiremen ts h ave been reduced to a l o w er poin t th an a t any time

since the America n W ar —Sp ecta tor p 4 06 Sept 2 9 1 9 00
,
. . . , .
, ,
65 This v ery inco n sistenc y rendered him more con geni al to a m an

.
such as m yself w h o h a s a lw ays h ad a k een sym pathy w i th Pontius

Pilate s in a bility t o disco v er w h at is t ru th —F or tnightly Revie w p
,
’
.
,
582 , O c t 1 9 00 . .
6 6 Publ ic o pinion h as less influence n ow th an formerly for e v ery

—I bid
.
one is a gospel to themselv es . .

p 63 0, . O ct 1 9 00 . .
D
67 . Yout h
in t his age of re ason re quires t o be conv inced th at th e
v erdict res t s on a b a sis w hich recommends i t se l f to th e imm a t ure a n d
ine x perienced mind w hich h as com pl e te fa i th in th e w isdom of e v ery

o pinion the y ho ld —I bid p 63 2 O ct 1 9 00
,
. . . .
,
68 O tree th at k no w eth the history of this w om a n an d c ans t be s t

de termine th e c laims of these suitors giv e j udgmen t —Ta les of a
.
, ,
Pa rrot ( The F ou r Tr a ve lle rs ) .
69 No p arty e v er ca me before th e country dem a ndin g a m and a te

.
for fi v e ye a rs , w ho had such a n a ccoun t g i v en of its situa tion by its

—
bes t friend s D a ily Te legrap h , p 5, O c t 1 2 , 1 9 00 . . .
7 0 Th e a musemen ts of g irls h a v e come to a cq ui re a pra ctic al an d

.
fin anci al turn If a g ood tennis player , it is possibl e to t ak e a cou ple

—
.
of o u nds of prizes in a se ason I bid p 1 0, O c t 1 6, 1 9 00 .

~
. . . .
1 H e re a d th e w a rr a n t, a n d w hen he men t ioned t h e prosecutor s

’
.
“
n ame , prisoner s aid , Oh , is it him ? I don t c are for h im I h av e ’
—
.
”
g ot bi lls for it, a nd h av e a com pl ete ans w er t o it I bid p 5, Oct . . . .
72 Ins tea d of the ch a rio t a nd horses of fire th at t ransported Elij ah

.
,
w e h av e ( for th e a scension of Christ ) th e en v e l o pin g c l oud an d th e

remo v al w hil e ho ldin g a fa re w ell con v ers a tio n —STR AUSS L ife of ,
Jes u s v ol iii p 3 9 4
,
. . . .
7 3 Not alone s piri tu ally w il l th e S pirit of Christ a nim a te those in

.
w hom he d w ells but cor pore ally a lso

, for a t th e end of their e a r th ly
course G o d t hroug h Chris t w ill resusci ta te t heir bodies a s he did the
body of Chris t —I bid v o l iii p 4 01
,
. . . . .
7 4 It is to th e credit of our G enerals a s men but to t heir

.
,
detriment a s sol diers th a t they seem throu g hout the c ampaign to

h av e sho w n e x tra ordin ary littl e pow ers of dissimu la tion —C ON A N
,
D O YLE The Gr e a t B oe r Wa r quoted in Sp e cta tor p 562 Oct 2 7

, , ,
.
,
.
,
1 900 .
7 5 To . m ake li v in g a n d real person ag es of past ag es h am pered as , ,
the w riter must be w ith the necessity of cre ating a remo te a tmo
sphere and a str a n g e medium is the t ask of a m a s ter —H E IN EM A NN
,
.
,
in L ite ra tu re June 2 3 1 9 0
,
0 , .
7 6 Yo u recent ly s pok e of the demolition of house property c aused

by the ra ilw ay com panies w hose termini is in the borough —Quoted
.
in D a ily Te legrap h p 7 N o v 5 1 9 00
, .
, .
,
.
7 7 M y re aders t o o h av e th e s atisfa ction to find th a t there is no

.
r ank or degree among them w h o h a v e not t heir re present at ion in this

c lu b —A DDISON Spe cta tor No 3 4, ,
. .
7 8 By th at time h e w ill h av e come in con ta c t wi th some of th e

most g ifted g enius of th e e ar th — Ca sse ll s F a mi ly M a ga zine p 1 58
.
’
. .
, ,
Jan 1 89 8
. .
7 9 Th e a ncestors of th e Chinese est ab lished the coin ag e o f the

.
s qu are ho l ed co pper c a sh , w hich are still prac tic ally th e on ly currency

-
in th e United King dom —Specta tor, p 604 , N ov 3 , 1 9 00

. . . .
8 0 The t ru th , sim ply, l i ter all y, an d in all ful ness , is ( as he w oul d

—
.
r
a g ue ) th e one thin g t h e h is t oria n is concerned a bou t G R A H A M,
Victoria n I/itera tu re , p 2 1 2 . .
8 1 I fl a t ter mysel f th at fe w bio g r aph ers h av e en t ered u pon such a

.
w ork a s this w i th more a d v an ta g es inde pendent of li terary abilities ,

in w hich I am not v ain enough to comp are m yself with some g re at
C R AP I . ERRO RS O F G RA M M A R 35
na mes who h av e gone before me in this kind of liter a ture —B . O S WELL S ’
W e m ay be quite certain th a t there e x ist n o surer mea ns of

82 .
contra dic tin g W ah ab e e big o try th an th at of uncondi tion a l a n d friend ly

in tercourse be tw een th e F rench and Arab inh abita n ts of Afric a —M iss .
ED W A R DS A W inter wi th the Sw a llow s ch ap x iv p 2 13 (

, , . . .
83 Th e qu al ity ( of Bri tish o fficers ) needs direc tion a n d contro l

.
,
certa inly ; but h av in g been repro a ched for t w o cen turies th e ques tion
is a pt—Where h as i t placed G re a t Bri ta in a mo ng th e n a tions of th e
,
e ar th il—Quo ted in D a i ly Exp re ss p 4 N o v 1 5 1 9 00 ,

.
,
.
,
.
84 This is a dmi tt ed e v en by M r Rider H agg ard w h o h a s done

. .
,
for the Z ulus a t le as t as much as F e nim ore Coo per h as don e for t h e
Re d India ns of Nor th America w hich latt er be it remembered de
li ghted I n no thin g so much a s the torture of the ir cap ti v es —Sp ecta tor
, , ,
.
,
p 7 05 N o v
.
, .
85 These tri v i al r a ids p assin g e v ents now unforeseen a n d sca rcely

.
,
to be anticipat ed c annot ch ang e th e issue w hich h as become sim ply

, ,
a question of endur a nce be t w een comb a ta n t s imme a sur ab l y unequ a l in
resource s —C apta in A T M A R AN Stor y of the Wa r in Sou th Africa

. .
, ,
1 899 1 9 00
-
.
86 An e x tremely cle v er boy in e v ery sort of w ay, his a ccomplish

—
.
men ts w ere numerou s D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 , M ay 1 9, 1 9 00 . .
87 W e a ll kno w th a t it is n o t in t h e in t eres ts of purity , but

—
.
a n atta ck on one m am w h o h a s m a de his po w er fel t t hrou ghout th e

country, an d w h o honoura b l e gen tlemen o pposit e reg a rd w ith v ery
es peci al a v ersio n —Q uoted in D a i ly Te leg rap h , p 7 , Dec 1 1 , 1 9 00 . . .
88 I n t h e d ays of l on g a g o th e du ty of a n o fli ce r in w a r w as mere ly
.
“
a ques tion of d a sh , b u t bo th officers a nd m e n needed to be be tte r
educ ated t o mee t the dem ands o f modern w a rfar e I bid p 9 , Dec — . . .
89 does not seem to see th at al thou g h the G erm a n v ote h as a

. He
re t influence on a Presiden ti al e l ec tion the v ery fa c t of their sur
roundin g s com pe ls th e G erm a n Ameri ca n to le arn English —Re vie w

g a ,
-
f
o R e vie ws, p 583 , D e c 1 9 00 . . .
9 0 Th e re v o l t of Ar a bi w as rendered e x ce pt io n a lly serious by th e

.
relati v e w e ak ness of Turk ey, wh o ha d j us t emerg ed from a dis a s trous

w a r, an d w h o w as in the mids t of a fin a nci al crisis F ortn ightly Re vie w , .
—
p 1 68, Jan 1 9 01
. . .
9 1 L ea vin g M iss Cusa ck an d M iss Ra nsom , w e then w ent into t h e

.
ol d m a n s bedroom , w here th e three c la im a nts u n di e sse d a n d w ere

’
ca reful ly w eiCghed H a v in g resumed their a ttire , M iss Cus a ck a nd

.
M iss Ra ns o m w ere summoned , an d the a w yer w en t a cross the room

to a larg e 1ron s a fe w hich h ad been built in to th e w all H a rms w orth s
l — ’
.
M ag a zine , p 2 62 , A pril 1 89 9
. .
9 2 Such bein g the c a se , th e rel ief force w as ri g h t to s tr a in e v ery

—
.
nerv e , ri gh t to s trike terror alon g th e rou te , w hile pressin g forw a rd

to Pe k in nor is it unn a t ural to e x pec t th at fittin g punishmen t w ou ld
be met ed out , once a rri v ed , alik e t o o ffici al s , w h o more or l ess took
a c ti v e par t in the lawl ess proceedin g , an d t o a
po pul at ion w h o mo v ed
n ot a fin g er to pre v ent it .
—
Sir ROB ERT A RT , F ort nightly Re view , p .
1 9 4 , Jan 1 9 0 1 . .
9 3 N o w there s no use me describin g the filthy , stinkin g , s lippery

’
.
36 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED P ART I
j ob of fl e nching a w h l e —or
fl e ns ing as the books c all it —Pea ’
a , rson s .
M a g a z ine p 2 8 Ja n 1 9 01
,
.
, . .
9 4 In th e ho pe of an ine v it ab l e justice in terror of w hich his fa ther

.
,
a n d mo ther h av e l i v ed for t e n
ye ars a n d h av e a t l a s t incurred the ,
fashion ab le ph ysici an becomes one of some poor Brethren de v o ted t o

th e ser v ice of t h e sic k —D a i ly Te legrap h p 5 F e b 6 1 9 0 1 , .
,
.
, .
9 5 Co al me asures re a ppe ared at L is l e in F r a nce w here there w ere

.
, ,
la rge co llieries from w hich th e s a me s tr ata of co al w as e x tra c t ed a t

great pro fit —I bid p 5 F e b 1 4 1 9 01 . .
, .
,
.
96 . is remedy for this stat e of things is e qu ally root and branch - -

.
-
D a ily Exp res s p 4 Fe b 1 5 1 9 01,
.
, .
, .
9 7 Th e G o v ernmen t ne v er the less; m ak in g e v ery allo wan ce sho w ed

m u ch remissness in this m at ter —
.
, ,
n ay re a diness to trafli c w i th , ,
N ation al ist fa c tion I bid p 2 67 F e b 1 9 01

.
-
. .
, . .
9 8 M iss W recei v es a l imi ted number of g irl s to educ ate under her
. .
o w n person al su per v ision Th e l ife a nd su rroundin g s are m a de a s

home lik e a s possible consistent w ith schoo l w ork —
.
-
, School Pr osp ectu s -
. .
9 9 To m ak e u p a n a p pl e pie bed t o ro ll a g uest in th e sno w or t o

.
-
, ,
stuff up his dress co at poc k e t s w ith s tick y s w ee ts are a mon g some o f

-
,
the pran k s w hich he played on those w hom he k ne w cou ld be used as

butts for this roystering humour —Revie w of Re v iews p 1 3 7 Fe b .
,
.
, .
19 01 .
10 0 Spe aking as a South Afric an it

.
, c an h ard ly be s a id th a t our
e x perience of Cro w n C o lony G o v ernment has been a ltogether a h appy
on e —Emp i R evie w , p 3 5, F e b 1 9 0
re 1 . . .
10 1 H is chief a rgument is th a t h abitu al crimin al s should be

.
punished h av ing regard t o their pa st o ffences , a nd not merely in th e

lig ht of the presen t o ffence Re vie w of Re vie ws , p 1 7 8, F e b .
— . .
1 9 01 .
10 2 Th e enemy s scouts w ere soon a fter w a rds seen to be a ppro a ch

’
.
ing, they a ppa ren tly bein g un aw are of their pro x imity to the British
—
c am p D a ily Te legr ap h, p 9 , M arch 1 1 , 1 9 01 . .
1 03 L ik e M r S , ho w e v er , th e e l oquence of M r J R I su ffers
. . . . .
from th e con tinu al r apidity of his de li v ery —F o rtnightly Re vie w, p

. .
519 , M arch 1 9 0 1 .
10 4 Con v ers a t ion is not allo w ed , but w hen w orkin g in a ssoci ation ,
.
o pportuni ties do occur w hen rem ark s are e x ch an ged , an d these they
are not s l o w t o a v a i l themse lv es of —I bid p 564 , M a rch 1 9 0 1 . . . .
1 05 D r D i ll on gre atly a dmires M de W i tte , th e Russi a n Ch an

. . .
ce llor of th e Ex chequer , w h o is tryin g , l ik e a n e w Co lbert, to con tr o l
a n d fos t er Russi a n t ra de , a n d w h o he bel ie v es to possess the com pl e te

confidence of th e Cz ar Sp e cta tor, p 503, A pril 6, 1 9 01 .
— . .
10 6 In the larg er ci ties of G erm an y sti ll more science a n d com

—
.
m e rcial school s h a v e been o pene d D a ily Te legraph, p 9 , A pril 1 7 , .
1 9 01 .
1 07 Th e la te L a dy M E w as the onl y one in w hom u n pu n ctu

. . .
al it y w a s t ol er a ted but she w a s a lice nsed libertine an d in the dre ad

circl e of la teness none durst tre a d but sh e Qu a rterly Revie w , p 1 00, — .
April 1 9 01 .
10
“ “
8 I a sked , continued th e m a n , w h o I sh oul d te ll you
—
.
w a nted to see the shi p, an d they s aid the owne rs F ortnightly .
Rev ie w, p 7 1 0 , A pri l 1 9
. 01 .
38 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
1 2 4 H e ( Alfred the G re at ) a ctu all y in v ented shi ps l on g er and

—
.
heavier m anned th a n the D ane s D a ily Te legrap h, p 8, Sept 1 9 , . .
1 9 01 .
1 2 5 Si x teen persons w ere injured in this a ccident , b u t on ly four of

.
them su fficien tly serious to necessi tat e their remo v al t o hos pi tal .
I bid p 8, N o v 1 8, 19 01
. . . .
1 2 6 Such no tions w ou l d be a v o w ed a t this time b y none but Rosi

cruci a ns a nd fa n atics a s m a d a s them —B O L IN G B R O KE , Ph F r 24
.
. . . .
1 2 7 Ea ch of the se x es shou l d keep w i thin its p ar ticu la r bo unds ,

.
a n d conten t themse lv es to e x ul t w ithin their respectiv e d istricts .
A DDISON , F reeho lde r, No 3 8 . .
1 2 8 Pries ts are cons t an tly being a rrested for a ppe arin g in th e

.
stree ts dressed in their ecclesia stical h abit , reg ard les s of th e fa c t th a t

a ccordi n g to la w they are li a b l e t o im risonment for oin abro a d in
p g g
an
y o t her cos t ume .
—
F ortnightly Re vie w, p 1 0 05, D e c 1 9 01 . . .
1 2 9 Ch arles I I d a red not commit illegal a cts as Ch a rl es I h ad

. . .
done , nor d ared he rule w i thout th e a d v ice of ministers w hom he kne w

w ere answ er a b l e to Pa rl i a men t for all they did School H istory of —
Engla nd, C larendon Press , p 2 2 0 . .
1 3 0 H e w a s a n x ious to m ain ta in the Bri tish connection , not o u t of

.
an
y lo v e for G re at Brita in , but bec a use the inde pendence of South
Afric a w as at th e mercy of w homsoe v er h a d comm and of th e s e a .
D a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , M a rch 2 7 , 19 0
. 2 .
1 3 1 Qui t e a sm all cro w d of en thusi a sts w h o are persisten t a dmir ers

. ,
of the e x ci table coun t, ga thered to w e l come both prisoners b a ck to th e

gl orious lig ht of freedom I bid p 1 0, June 2 1 , 1 899 .
— . . .
1 3 2 I al ways de li ght in o v erthro w ing these kind of schemes

. .
J AN E A US TE N , Prid e a nd Prej u dice , ch x

—
. .
1 33 As to n a t ion al humi li a t ion an d n a ti on al dis co m fi t u re it does

n ot e x 1 s t .
—
D a i ly Te le grap h, p 8, M ay 1 0 , 1 89 9 . .
1 3 4 Th e ceremonies of be tro th al a n d m a rri ag e, w hich is b ased on

.
purch a se , a re for th e most part of a ci v i lised n a ture , t hou g h here an d

there a fe w sur v iv als cro p u p —F olklore , v ol x i No 3 , p 3 06
. . . . . .
135 S pe ak , de a r, s pe ak , she sa id, I am Sornia w h o lo v e thee

—
. .
F o rtnigh tly R evi e w , p 1 058, D e c 1 9 00 . . .
1 3 6 I w is h th at l i ttl e M av e y w ou l d find t hem c l oseted t og ether ,

.
he softened b y her te a rs , and she recei v in g his de v o tions w i th effusion

—M rs L Y NN L IN T ON , Sow ing the W ind , v ol iii p 2 1 5
.
1 3 7 Th e inscrut a bi l i ty of C ar ton , —w h o w as a m ys tery t o w iser and

. . . .
honester men th an h e D IC KE NS , Ta le of Tw o Citie s , ch v iii

.
-
. .
1 38 It w a s m ar v ell ous necess a ry t o su ppress the inso lence of

.
nob lemen , w h o being fa r from th e king m a de almos t a n ordin ary

w ar a mon g themse l v es .
—
Quoted in G O LD W IN SM I TH S Uni ted K ingdom, ’
v o l i p 2 86
. . .
1 3 9 Th e m a in fa c t, ho w e v er, is th a t th e w ho l e of w h a t w as L B S
’
. . .
a rmy h av e
placed themse l v es out of a c t ion , thou gh a sm a ll numbe r
.
—
h a v e m ade off t o th e north w es t D a i ly Te legr ap h , p 9 , Sept 2 5, 1 9 00
-
. . .
1 4 0 Th e Su lta n is an indefatig ab l e w ork er

. Risin g e a rly, a day .
of labour beg ins th at is n ot equ alled by th e poores t scribb l er or

a ccoun ta n t in L ondon .
—
C aptain G A M BI ER, F ortnightly Re v ie w , p .
7 55, N ov 1 9 02 . .
1 4 1 Those of us w h o a re w a n t in g in li t era ry g eni u s m ay appro

.
C RAP . 1: ERRO RS O F G RA M M A R 39
'
pria t e ly confine o u rsel v es to those more mod es t task s w hich e x pose

our po w ers of e x pression to a less e x a ctin g t ri al —F ortnightly Re vi e w
,
.
,
p 822 N o v 1 9 02
.
, . .
1 42 A c a te n a of documen ts the dissection of dubious e v idence or

.
, ,
th e n ak ed se v eri ty of a n a n a lyt ic al mono g r a ph require li tt l e more of

t heir e x po nen t s th an e tc — I bi d p 82 3 N o v 1 9 0 2
‘
. . . . .
, ,
1 43 Person ally I shoul d prefer G ree k ; b u t th a t is out of th e

.
question Bu t to l e arn a lit tle L a tin in a ye a r for the pur pose of

.
m atricul a tin g is use less an d fo lly I bid p 867 N o v 1 9 02 .

-
. .
, . .
1 4 4 The y ed g ed their w ay out a mon g th e quie tly mo v in g cro w d

.
,
a nd h a ppenin g t o push pa s t G ener al B e rnh o ff t h a t person ag e g a v e an ,
a lmos t impercep tibl e s a lute e tc M A R I E C O RE LL I Temp or a l P ow er , .

-
, ,
ch x ix . .
1 4 5 Th e En glish dr am atists are truer to th e substa nce of thin g s

.
,
t o uni v ers al hum a n n a tu r e w hi le t h e F rench seem to be in g re at pa rt ,
a n imita tion h av in g root n ei ther in the so il of F r a nce nor At tic a

, .
C D W A R N ER The P eop le f or w hom Sha kespea re w r ote p 1 7 3

. .
, , . .
1 4 6 F o llo win g o u t t h e s a me ide a th e e x ecuti on w as left to th e

.
Rom ans —RE N A N S L ife of Jesu s ( tr W M Thomson ) p 2 4 0

,
’
. . . . . .
,
1 47 o w does he s e t a bout it ?
. To beg in w i th he gi v es us a m an ,
in w hom Othell o s friends and in tim a tes belie v e a m an w hom t he y

’
—
,
a re rea d y to s w e a r is hones t Col W H U GHE S L L ETT F ortnightly . . .

,
Re vie w , p 2 7 7 , F e b 1 9 03
. . .
1 4 8 In t o th e bo ttom all kinds of rou g h stones an d c l inkers m ay be

.
buried , ta k in g c are , as th e fi lli n g in ad v a nces u pw ards , th at sm aller

a nd c loser fit ting m at eri al is used
-
D a ily Te legrap h , p 1 1 , Ja n 1 5, .
— . .
1 90 3 .
1 4 9 Such are some of the m ain fe atures of th e n e w regu lations ,

.
w hich Wi ll, I h a v e no doub t , be w e l comed b y al l those schoo ls w h o

hitherto h a v e suffered from the L ondon m atricul atio n —School Wor ld,
p 6
. 5 , F eb 1 9 03 . .
1 50 This I fi lled w ith the fe a thers of se v er al birds I h a d taken

m ade of yahoos h airs an d w ere e x ce llen t food —
.
w ith s prin SW I FT, ’
g?
.
Gu llive r , 0 X
sh all ende av our to l i v e herea fter sui ta bl e t o a m an in my
sta tio n —A DDISON , Sp e cta tor , No 53 0 . .
1 52 Th e firm w i ll ta k e proceedin g s ag a ins t an y persons or firms

.
im por ti ng or using th ese c a rs if a cquir ed o ther th a n throu gh th e

medium of th e a bo v e firm —D a ily Te legrap h , Adver tis e me nt, p 5, . .
M a rch 1 8, 1 9 03 .
1 53 D e .
p infu l com p l a in t w hich some t imes k ee pi ng
h ad a a ,
him aw ak e m a de him Slee p perh aps w hen it did come t he dee per , , ,
.
D E Q UINC EY Eng lis h Opi u m Ea te r ( U S ed 1 852 ) p 2 5 (

, . . .
,
1 54 No m an securely comm a nds s av e he w h o h a t h l e a rned w ell to

obey —Q uo ted I n F r ee L a nce of To da y b y U G R CL I FF O R D
.
. .
,
1 55 No one c an h av e lost their ch ar a c ter b y t his sor t of e x ercise

. .
D I S R A E L I Cu ri osities of L ite rat u re

’
, .
1 56 Se a ted I n t heir hi g h sa dd les w i t h stirru ps so s h 01 t th at their

.
,
k nees a re u p t o t heir e lbo w s an d th e reins of a po w erfu l bit I n their ,
h ands th e Turk ish horsem a n pushes on w ith fe a rless h ardihood a t th e

—
,
g a ll o p confiden
,
t in his sure footed s t eed AL ISON H is tory of Eu rop e -
.
,
f r om the F a l l of N ap oleon .
40 S EN TEN C ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J USTIF IED P ART I
1 57 . Th e w e alth
of th e gre a t Aud ley m ay be considered as the
cloud y m e dium throu gh w hich a bright g enius shone and w hich , ,
h ad it been thro w n in to a nob ler sphere of a c tion t h e g re a tness w ou ld

h av e been less ambig uous —D I S R A EL I Cu ri osi ties of L i tera tu re
,
’
. .
,
1 58 H o w fortun at e then w as J ames N ay l or w h o desirous of

.
, ,
en tering Br is tol on an ass H ume informs us th at all Bris to l co ul d

no t afford him one —Ibid
,
. .
1 59 I s trik e th e h a r p in pr a ise of B rag e la she th at I left in th e

isl e of mis t —
.
,
M A C P HER SON S Oss ia n

’
. .
1 60 B et w een A la ric W at ts a nd I no such e v en t e v er occurred to

.
b e la m en te d n ow —JER D A N Au tobiograp hy
.
,
.
1 6 1 W h a t sh all w e g a in b y it b u t th a t w e shou l d s peedily become

—AL ISON Es sa y on M aca u la y
.
a s poor a s the m , .
1 62 Robert is t here th e v er y outcome of him a n d indeed of m a ny

gener ations of such as him —
.
,
C A RLYLE H e roes a nd H e ro Worship

.
, .
1 63 The v ery scu ll ion w h o c l e ans the br a sses in t h e k i t chen

.
becomes of more consider ation a nd impor tance th an h1m —F R AN K L IN .

,
1 6 4 It is to pre v en t al l this disorder a n d to enj o y all the useful ness

.
a nd th e
ple a sure of t his v a rious k no w l ed g e w hich h a s produced th e
—
,
in v en tion of notes in li tera ry his t ory D I S R A EL I , Prefa ce to Qu a rr els

’
.
of Au thors .
1 65 The reindeer, th a t useful a nim al, from w hom the sa v ag e of

.
the nor th deriv es th e best comfor ts of his dre a ry l ife G IBBON , D e cline .
-
a nd F a ll .
1 66 There is a cert ain tune in e v ery lan gu ag e , to w hich th e e ar of

.
a n ati v e is se t, an d w hich oft en decides on th e refer a b le pronunci a tion ,

p
thou gh entire ly i g nor ant of the re a sons for it W A LKE R , Prefa ce to
.
—
D ictiona r y .
1 67 Th e soi l and c l im at e of Scotl and , e v en w here it is susce ptibl e

.
of cultiv ation , is incom par ably less fav oured b y n a ture th an th a t of

th e sou thern p arts of the is la n d —
AL ISO N , H is tory of M rop e .
1 68 The feeb l e pa rapet of th e w all w as soon l e v e lled by th e F rench

.
c annon ; and th e heroic S panish gunners h ad n o defence but b ag s of

e arth , w hich the ci tizen s re placed a s fa s t as the y w ere sh attered by
the enem y s sho t, j oined to their o w n unconquerab l e courage I bid
’
— .
1 69 W ei ghing the g rounds of com pa rison , w a s a v i ler tre ason e v er

perpetrated t—DE Q UINC EY ( M asson s Editi on ) , v ol v ii p 1 46
.
‘ ’
. . . .
1 7 0 Sensib le th a t n o t h av in g h an ged Jose phus a t first it w as n o w

.
become their dut y to re ward him , they did not do th e thin g by h alv es
—
.
Ibid p 1 33
. . .
—
C APTER II —ERRO RS O F
i
. C O N STRU CTI O N .
W E so m eti m e s m e et w it h fo r m s o f e x pre ss io n w h ic h t h o u g h , ,
n o t a m o u nting to e rrors o f G r a m m a r m ay b e calle d Errors o f ,
C on str u ction B et w e e n t h ese tw o cl ass es o f e rrors it is n ot

.
n e cess ary , n or w o u l d it b e p os s i b le , to draw a s h arp li n e o f

d istin ctio n Ro u gh ly s p e ak in g error s o f G r am m ar (as e x pl ain e d
.
,
i n C h apter I ) h av e r efere n ce to Accide n ce C o n co rd an d G o v e rn

.
, ,
me nt w hile e rro r s o f C o nstr u cti o n refe r c h i e fl y to so m e in con

r u ity b et w ee n th e s u rro u n d ing s o f a w o r d and t h e w ay in
g
w h ic h t h e w or d is u se d i n t h e gi v e n sen te n ce Th e se nten c es .
in v olv ing qu estio n s o f th is cl as s h av e b ee n a rr ange d u n d e r certai n

h ea d ing s b
() )( c e t c a s
,
s h o w n
,
b elo w a n d u
,
n de r a fi n al ,
h e ad i ng j ) M isc ell a n e o u s As b efore the a ns w ers o r sol u tion s

.
,
wi ll b e fo u n d in Part I I The stu d e nt is a d v ised as b efor e

.
, ,
n o t to con sul t an y a n s w er u ntil h e h as fi rst e x a min ed t h e s e n
te n ce h im self and co m e to h is o w n co n cl u sio n as to w h eth e r it

n e ed s co rrectio n or n ot, and i n w h at for m th e corr e cti on if any, ,
s h o u l d b e m ad e .
( )
a N ou ns .
1 Se pa r at e or
. j oint Po ss e s s ion — W h e n tw o n o u ns in
t h e Possessi v e c ase are co n n e c t e d b y a nd t h e ap ostrop h e s is ,
ad de d to b ot h no u n s to d e n ote sep a ra te p osse s s io n an d to t h e ,
las t only to d e note j o int p ossessio n

Cle me nt s a nd Pa get s forces entered Beth l ehem on th e 7 th ins t
’ ’
.
Th e former on ne a rin g th e to w n dem a nded its surrender Th e .
lat ter m ade a Wide turnin g mo v ement etc —D a ily Te leg rap h ,
.
,
p .9 Jul y 1
,
1 1 9 00 ( Sep ,
a r at e
possession a s.t h e con t e xt ,
sho w s ) .
Th e second edi tion of Johnson a nd Stee ve n s v ersion appe ared in

’
th e v ol umes in 1 7 7 8 —S IDN EY L EE L ife of Sha ke sp e a re p 3 2 1

.
, ,
. .
( Join t possess ion since Ste e v e n s v ersion w as pr a ct ically th e

’
s ame as Johnson s ) ’
.
2 . Re st rict e d u s e of t h e fi e xional Pos s e ssiv e —Accord ing

41
to th e r u le u su all y l ai d d o w n th e Posses s i v e in fl e ctio n is re

“ ”
s tric te d to n ou n s d e n oti ng (a li ing t h ing m n s f ot
)
’
v s as a a o , ,
“ ”’ “
a c at s t ail ; ( b) t h in gs p erso n ifie d as l i v ing as F or t un e s
’
,
” “
()
’
fav o uri te 0 S p a ce , ti m e or w eig h t as a d ay s j o u rn ey , a , ,
’ ”“ ” ’
b o at s length a p o u n d s w eig h t
, ( )
d cert a i n d igni fie d o bj e cts ,
“ ” ’
as th e c o u rt s d ecre e (e) a fe w fa mili a r o bj ects o cc u rrin g i n
” “ ”
fa mili a r p h r a s e s as
’
o u t o f h a rm s w a
’
, y a t his fi ngers e n d s ,
.
I n th e d a ily press h o w e v e r (n o t i n liter a t u re n o r as a r u le

, , , ,
in th e h igh e r cl as s o f j o ur n alis m ) a p r a ctice h as l a tely sp r ung ,
u p o f a dding th e a p ostrop h e s t o al m o st an ki n d o f n o u n a n d
y ,
so m eti m es e v en t o a dj e cti v es
Th e dead s la st a ppe al D a ily Exp r ess p 5 June 2 0 1 9 00

’
-
Th e p u blic s a t ti tud e —F or tnightly Re vie w p 9 1 2 M ay 1 9 01

. . .
, , ,
’
. .
, ,
R ichm ond H i ll s a ppe al D a i ly Exp r es s p 5 June 1 7 1 9 01

’
Wind er me re s siz e —School Wor ld p 3 1 4 Aug us t 1 9 01

-
. . .
, , ,
’
Th e s te a me r s d a m ag e —Ce ntra l N ew s
. .
, ,
o n g K on g M ay 6 19 0
’
1
The Sibe ria n ra i lw a y s construc tion —
-
.
, , ,
’
R e vi e w of R evi e w s p 3 88 .
,
.
,
October 1 9 00 .
Th e com m u nity s w e ll bein g —F ortn ightly R e vi ew p 3 6 9 F ebru a ry

’
-
.
, ,
190 1
—
.
ro che 9 , M a y 8, 1 9 00
’
Th e s tati on s pp
a a s D a i ly Te le gra gh
p
relie f —I bid p 1 0 M ay 2 1 1 9 00
. .
,
M af eking s
’
. . .
, ,
Ex a mples co u l d b e m u ltipli e d l m ost With o u t e nd Th e a .
Po ss essi v e i n th e ab o v e e x a mples is u se d in a gr e a t v a ri ety o f

“ ”
Th us Ric h m on d H ill s a pp e al
’
s e n ses . t h e a pp e al m ad e b y th e
citi z en s o f R ic h m o n d resp e cting Ric h m o n d H ill t h e ste a m e r s
’
“ ’
da m age th e d am age d o n e to th e ste a m er ; th e st a tio n s
a ppro a c h es = th e a pp r o a c h es le a di n g to th e r ail w a y st atio n in
“ ”
M afe king s relief M a feki ng is th e n a m e o f th e pl a c e th a t
’
r ecei v e d relief, n ot th e n a m e o f t h e pl a c e w h ic h g av e it Ti m e .
w ill Sh o w w h et h er t h i s i n no v atio n w ill e v er fi nd its w ay i n to

liter at u r e o r i nt o j o u rn alism o f th e b est cl a ss M e an w h ile th e .
s tu d e nt w ill do w ell to a v oi d it Th e p r e dictio n m a d e b y .
Arc hb is h op Tre n c h i n 1 8 7 7 Th e fl e x io nal gen i ti v e fo rm e d

in s or es w ill fi n ally d is app e a r o r w ill su r v i v e only i n th e ,
”L —
d iction o f po e try is a t pr esent v e ry far fro m b eing fu l fille d 1
,
.
3 . Th e s am e N ou n w ith tw o A e
dj c t iv es — When tw o
1 Sw eet in his N ew Englis h Gra mma r Part I I

, 19 96 20 00 gi ves , .
-
,
no counten ance t o th e unr estricted use of th e Possessiv e admitting only ,

“
those uses w hich I h a v e sho wn in th e t e x t H e poin ts o u t th at th e .
objec tiv e re lation is e xp ressed b y th e preposition al Possessiv e as in the “

,
”
lov e of G od i e th e l o v e of wh ich G o d is th e objec t
, . . Ye t w e n o w see .
th e obj ec tiv e re lation e x pressed b y th e fl e x io nal Possess iv e in such e x ampl es

“ ” ”
th e st eamer s dam a e M afe king s re lie f
’ ’
g
as ,
.
C H AP I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TI ON 43
a dj e cti v e s co nn e cte d b y a nd and h av ing o ne no un b etw e e n

,
th e m are i nten d e d to d es cri b e tw o d istin ct thi n gs th e n ou n

, ,
m ust b e pl uralis e d o r if n ot pl u r alis e d it m us t b e r ep e ated

,
a fter e ac h adj ecti v e , or if th e n o u n is n eit h e r pl u r ali s e d n or
r ep ea te d th e tw o adj ecti v e s m u s t b e d istin gui s h e d b y e a c h hav

,
ing an a rticle pl a ce d b efor e it

Orn at e a nd grotesque music h av e common fa ults —B UC H ANAN L ife .
,
”
( Repe a t m u sic a fter orn ate
“
of D a vid Gr a y p 4 7 ( H ) , . . .
No other me tho d is here possib le since w e c anno t p lur a lise ,
mu s i c neither ca n w e pla ce a n a r tic l e before it )

, .
The a ssimila tion of th e F in ni sh a nd Russi a n system w a s not re

quire d Revie w of Re vie w s p 3 3 July 1 9 00 ( Either pla ce th e
-
,
.
,
.
“ ”
artic l e the before Russi a n ; or pu t s ys te m in to th e plural
“ ”
number ; or insert s yste m a fter F innish Th e t hird me thod .
is the l ea st commend ab l e on a ccoun t of its cumbrousnes s Ev en .
w hen th e noun is p l ur al ised there is no h arm w h at e v er in re

,
p e a t ing th e a rtic l e before t h e second a dj ec tiv e ) .
4 Th e sam e N ou n as dou b l e O bj e ct —Th e sa m e n o u n

.
s h o u l d n ot b e u s e d in th e s am e se nten ce fi r st as th e o bj e ct o f a
Tr an s iti v e v er b an d t h e n as th e o bj e ct o f a p rep ositio n follo w in g
an I ntr ans i ti v e v er b
Th e more he w eig hed the less w as he dis posed to subscribe to the

Thirty Nin e Ar tic les of the Church of En gland —G IBB O N
-
.
,
Au tobiograp hy .
“ ” “
Here a r tic les is t he obj ec t firs t of the Trans v erb w ei gh a nd .
“ ”
then of th e pre posi tion to fo llo w in g the Intra ns v erb sub .
”
scribe I t w oul d be be tt er t o re pe a t t h e obj ect in the form of a
—
.
“
D emonstr a t iv e pronoun Th e more he w eig hed the Th irty Nine -
”
Articles th e l ess w as he disposed to subscribe to them
,
.
Apo st r oph e s —M u c h u n certain ty app e a rs to e xis t as

”
5 . .
to w h et h e r t h e ap ostrop h e 3 s h o u l d o r s h oul d n o t b e u sed a fter

w o rd s e n d ing i n s or i n th e so un d o f 3 All p o ssi ble cas es , .
h o w e v e r are co v e r e d b y o n e sim pl e r u le —W R IT E A S YO U
, ,
S P E AK .
Afte r pl u r als e nding in s w e n e v er ar ti c u l ate and th er efore ,
w e s h o uld n e v er w rite ap ostr op h e s I n all s u c h w or d s t h e

,
.
Po s sessi v e c ase is i ndi c ate d m erely b y th e a postrop h e

H orses ta i ls Th e ladie s boo t s Th e monkeys ch a tter
’ ’ ’
. . .
Afte r Sing ul ar n ou n s en ding in s or in the so u n d o f s w e ,
al w a ys a rti c u l ate an d t h erefore w e s h o u l d al w ays w rite ap o s

, ,
tro ph e
’
A ho rse s ta il Epp s s coco a Ja mes s h a t Gu inness s st out
’
.
’
.
’
. .
”
W h en th e n o u n fo llo w ing th e Posse ssi v e is s ak e w e
“
, add
44 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
a p o strop h e 3 ,
if th e l as t syll able is a cce nte d ,
bu t o nl y th e
a postro p h e i f ,
th e l as t syll ab le is u n a ccented .
Fo r R oss s s ake Fo r Ja mes s s ake ( Accented )

’ ’
. . .
F o r Je nk ins s ake s ake ( Una ccented )

’ ’
F o r cons cie nce . . .
Correct, improve, j u s tify the following sentences or
1 Th e the atric al a udience s po w er of sus ta ined a ttention is by no

’
me ans w h a t it w as —
.
Li te ratu r e p 3 2 9 A pril 2 8 1 9 00 .
,
.
, , .
2 N o w w e dis tinc tly objec t to h a v e our ins tructor w ri t e us do w n

.
a n a ss a ft er this summ a r
y fa shion — B lackw ood s M aga z ine p 2 1 7 .
’
,
.
,
Au g us t 1 855 .
3 All t he three r a ces w ere g re a t w a rriors a nd much fi g htin g w en t

On —RANS O ME Sh ort H istor y of Eng la nd oh i p 8
.
,
. . . . .
, ,
4 G erm a n y s K a iser l e arn t of our re v erses w i t h dee p re g re t an d

’
.
s ympathy for th e br av e men w h o fell — D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 June 6 .

~
, .
, ,
19 00
—
.
5 Th e pa ir bore e a ch other a n d bic k er together

. L iteratu re , p 2 57 , . .
M arch 3 1 , 1 9 00 .
6 This consider a tion m ay not be untime ly a t this hour of the gre a t

—
.
island continent s federation in to a v a st united commonw e alth Ibid

-
’
.
p 2 55, M arch 31 , 19 00
. .
7 They found tw o a rmed F eder al s in a Ka fii r kr aa l, a n d took t hem

.
prisoner —D a ily Telegrap h, p 9 , July 1 2 , 1 9 00

. . .
8 I s ay no thin g a bou t t he D uke of Orle a ns l et t er , bec a use the

’
—
.
beh a v iour of th a t e x alted person ag e is en t ire ly unim porta n t F or t .
n ightly Re vi e w , p 7 2 3 , M a
y 1 9 00 . .
9 M r B C h as been t h e me ans , apart from his ori gin al i ntention ,

. . . .
of renderin g an immense serv ice to th e re puta tion of L ord Roberts a nd

L ord K i t chener —D a ily Te legr ap h, p 9 , June 3 0 .
,
190 0 . .
1 0 At the other e x treme you h av e ano ther party w h o bel ie v e , I

.
h av e no doubt honestly , th a t th e F ederal s are inj ured in nocen t s ,

th a t they a re th e lamb of the fa b l e w h o h a v e been w orried b y the
greedy Bri tish w o lf Ibid p 7 , M ay 1 2 , 1 9 00 .
-
. . .
1 1 The firs t settl ers w ere lo w types

. They w ere dr aw n from th e .
crimin al cla sses of Europe , an d w ere , m an y of them , kidn apped by th e

a gen ts of t h e com an y
p Pi on e e r M a i l, p 13 , M a y 1 1 , 1 9 00 .
— . .
1 2 The te le gr a m sho w s th a t the fightin g w hich F rench an d Ian

.
H a mil ton s Brig a des h ad ne a r Joh a nnesburg beg a n on Sund ay

’
Th e .
result of th e o perations of the tw o G enerals w as en tirely successful .
D a ily Te leg rap h , p 7 , June 1 , 1 9 0 0 . .
1 3 N o w w hen th e last of L ondon se a son s the atric al successes h as

’
.
gi v en u p th e g hos t, yo u w ill see a sorro w ful procession of players w h o

are res tin g .
—
I bid p 3 , Au g us t 2 4 , 1 9 0 0 . . .
1 4 In the Queen s Bench Di v ision yesterd a y M r Jus tice W

’
. . .
'
g r anted a dec lar a tion th a t the pro per ty be l on g in g to s t B artho l o .
me w s , St Thom a s s, and th e Bride w ell H os pitals is e x em pt from in

’ ’
come ta x —I bid p 8, No v ember 2 7 , 1 9 00

.
. . . .
1 5 These s peeds are jus t ified by Sir W i ll i a m W hi t e s rul e th a t th e

’
.
cos t of these s w ift shi ps is j ustified by their po w er and e fficie ncy .
I bid. p 8, D ec 2 6, 1 89 9
. . .
46 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT 1
is so indisputa bl e th a t w e are willing to p ardon the m —Sp ectator p , .
59 9 A ril 2 7 1 9 01
, ,
.
33 ik e Joshu a in e ar lier d ays my he a r t burns w ithin me an d m y

mind is un piloted an d una nchored —Tr u e H is tory of Joshu a D a v ids on
.
, ,
.
,
E L INN L IN T ON la st par agr aph

.
, .
3 4 Rich e lieu s portr a i t w a s encirc led b y a cro w n of for ty ra ys in

’
.
,
e ach of w hich w a s writt en the n ame of th e cel ebrated forty a cade m i

eia us —D I S RA EL I Cu r iosities of L i te ratu re
.
’
, .
3 5 One of th e m a n y con tr as ts w hich s t rik e a str a n g er most in th a t

.
e x traord in a ry coun try is th e s tra n g e contras ts w hich e x ist bet w een th e

nobili ty and th e gre a t body of the people AL IS O N H is tory of Eu rop e .
-
,
f rom F a ll of N ap oleon .
( b) Adj ectives (inclu ding Articles) .
1 .
“
Fe w ,
" “
a fe w ,
" “
little ,
” “
a. lit t l e . —W h e n f w e and
little are p r ec e d e d b y th e i n d e fin ite rticle th ey h av e an a ,
a i rm ativ e forc e ; w h e n t h ey are n ot s o p r e ce d e d t h ey h av e ,

”=
a n egati v e o ne Fe w n o t m an y
.
“
L ittle = n o t m u c h . .
F e w men esca ped an d t hese w ere re wa rded (,

Insert a before .
“ “
fe w w hich is e v iden tly required by th e sense
,
some fe w
men esc aped and these w ere re wa rded ,
.
Th e l ine throug h Siberia is a Russi an r a il wa y an d li ttle foreig n aid

h as been sou ght or a cce pt e d —Re v ie w of Re vie ws p 88 Ju ly
,
.
, ,
1 90 0 ( H ere lit tle h av in g a n e g a t iv e force ( n o t much ) is

.
,
:
,
“ ”
correctly follow ed b y or If a little h a d been w ritten in .
s te ad o f little the c la use w oul d h av e been , th ou gh a l ittl e

foreig n a id h a s been sought a nd a ccepted .
2 . W h ol e
“
all —Th e fo rm er d e n ote s a C ollecti v e
,
” “
.
Sing u l a r an d s h oul d t h er efor e b e follo w e d b y a Sin gu l a r n ou n

,
o r p r on o un Th e l atter t h o u gh s om e t i m e s u sed colle cti v ely

.
,
b e fore a Sing u l a r n o u n h as al w ays a d istri b u tiv e forc e b efore a

,
Plu r al o n e .
A motion w a s p assed declarin g the w ho le reso lu tions and ac ts

p a ssed b y t h e m aj ori t y on T uesd a
y t o be unconst itu t ion al .
Q uo ted in D“a i ly Te legrap h p 1 1 N o v 1 1 9 00 ( Ch an g e , .

,
.
, .
the w hole to a ll
3 “
. Any
” “
e i h
t e r ,
”
—The l atter is u se d for tw o t h i n g s
.
th e for m er fo r m ore t h a n tw o
There h av e been three fa mous talkers in G re at Bri tain e i ther of ,
w hom w oul d i llus tr a t e w h a t I s ay a bou t do gm a t is ts w ell enou g h

for my purpos e —H O LME S Poet a t the B re a kf as t Ta ble p 2 7 8 , , . .
( Ch an g e e ithe r to any one .
4 “
. Each
” “
e v e ry
”
,
—Th er e are t h r e e d i fferen c es in th e
.
“ ”
u s e of t h es e tw o w ords ( )
a E v ery can b e u se d only
. of
”
an n u m b er e x ce e d ing t w o w h ere a s e ach ca n b e se d b ot h
y u
“ ”
o f tw o an d o f m or e t h a n t w o ( b) Eac h is m erely dis .
C H AP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 47
“ ”
t rib u tiv e ; e v ery h as t h e fu rt h e r s e n se th at n o
w h ile
“ ” “
i nd i v i d ual is left ou t ; t hu s e ac h an d e v e ry m e an s e a c h
”
in di v i d u ally and all w ith o ut e x cepti on ()
0
“
Ev ery m ay .
“
d e note t h e p eri o di c re cu rr e n c e o f a th in g as e v ery oth er o r ,
seco n d day .
These men if the y a re n o t s a tisfied mus t m ake g ood each a nd e very

de fic ie n cy —
, ,
Sp ecta tor p 1 64 Au g . 1 90 0 ( Correc t ) , .

,
. . .
“
Bu t e v ery th o ugh it signi fi es all w ith o u t e x ceptio n
,
’
,
“
n e v e r loses t h e s en se o f o n e at a tim e and m ust n ot b e ,
“ ”
u se d a s e qu i v ale nt to all ( Pl u ral) o r fo llo w e d b y a Pl ural ,
p ro n o u n
W hen pers pecti v e w as first disco v ered e v erybody amused the m se lves
w i t h it —RUS K IN
,
Ele me nts of D r a wi ng Preface p x vii i

.
, , , . .
” “ ”
( Say a mused h imse lf ere himself m ay s ta nd for bo th
“
.
g enders a s horse m a
y s,
ta nd for ei ther horse or m a re Or say .
,
”
draw ers of e v ery k ind a mused t hemse lv es e tc ) , .
Ev er y m an in the jury w as ag re e d th at th e prisoner w as

”
( Say all men w ere a g ree d
, )
n oth e r — A d istin ctio n (o f n o
”
5 .
“
Ea ch ot h e r ,
“
one a .
gre at im p o rta n ce ) is ge n er ally o b ser v e d b y c ar eful w riters

“ ”
b et w ee n t h ese tw o p h r as es ea c h ot h e r h av ing r efer ence to ,
“ ”
tw o ,
o n e a n ot h er to m ore t h an tw o
Th e l e a ders an d th e men often a gree w it h one a no ther w h at should

be don e —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 1 M ay 1 4 1 9 00 ( Correct )
—
. . .
, , ,
H is knees smo te one a gains t a no ther Dan v 6 ( Say ag ainst

“
. . .
,
e ach o ther or the one aga ins t th e o ther .
6 .
“
A ,
” “ —M u c h
n ce rta inty ap pears to e x ist as to
an . u
“ ”
when a s h o ul d b e u se d a n d w h e n an Th e ca rdi n al ru le .
c o v ering all p ossi b le cas es m ay b e e x pres se d in fo u r w ords

W R IT E A S YO U S P E A K
, .
”
I n a c cord a n ce w it h t h i s r u l e w e w rite an b efor e an ,
O p e n v o w el whe n it is s ou nded a s op en an d b efor e h when the , ,

“ ” “ ”
h is not s o u nded In all ot h e r ca ses w e w rite a . .
An heroic rom a ntic comedy b y M r E V w a s produce d a t D rur

y
La ne The a tr e on S at ur day nigh t —D a i ly Te le grap h p 8 A pri l
. . .
.
, ,
23 1 90 0 ( Correc t Th e h in heroic is n o t sou n ded bec aus e

,
“
. .
,
th e a ccen t is on th e second s yllab le W e s ay a n e r o ic n o t a .

’
he roic )
—
.
Th is w as n o t a n heroic fig u re F I RTH , Au gu s tu s Caesa r ( Correc t ) . .
Th e po e t before u s h a s not on l y found ou t a n hero I n his o w n

coun try, b u t ra ises th e re pu t ation of it b y se v eral be au tifu l
.
—
inciden ts A DDISON , Sp ectator, No 7 0, M ay 2 1 , 1 7 1 1 ( W ron g . . .
H ere a n shou l d be a , beca use the a ccen t on the first sy llab l e

“
of hero causes th e h to be sounded ) .
48 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P ART I
~
is fath er ke pt hotel in the little h aml et of Ob e rsalyb ru n
an .
F ortnightly Re vi e w p 4 59 Se pt 1 9 01 , (
. Correct The h in , . . .
”
hote l is n o t sounded bec a use the accen t is on th e second
. ,
s yllab le In talk in g w e a lw ays s ay a n ote l not a h ote l )

.
’
, .
On the w hol e th e S tu ar t family tak es a uni que position in th e p ag es

of fiction —Pea rson s We ekly p 7 00 A pril 2 8 1 9 00 ( Correc t
.
’
,
.
, , . ;
“ ”
Th e u of unique thou gh w ri tten a s an o pen v o w e l is no t
, ,
sounded a s one Th e u is sounded a s yoo ). .
The G erm an m ag a zine for Oc tober cont ains a eu l ogistic sk etch of

M o ltk e — Re view of Revie ws p 4 85 N ov 1 9 00 ( Correc t for
. , .
, . .
,
th e s ame re ason a s t h at j us t s ta ted ) .
7 Re pe t it io
. n o f Ar t ic l e o r o f P r e p os i i
t on — To s ep arate .
the s e ns e o f o n e n ou n o r adj e cti v e fro m t h at o f a n ot h e r s o as ,
to Sh o w t h at tw o d i ffere nt t h ings are i nten d e d o r t h a t on e t hin g ,
is to b e se e n in t w o d i ffer e nt ligh ts or as p ects th e a rticle Sh o u l d ,
b e r ep e ated . O n t h e o t h er h an d , w h e n o ne n o u n o r a dj e cti v e
is i nte n d e d m erely to s u pplem e nt t h e s en se o f a n ot h er or w h e n ,
one n o u n is clo s ely con n ecte d w it h the oth er i n s en se th e ,
a rticl e s h o u l d n o t b e r ep ea te d ( S e e C h a p I ( )
a . . .
,
A fatalis t or a fan atic is a h ard m an to be at in b attl e but perh aps

th e m an o f uncon quer ab le hi g h s piri ts is h arder sti ll —D a i ly
,
h p 1 1 A pri l 2 5 1 9 0 0 ( Correct )
They possessed both the ci v il a n d crimin al jurisdiction —
. . .
, , ,
H U ME . .
( W ron g S a y.
“
bo t h t h e ci
,
v i l a n d th e
”
crimin al e tc ) , .
W h at is th e use a nd obj ect of buildin g pinn a cl es EL PS .
“
( Correct Use an d obj ec t me a n the s a me thing )
. .
I t is a t once a picturesque an d a po litic al pam ph l et an d w e kno w

n ot w hich a s pect t o prefer — Sp ecta tor p 7 7 1 M a
y 1 7 1 9 02
.
, .
,
,
, .
“ ”
( Correct H ere .t h e s a me thing p a m p et
h l is e x hibited in
t wo differen t ligh t s ) .
Accordi n gly th e edi tor and m anag er w ere ordered to appe a r at the
b ar on F rid ay —I bid p 2 06 Au g 1 7 1 9 01 .
( By S heer
.
,
.
, .
a ccident th e form of t h e v erb w ere sho w s th a t t w o di f feren t , ,
persons are in tended The shoul d none the l ess h a v e been

.
, ,
re pe ated before m an ager .
I n de alin g w ith the historic al portions of the Old Testamen t it is ,
im por tant to kee p c le arly in v ie w th e distinction be tw een the

his toric al and the religious an d moral e l emen ts L A I N G H u m a n .
-
,
Orig ins ch v ii p 2 09
”
( Correc t “ Obser v e th a t mor al
“
. . . . .
,
merely su ppl emen t s the me aning of religious a nd therefore ,
t here is no ar ticl e before it ) .
It is th e su preme im port ance of the dyn as tic and person al fa ctors in

G erm a n mon arch y th a t l ends a uni q ue in t erest to the comin g
of ag e of t prince in Ber i
h e l n — ,
D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 M ay 5 , .
, ,
“ ”
1 90 0 ( H ere t he absence of an artic le before
.
p erson al is
“
correct bec ause
, person al supplements the me aning of
W h e n n o a rticle can b e u s e d b u t the tw o adj e cti v es pl ace d ,
b efore t h e n o u n ar e inte n d e d to d en ote tw o d i stin ct p e r s on s o r

C HAP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 49
thi ngs , s om e p r ep ositi o n m u st b e e m ploy e d if poss i b le or t h e ,

‘
n o u n m u st b e rep ea te d o r s o m e ot h er de v i ce ad opte d in or d er , ,
to m a rk t h e d istin ctio n
To com pa re th e re pub lics of ancien t a nd of modern times is a me ans

of thro w in g lig ht u pon th e re pub l ic a n sys tem in g ener al .
B A IN S Rhe toric v ol i p 1 57
’
( Correc t Th e repe tition of

, . . . . .
” “
of ser v es to se pa rate th e sense of ancien t from th a t of
” “
modern Th e w ri ter mi g h t h av e s aid
. t o com pare the ,
re publics of ancien t w i t h those of modern times

b e for e a Com parat iv e —W h e n the is pl ac e d
.
8 . Th e
b efor e an adj ecti v e i n t h e C o mp ar ativ e d egr e e it g i v e s t h e C om ,
rativ e a s ele cti v e s en s e

p a
Both w ere men of the highes t talents courag e and en ter prise , , .
o dg s on himse l f w a s th e l esser fi gure b u t the more m y s terious

—Sp ecta tor p 63 1 N ov 2 1 9 01 ( Correct
.
,
. . . .
, , ,
On the w ho l e then thou g h the Presiden t is oft en cruell y h ampered

, , ,
w h il e a n En glis h Prim e M inis ter rem a ins free an d un t r a mm e ll ed ,
the gre at er po w er an d res ponsibil ity mus t be a dmi t ted to rem ain
w i th th e Presiden t —I bid p 6 55 N ov 1 1 9 0 2 ( Correct ) . .
,
.
, . .
English re a ders w i ll certain ly find the firs t of Sir H enry s tw o

’
v o l um e s the more in t eres t in g —D a ily Te legrap h p 4 F e b 2 2 , .

,
.
,
190 1 ( Corr ect )

. .
O th e r w ith n ou n s of kin dr e d r e fe r e n ce —W h en
“ ”
9 .
o n e t h ing is spok e n o f i n co n n e ctio n w it h a n ot h er of the sa me

“ ”
clas s t h e w or d
,
ot h e r Sh o u l d n ot b e o m itte d
Believ e it m y g ood fri end to lo v e truth for truth s s ake is the
, ,
’
p rin ci pal
p a rt of hum a n perfec t ion I n this w or l d a nd th e seed
plot of all othe r v irtu es —L OC KE q uo ted in p 2 2 0 of Q uick s .

,
.
’
Ess a ys on Edu cati ona l Ref or m e rs ( Correc t ere th e lo v e of . .
truth i s s pok en of as one a mon g st oth er v ir tues ) .
Th e on ly fa u lt w e h a v e to find is one w h ich t his a u thor sh ares w i th

m any Americ a n w ri ters — School W orld p 2 7 7 J ul y 1 89 9 ,
.
, .
“ ”
( Inser t othe r before Americ an since th e au thor referred to ,
is M r S T D alton of M a ssa chus et ts )

. . . .
L e t us not ho w l ag a ins t the G o v ern ment for omi ttin g to do w h at

e v ery C a bine t w ould h av e equ ally omi tte d —Re vie w of Re view s
p 1 3 7 .F e b 1 9 0
,
0 ( Inser t o the
. r before .
Th e Jin g o el ement is s t ro ng in L ondon stron g er th a n it is in

th e o ther pro v incial to wn s —Quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h p 6
,
.
.
, ,
Au g 2 4 1 9 00 ( C a nce l othe r since L ondon is n ot a

.
, .
“
pro ,
v in cial t o w n I f othe r IS to be retained then p rovi ncia l must

.
,
be c a ncelled ) .
1 0 N o u n cou pl e d W ith Adj e ctiv e

. W h e n a n o u n is u se d .
-
as an a dj ecti v e to q u alify som e ot h e r n o u n 1 it Sh o u ld n o t b e ,
1
Professor B a in, in h is Comp a nion to H ig he r Fm g lis h Gra mma r, dev o tes
se v eral pag es to sho wing th at these short e xpressions ( a noun qu alified
“
E
co u ple d b y a n d w it h a r e al adj e cti v e Su c h a co nstr uctio n .
o ffe n d s t h e e ar an d m ay ca u se a m b igu ity Th e e a r w o u l d b e .
b ette r s atis fi e d an d a m b i gu ity w o u l d b e r e m o v e d if th e adj e cti v e ,
w e re pla ce d fi rst an d th e q u alifyi n g n o u n l as t
H e h a d to gi v e e x pression to po litic al an d soci al emotions to set

for th cla ss a nd n ationa l grie vance s —Sp e cta tor p 667 N ov 1
,
. .
, , ,
”
190 2 ( Say n ation al a nd cl a ss g rie v ance s )
.
Th e United Irish L e ag ue h a s repla ced the L a nd a nd the N a ti ona l

L ea g ues of a nother tim e —F ortnightly Re vi ew p 64 9 Oct ,
.
, .
190 2 ( This is defensibl e bec ause th e w riter h as bee n c a refu l

.
,
”
enough to m ak e L e ag ues pl ur al an d to se pa ra te Na t ion al
“ “ ”
from L a nd by s ayin g th e Na tion al It w ou l d be be tter .
,
”
how e v er to s ay , t h e N at ion al a nd the L and L eag u e s )
Ques tioned a s to the res pecti v e positions of t he Bo a rd a nd V olun ta ry
school te acher under the Educ a tion Bill M r B s a id th a t the , . .
mea sure on the w hol e w oul d be enormously t o the a d v a n tag e

of th e latter —D a ily Te legrap h p 8 Dec 9 1 9 02 ( It w ou ld
.
,
.
,
.
, .
“
sound be tter to s ay the V olunta ry and the Bo ard school
”
te acher Th e ar ticl e shou l d be repe at ed )
. .
” ”
11 . O n ly ,
O nl y is m or e prop erly a n
ad v e r b t h an an adj ecti v e t h o u g h it is o cc a sion ally u se d as a n
,
”
adj e cti v e i n c erta in conte x ts As a ge n er al r u le al o n e Sh ould
“
.
b e s o u se d in p r e fere n c e
No book h a s been published since your de parture of w hich much
no tice is t aken F a ction o nly fi lls the to w n w i th pam phlets
a n d g re a ter subj ects are for g o t ten —J O H NS O N L e tte r to Rev
. ,
. .
,
M r White.
( C ha n g e only to a lone )
. .
It is a heredit ary aris tocra c y w hich a lone c an be de pended on in

such a con t es t bec a use it only possesses la sting in teres ts w hich
a re l i ab l e to be affected b y the effor ts of t yr a nn y —
,
AL ISO N .
,
H is tory of Eu rop e ( Ch an g e on ly to a lone . A l so ch ang e a to a n .
”
before the un accen ted a nd pra c tically silent h of heredi ta ry“
.
”
It w ould sound be tter to s a y this a lone th a n it
Simil a r c a re m u st b e ta ke n n o t to u se a lone (adj e cti v e ) in
c o nte x t s w h er e only (ad v er b ) is r e q u ire d
It ( the seizure of Kia o ch au ) w a s undert ak en not alone w ithout the
k no wl ed g e of th e Ch ance llor b u t direc tly ag ainst his w ill
W O LF v oN SCH I EB RAN D Ge r m a ny a s a War td Pow er —
.
,
,
Quot ed -
.
in D a ily Te legrap h p 1 1 Apr il 1 6 1 9 03 ( Ch ange a lone to

, .
, ,
.
on ly. )
by nother noun ) are th e remn ants of e x planatory clauses ( p
a O ne .
c annot ho w e v er belie v e th at this remark contains the true a ccount of

, ,
their ori gin Th e tw o nouns simpl y m ak e a compound b u t th e omiss ion

of the h yphen —the neglec t to w rite th e tw o nouns together a s com
.
pounds h a s l e d gr amm ar ians t”o Spe ak of th e qu alify ing noun as if it w ere

,
a noun used a s a n adjec ti v e F or th e s ak e of conv enience I h av e used

.
th is phr a se in the t e xt .
C H AP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 51
Corre ct, impro ve,

j ify the fo llo wing s entences or u st
1 Both sides confidently e x pected v ictory for their can di d a te a nd

.
,
up to th e time w hen th e las t v o te w a s recorded it w as di ffic ul t to

decide w he ther v ic tory lay w i th Cons erv ati v es or L ibera ls —D a i ly
,
Te legrap h, Jan 1 3 , 1 89 8 . .
2 Th e men are t h e pictures

. of he al th a n d energy are s pl endidl y ,
mounted a nd a rmed and present thorou g h types of our Co l oni al

m a teri al —I bid p 7 D e c 2 9 1 89 9
,
. . . .
, , .
3 Th e on ly a lter na ti v e t o a mendment is po stponement We

unhesi ta tin gly sa y th at th e la tter is more obj ecti on able —I bid p 9
. .
. .
,
A pril 2 3 1 9 00 , .
4 This w as the cost for remo v in g sno w from th e w hol e of th e

thorou ghfa res of th e metro po lis —I bid p 8 F e b 1 5 1 9 00
.
. . . .
, ,
5 Another de ta il in connec tion w it h th e a ue conference is the
utte r bre ak do w n of the F rench as the un i v ersal lan g u age —I bid p 9

.
g
. .
,
June 6 1 899 , .
6 Th e kin g doms w ere w e ak bec a use th e S hires h a d l i ttl e s ym path y

w ith e ach other —RANS O ME S Shor t H is tory of Eng la nd ch ap iii las t
.
,
’
. . .
,
para .
7 Th e w ho le fleet of the ir shi ps ware ta ken — N O RTH S Plu ta rch

’
. .
,
p 10. 96 .
8 A w a it in g po lic y, or a po l ic y of indifference , is sho w n by th e

—
.
M e tropo lita n a n d M etro po lita n D istrict Ra il ways D a ily Te legrap h ,

p 1 1 , July 3 1 , 1 9 00
. .
9 In no o ther country in the w orl d is so li ttle a t ten tion pa id either

.
b y th e mi li ta ry or ci vili a n shots as to w h at other co u n tries are do in g

—
.
Quoted in Re vie w of Re vi ew s , p 1 3 7 , F e b 1 9 00 . . .
1 0 W h a t a historic w ee k t h is is , e v en if its e v ents be yet com

—
.
ple te d D a ily A
. l a i l, p 4 , M a rch 3 , 19 00 . .
o w co ul d I he a r such w ords from a n

11 .
y other m a n b u t he
Mrs CR AI K, Ogi lvi e s , ch a p x
. . .
1 2 I shoul d thin k m yself h appy , if I coul d be adm i t ted in to your

.
protection a nd ser v ice as house s t ew a rd , c l erk , bu t l er , or b a i li ff, for

—
-
either of w hich I thin k m yself to lerably w e ll q u alified SM O LLETT ,

H
.
H u mp hre y Clinke r p 1 7 6 ( , .
1 3 Al thou g h I r are ly find some thin g in your j ourn al w ith w hich

.
I do no t fund amen tally dis ag ree , I alw ays re ad it w i th in terest and

pro fit
—
Quoted in Spe cta to r, p 4 07 , Se pt 2 9 , 1 9 00 . . .
1 4 Be tw een th e Ra dica l a nd Unionist democr acy comes th e decisi v e

.
inter v en tion of the odd m a n, the cross bench e lec t or , w h o is usu ally
—
-
not a democra t at all Quo ted in Re vi e w of Re vie ws , p 1 62 , Au g 1 89 9

. . . .
1 5 This s ta te numbers l ess inh abi ta n t s a ll t o l d th a n Sh e ffi e l d

.
I bid p 8, Jul y 2 9 , 1 89 9
. . .
1 6 W i th th e a mbiti on of W i ll i am cons pired an a mbi tion not l ess

g ras pm g , not l ess ru th l ess , n o t l ess sa nc timonious th a n his o w n .
G O L D W IN SM I TH , Uni te d K ingdom , v ol i pp 1 7 , 1 8 . . . .
1 7 I t is contr ary to th e h abits of th e Ts a r t o profit b y th e ditfi

.
culti c e of any o ther friend ly sta te —D a ily Te le grap h , p 9 , F e b 1 9 00 . . .
1 8 W e shou l d be cre atin g a difficulty in th e w a y of cons o l id a ti ng

—
.
Sou th Africa in to an unit ed a nd homogeneous confedera tio n F ort

nightly Re vie w, p 862 , M ay 1 9 0 0 . .
19 W e h av e in the
Pa cific three com plete n av al sta tions the —
—
.
Chin a, Pa cific , and Austr ali an I bid p 2 64 , Au g 1 9 00 . . . .
2 0 Ev ery n ation w as b l ended under the n a me and sta nd ard of t h e

—
.
gre a t company G I BBON , D e cline a nd F a ll, ch ap lii

. . .
2 1 In th e e x p a nsions o f the he ar t the Etern al Ci ty ( Rome ) alw ays

—
.
t ak es precedence of all Ital i an to w n s Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h,

p . 8 , Au g 2 , 1 9 00
. .
2 2 Th e dec la ra tion of L ord S th at En gl and sou ght neither g o l d

. .
nor territ ory h a s been transformed into a cunnin g reso lv e to seize bo th

.
—
one an d the other R evi e w of Re views, p 4 87 , M ay 1 9 00 . .
2 3 Th e l e aders o f th e co tton tr ade w ill tak e e ffec tu al steps to

.
secure t h a t in fu ture th e true ch ar acter of the co tton crop in the

United States sh all be k no w n t o them an d t o all concerned bo th e arly
and accur at e l
y Sp e cta t —
or ,
p 3 64 ,
Se pt 2 2 , 19 0
. 0 . .
2 4 Ev ery morning our scou t s an d p atro ls g o t in touch wi th the

—
.
enem y, s al uting e a c h other w ith a sho t or tw o D a ily Te legrap h, p . .
10 ,
M ay 1 4 , 1 9 00 .
2 5 It denies the e x istence of a science of pol i t ics

. for it denies the
e x is tence of a ny first princi pl es on w hich t h at science, lik e e v ery
—
science, must be b a se d F or tnightly Re vie w, p 9 2 3 , June 2 , 19 00 . .
2 6 Th e w hol e of th e co al c arts h ad been furbished up for the

—
-
.
occ asion , and w ere el oquent of labour s t o iling h ands Ea ling

’
.
G u a rdia n, p 5, M a y 6, 1 89 9 . .
2 7 F r ance h a s under her h and the sh a re a ssi g ned to her , but she
.
refers w ith ll t h P o w ers the princi l e of t h in t egri ty of the

—
p ,
a e , p e
Chinese em pire D a ily Te legrap h, p 7 , Se pt 2 7 , 1 9 00 . . .
2 8 No s t ronger a n d s tr a n g er a figure th a n his is described in the

—
.
modern history of En gla nd M CARTH Y S Ou r Ow n Ti mes, I ch ap

‘ ’
. .
p 31
—
.
2 9 H enry h ad intended to b alance the tw o p a rties the Conser v a

—
.
ti v e and Progressi v e or, a s he c alled them , the dull a nd ra sh , ag a inst

.
—
e a ch 0ther G O L D W IN SM I TH , United K ingdom , v o l i p 3 42 . . . .
3 0 Th e secre t socie ties o f W est Africa cou l d be di v ided under fi v e

.
he ads : trib al, m ys tical, the medic al, the s lav e , a nd th e tem porary,
w hich only e x isted for c arr yin g out cer ta in purpose s, and t hen fe ll
a p ar t —
D a i ly Te legrap h , p 7 , F e b 1 4 , 1 9 0 0
. . .
3 1 It beho v es the in t er pre t er of l ife to e x ercise g re a test c are

—
.
in the m anner of h andling and a dmitting mys tery F ortnightly

Re vie w , p 9 1 9 , June 2 , 1 9 00
. .
3 2 Th e w ho l e of our party system is b ased upon a m a nifest lie a nd

-
—
.
cryin g w ron g I bid p 9 3 0, June 2 , 19 00 . . .
3 3 The bel ief is sti ll pre v al en t in F rance th a t the s al e of a w ife in

.
the m arket pla ce is a h abi tu al and an a ccepted fa c t in English life

-
.
D a ily Te leg rap h, p 1 1 , June 6 , 1 9 0 . 0 .
3 4 This pr actic ally cre at es an inde penden t s tat e e x tendin g from

—
.
H o angho t o th e Bri tish an d F rench fr on t ier I bi d p 9 , July 3 , 1 9 0 0 . . . .
3 5 Th e p ar t ition w all w hich sep ar ated the Je w s an d G en t i les is

—
.
brok en dO W D STR AUSS , L if e of Je su s , v ol iii p 4 01

. . . . .
3 6 Errors h av e been m an y, but no more , w e m ay be sure , th an

—
.
w oul d h av e ov ert ak en an y t roops in l ik e S itu ation s F ortn ightly

Re vie w, p 61 8, Oct 1 9 00
. . .
3 7 . Th e v arious Po w ers c ast upon us l ooks of tiger like v or acity,

‘
-
54 I t wa s a heroic a ttempt a nd th e labour inv olv ed must h av e

been prodig ious —Sp ecta tor p 600 April 2 7 1 9 01
. ,
. .
, , ,
55 Th e Professor w as pursued b y hos ti le studen ts ; free figh t s

.
ensued bet ween th e c leri ca l a nd liberal s tudents blood bein g freely

sh ed —D a ily Expres s p 4 A pri l 3 0 1 9 01
,
. .
, , ,
56 An inform al en g ag emen t w i th t h e Time s a s a n occ a sion al

contri butor fro m M on t eneg ro le d to his reg u la r atta chment to th e
staff of th a t paper for u pw a rds of t w enty ye a rs as w a r a nd resident
corresponden t —Specta tor p 62 4 A pri l 2 7 1 9 01 , .
, , .
57 Th e dogm a ( of infa llibility ) se par a tes th e Pope fin ally from all

other of m a nkin d —Jbid p 689 M ay 1 1 1 9 01
.
. . .
, ,
58 It is n o w confident l y ho ped th a t bo th th e Bri tish a n d N a ti v e

.
arm y w i ll be f u lly a rmed w i t h th e n e w w e a pon before th e c l ose of the

ye a r —
. Quo ted in Pionee r M a i l p 5 M ay 1 0 1 9 01 ,
.
, , .
59 H e ( M r Ch a mberla in ) comm a nds at th e present m oment

. .
beyond all question th e po pularity an d a dmiration of th e Em pire to

a n e x t ent a s g re a t a s a ny British sta tesm a n h a s enj o ye d — D a i ly
Te legrap h p 9 Au g 1 7 1 9 01
, .
, .
, .
6 0 H a ppi ly there w as no da n g er of such a n issue in th e c a s e of the

.
edi tor and pub lisher of th e G lobe They h ad no o ption b u t to obey

the unanimous v o te of the H ouse —I bid p 9 Au g 1 7 1 9 01
.
. . . . .
, ,
61 She coul d not determine w he ther th e si len t con t em pt of the

.
g en tlem an or the inso lent smil es of th e la dies w ere more into lera b l e .
J AN E A US TE N Pri de a nd P rej u dice ch x v iii

, , . .
62 W isdom an d fo lly t he v ir tuous an d t he v i l e th e l e a rned a n d

.
, ,
ignorant the tem pera te a nd deb auched all g iv e and return t h e j est
, , .
BR O W N Cha racte ris tics Ep i L ect 5

, , . . . .
63 Not for an ins ta nt must w e all o w the cheerful and the helpf ul
.
note w hich h a s become inse para bl e in th e m ind of th e coun try from

,
the though t of M a fek ing to minimise th e stern and S pl endi d re ality of

th e S heer heroism a nd born mi lit ary g enius e ta —D a i ly Te legrap h
,
, ,
8 M ay 1 9 , 1 9 00
p.
,
.
6 4 Th e on ly difference
. in ap pe ar ance bet w een the ta me a nd w il d
buffal o is th at the horns of t h e former do not gro w to the size
a tta ined in the w i ld specimen s —Spe cta tor p 2 7 9 Au g 3 1 1 9 01 ,
.
, .
, .
65 Radicalism mus t resh a pe its creed if it w ishes to be en trus t ed

. ,
w ith the contro l of im peri a l in teres t s or to a tta in po w er for a ny

purpose —D a ily Telegrap h p 8 O ct 1 8 1 9 00
.
,
.
, .
,
.
66 As time g oes on En glish is a s much th e la n gu ag e of th e

.
,
G erm an Americ a n a n d he is a s g ood a ci tizen of t h e Uni t ed S ta te s as

any one —
,
Re vie w of Re vie w s p 583 Dec 1 9 0

. 0 ,
.
,
. .
6 7 Th e Queen s por tr a i t I print a s a fron t is piec e ; for her rei gn

’
.
h as co v ered more of t h e century th a n t h at of a ny li v in g so v erei g n .
I bid p 587 Dec 1 9 00

. .
, . .
68 Th e t re aty be tw een Russi a and Persi a concluded at the end of

’
December 1 89 9 presupposes th e neu trality of Persi a in the e v en t of

hostil ities arisin g be t w een Russi a and any po w er in Asia —D a ily
Te legra ph p 7 Jan 7 1 9 01
,
.
, .
, .
69 Th e one t hin g w hich is uni v ers all y all o w ed to h av e done mor e

.
t h a n anyt hi n g in th e brin ging a bou t of th e Pro g ressi v e triumph is

th e publ ic w ork ing of a part of the tr am w ays of L ond
Rev iew, p 63 9 April 1 9 01
.
, .
C H AP I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 55
70 . Arch ang el is lik e most Russi an to w ns in h av in g fine churches ,
w ith much riches in t heir tr ea suries an d the poorest and v i lest of

ro ads —Pe a rson s M aga zine p 3 56 A pril 1 9 01
,
’
7 1 Ne w ton w as pil in g u p—h e a n d hundreds of g re at men —a c a irn

. . .
, ,
.
,
e v er mounting hi gher from the t o p of w hich th e horizon is e v er

wi denin g a n d w idenin g —D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 Se pt 2 5 19 0
,
1 ,
.
,
.
, .
7 2 Y ou h av e added more ide a s to con t em pora ry poli t ics th a n any

one sin ce L ord B e a cons fie ld —
.
,
F ortnightly Re vie w p 3 80 Se pt 1 9 01
.
, .
,
. .
7 3 Th e v ice of co v e tousness is w h a t enters dee pes t in t o the soul of

a ny other — Gu a rdi a n No
.
. 19 , . .
7 4 Th e co al strik e a nd famine added fuel to the fl ames contra

dictory as the term m a y see m —D a i ly Te legr ap h p 7 O ct 2 7 1 9 0
.
,
2 , .
, .
,
.
7 5 H e h a s been res ponsib l e for a n in cre a se in th e re v enue ( of

.
Russi a ) un par alle l ed in any o ther Europe an or Americ a n Sta te .
F ortnightly Re vie w , p 1 1 2 , Ja n 1 9 0 3. . .
7 6 Both resol utions referred s peci ally to th e rela tions betw een
.
G erm a ny a n d Arg entin a , a n d G erm a ny an d th e Uni ted St a tes of

’
—
America D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 0, Ja n 1 5, 1 9 03 . . .
7 7 Th e most of them are concerned w ith t hin g s more serious th a n

.
pag e ants an d ceremonies Tw o of th e tr ac t s describe e x pedi tions into

some forei g n coun try —Sp e cta tor, p 2 59 , F e b 1 4 , 1 9 03
.
. . . .
7 8 Cra nmer he ld th a t his o w n s piri t ual fun c tion s , like the secu la r
.
func tions of th e Ch ance ll or a n d Tre a surer , w ere a t once de termined b y

a demise of the cro w n .
—
M A C A U L A Y , H is tory of Engla nd , i 56 . .
7 9 There w ere consider a tions w hich to l d w ith still more e ffec t

.
u pon th e ab l e s ta tesmen w h o a t th at time direc ted the foreign a ffa irs

of F rance and En gla nd AL ISON H is tory of Eu rop e .
— , .
80 Th e li g ht must not he suffered to conce al from us t h e re al

—
.
stand ard by w hich o nl y his g re atness can be determined D I S R A EL I ,

’
.
Q u a rre ls of Au thor s .
81 Of v arious n atura l and a cquired e x cell ence it is h a rd to s ay

.
w hether the British or F rench so ldiers w ere the mos t a dmir abl e .
A L ISON , H istory of Eu rop e .
82 But h alf his he art w as in his profession , w hich o f all others

w oul d re q uire th e w ho le —G I LF I LL A N , L itera ry P ortra its
.
. .
() 0 f A dj ec t i
Comp a r is on
ve s o .
1 C om parat iv e s — W h e n t w o th i ngs a re r eferr e d to u s e

. ,
t h e C o mp a r ati v e i n p refere nce to th e Su p e rl ati v e

o e
p brother of F e a r more ga ily cl a d
Th e me rri er foo l of th e tw o ye t qui te as m ad —C O WLEY
, , ,
.
,
Co wper w a s indisputably th e m os t v ir tuous m an a s Rousse au w as

th e gr ea tes t inte llec tu al po w er —
,
L E S L I E STE P HE N H ou rs in a .
,
L i br a ry v ol iii p 9 8 Ch n e m m and gre a tes t to

, .
( a
g . o s t t
. o or e .
,
gre a te r .
)
N ata —In some tra di tion al phra ses the Compa r at i v e is used where
“ ” “
w e shoul d e x pec t th e Su per la ti v e ; a s , the l a tte r end, u tte r con
t em pt . Some times on th e o ther h a nd , w e use a Superla ti v e w here

,
w e S houl d e x pect a Com pa r a t i v e as e c ame in fi rs t of the tw o ,
“ ”
O f tw o e v il s choose th e leas t “
The y a re both g ood , but A is the .
”
bes t o f the tw o .
2 . Comparat iv e s in or. -
Av oi d u sing th an ”
a f ter L atin
co mp ar ati v e s e n d ing i n o r
H is w ork IS su perior and deser v es to be b etter p p aid th a n ours
is superior to yours a nd deser v es to b e be tter paid )
l .
,
“ ”
( Say , ,
3 .
“
O th e r aft e r a Com parat iv e —W h e n tw o o bj ects o r
”
t w o kin d s o f o bj e cts are co mp ar e d w it h e a c h ot h er th e w or d ,

“ ”
ot h e r m u st no t b e o m itte d a fter an adj ecti v e in th e C o m
arativ e d egre e
p
“
An o bj e ct c an b e co m p are d only w it h an o bj e ct or a class
o f o bj e ct s ot h e r t h a n itself ; or, if w it h itself t h e n w it h itself ,
at s o m e d i ffer ent s tage o f its e x is ten ce Thu s w e m ay co mp a re .
th e p op u l a tio n o f En gl a n d o f to day w it h th at of F r an c e o r o f -
Eli zab eth a n Engl a n d b u t to c o mp a re th e c en sus o f 1 8 7 1 w i th

,
th e ce n su s o f 1 8 7 1 w ere lik e a sking th e p ri ce o f a p en n y b u n

”
( H o d g so n
) I.t is b y m e an s o f th e w or d ot h er th a t th e t h ing
c o mp a re d is e x cl u d e d fro m the cl a ss o f t h i ngs w it h w h ic h it is

co mp are d .
Th e mou lting se a son is a mor e delic a t e an d interes tin g period for

birds th an for th e bi peds of a ny coun t ry (T his is as g ood .
“ ”
as s ayin g th a t birds are not bi peds Inser t o ther before .
bi peds .
Sir M ich a e l h as h a d a m ore difficult ta sk th an a ny other Bri tish

Cha nce llor of the Ex chequer w i thin l i v in g memory —D a i ly .
Te legrap h p 9 N o v 5 1 9 0
, . 1
, ( Correc t )
.
,
. .
O the r aft e r a Su pe rla t iv e — W h e n o n e t h ing is s ai d

“ ”
4
. .
to s u rp ass all o t h er t h ings o f th e s a m e ki n d , t ak e c a r e n ot to

“ ”
u se th e w o r d oth er after t h e a dj ecti v e i n th e Sup erl ati v e
“ ”
d egre e H e re th e e x cl u si v e fo r c e o f oth e r is e ntirely o u t o f
.
pl ace s in ce th e t h i ng to w h i c h th e Sup erl ativ e r efe rs m u s t b e

,
inclu ded a m ongst t h ings o f its o w n cl ass ; ot h e r w ise n o s u c h

c o mp a riso n can b e m ad e .
Th e pla ce t o w h ich she w a s g oin g w a s the v er y s po t w hich of all

othe rs in this w ide w orl d she h ad w ished most t o see .
”
S O UTHEY The D octor ( C a nce l othe rs a nd inse i t s po ts in
, .
its pla ce ) .
Th e s tudy of n ature in her a nim al a nd v eg et ab l e k in g doms al thou g h ,
of all others the mos t ob v ious and sim pl e seems to be one of

t h e las t w hich attra c t ed th e a t ten tion of m a n kind —ROSCO E
,
.
,
L ife of L e o X ( C ancel others an d subs titu t e stu di es )

. .
5 Any aft e r a Su pe rlat iv e —Th e n o u n t h at fo llo w s a

”
Su p erl ati v e Sh o u l d n o t b e in t h e Sin g u l ar n u m b er an d Sh o u ld ,

“ ” “
n ot b e qu ali fi e d b y any, bu t b y all
Th is student h as the b est memory of a ny b oy in the s a me c la ss .
( Wrong )
C HA P I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 57
This sentence can be correc te d in tw o different w ays

This student has th e bes t memory of a ll boys in th e s ame class .
This s tuden t h as a bet ter memory th a n a ny other boy in the same

c la ss .
6 Adj e ct iv e s not s u s ce pt ib l e of Com parison —Adj e c

. .
tiv e s den oting q u alities w h i c h do n o t a d mit o f degre es s h o uld ,
b e u se d o nly as P ositi v e s n o t as C om p a r ati v es o r Sup erl ati v e s

,
Presiden t K is th e chief es t o ffender in this res pe c t —

. Re vie w of .
Re vie w s, p 89 , Jan 1 89 9 ( Say chief )

. . . .
The feel in g of the country h a s been m os t u na ni mou s on thi s poin t

—
.
S pe ech quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h ( Sa y qu ite Or perh aps . .
th e w riter me a nt more g enera lly agreed on th is poin t th a n on

a ny
To this cla ss belong such a djecti v es as golde n , u niqu e , sq u a re , r ou nd ,
u n ivers a l , i mp oss i ble , p r efera ble , p erp e tu a l , e tc W hen w e s ay a

“
.
more perfec t m e th o dh this is a shor t , t houg h sc arcely correc t, w a y of

”
s ayin g a me thod th a t m ak es a ne arer a ppro a ch to perfec tion .
Correct, impr ove, j u stify the followi ng sentences

or
1 Sir Ch arl es D ilke sugg es ted th a t it mig h t be of g re a t ad van ta g e

.
to us if w e h ad a lar g er reser v e of g uns t h a n a ny of th e Po w ers h ad

a t th e present t im e —
,
D a i ly Te leg rap h p 6 M a rch 9 1 89 0 , .

, ,
.
2 Col eridg e on a so l emn occ asion described F rere a s deserv in g of

.
all men he h ad e v er kno w n to be ch ar a cterised a s a g en tlem an .
L i te ra tu re p 1 1 1 J ul y 2 9 1 899
,
.
, ,
.
3 These g r ea t qu a li t ies ( on the p a rt of the Queen ) h av e a dded to

.
th at po pula ri ty w hich w as al re a dy g re a ter t h an th a t of any mon a rch

in his tory —Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 M ay 1 7 1 9 00
,
. .
, , ,
4 M r S ta n l e y w as th e on ly one of his predecessors w h o slau g h tered

th e n at i v es of th e region he p assed t hrou gh —Ex a m ine r p 2 0
. .
4 Fe b , .
, .
5 They w ere of a coun try w hich of a ll o thers in Europe h as been

—
.
mos t fami li a r w i t h w ar S CO TT, L ife of N ap ole on. .
6 Th e L iber al par ty, which formerly dre w its chiefest stren g th

.
from th e larg e cen tres of po pu la tion , h as n o w come t o look for its

a ccoun t in th e minor borou h s
g I bid p 8, O ct 3, 1 9 00 — . . . .
7 Th e wri ter con t ends t h a t h appiness in m arri e d life w oul d be

.
more uni v ers al if e v ery w ife h a d a separate income , to be a t her

—
,
inde penden t dispos al Quo ted in Re vie w of Re vi e w s, p 2 4 9 , Se pt

. . .
1 900 .
8 . Sir H C B s aid the M inis try w as th ankful for sm all mercies

. .
-
. ,
but then Sir H h a d th e shortest memory of any distin g uished poli

tician —S peech quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 7 O ct 1 0 1 9 0
.
. 0 , .
, .
,
.
9 W ou l d not a m a n of far inferior a b ili ties th a n Bism arck h a v e

.
become co gnis ant from th at momen t of F r ance s e x act pow er o f ’
resist ance l—F or tnightly Revie w p 4 07 Se pt 1 89 8 , .

,
. .
Th e n at ions w hich can m ake th e bes t use of such e x tern al
th a t m akes for modern progre ss —

elements w i ll prob ab ly pro v e to be t he stron g er com petito rs in all
Spe cta tor p 61 6 N o v 3 1 9 0 0 , .
, .
, .
11 . Th e ca rav an , w hich founded the n e w order of thin g s , w as th at

of J e ru b b abe l, the g ran dson of J e h oiach in, a ided b y Joshu a , th e
grandson of the pries t Sera i ah Joshu a w a s far th e mos t c apabl e of
—
.
th e t wo RE N A N , H is tory of I s ra el , v ol iii p 4 2 5
. . . . .
1 2 This is a w ee kly j ourn al w hich h a s of la te ye ars risen to one

.
o f the most w ides re a d circu lations of an p per in G re a t Bri tain

p y a .
Pionee r M a i l, p 7 , N o v 2 , 19 00
. . .
1 3 M r B ook s humour is of course more im possib l e to tr a nsfer

’
. .
th a n M r W ig g ins s —Specta tor, p 7 7 9 , D e c 1 , 1 9 0 0

’
. . . . .
1 4 H o w differen t from m y bel o v ed L e ti ti a, w h o fin ds her chiefes t

.
j oys in the g a ie ties of the to w n —I bid p 1 02 0, 1 9 00 . . .
1 5 There are s till three w ell kno w n bev er ages l eft, n a mely , coco a,
.
-
milk, and co ffee To o much of the latter has been condemned long
.
ag o ; coco a induces rotundi ty ; an d mi lk dis a rees w i th the m aj ori ty

g
—
of a dul ts D a ily Teleg rap h, p 8, Dec 3 1 , 1 9 00 . . .
1 6 Th e second princi ple , w hich is in re al ity much th e most im

.
p or ta n t , is t h a t e v ery citizen w h o is not himse l f in w a nt is e x ected to

p
be w i lling to undertak e for a term of three ye a rs t he du ty of be ing
.
—
he lper t o th e poor Re vie w of Re vie w s , p 2 93 , M arch 1 9 01 . .
1 7 Shoul d t ime permit , pro g ress w ill be m a de w i th th e W a r L o an

.
Bill , the Public W ork s L o a n Bill, t he Pa cific C abl e Bill, an d th e L ight

Ra ilw ays Bill Rem a rk a b l e e ag erness is e v inced b y some members on
.
the O pposition side to pre v en t th e latter me a sure from a dornin g th e

s ta tute book this sessio n D a ily Te legr ap h, p 6, Au g 5 1 9 01 — . .
,
1 8 J a ne Aus ten h as been described as t h e most obscure o f her

—
.
s is ter s M A THEW , H is tory of Eng lish L i ter a tu re , 1 9 01 .
1 9 It ce lebra tes th e Church of En gla nd as the mos t per fect of all

—
.
other s SW I FT, Ap ol ogy f or the Ta le of a Tu b .
2 0 Under these condi tions the forces of the Tri ple a n d D u al

.
A lliances might w ell be b alanced , a nd it w ou l d be difficult to

th e present momen t w hich o f th e tw o A lli a nces h as t h e strongest
.
—
force Quoted in D a i ly Te leg rap h, p 1 0, Jan 2 8, 19 02 . . .
2 1 Three sch emes w ere submit t ed to him on th e point of remuner a

.
tion a m e nt b
y y s al ar y ( 2 ) p a yment b y bonus ( 3 ) p ya men t b y
—
, ,
s ala ry a n bonus H e selected the latt er system I bid p 1 1 , April

. . . .
22 Being w ithout a guide w e took a w rong pa th used on ly by th e

shepherds a nd cer tainly th e s t ee pes t I e v er c limbed before —R
.
,
. .
,
F ERG USON Swi s s M e n a nd S wiss M ou nta ins ch x x p 1 3 7 ( H )

, , . . . .
2 3 I h a d pre v ious ly tr av elled on the En gl ish F rench an d G erm a n

.
, ,
p a c k ets runnin g to Z a nzib a r an d I must confess th a t I found th e

,
l att er so su perior t o their ri vals th a t I decided t o use aga in this route

—Q uoted in D a ily Te legraph p 8 Se pt 2 9 1 89 9
.
. . .
, , ,
2 4 Th e posi tion of Bull er an d F rench an d Po l e Ca re w the former

.
-
of w h om is s aid to h av e g one nor th w estw a rd m akes further resis tance

im possibl e —I bid p 7 Se pt 3 1 9 00
-
,
. . . . .
, ,
2 5 D r Johnson an d O li v er G o ldsmith an d la s t but not l e ast th e

. .
, , , ,
ill fat ed Eug ene Ar am w ere schoo lm a sters Not m an y may re ach th e
lat ter s el e v a tion in de ath —
-
.
,
I bid p 1 0 M ay 3 0 1 9 00
’
. . . .
, ,
2 6 Subse quently the p arty v isited St John s Cor pus Oriel an d

’
—
. .
, , ,
M erton Co lle g e s the lat ter c au sing es peci al interest by th e be au ty of

,
its bu ildin gs and its as soci ation s I bid p 9 Ju n e 21 , 1 899 . . ,

.
C HA P I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 59
27 M r Rhodes h as
been receiv ed b y th e K ais er w it h a he a rt ier
w el come th a n he a ccords to fe w w h o are not his subj ec t s —I bid p 9
. .
. .
,
M ay 3 , 1 89 9 .
2 8 M r Sch
. M r S are O pposin g th e Bond Con gress , th e
. . a nd . .
former the most s tron gly It w i ll therefore pro bably be ab andoned . .
D a i ly Expr ess , p 1 , M ay 2 5, 1 9 00 . .
2 9 N o rt hu m b e rla nd w as t h e most e x tensi v e of any An gl o S ax on

.
-
sta te . A LL A M .
3 0 This nob le n a tion h ath of all o thers admitt ed few er corruptions

—SW I FT
. .
,
M echa n ica l Op e ra ti ons .
31 ice of co v etousness is w h a t e n ters dee pest into th e so u l of

Th e v
a ny o ther —G u a rdia n
.
. No 1 9 ,
. .
3 2 Th e princi pl es of t he Reform a tion w ere dee per in the prin ce s

’
.
mind th an to be e as ily er a dic a ted —H U ME H is tory of Eng la nd .

, .
3 3 S a che t s a dminis t ra t ion w as incom par ab ly the l e as t o ffensi v e of

’
th at of any of th e F rench genera ls in th e Peninsu la —AL IS O N H is tory

.
34 . W e h av e
profession s e t apart for th e purpo ses of persua sion
a ,
w here in a talen t of this k ind w oul d pro v e t h e l ik e lies t perh aps o f any
o ther —F I TZ O SBO R N S L ette rs B i L e tter 24
.
’
, . . .
3 5 M one y in a w ord is th e most uni ve rs al inci tement of hum an

misery —G IBBON D e clin e a nd F a ll
.
, ,
. .
,
“
3 6 Astronom y t h a t s t a r eyed science w hich of all oth e rs most
deno te s th e g randeur of our destiny —
-
.
, ,
G I LF I LL A N I/ite ra ry P ortra i ts .
, .
3 7 Th e e v en t of all o t hers w hich the Or le ans p a r ty most arden tly

.
,
desired to av oid AL IS O N H is tor y of Eu rop e.

-
,
.
( )
d P ronou ns .
1 . Re du n dan t pr on ou n s —A pro n o u n m u s t
. n ot be ed if us
th e n o u n fo r w h ic h it s tan d s o cc urs in th e sa m e s yntacti cal r e
latio n
Th e F ederals not h av in g forfei ted th e righ t t o be a n inde pendent
s ta te the y are bound to observ e th e su preme law of s tat e l ife
th e m a i n ten a nce of inde pe ndence an d sta t e preserv a t ion —R
, ,
e .
v ie w of Re vie w s p 3 7 5 O c t 1 89 9 ( C ancel the y a nd place a

,
.
, . . ,
c omm a a fter F eder als .
’
Then C aes ar beca us e he w oul d be more ass u red of Pom pe y s po w er
,
a n d friendshi h e g av e him his d a u g hter J u li a i n m a rri ag e

p ,
.
N O RTH s Plu ta rch Ju liu s Cce s a r 1 2 ( C a nce l h e )

’
.
N ote —
.
, ,
In poe try ho w e v er ( a s fo rmer ly in Tudor prose ) the pro

.
, ,
noun is some times g iv en as w ell as th e noun

Th e s ki pper he b le w a w hi ff from his pipe — L O N GFELL O W . .
2 Re fl e xi v e p o ou
. r n n as Su bj e ct — A R e fl e x i v e (or
Emp h atic ) p ro n o u n c a n n ot alo n e b e th e Su bj ect o f a v er b it , ,
m u st b e prece d e d b y so m e n o u n or b y so m e ot h e r pr o n o u n
F o r they and not he hims e lf; pay th e pe n al ty of his error
,
s — D a ily
M ai l p 5 Apri l 2 0 1 9 00 ( Correct )
, .
, , . .
Ind e ed b oth himse lf and W ol f h ad so m u ch in common with Jon as

th a t they bec a me v ery a mic ab l e —D IC KE NS M a rtin Chu zzl ewit
,
.
, ,
ch xx v iii ( Insert he before

. .
N ote —Th e re as on of this ru l e is th at the Refle x iv e thou gh a ppa r ,
en tly in apposition w i th a Nom Person al pronoun is re ally in th e

.
,
Obj ectiv e c a se some pre position such as for bein g unders tood .
3 .
“
One as Ant e ce de nt — W h e n t h is w o rd is u se d a s an
.
I n d e fi nite D em o n str ati v e p ron o u n it o ugh t n o t t o h a v e a D e fi n ite

,
D e m o n str ati v e p ron o u n fo r its co n s e q u ent
( W ron g Say one s

“
One must not be confiden t of his o wn success
’
. .
,
o wn success .
4 .Poss e s s iv e pr on ou n s as An t e c e de n t s
‘
Th e Posse ssi v e —
for m s h av e m or e o f th e c h a r a cter o f a dj e cti v e s qu a lifyin g n ou n s
th an of in d ep e n d ent pro n o u n s H en c e t h ey are sel d o m u se d as
.
a n te ce d e nts to a R el ati v e ; a n d t h eir u se as s u c h I s n o t to b e
co m m e n d e d .
H un gr y an d thirs ty the ir sou l fa inted in the m —Ps a lm cv n 5

, . .
Th e more a ccura te l y w e se arch in t o th e hum a n mind th e stron g er

tr a ces w e find e v eryw here of H is w isdom w h o m a de it —B U RKE
,
.
,
“
I nqu iry into Origin of the Su blim e ( Sa y the w isdom of H im .
, ,
”
w h o , e tc ) .
But t h at v erb al ques tions, if t re ated a s v erb al ques tions , and not
mis tak en for w h a t the y are n ot , m ay le a d to th e mos t useful re
s u l ts , I need not e x ress m y con v ic t ion , w h o h av e com il ed the
p p
follo w in g obser v ations for t h e s ak e of e x pla inin g th e s ignifica
— “
tion of polit ic al w ord s G C L EW IS ( Say, th e con v ic tion. . .
”
hel d by m yself, w h o h av e , e tc ) .
5 D e m on st r at iv e s b e for e a Pr e pos it ion

. To s av e th e —
rep etitio n o f a n o u n, a D em on str ati v e p ro n o u n c an b e u s e d b efor e
a p r ep ositio n
One roo t difference betw een
-
Englis h m e thods
in t echnic al educ ation
a n d thos e in v o ue on th e Con tinen t lies in th e fa c t e tc
g ,
.
School W or ld p 2 3 Jan 1 9 01
,
.
( Correc t It w oul d h av e been
,
. . .
”
be tter how e v er to s ay En glish a nd Con tinen ta l me thods
,
“
, ,
since thos e migh t refer t o English m e thods w h ere a s it is in ,
te n de d to refer on ly to m e thods )
'
Bu t ca r e m u st b e t ak en (a) n ot to l eav e the D e m on str ati v e

o u t i n pl a ces w h er e it is w a nte d
,
b
( ) to u se it cor rectly ,
if it is
to b e use d at all an d (c) n o t to pu t it i n i f it is n ot w a nt ed
There is no period in ancient or modern his tory so interes tin

— g as
t h e F rench Re v ol u t io n D a i ly Te legraph, p 6, M a rch 8, 1 89 9 . .
“
( Sa y, as tha t of the French
Tho s e w h o h av e e x lored with strictes t scrutiny the secre t of their
'
o wn bosom s w be le ast apt to rush w i th intoler abl e violence

62 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
( 1) Se v eral question s w ere pu t to M r Ch amberla in w ho w as re .

,
ce iv e d w i th l oud a n d pro l on g ed cheers fr om the G o v ernmen t

benches on entering t he ouse —D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 .
, .
,
M a rch 1 7 1 9 03 ,
.
H ere w ho does n ot e x press a ny qu alific ation or restriction regarding

th e person den oted by its An t ecedent b u t it mentions an a d di tion al
a nd inde penden t fa c t in con tinu ation of w h at h as been s a id a bout him
“ ”
a l re ad y . It is therefore Con t inu ati v e Tha t coul d not h av e been .
used in its pla ce Tha t is c all ed by B ain ( H ighe r Eng lis h Gr a m ma r

.
,
”
p . 3 6 ) the restricti ve e x lic a ti v e
p l imitin
, g or definin g re la ti v e, , .
F o r such a pur pose it is more suit ab l e t h a n w ho or w hich thoug h it ,
l abo u rs under t h e dis a dv an tag e s th a t it c anno t h av e a pre position

p laced before it a nd c annot be used in th e Possessiv e c a se
,
.
( )
2 T roub l es fe ll thic k a n d fa st on the unfortun ate priest w ho in a ,
series of ye ars c ame int o difficul t relations w ith a number of

hum an bein g s in e a ch o f w h om he s a w and recog nised th e glint
o f th e demon s e ye —
,
Revi e w of R evie w s p 7 0 Jan 1 9 0

’
1 , .
, . .
H ere w ho is Continu a tiv e w hile w hom is Restricti v e or e xplic ativ e

, .
Such confu sion of use in th e s ame sen tence shou ld be av oided Sa y .
Troub l es fell t hic k an d fast on th e unfortun ate pries t In a series .
”
of ye ars he c ame into difficult relations etc , .
( )
3 P resident R oose v e l t h a s a sked the Admir al for a n e x la n ation
p ,
w hich he considers s a tisfa c t ory Admira l D e w ey disc laimin g ,
hostil ity to G erm any a nd there w ill t herefore be no dipl o ,
portanc e —
m atic consequences of th e inciden t w hich h as on ly one im ,
Sp e cta tor p 51 8 A pril 4 1 9 03 , .

, ,
.
H e re in both c ases the w hich is S im ply Continu ativ e Th e sentence .
c an h a rd ly be commended for i m i ta tion It mi gh t b e re wri tten .
Presiden t Roosev e l t h as a sk ed the Admiral for an e x pla n ation and ,
h e considers the e x pla n ation th at h e h as receiv ed s atisfa ctory e tc , .
”
There w i ll therefore be no dip l om a tic etc , .
Th e n on o b s er v an c e o f th e d istin cti on h e r e as serte d b et w e e n

-
that o n th e o n e h an d an d who or which o n th e o t h e r m ay pro

du c e a m b ig u ity — o ne o f th e gre ate st fau lts i n c o mp o s itio n
There w ere v ery fe w men on the b attlefield wh o esc a ped without ,
bein g serious ly w ounded .
Th i s w ill b e a r tw o m e a nings
( 1 ) There Were v ery fe w men etc a nd the se esca ped etc (Con , .
, , .
t inu at iv e ) .
( 2 ) There ve re v ery fe w men etc tha t esc aped e tc (Re s tric

y
. .
, , ,
tiv e .
So m etim e s who or which ( C o ntin u ati v e

) is u se d to i mply o r
su ggest th e r e ason or ,
p u rp ose , fo r w h ic h s o m eth ing is s ai d to
b e d o n e o r t h o u gh t o f
M y second b oy M oses w hom I designed for b usiness receiv ed a
sor t of miscellaneous education a t h ome —
, , ,
G O L D S M I TH Vica r .
,
of Wa kefie ld oh i , . .
C H AP .
I I ERRO RS OF CONS TRUC TION 63
This mea ns th at the b oy w a s gi v en a misce ll a neous educa tion a t

home beca u s e he w as design ed for business an d n o t for one of th e
, ,
l e arned professions th a t require a tra inin g in some publ ic schoo l to b e

, ,
fo ll o w ed b y a tr ainin g in some uni v ersity .
So m et im es aga i n who or which ( C on t in u ati v e rel ati v e ) d o e s

, ,
th e w or k of a C onti n u ati v e conj un cti o n

Ad v ices from Som aliland st a te th at Col onel S w ann h as dis patched
7 50 c ame l s t o G eneral M a nnin g w ho if his tr ans port allo w ed
it w as t o h a v e l eft G alka yu yeste rd ay —D a ily Te le grap h p 8
, ,
. .
, , ,
M arch 2 3 19 03 ,
.
This might be re w ritten th at Co l onel S w ann h as di s pat ched

7 50 ca mels t o G eneral M a nnin g a nd th a t G ener al M annin g if his , ,
transpor t al low ed it w as to h a v e left e tc , ,

.
Wh o
” “
10 “ “ ” “
. w ho w hi ch
, w hi ch I t d o es n o t , .
-
so u n d w ell to u se t h e s a m e Rel ati v e t w ic e i n th e sa m e s e n te n ce
fo r th e sam e An te ce d ent u nless th e R el ati v e s s o u se d are i n ,
d i fferen t c as e s or ha v e so m e c onj u n ctio n s u c h as a nd o r bu t to

co nn ect t h ei r r e sp ecti ve clau se s
There are some men w ho w i tnessed w h at h a ppened w ho can g i v e ,
be tter e v idence th a n I ca n ( Say some men w h o h aving .

, , ,
w i tnessed w h a t h appened can g i v e e tc ) , ,

.
There is considera b l e doub t w h o t hese in v a ders w ere wh o w ere

k no w n as H yk sos or She pherd K ing s —S L A IN G H u ma n
,
.
,
Origins oh i p 2 9 , ( Subs titute tha t for th e second w h o The

. . . . .
firs t w h o is interro ga tiv e the second restric tiv e ) ,

.
As Mr B alfour s ays i t w as no t th e g ift b u t t h e w ords tha t

.
, ,
a ecom ani e d th e g ift w hich did the true serv ice Sp ecta tor p -
H
. .
, ,
6 62 ov 2 1 9 0
,
1 ( ere .a ll aw,
k w a rd n ess i s.a v oided by using
that m one c l ause a n d w h ich i n the o ther ) .
Where is there one w ho h as died so youn g w hose fame h as surv i v ed

—
,
so l ong t J D I X L ife of Ch atte rton p 2 9 7 ( Say W here

‘
.
,
“
, . .
,
is there one w hose fa me ha s sur v i v ed SO long a fter a life so

,
Short
There are m any w ords w hich a re a dj ectiv es w hich h av e nothin g to
do w ith the qu aliti es o f the nouns to w hich they are pu t .
“
C OBB ETT ( Three w hiche s in tw o lines Sa y
. m any w ords .
,
tha t are a dj ec ti v es h av in g noth in g t o do e tc ) ,

.
1 1 D e m on s t rat iv e m ix e d w it h Re l at iv e
.
— A D e m on
s trativ e Sh o u l d n ot b e u se d i n a cl au s e co or d in ate w ith a -
Rel ati v e claus e

Th e a ctions of princes are l ik e th ose g re a t ri v ers w h os e course e v ery
one beholds but their s prin g s h a v e been seen by fe w —H ELP S
,
. .
,
( Ch an g e the ir to w hose ) .
I ou gh t to h av e thou ght it to o s tro ng for th e presence of a lady ;

w h om or any of he r s e x in a m a tt er of po l i t ics I w oul d a llo w
to ch a se me lik e a foo tb all all round t h e tro pics e tc —
, ,
DE ,
.
Q U I NC EY ( M a sson s Edi tion ) v o l v ii p 1 7 9 ( Ch an g e he r to

’
. . . .
,
w hos e .
)
12 .
“
And W hich “
b u t w h ich , e tc. —A Rel ati v e cl au se
“ ”
p r e ced e d b y a co or d in ati v e co nj u n ctio n su c h as an d o r
-
”
b u t Sh o u l d n ot b e u se d u nless a n ot h er Rel ati v e cla u se h as
, ,
b e en u se d alr e ad y Ev e n th e n a s e co n d Rel ati v e afte r th e c o n

.
j u n ction is n o t r e qu ired u nles s it is in a d iffere nt c ase fro m the

,
fi rst Rel a ti v e o r is m ad e to i ntro d u c e a state m ent e ntirely

d istin ct .
O u r L ord s te achin g s w ere prob a b ly sim pler th a n w e find them in the

’
G os pel s an d Epis tl es wr i tt en ye ars a fter from memory a nd w hich ,
are tin g ed by th e indi v idu a lity of th e minds w herein the

y lay
for ye a rs —Chu rch G a ze tte p 7 1 2 A pri l 1 5 1 89 9 ( Sa y , .
, , .
,
w hich w ere w ri tten ye a rs a ft er from memory an d are tin g ed

“ "
e tc . )
Th e result of his e x plorations on this site h as been to S ho w th at a
sti ll larg er an d more w e al thy ci ty e x is ted here for a long er
p eriod t h a n Troy a nd w hich a ffec t ed a more e x t ensi v e area
, .
“
L AIN G H u ma n Or igins ch iii p 9 8
, ( Say t h a t there
, . . . .
,
s tood here a city w hich w a s larger and w e althier th a n fi oy

, ,
e x is ted for a lon g er period and affected a more e x tensi v e ,

”
are a )
W e refer to tw o telegr ams w hich the w idow sent to th e M ayor o f
Rome a nd w hich are pub l ished — D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 Au g .
,
.
, .
2 190 , 0 ( Correc t . Wh ich must be re pe ated beca use the c a ses

.
are di fferent ) .
I s aw her again laid u p w ith a fe v er she h ad c au ght in her v oc ation

as si ck nurse a nd w hich pro v ed fa tal —AMY D A LT ON
-
, The .
,
Stree ts a nd L a ne s of a City ch iii p 7 4 ( Insert w hich a ft er

, . . . .
”
fe v er Th is inser tion wil l m ak e th e sequence of a nd w hi ch
.
correc t ) .
H is a c tion c ame to the e a rs of M r Ro w e ano ther director of the .

,
corpor ation w h o thou ght th at it w a s immoral traffi c for o ne

,
“
o f his co ll e ag ues t o dis pose of stoc k be l o w par w hen much of it

h ad not ye t been issued a n d w h o took u pon himsel f to s ay so
a t a bo ard mee tin g —D a ily Te le grap h
,
p 8 N o v 5 1 9 01
a sons —
. .
, , , .
( ereH
t h e re pe t i tion of w ho is correc t for t w o re ( a ) th e
t w o s ta temen t s a re qui te dis t inc t ( b) the first w ho is at a gre at
dis tance from th e v erb
13 . Sam e , An t e ce d e nt s
” “
Sa m e m ay b e
su ch , as .
“
foll o w e d b y as or tha t Su c h ca n b e follo w e d o nly b y a s
. .
”
At o ne ti m e and th is n o t v ery d istant
,
“
s u c h w a s fre qu ently ,
follo w e d b y w ho o r tha t ; b u t t h is p r acti ce is entirely for b i dd e n

b y m o d ern i d iom .
—SH A KE S
Su ch a n act
Tha t bl urs th e g r ace and b l ush of modesty
~
P E A RE
—PO P E
. .
L e t su ch te a ch others w ho themselv es e x cel . .
”
“
As m u st n ot b e m ad e to tak e th e pl ac e of w ho or w hich
w it h a prepo siti on
CRAP I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTIO N 65
He put his theories into pra c tice w i th th e sa me le v ity as he h a d

m ain tained them in th e Sparklin g con v ers aziones of the c a pital
—W R I TE H istory of F ra nce ( Say “ as th at w ith which he
.
.
, ,
”
h ad etc )
,
.
14 Th e y ,
. th e m,
”
th os e ,
”
a s An t e ce de nt s
“
Pro
“ —
n o u n s o f th e Th ir d p erso n , w h e n th ey are in th e Pl u r al n u m b er ,
“ ” “ ”
are n o t suita b le a n t ece d e nts fo r w ho or t h at Th e s a m e .
obj e ction d oe s not lie ag ain s t th e sa m e p ro n o u ns in t h e Singu l a r

n u m b er .
The y that hole h av e no need of a physician but the y that are

are w
sic k —M a rk ii 1 7
,
. .
Suc h l ang u age w as c o m m o n in th e Tu d o r perio d Bu t .
“ ”
m od e rn i di o m r e q uire s u s to u se t h o se i n pr efer en ce to
“ ” “
th ey o r t h e m
Tho se tha t are w ho l e h av e no n eed of a ph ysici a n but those tha t are ,
S ick .
“
Simil a rly if th ose is u se d as a q u alify ing adj ecti v e w ith
,
s om e n ou n an d no t a s a D e m o nstr ati v e p r o n o u n sta n d in g alo n e

, ,
t h e n o u n w h ic h it q u alifi e s ac qu ir e s p re cisio n as an a nte ce d ent

”
t h r o u gh h av ing th ose pl ace d b e for e it
Mr . Ch m ade a s tron g dec lar ation in fav our of com pens a tion being
.
p aid to pub lic a ns w hose li censes w ere w i th dr aw n for no fault of

t heir o w n —D a i ly Exp r e ss
.
p 1 M arch 2 5 1 9 03 , ( Insert .
, , .
thos e before p ub l ic a ns W i thou t it t h e .

”
a n teceden t is w e ak ,
a n d t h e sen tence is n o t en tire ly free fr om a mbi uity )

g .
15 . Un ce rt a in re fe r e nce of Pr o n ou n s —Sin ce pro n o u n s

all
( e x cept t h o se w h ic h a re u se d in d e fi n itely ) are s u b stit u te
w ord s t h e re Sh o u l d b e n o u n cert ai nty as to t h e n o u n to w h ic h

,
a pro n o u n r e fe rs o r for w h ic h it h as b e en m ad e a s u b stitu te
G ener ally i h e a ch other th e Raj ah s re pe ated th e scene

at w ar w t ,
resen t ed b the robber B arons of Euro pe in t h e M idd l e A g es

p y ,
w i th this a g gr av ation th a t they h ad no Chris ti an ide al to

,
w hich their v ic t ims cou l d a ppe al e v en th o u g h it mi ght be in

v ai n —
,
Sp ecta tor p 9 7 8 Dec 2 0 1 9 0 2 ,( There

. is
,
no noun to.
,
.
“ “
w hich “
it in th e la s t c lause c an refer F or it s ay th e
”
.
ap e a l
p .
16 . W ant Comm o n G e n de r in Pr on ou n s o f Th ird

of
” “ ” “ ” “ ”
pe r s o n S in g u l ar Ea c h ,
e v ery , . a n y, so m e w ill
in clu d e b oth m ale s an d fem ales , an d are t h e r efor e applic ab le to
eith er ge n d e r W h e n o n e o f t h e s e w ord s is th e s u bj ect o f a
.
sente n ce , o r at le a st a p art o f th e su bj e ct, a di i cu l ty ari ses as

’
to the ge n d e r o f t h e Thi r d p e rso n al Singul a r , if it s h o u l d b e
F
66 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF I ED P ART I
n e c essary to u se su c h a p ro n o u n a ny w h e r e i n th e r em ai n d e r o f
t h e senten c e F o u r w a ys o f m eeti ng th is di
’
. i cu l ty h av e b ee n
s u ggeste d
( )
a By m e ntioni ng b oth ge n d ers ,
as i n th e foll o w in g
If a ny one comes l e t him o r her w a i t t i ll I
,
a m re ady .
Ev erybody c all ed for h is or he r c arri ag e .
Th i s is gr am m atic ally corre ct b ut to o cl u m sy for g e n er al ,
u se . C on s e qu ently it h as n e v er in p oi nt o f fa ct co m e i n to u se
, , .
b B
( ) ysing the Plu r al n u m b er th e gen d er o f w h ic h is
u
co m m o n —in cl u d ing m ales and fe m ales alik e

,
,
M any e x a mples .
ca n b e q u o te d fro m liter atu r e
L e t ea ch esteem o ther be tter th a n the m s e lves Phil ii 3 .

-
. . .
Eve ry p ers on s h appiness depends in p art u pon the res pect they
’
m e et w i th in t h e w orld —PA LEY .
Every one must j ud g e of the ir ow n fee lin g s — BYR ON

.
Eve rybod y w as ple a sed to think h o w much the y h a d alwa ys dis liked
M r D arcy —JA N E A US TE N Pri de a nd Prej u d ice
.
, .
Su c h l a ng u ag e is op en to th e fat al o bj e ctio n t h at th e p ro n o u n s
are m ad e to d is agre e in n u m b e r w it h t h e a n te ce d e nts th e ,
p ro n o u n s b eing Pl u ral and t h eir a nte ce d e nts Singu l a r The .
1
gr am m ar is as fau lty as the so u n d is a w k w ar d .
” “ “ ” “
( ) B y
o c h a nging e a c h e v ery t o a l
,
l or b o th w h ic h ,
e v e r O f t h es e w ord s w ill s uit th e s en se Th is w ill al w a y s su it .
2
th e gr a m m ar an d a ost al w ays th e sen se :
l m
Each of them w as bus y in arran g in g their pa rticu la r concerns a nd ,
ende a v ouring b y pla cin g a round them t heir boo k s and o ther
—
,
p os s essions t o for m ,
for th emse l v es a hom e M iss A US TE N ,
Se nse a nd Sens ibi lity i p 6 7 ( I t w oul d h a v e sui ted the”sense

,
. . .
as w e ll as th e
g ra mm ar to s ay Both of them w ere busy etc ) , , .
One fine afternoon e v erybod y w as on deck a musin g themsel v es as

they could —CH A RLE S RE AD E H a rd Cash i p 3 08 ( Say
,
. . .
, , ,
“ ”
a l l th e
pa ssen g ers w ere on deck e tc ) ,
.
(d) By u s ing him a nd le av ing the r e ad e r to i n fe r fro m th e

co nte x t t h at th e pron o u n is u se d in a gen e r al s e n se and
1
This construction ho w ev er is d e c lared to be all o w abl e b y the late
—
, ,
P rofessor B ain in p 3 10
,
H ig h e
. r Eng lis h
,
G ra m ma r ed 1 89 6 a r a ther , .
,
s trang e asser tion from an au thor w h o four pag es before had told us th at , ,
th e stron g ind iv idu alising force of e v er y a ffec ts th e number of th e

‘ ’
‘f
p red ic a te v erb T h e e xa mpl e there g iv en is

. e ve ry sm il e and every
”
fe ature app ea rs with its appropr ia te g ra ce .
2
Th is is th e me thod a dopted b y H odgson pp 1 53 1 54 from which , .
-
,
. th e abov e e xamples are tak en .

C R AP. II ERRO RS OF CONS TRUC TION 67
1
appli cab l e to b ot h ge n d er Th is u se o f him is co m m o n b oth s.
in t h e s p ok e n l a ng u age an d i n literat u re
Le t hi m th a t thinketh he stande th take heed l est he fall — 1 Cor . .
x. 12
—
.
Eve ry th at is perfect sh all be m ade a s his m aster

one L u ke v i 4 0 . . .
Eve ry one th at e x a lt e th h ims e lf sh all be a b a sed a nd he th a t

humb le th hims e lf sh all be e xalted L u ke x v iii 1 4 .
— . .
In all
th ese e xa mple s (and m an y m o re mig h t b e q u o te d) ,
w o m e n are r eferre d to qu ite as m u c h as m en A sim il ar idio m is .
a t w or k, w h e n w e u se colt dog horse (all o f w h ic h p rop erly , ,
d en o te m ales) or w h en w e u se du ck bee go ose (all n a me s for

, , ,
fe m ale s) to d enote e it h e r s e x
, B u t s u c h con fu sion s as th e .
follo w ing ca n not b e allo w e d

Th e he art is a secret e v en to hi m ( or he r ) w h o h a s it in his own
bre as t —TH AC KER AY
,
. .
Th e ins ti tution of pro perty reduced to its essenti al e lements , ,
consists in the recog ni ti on in ea ch person of a ri gh t to the , ,
e x clusiv e dis posal of w h at he or she has produced by the ir o wn

e x ertion s —J S M I LL . . .
1 7 Pr on ominal u se of s am e
.
“ —To av oi d th e rep etitio n .
“ ”
of a n oun th e s a m e
,
is s o m etim e s u se d as a p ro no u n I ts .
u se h o w e v er is apt to le a d to o b sc u rity ;
, ,
an d e v e n w h e n it
ca u ses n o o b sc u rity its u se is r arely m et w it h in th e b e st

,
au t h ors I t is b ette r to rep e at t h e n o u n o r to u s e so m e o t h e r

.
k in d of p r onou n .
After m uch an gry dis pute rela ti v e to th e enormous and illegal

e x action of fees a ta riff of the sa me w as fixe d —M A RT IN
, .
,
H is tory of the Colon ies ( Say a fee ta riff w as fix ed ) .

,
-
.
Th e j e al ous y of the S panish mon arch le d to a rene w ed discussion of

t h e t erri tori al ri gh ts of our se tt l ers w hich th e imbecil e minis t ers ,
o f Ch ar les I I so far a dm i t ted as to direc t the G o v ernor of
J am aica to inquire into the sa me —I bid

. ,
. .
W h at is the a ntecedent of the s a me ? This ill w orded sentence -
might be rew rit ten as fo llo w s A rene w ed discussion of th e te rri

to rial ri gh t s of o ur se ttlers a rose ou t of th e j e al ous y of th e S panish
mon arch th e g rounds of w hich th e imbecil e ministers of Ch a rles I I
, .
so far a dmi tted as to direc t the G o v ernor of J a m aic a to inquire in to
1
Th is , I find is
solution ado pted b y M r S w eet in p 7 2 Part I I
, th e .
, . , .
of N ew Eng lis h G ra mma r w here he says : One w ay ( of ev ading the ,
d ifficulty ) is b y using he only leaving th e applic ation of th e s tatement to ,

”
w omen as w e ll as to men to be ta k en for gr anted I t is w ort h no ticing .
th at this is t h e plan ado pt ed in th e w ordin g of Acts of Par li ament where ,
it is oft en s tated th at nouns or pronoun s denoting m ales must be under

stood to include females e xce pt where the sense Show s th at only m al es
,
can be in t ended .
68 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIFIED P ART I
Correct, imp rove , or j u stify the f ollowing se nte nces
1 rmed w ith a l ong s w ord sl un g in a belt and w hich

H e w as
b um ped ce ase less ly aga inst th e calv es of his l eg s —The Conspi rators
. a ,
.
,
D U M AS Eng Tra n s oh i p 1
,
.
, . . . .
2 H e r M aj e s ty s sel f de v otion a nd se lf s a c ri fice o n be h al f o f t he

’
.
country which she ru les s o w isely an d w hi ch l o v es a nd re v e reS her so

w ell are beyond all r aise —D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 M a rch
,
. .
, , ,
3 H e r p ass i on wil die lik e a la mp for w a n t of th a t the fl ame shou l d

feed upon —
.
S C O TT B ri de of L a mme r moor ch x v iii las t p arag r aph

.
, ,
. .
,
but one .
4 At the b ar the tem per ance drinks w ere sol d b y th e s a me a ttend

.
a nts w h o so ld t h e into x ica tin

g l i q uors Q uoted in D a i ly Te legrap h -
.
,
p 2 A pri l 1 2 1 9 0
.
,
0 ,
.
5 Some e x ceedin gly ch arming l et ters of G eorge S and a nd w hich

.
,
a re fu ll of hum a n as w e ll as of li t er a ry in terest a re pub lished in t h e
second number of the Revu e —Re view of Re vie ws p 6 1 9 D e c 1 89 9

,
. . . .
, ,
6 Such of the enemy w h o esca ped t h e firs t ons la u ght fled w ithout
offering much resist a nce —D a ily Gr aphic p 1 0 Fe b 1 9 1 900
.
. . . .
, , ,
7 Th e Princess sho w ed precisely the s ame compos ure cour ag e a nd

.
, ,
a bso l u t e presence o f mind m a nifes ted by the Prince of W a l es himse l f

—D
.
a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , M a y .
8 . fe ared there w as no m an a mon g us w ho h ad borne th a t

H
e
res ponsib ili ty w h o coul d tru thfu lly s ay h e h ad b een free from mis tak es
—Quoted I n D a ily Te legr ap h p 1 0 N ov 1 4 1 89 9
.
. . .
, , ,
9 Of all ou r fe llo w cr a ftsmen I ne v er k ne w one b u t gav e yo u th e

n ame o f hones ty a nd kindness —Quoted in L iteratu re p 4 01 Oc t 2 1
-
.
. . .
, , ,
1 899 .
10 It m ay be th a t for once they m ay h a v e misj ud ged th e pace our

mo v e w ith their n e w mounts —D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 April
.
men can , .
,
2 6, 19 00 .
1 1 Th e cl erk sudden ly returnin g he w as k nock ed do wn a nd bo th

esc aped —D a ily Exp res s p 2 M ay
. , ,
the l
p
. .
, ,
”
1 cu ritsIs he hoo k ed do you think ? w his pered Crim pl e as himse lf
‘
, ,
a nd
p a rtner stood i n a dis ta n t part of the room obser v ing hi m as he
lay —D IC KE NS M a rtin Ch u zz le wit ch xx v iii

.
, , . .
1 3 To e l ec t Direc tors I n th e s te a d of A a nd B retirin g b y rota tion .
—
. .
,
bu t w h o are e li g ib l e for re e l ec tion a rer I nd ia Pap er M ills F e b -

.
, .
25, 1 89 9 .
1 4 There others in En gland w h o must h a v e foreseen an d fe lt

are
the n e ed for reform wh o can ta ke u p the q ues tio n —D a ily Telegrap h

.
, ,
p 1 1 M ay
.
,
1 5 W ar n e w v ic tories fresh glories w ere as himsel f av o w ed in

dispens abl e t o his hold o n Fra nce —G oL D W i N SM I TH United K ing
.
, , , ,
.
,
dom v ol ii p 3 00
,
. . . .
1 6 M r M un locked th e s ta b l es m w hich w ere tw en ty three horses

. . . .
They sta m peded a t once F our of them k ick e d themse l v es one v ery
se v erely —
.
,
M iddles ex Cou nty Times p 3 Jan 2 0 1 9 00 ,

.
, .
, .
1 7 I w a s a b l e to res t for the ni g ht w ith a ll the comfort s o f a

roof to o ne s head —Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 4 April 1 9
.
’
. .
, , ,
1 900 .
18 . O n this subj ect the re is nothin g w hich is raised by th e righ t

70 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P AR T I
esteeming his w ith w hom he conferred for the present th a t he seemed ,
to h av e no o pinions and reso lutions but su ch as h e con tr a c ted from

the discourses of others —I bid p 4 51 M ay 1 9 00 ( quo ted from . .
,
CL A RE NDON ) .
3 4 There is no one w h o h as s t udied th e u e s tio n w h o w o ul d see

.
w ithout re luc ta nce th e n e w pro v ince g o v erne as a Cro w n co lony .
D a i ly Te legrap h p 6 Se pt ,
.
, .
3 5 There used t o be l o t s of things a s Bri ght Tr o ll op c arv ed in

—
.
g en t l efo lk s houses a t one

’
t ime Quo ted in N ine te enth Ce ntu ry p .
,
.
7 90 ,
M ay 1 9 00 .
3 6 Almost e qu ally fine IS the petulant ou tburs t of tem er , w hen a t

.
las t J a ne o pposes his w ishe s, an d w hich Emm a hum a ne y cures b y

pointing out to him th e door of the dining room in D ov e re ll Abbe y .
I bid p 81 4, M ay 1 9 00
. . .
37 .
“
W e ll, if you c all this an eclipse , s aid a policem an at the
“
street corner , a ll as I c an s ay is , I don t see w hy a nybody sho u l d go ’
to S pa in to see it — D a ily Exp r es s , 5, M ay 2 9 , 1 9 00

h
. .
3 8 W oul d they ( the Co lonies )

. e w i th us , if they w ere sordid
consider ations w hich g uided us in the path in w hich w e h a d em

b arked —S peech q uo ted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 0, M ay 9 , 1 9 00 . .
3 9 Th e ch a r a cters of Bo th w ell, M ora y, an d D a rn l ey are w e ll

concei v ed , but the Queen is in ade qu at e —L iteratu re, p 3 68, M ay 1 2 ,
.
1 900.
4 0 Then ,
. third ly and la stly there is another p ar ty which leans to ,
b oth sides a t once a par ty w hich ende av ours to ride tw o horses a t

,
-
th e s a me time w h o te lls you in one bre ath th at this w ar is u nn e ce s

,
s ary and dem ands 1 n the ne x t t h at it sh all be v igorous ly prosecuted

—Speech quoted 1n D a ily Te legraph p 7 M ay
.
.
, ,
41 . It w ou ld be unfair t o postpone i ts a doption pendin g the

submission o f the remedi al me asures s till unre a dy a nd w hich m ay not
pro v e s at isfa c tory —D a ily Te legrap h p 7 M ay
,
. .
, ,
4 2 W hen the En glish G o v ernmen t t ook o v er th e C ape it found a

.
,
ra ce w hich h ad a pa ssion a te sense o f person al inde pendence and

w hich a t the s ame time w ere bigo ted stern a nd unbending —
,
Pi onee r , , .
M a il, p 1 4 , M ay 1 1 , 1 9 00
. .
43 By losin g the C al iph a te the

. Sult an w ould lose the nomin al
hol d o v er the M osl ems he h as h ad hitherto but w hich is alw ays ,
g ro w in g w e aker D a i l y Te legrap h
p 5. June 2 1-
9 00 ,
.
, ,
.
4 4 It beho v es th e in ter preter 0f life no l ess th a n those w h o a re

.
,
l i v in g th at l ife to e x ercise th e g re ates t ca re in t heir m a nn er of

h and ling and a dmit ti ng mystery —F ortnightly Re vie w p 9 1 9 June
,
. .
, ,
2 , 1 900 .
“
45 . I did not d are ! Such w as M r A s reply to the query . .
’
flun g at him in th e H ouse of Commons a s to w hy w hen himse lf in ,
office he h ad no t tr ansformed ou 1 procedure with re gard to d a ngerous

tr ades —
,
I bid p June 1 9 00
4 6 H e w as n
. . .
o t a lto g e t her lenient to such a mb a ss a dors w ho h ad

—
.
,
p urpose l y con t ributed t o hidin

g the ir l i g h t under a bushe l D a ily .
Te legrap h p 1 0 Jun e 2 2 1 9 0
, . 0 , , .
4 7 E e wa s not m a position t o sta te the s peed the shi p tr av e ll ed

. .
4 June 29 1 9 0 , 0 , .
at tention h as b een c all ed to a l e tter w hich h a s appea red in

C HA P I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 71
the Gu a rdia n ne w spa per w hich i m putes to th e re porters th at th ey are

in th e h abi t of tak in g money —I bid p 1 0 Ju ly 1 1 1 9 00
,
. . . .
, ,
4 9 Rememberin g th a t w e h av e a bso l ute ly no shi ps of our o w n to

.
c atch these G erm an ships rememberin g a lso th e pronounced hos til i ty

of G erm a n o pinion is this s a fe — ”
Quoted in Re vi e w cg Revie w s p 361
,
,
, .
,
A pri l 1 9 00 .
50 She re la te s a n in g enious w ay the M e x ic an G o v ernment h as of

de al in g wi th it s des peradoes —Re vi e w of Re vi e w s p 1 7 8 Au g 1 9 00
.
. . . .
, ,
51 Lo o k a t th e present Em peror ! Ev ery coo lie g rins a t th e w ay

his s te p mo ther l oc k s him u p and bu ll ies him —Quo ted in L itera tu re
.
-
.
,
p 64 Jul y 2 8 1 9 00
.
, , .
52 There is not one sin gle c a se w hich h as been pending a gainst the
.
Chinese G o v ernme nt in w hich e r M ajes ty s G o v ernmen t h as no t H

’
sooner or la ter ob tained a s atis fac tory Se ttl e m e nt —Q uoted in D a i ly

,
Te legr ap h p 5 Au g 9 1 9 0 0 ,
.
, .
, .
53 H e v o l un teered t o a ssist in stormin g M ajub a he be in g then a

burgher of th e Free S tate w i th w hich England w as no t at wan —I bi d
.
,
.
,
p 5 Au g 1 1 1 9 00
.
, .
, .
54 Th e F rench lieu ten ant compla ins of th e w ay th e English tre ated

him w hen he w a s a prisoner —
.
I bid p 5 Au g 2 4 1 9 0 0 . . .
,
.
,
.
55 This honour comes t o me from a bod y of pub lic m e n a mon g

.
,
w hom an d amon g their predecessors I h av e li v ed an d mo v ed t hrou gh

thi r ty ye ars of their po li tic al l ife —I bid p 5 F e b 7 1 899
, ,
. . . . .
, ,
56 It w as t h e po ul a r in t eres t w hich their s a crifices e x cited in

.
Russi a i tsel f w hich le A le x ander I I sore ly a ga ins t his w i ll to p led g e .

, ,
his Imperi al w ord th at if n o o ther po w er w oul d in ter vene th e S la v

shou l d not look to Russia in v ain —Quo ted in Rev iew of Re vie ws p
, ,
. .
,
1 3 5, Au g 1899 . .
57 It was those g entl emen w h o w ere l oudest in denunci a tion of

.
the G o v ernment w h o w ere l ea st w ill in g to take th e o pinion of their

cons titu en ts on their a ction s Quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 , N ov — . .
2 5, 1 89 9 .
58 Th ere is not a sin gl e one of th ose 67 0 g en tlemen w h o w alked

.
la st M ond ay an d w h o coul d bo a s t himsel f M P w h o h as th is Thursd ay . .
e v enin g the s ligh t es t ri ght to those h onourab l e and res ponsib le initi als .
I bid p 8, Se pt 2 8, 1 9 0
-
. . 0 . .
59 Th e Buddhis t a sce t ic not a s piri ng to e l e v a te himself on ly, he

.
p r a c ti sed v irtu e a n d a ppli ed himse l f t o p erfec t ion t o m ak e other men
Sh are in its be lie f — Ch ina , Ta rta ry, a nd Thi be t, v ol i p 3 2 9 . . . .
60 I h av e a shyness of dis posi t ion , w hich l ooks lik e pride , but it

.
is n ot , w hich m ak es me a wkw ard in s pe ak in g to m y household

—
domestic s Quo ted in Sp ecta tor , p 41 3 , Se pt 2 9 , 1 9 00 . . .
6 1 C a pta in L is o n e of those w h o h av e bro k en w i th M r G la ds tone s

’
. . .
Irish po licy , and w h o h as not conce aled h is g enuine o pinions in order

t o t urn a dishones t penny out of the Iri sh v o te D a i ly Te legr ap h, p — .
7 , Oct 3 , 1 9 00 . .
62 Th at sentence w as ri gh t and ta c t fu l , as is e v erythin g w h ich th e

.
n e w Comm an der in Chief s ays , and w hich w i ll p l e a se th e profession al

—
- -
so ldier throu ghou t th e British em pire I bid p 8 , Oct 5, 1 9 00 . . . . .
63 I h av e no doubt th a t t o peo pl e h e did n o t li k e , an d w h o rubbed

.
h im u p th e w ron g w a y, h e cou ld an d did m ak e h im e lf u ncom u o nly

—
'
u n ple as a n t F ortnig htly Re vi ew , p 580 , O ct 1 9 00 .ire t . . . .

72 S EN TENC ES TO BE C ORREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P AR T I
64 It is j us t the cla ss whose labour is most e x h austin g and

.
unremi ttin g whose pay and food are of th e sc anties t w h o ne v er

tire a nd ne v er complain —D a ily Te legraph p 6 Oct 9 1 9 00
, ,
. . .
, , ,
65 Th e m anners of th e girl of the presen t day are infini te ly

.
preferab le to those of the sh y shri nk ing girl of the pa s t wi th no , ,
ide as no conce ption o f life an d no opinions of her o w n a nd w h o w as

, , ,
g enerally a fa ded re produc tion of th e n arro w society in w hich she

l i v e d —F ortnightly Revie w p 63 5 O ct 1 9 00 , .
, . .
66 It w as Imperi al o fficers w hose pe a cock fe athers deno ted e x ce p

.
,
tion al ly hi gh r a n k w h o mounted the guns on t he cit y w a ll t o pound

t h e re presenta ti v es of the Po w ers in their L eg at ions —
,
D a ily Te legrap h .
,
p 7 Oct 1 6 1 9 00
.
, .
, .
6 7 Armed w i th his w hisky gin and cotton c loths the w hi te

’
.
, , ,
m an brings a bout a s ickne s s w hich e x t ermin ates the peo ple w hom
’
he c ame to benefit to b less to rescue from t heir s av agery an d to

m ake the m w ise and j us t —
, , ,
Quoted in Revie w of Revi ew s p 4 00 Oct .

, .
,
.
1900 .
68 I w as less abl e to praise w h at the C an adi ans h ad done in

.
fiction especi ally the sort w e o ther Americ ans im agine ours elv es to
h av e surp assed th e rest of the Angl o S ax on w orl d in —
,
L i te r a tu re p -
.
, .
4 7 3 , M a y 6 , 1 89 9 .
69 A fe w mon ths
. w e g av e pub l ici ty t o th e stron g me a sures a
a go
clergym a n announced he in t ended to t ak e ag ainst sleepers in church
—
.
Ch u rch Ga ze tte , 1 69 , June 3 , 1 89 9 .
7 0 H is at ta ck ardly w en t beyond th at p layful b a din age w hich w e

.
e x pect in a Parli amen tary deb ate w hich is n ot intended t o be t aken

v ery seriously —D a ily Te legrap h p 8 F e b 7 1 9 00
.
, .
,
.
, .
7 1 W e ca n bes t illustr ate th e c laim th at the three G ospe ls w ere

.
w ritten in the order they a p pea red by t akin g some subj ec t th at is

mentioned by all —G RE B ER Christ of Pa u l p 7 2 . .
, , . .
7 2 Throu gh co v e tousness sh all they w i th feig ned w ords m ak e

.
merch andise of you : w hose j ud gment now of a lon g t ime lingereth

not and t heir d amn ation sl umbereth not —2 Pe te r ii 3
, . .
7 3 There are n ow e x ta n t w ri ting s which l e a rned men refer to th e

.
aposto lic ag e w hich h av e no v a lue e x ce pt a s they m ay thro w some
l ight o n th e age in which th e y w ere w ritten —RE RER Chr ist of Pa u l

,
.
, ,
p 32 1 .
7 4 Th e w hol e q uestion is a ccordin gly remitted to a committee th e

.
,
com posi tion of w hich h as alrea d y been a nnounced in our co lumns w h o ,
w i ll consider and repor t w ith a ll con venien t s peed upon t h e propos al s

of the G o v ernmen t of Indi a —Times M ay 3 1 89 8 , ,
.
7 5 Chun g Chih Tun g V icero y of N an k in a thorou g h Chin am an

.
, , ,
a Pro g ressi v e t houg h dis likin g forei g ners but w h o h as th e unique

, ,
distinction of being abso lu tely hones t and incorrup tib l e h as en gag ed

G erm a n instructors for his a rm y —
,
D a ily Te legr ap h A pril 1 9 1 89 8 .

, ,
.
7 6 No one is more fully ali v e th an himsel f to the he av y burden of

.
his responsibili ties Sta nda rd p 4 Aug 1 1 1 898 .

-
,
.
,
.
, .
7 7 A pp aren tly there w as an appreci ab le section of those w h o

.
pa r aded th e s tr ee t s in t h e e v enin g w h o w ere more or l ess into x ic a ted

w i th th e spec ta cu lar e x ci t ement of the day — Sp ecta tor p 6 1 4 N ov 3 .
,
.
,
.
,
\ ‘
M ‘
W M
isms question would

x
LI bicTh e proper -
be to take a ci ty bred -
an d city
48 .
C HAP I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTI ON 73
re ared you th of eighteen and com pa re h is v ision w i th a Boer or Z ulu

of t he s ame ag e —Q uo te d i n Spe cta tor p 7 4 6 N ov 2 4 1 9 00
,
. . . .
, , ,
7 9 Th e on ly ally w hich M r S pender fo u nd wh o render e d th e le a s t

. .
se rv i ce to him w as M r Ch amberla in w h o w ith ch a ra c te ris tic adroi t

.
,
n ess and a ssidui ty proceeded to demonstrat e t he indiv isibil i ty of th e

L iber al pa rt y —Re vie w of Re views p 4 53 N o v 1 9 00
.
,
.
,
. .
80 H e in v en ted a n En glish prose styl e of his o w n lim pid

.
-
, ,
dignified perh aps some w h a t ner v e l ess w hich is onl y a li tt le behind

Addison —Spectator p
, ,
. Dec 1 1 9 00 , .
,
.
81 W e are a b l e to dis tin g uish e asil y betw een the Boer of F rench
an d D u t ch orig in — The F re e L a nce p 2 1 8 D e c 8 1 9 0
.
0 ,
.
, .
,
.
82 Th e w ay h e is encourag in g a u thors o f patriotic plays is more

.
hurt ful th a n beneficial bo th to th e a uthors a nd t o tha t sor t of poe try

—F ortnightly Re vie w p 9 4 9 Dec 1 9 00
.
,
. . .
, ,
83. I am as far apart as the pol es from M r Addison s idea of .

’
w omen w hose t oi let is their gre at sc ene of business an d th e right

a dj ustin g of t heir h a ir the prin ci pal emp loymen t o f t heir li v es —
, ,
I bid . .
p. 1 0 2 0 Dec
,
1 9 00 . .
84 I h a v e s at w i th hu n dreds of them sta ndi ng a round a n d w an

.
dering abou t my c am p no on e of w hom ca rried fe w er th an three

spe a rs and most of them also w i th a gu n —Gov er nment Report quo ted
,
, ,
in M a n p 18 Jan 1 9 01
, .
,
. .
85 Th ey h av e con tri v ed to obta in a large sh are o f the educ ation of

.
th e ris in g genera tion w hich the y t ra in in h a tred of th e Re pub lic

, .
D a i ly Te legrap h, p 5, Ja n 1 1 , 1 9 01 . . .
8 6 D issa t isfac t ion w as fe lt in re gard t o th e w ay business wa s being

—
.
conduc ted M iddle se cc Cou nty Tim es , p 7 , Jan 1 9 , 1 9 01

. . . .
87 A sm all pon y, w hich h ad become a pe t in th e fa mil y, an d of

.
w hich th e ch ildren , w h o often rode on him , w ere especiall y fond , w as

grazin g n ea r by 0u r B oys a nd Gir ls , p 58
.
-
. .
88 All th a t one m ay do w ith pro pri e ty is to indic ate w h at h e

—
.
regards as the most p laus ib le o pinion F/ncyclop oed ia B iblica , v ol ii . . .
p 2 43 5
. .
89 A serious atta ck u pon th e R a nd M mines h as been m ade by

. . .
th e sa me comm ando w hich w reck ed the K lein fon te in a nd Brackpa n

w orks .
—
D a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , F e b 1 , 1 9 01 . . .
9 0 Austr al ia h ad i n the p a s t fifty ye ars been de v elo ped b y such

.
men , Sco t chmen , Irishmen , a nd Engl1sh m e n, w h o g oin g in to the la nd ,

h ad found h o w t o e x ercise t heir in te ll ig ence , n o t for their o wn benefi t ,
bu t for t h e benefit of m a n k ind in g eneral —Q uo t ed in Com me rce , p . .
10 06, D e c 1 9 , 1 9 01
. .
91
. Doub tless th e gre at c aptain w ould soon h av e brough t our
p resen t w ar to a n end b y me ans our much m ali gned hum a ni ty w ill
no t permi t us to use , b u t w hich perh aps no o ther n at ion w ou ld scru pl e

to e m ploy .
—
Quo ted 1 n Sp e ctator, p 2 01 , F e b 9 , 1 9 01 . . .
9 2 Th e ba sin h av in g its northe rn por tion in the tro pics , it a cts

—
.
l i k e a n o v en u n der t h e d a ily sun RA N KE N, D om inion of Au stra lia , .
quo ted 1 n Encycl op aedia B rita nn ica .
9 3 Is th e agenc y referred to th e sa me ag enc y w hich t he ri ght

—
.
honourab l e g entlem a n re pudi ated th e o ther day Q uo t ed in D a i ly

Te leg ra ph , p 9 , F e b 2 2 , 1 9 01
. . .
9 4 I m ay n ot agr ee wi th M r N in m a ny thin g s , b u t I a dmire th e

. . .
74 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P ART I
firm w ay he sticks to his p rinciple s —Quoted in M iddlesex Cou nty

Tim es p 6 M a rch 2 1 9 0
, . 1
, , , .
9 5 I t is a m atter of order but if there 18 any c ase in w hich any

.
,
honour abl e member h as been re ported t o me a nd w h o h as been n amed ,
an d sus pended w h o 1n point of fa ct h as been n a med under a m is ta k e

, ,
t h e pro per course w ou l d be for t h at honour ab l e member to communica te

w i th me a nd inform me w h a t th e fa cts are — S PE A KER IN H OUS E .
O F C O MM ONS q uo ted in D a ily Te le grap h p 6 M arch 7 1 90

,
1 , .
, , .
9 6 But there w ere circums tances o v er w hich he h as no control

.
, ,
w hich are bound to m ak e for a modific at ion of his pra ctice of those
tradi ti ons F ortni ghtly Revie w p 4 1 8 M arch 1 901
.
-
,
.
, .
9 7 I n the former country there are numerous larg e pri v a te w orks

.
,
some w i th a month ly c apaci ty far g re a ter th an either O f the p riva te

British w ol ks — I bi d p 52 9 M arch 1 9 0
. 1 .
, .
Th e prophets w ere importun a te proud in their humi lity , ,
m as ters O f po w er and w i thout ple a sin g w hom i t w as ho pe less to e x pec t

success —REN AN s I srae l v ol i i ch ap vi ii p 1 01
,
’
. . . . . . .
,
99 Expe ctin to be seized an d w rou gh t u p t o a s tat e O f des per a

tion they resolv ed at le as t not to die w i thou t h a v ing re v en ged
.
,
themsel v es on H i pparchus ; w hom the y found w i thin the ci ty ga t es

ne ar th e ch apel c alled th e L e Ok orion and immedia tely sle w him
‘
.
,
G R O TE H is tory of Gr eece part i i ch ap x x x

, ,
. . .
10 0 W hen one arri v es at the end O f such a puzzl ed sente nce he 1s

.
,
sur ris e d to find himsel f g one t o SO g re at a dis tance from th e O bj ec t

w it w hich he a t first s e t ou t —B L A I R s Rhe toric v ol i p 1 69
’
. . . . .
,
1 01 Th e co loni al se ttl er t oo w i th w ork as h a rd as a n av vy s a n d

’
.
, , ,
con tinu al d an g ers and risks no w onder he e ats larg ely O f me at and , ,
w here h e c anno t g e t it he h as an a dmir a b l e substi tu te in o a tm e al and

d airy produce —Sp ectator p 4 2 9 M arch .
, .
,
10 2 B u t there w as a second p ar ty w hich w i th the s ame a im in

v ie w as S amuel a n d his fo l lo w ers —the union O f th e t ribes —sa w n o
.
ho pe of re aching it but b y h av ing a k ing w h o could le a d them to

b attle —CL O D D Jes u s of N a za re th p 66
.
, ,
. .
10 3 M r G rohm a n does n o t a cce pt the arg ument

. . but replies
th a t t here are thous ands O f men w h o w oul d j oin th e rifle clu bs but w ho
w oul d n ot become v o lun teer s —Re vi e w of Re vi e ws p 2 7 9 M ar 1 9 0 1 , .
, . .
10
“
4 It w as t o th e effect
. Th at this mee tin g re presen t in g th e , ,
w ho le of th e minin g d is tric t s O f the n at ion h ereby en ters its pro tes t ,
a a ins t t h e im posi ti on of an e x port du ty on co als a s in our o pinion it

g ,
is economic ally unsound and high ly d an gerous to our posit i on as

w ag e e a rners Quo ted l n D a ily Te legrap h p 8 A pril 2 6 1 9 01
.
-
,
.
, ,
.
10 5 One kno w s scores O f c ases O f men w h o ne v er h ad mil it ary

.
educ at ion of a ny sor t w h o in the present w ar h av e gre a tly dis

t ingu ish e d themsel v es —
,
Q uoted l n Sp ecta tor p 565 A pril 2 0 1 9 01

.
,
.
, ,
.
10 6 The y w ere pre pared t o he ar t h e e v idence O f th e fi v e gentl e

.
men fr om olland These are the only w i tnesses which th e D utch

G o v ernmen t pro pose to bring forw ard —
.
D a ily Te legrap h p 9 M a y .
,
.
,
107A m alari al dist rict 1n V irgini a w hich w as dr ained and all the
.
,
nds m a rshes and w ells s aturat ed w ith petro leum is n ow quite free
o
pom th e scourge ( of m ala1 ia) —Re vie w of Revie ws p 3 88 April 1 9 01
, ,
.
,
,
.
,
.
108 e counselled M r Childers if bent u pon m aking any declar a

. .
,
CR AP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 75
tion at all to confine himself to a n e x pre ss 1o n of w il lin gness to

,
consider th e Iris h c laim t o h av e a l egis lature O f their own on non

im peri al q ues tion s —I bid p 3 9 6 Apri l 1 9 01 . .
, .
10 9 Th e G erm a n peo pl e a s a w ho l e h as ne v er sho w n its ch ar a c

.
teris tic defec t of pol i t ic al inst inc t more c l e a rl y t h an in its present

a bso lu t e al ien a t ion from the K a iser u on t h e issue O f t heir re lat ions
p
to wards this co u n try —F or tnightly Re vie w p 577 A pril 1 9 01
.
, .
, .
1 1 0 And this is w i thout tak in g in t o a ccoun t a ny n e w t ax es or

im po sts u pon mines o ther th an formerly e x istin g —D a ily Te legr ap h
.
,
, ,
p 1 0 M ay 1 4 1 9 01
.
, , .
1 1 1 The co ld com posure of their fe a tures m a de it im possib l e for

.
any ou tsider to s ay w he ther it w a s dism a y t h e a n t i reform fi at of th e
cou rt h ad occ a sioned or triumph —Sir RO B ERT A RT F ortnightly

-
Re vie w , 7 64 , M ay 1 9 01
p
. .
1 12 he reform edic t as abo v e e pi t omised is forcib le an d promis

.
ing . W i th the Emperor at th e he lm an d th e Em press D o w ag er -
su pplying th e motiv e po w er ) re stig e conserv es , the shi p O f th e s tat e

w il l t ak e a n e w de par ture , an the order O f t h e day w i ll be F u ll S te a md
Ahe ad I bid p 7 84, M ay 1 9 01
-
. . .
1 1 3 Of course you a re mor tified and dis a p pointed , b u t your dis

.
a ppo in t men t is no thin to mine w h o h d horse w i t h w hom I ho ped

g a a
to win th e D erb y, a nd he w ent amiss a t the la s t m omen t —Quo ted in
,
F or tnightly Re vi e w , p 7 9 0 , M
a
y 1 9 01 . .
1 1 4 B ankru ptc y an d re v o lu t ion , th e ruin O f her F rench bond

.
holders , t he necessi ty O f tryin g to re pair all at th e e x pense O f the

pe as a n ts , ta x ed to the poin t O f tor ture , a nd w hom fur ther pressure
w ould m ake m ad, —these might not be the w ors t e v ils F or tn ightly —
Revie w , p 1 0 3 7 , June 1 9 0
. 1 .
1 1 5 They sho w a de v otion to dut y, a c apa ci ty for s acrifice , a

.
connection O f l ife w i th high a ims a nd O bj ec ts, th at m ay w ell rebu k e

the m w h o kno w Christ and l i v e w it h G o d in thi s w orld D r M AR — .
S H A LL L AN G , I bid p 1 066, Jun e 19 01. . .
1 1 6 The fu ll me asure of pub lic en thusi a sm is roused b y w h at m ay

.
be c alled po litic al chiv alry, sometimes described a s m agn animity,

sometimes as conciliation , and some times as hum anity, b u t w hich
a lw ays s e lls w e ak nes s
p C D E T H I ERRY ,
E mp i r e—Re v i e
. w , p 4 9 9 , June .
19 0 1 .
1 1 7 L e t it be no de tr a c t ion from the meri ts O f M iss To x to hint

.
th at in M r D ombey s eyes , as in some o thers t h a t occasion ally see

.
’
th e li g h t, they on ly a chie v ed th a t mi gh ty piece O f kno w l e dg e , th e

unders ta ndin g O f their o wn position , w h o sho w ed a fi tting rev erence
for hiS —D IC KE NS , D om bey a nd Son , ch ap v
. . .
1 1 8 H e doubts t h e w a s tefulness O f our mi li ta ry sys tem , an d cer

.
tainly sho w s th at much of our e xp endi ture , a s com pa red w i th Russi a

a nd F r a nce , is due to t he lar er pa
g y w e are ob li ed to O fte n
g Sp e cta tor , —
p 2 3 , Ju ly 6, 1 9 01
. .
1 1 9 H o w sh all I l ook t o h av e any p a rt of my desire here in

.
s atisfied , un less m yse l f be c areful to s a tisfy th e l ike de s ire w hich is in

o ther men —H O O KER .
1 2 0 Th e h ighes t re adin g of the thermome ter

. e s te rday in the
sh ade w as eigh ty three deg rees w hich is six degrees o wer th an Thurs
day l ast —
-
,
D a ily Exp res s p 1 Ju ly 1 7 1 9 0

. 1 , .
, , .
76 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RREC TED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
1 2 1 W e h av e to think of the su fferin g popul ation in So u th Africa ,

.
n ot on ly of t hose Boer w omen a n d chi l dren in th e c am s w hose h a rd

p
s hips w e deplore , a nd m any a mon g us are doing our bes t t o alle v i ate
t hem ; b u t w e h a v e to de a l w i th th e su fferin g po pulation in Sou th
— —
Afric a th e loy al is ts , the refu gees those wh o, in s pi te O f almost inde
scrib abl e temp ta tions a nd of almos t irresistible pressure , h a v e rem a ined
—
fa i thfu l to their allegi anc e M r A S Q UI TH S Sp ee ch, quo ted from D a i ly
.
’
Te legrap h , p 1 0, Ju ly 2 0, 1 9 01
. .
1 2 2 A r a il way from th e Bos phorus to th e Persi a n G u l f w oul d be a n

.
enter prise impossib le to se para te from poli tics , a nd w hich w oul d ne v er

h av e been b ack ed b y th e K aiser w i th person al enthusi a sm e x ce pt for
th e purpose O f some u ltim ate po li tic a l desig n F ortnightly Re vi e w, .
—
p. 1 2 8, Ju ly 1 9 01 .
12 3 This is a type of w om an there are e x ce llent re asons for a n t ici

—
.
p ating w ill become more frequen t I bid p 1 82 , July 1 9 01

—
. . .
1 2 4 One of t h e points s t ill unse ttled is

. w he ther t h e W h a n g PO -
Commission sh all re present on ly th e larg es t commerci al in teres ts ,

incl u ding England , G erm any, an d Japan , or sh all also include those
O f th e sm all er ones , a s th e United S tat es a n d F r anc e D a i ly Te legrap h , —
p 8, Au gus t 2 7 , 1 9 01
. .
1 2 5 B u t B u cklaw h ad so far deri v ed w isdom fro m a d v ersity , th a t

.
he w ould listen to n o pro pos al w hich Craig e ng e l t coul d in v en t, w hich

ha d th e s ligh t est t endenc y t o ris k his ne wly acquired inde pe ndence -
.
B r ide o f L a m merm oo r,
ch ap x x . .
1 2 6 Under the present condi tions dec la red b y th e m an ag emen t

.
it is pre tty e vident th at th e a bo v e fund n o w e x is ts mere ly for their

so le and s pecial be n e fit —Pione er M a il p 2 2 M ay 4 1 9 00 , .
, , .
1 2 7 It s tates :
.
“
M ysel f a nd the Emperor h av e durin g th e past
”
ye ar sle pt on w orm oo d and e a ten gall This is a Chinese me ta phor
for nourishing v eng e anc e —F ortnightly Re vie w p 1 0 O ct 1 4 1 9 01
.
. . .
, , ,
1 2 8 F rom the scien tific su perin t endin g en g ineer t o th e humb l e

.
ro a d serg ea nt there is h ard ly a m an w h o e v er ser v ed under G ener al

-
Co tton wh o does n ot s pe ak O f t h a t ser v ice as one of the h ap pies t

periods of his life — D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 O ct 1 6 1 9 01
.
, .
, . , .
1 29 Th e si t u a tion O pened th e door for fr a ud a nd m a ny there w ere

.
,
“ ”
w h o a ttem pted t o en ter in w hose p atrio tism h ad been in v ery
tru th th e l as t resource of th e scoundre l —I bid p 9 O ct 1 9 1 9 0

,
,
1 . . .
,
.
,
1 3 0 W hen the y thro w the b lame o n th e shoul ders of B rit1s h

.
statesm anshi p l e av in g themsel v es out O f a ccount they forg et th at

, ,
t hey are a se l f g o v ernin g communi ty w h o h as th e righ t a n d th e du ty

of reg ulatin g its destinies —
-
F ortnightly R e vie w p 63 5 O c t 1 9 01
.
,
.
,
. .
1 3 1 B u t th e s w ay of these is la nds w as g re at er a n d more gl orious

.
th a n a ncien t Rome Their s w ay res ted n o t on th e pride O f th e s w ord

.
, ,
alt hou h the s w ord cou l d n o t be l aid a side b u t it res t ed upon indus t ry
g
a n d th e a rts o f pe a c e —J O H N M O RLEY D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 N ov
,
. .
, , ,
5, 1 9 0 1 .
13 2 Nicho l son a nd H odson h av e e a ch l eft a repu tation different in

—
.
k ind from any o ther of their contem por aries Sp ecta tor , p 63 1 , N ov . . .
2, 190 1 .
1 33 Another mode of s pendin g th e le is u re time is th a t O f books

. ‘
.
C O BB ETT , Advice, p 7 9 . .
1 3 4 Th e murder O f a k in g, or a q ueen , or a bisho p, or a fa ther

.
use and a pplic ation of the ide as w hich w e ge t or are giv en to u s .
JUS T IN M C A RTHY H is tory of ou r ow n Times ch ap i 1 p 44

‘
, ,
. . . .
1 51 Th e H o u se w as a w are th a t th e s ystem o f educ a ti on 1 n Ire la nd

.
w as different from either En gland or Scotla nd H ouse O f Commons .

,
D a ily Te legrap h p 1 1 Apri l 3 1 9 0

, 3
.
, .
1 52 An O fficer on Eu ro pe aii and on Indi a n serv ice are in v ery

,
d ifferent situ ations —SYDN EY SM I TH Ess a ys

.
. .
,
1 53 Precision im por ts prun i n g th e e x pression so as to e x hibi t

.
,
neither more nor less th a n a n e x a ct copy O f h is idea wh o us es it

’
BL AI R s L ectu res on Rhe tor ic .
1 54 Obser v e the tortures of a m ind , e v en o f so gre a t a mind as

.
th at O f W arbu rto n s —D IS R A EL I , Q u arre ls of Au thors

’
. .
1 55 Dr W i ttm an mig h t h av e brou gh t us ba ck an ile conj ecture ,

. .
b u t sound e v idence of e v ents w hich must determine h is ch a r a cter

w h o mus t determine our fa te SY DN EY SM I TH , Essa ys .
— .
1 56 For th e history O f th e Em pire no w orks e x is t of equ al a bility or

—
.
a utho rity as those re ga rdin g the Re v o l ut io n AL ISON , H is t of Eu rop e . .
Sk inner, it is w ell k no w n , he ld th e s ame po litical O pinions

w ith his i llus trious friend .
—
M A CAU L A Y , Ess a y on M i lton .
1 58 She l ooked at her o wn ne a t w hite stockin g s , and thou gh t

.
how gl ad she w ou ld be t o co v er their poor feet w i th the sa me .
L A M B , Essa ys of Elia .
1 59 There is no doubt u pon his mind , fi rst as to e v ery art of h is

.
creed , and ne x t to his indi v idu al c apa city for ex pounding t e s ame .
G IL F 1 L L AN , L itera ry P ortra i ts .
1 60 H e w i ll h a v e no di fficul ty in appreci atin g bo th the m ag nitude

.
O f the emb arra ssment w hich t his resis ta nce imposed on the so v ereig n ,
a nd of the gui lt of those w h o occ a sioned it AL IS O N , H is tory of Eu rop e .
— .
1 6 1 As M r R poin ted o u t lately, th e sources of th e n ation al

. . .
income before the Crime a n W ar a nd to d ay con tra st thus -etc .
D a i ly Te leg rap h , p 9 , Apri l 1 6, 1 9 03

. .
() e F inite M oods a nd Tenses .
1 . Pr e se nt in n se —The Pre se nt ten se can be

a Fu t u r e se
u s e d in a F u t u re s en s e pro v id e d t h at fu t u rity is i m plie d b y so m e
,
a d v er b or o th er w or d in th e s e nten c e b ut n ot ot h er w is e
W hen do you start ( = wi ll you st art ) for Edinburgh ? ( H ere
futurity is im plied by the conte x t ) .
H e promised t o come here to day ; I ho pe he does ( W ron g

-
. .
“ “
Ch an g e does to w i ll Th e v erb ho pe does not alw a ys
.
imply futurity W e m ay ho pe for w h at is past or pres en t as

.
,
w e ll as for w h at is fu tu re )
—
.
2 P r. e se n t Pe r fe t
c Th is te ns e con n ects a comp le ted e v ent
i n s o m e sen se o r o th e r w it h present tim e I t is t h er efore .
“ ” 1
calle d th e Present Perfe ct I f t h e r efer en c e is to som eth i ng
.
1
MrS w eet in his N ew Eng lis h Gra mma r p 1 04 Part I I points ou t
.
, .
, .
,
th at th e Pres ent Perfect is used ins te ad of th e Fu ture Perfec t in cl auses

dependent on a sentence wh ich h as a v erb in th e future
B y the tim e you ha ve washe d and dres s ed b reakfast w ill be r ead y , .
C HA P . 11 ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 79
pas t, th epa s t is s till p re s ent in t h o u g h t and has so m ethin g to

do wi t h pre s e nt tim e .
Th e Briti sh Em pire in Indi a ha s succe eded to the M ogul ( Correct .

,
beca use t he Brit ish Empire s till e xis ts If the has w ere ca n .
ce ll ed th e sen tence w ou ld me an th at the Bri tish Em pire

,
succeeded to the M og ul in some p a s t t ime bu t has since be en ,
i tsel f superseded by some other em pire ) .
Y et if he ne v er coul d m ak e a fortune he ha s exercised to th e fu ll ,
the r arer a nd more en v ia bl e g ift O f m akin g friends Nor coul d .
a nyt hin g e x ceed th e w arm th and a ffec tion w ith w hich h e

a c k no w l ed g es his in deb tedness to those w h o befriended hi m in
his nee d —Spectator p 624 A pril 2 7 1 9 01 , .
,
ere ha s exe rcised
, .
“
is correc t b ec ause it is cl ear fr om the v erb acknowledges
,
t h at the person referr ed to is s ti ll l i v in g ) .
Turn w heresoe er I m ay
’
By nig h t or da y ,
The t hings w hich I ha ve s ee n I n o w can see no more .
W O R DS W O RTH .
( Corr e ct Th e last line me ans Th e thin gs w hich I ”once saw and

.
w hich a re stil l in m y thou gh t s I n o w c an see no more H ere p ast .
“ ” “
t ime on ce sa w is connec ted wi th present time are s ti ll in my
”
t hou ghts )
Bri ta in has been infested w ith w o lv es fr om th a t remote period con
v e nt ionall y ca lled the e arliest times —Spect p 1 3 4 Jan 2 6
”
. . .
, .
,
1 90 1 ( H ere ha s bee n is O b v iously w ron g since w e kno w th a t

.
,
in the Bri tish Isl es w o lv es h a v e long been ex tinct Th e te nse .
h as been im pl ies t h a t Brita in is s ti ll in fested w i th w o lv es ) .
I h av e w ri tt en to him t wice these te n yea rs ( Correc t bec ause .

,
these connec ts th e com pl e te d action w i th present time ) .
I h a v e w ri tten to him se v era l times s ince I receiv e d his reply .
( Correct bec ause si nce denotes present time d atin g back to

,
some pas t e v en t ) .
N ote —It fo ll o w s fr om w h a t h as been sa id th a t th e Pr esent Perfect

tense ca n nev er be qu alified b y an a d v erb or a dv erbial phrase denotin g
p as t time and e x c lu ding present .
I h av e w alked te n mil es last S aturd ay ( C ancel ha ve ) . .
I h a v e re turned t e n d ays ago ( Ca ncel ha ve ) . .
Our c lub ha s recommenced la st F rid ay but I w a s not there , .
J O H NSON L ette r to B osw e ll 1 7 7 7 ( Can ce l ha s )

I ha ve formerly talk ed w i th you about a mili ta ry dic t ionar y —I bid
. .
, ,
. .
“
L e tte r to M r Ca ne ( C.a nce l.ha ve Or re ta in h a ve an d sa
y I ,
h a v e ta lk ed w i th yo u before no w etc ) ,
.
D urin g th e la st cen tu ry no Prime M inis t er ho w e v er po w erfu l , ,
ha s become rich in O thee M A C A U LA Y H is tory of Eng la nd

.
-
,
.
( Ch an g e has become to beca me ) .
3 . P a s t P e rf e c t — Th i s te ns e ( so m etim es call e d t h e Pl u per

fe et ) is us e d w h e n e v er w e w i s h to sa y t h at so m e a ctio n had
b ee n co mplete d b efore a n ot h e r w as c om m e n ce d It sh o u l d .
n e v e r b e u s e d at all in any oth er se nse .

H e had bee n ill for t w o d ays w hen th e doctor c ame ( This is ,

.
”
bet ter th a n s ayin g he w a s ill for tw o d ays etc ) , .
4 One Auxili ary w it h t w o Prin cip al v e rb s — R epe a t

. .
th e Au x ili a ry , if t h e v o i ce o r n u m b e r O f o n e Prin cip al v er b is

n ot t h e sa m e as th e v o ic e o r n u m b er o f t h e ot h er Th e con .
str u ctio n o f th e Au x iliary m u st b e m ad e co mplete .
The gro wth of tob a cco h as been esta bl ished in Indi a for th e las t
30 0 years and o v ersprea d the country ( W rong Say has “
. .
”
o v ersprea d Th e tense of this v erb is the s a me as th a t of
.
“ ”
h as been estab l ished v iz Present Perfec t b u t the v oice is
, .
,
difl e re n t ) .
Since his last summ ary w as sent off, t w enty fi v e O f th e enemy ha ve -
bee n ki ll ed , ei gh t een w ounded , one hundred a nd n in ety c a ptured ,

an d fifty more ha ve tendered their submission Da i ly .
Telegrap h, p 8, O c t 2 2 , 19 01
.
( Correct
.
“
H av e tendered . .
is in the Acti v e v oice , w hile the tw o precedin g v erbs are in

th e Pa ssi v e ) .
The country w as di v ided in t o coun ties , a n d th e coun ties pla ced

.
—
un der m ag istrates F REEM A N , H is tory of Engla nd ( Insert .
“
w e re before placed , since its Subj ec t is p lural, w here as th e
Subj ect O f th e pre v ious v erb is singular ) .
5. Tw o Au xil iarie s w ith one Prin cipal v e rb —W h e n

tw o Au x ili arie s are u se d w it h on e Pr in cip al v er b , t h e Prin cip al
v e rb n ee d n o t b e r ep e ate d , i f th e sa m e fo r m w ill do fo r b ot h .
" '
I f, h o w e v er , o ne for m w i ll n ot s u ice for b o t h , two fo rm s m u st

be gi v e n , one for ea c h Au x ili ary .
Th is En gland ne v er did , nor ne v er sh all,

Lie a t th e proud foo t O f a conqueror —S H A K E S PE A RE . .
ere did lie and sha ll lie are both correct fo rms an d therefore the ,
“
Princip al v erb lie need no t be re pe a ted ) .
I ne v er h av e a nd I ne v er w ill a ccuse a m a n fa lse ly ( W rong

, , . .
Say I ne v er ha ve a ccu se d an d I ne v er wi ll a ccu s e a m an fa lsely )

, .
G ueri lla t actics alone h av e ne v er e x pe ll ed and ne v er w i ll e x pe l a

resolute in v a der — J B F I RTH F ortnightly R e vie w p 81 0
. . .
, , .
,
N o v 1 9 01
.
( Correct H a ve expe lled a nd wi ll exp el are both
. .
com pl et e forms ) .
It is n ot w or thy of the po w ers of its a u thor w h o ca n an d h a s a t ,
o ther times risen in t o much loftier g round G I LF I LL A N .

-
,
L itera ry P or tra its ( W ron g Insert rise a fter ca n )

. . .
6 Su bj u n ct iv e m ood —Th e Su bj u n cti v e m o od th o u gh

.
,
it has falle n som e w ha t i nto d is u se i n th e lite r a ry style and is

still m or e r a rely u se d i n th e collo qu i al ca n still b e righ tly ,
use d in an y kin d s O f cl au se s i n w h ic h d o u b t u n certainty o r

, , ,
d eni al is inte n d e d to b e i mplied b ut n e v er to e x press a fa ct , ,
or w h at is rega r d e d as o n e I n t h e l atter c ase th e o nly m oo d

.
“
th at ca n b e corre ctly use d is th e I n d i cati v e I f it be s o .
C HAP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 81
“
i mpli es a d o u b t , w hi l e if it is so co n v eys n o s u c h m e an in g .
“
H en ce t h e Su bj u n cti v e m o o d h as b ee n w ell c alle d th e t h o u gh t
”
m oo d ( Sw eet ) 1
.
I n th e Pa st tens e n o di cu l ty a rise s ; for t h e Su bj u n cti v e

i
h as in m o d ern Englis h b e com e i d e ntic al i n for m w it h t h e

I n d ic ati v e e x cepting o nly i n th e v e r b to be w h ic h h as r etain e d
, ,
th e for m w ere in m a rke d co ntr as t w it h th e I n d ic ati v e fo rm w a s

, .
B u t i n t h e Pr esent ten s e Th ir d p erso n, th e r e is n o fi nal 3 i n t h e

,
Su bj u n c ti v e as i n th e I n d i ca tiv e ; an d h e n ce th e w rite r m u st
b e gui d e d b y h is o w n inte ntion as to w h ic h m o od h e s h o u l d
u se in an y gi v e n conte x t If h e d esir e s to s u ggest a d o u b t
.
o r a d e ni al ,
h e wi ll u se th e Su bj u n cti v e I f h e d esire s to .
e x pres s a fact or w h at for th e p u rpo s e s o f t h e arg u m ent is

,
r eg a r d e d as o ne , h e w ill u se th e I n d ic ati v e If h e is i n diffe rent .
as to w h eth e r h is w o r d s i mply a c ert ainty o r an u n ce rta in ty ,
h e can u s e th e I n d i cati v e M istak e s a re m u c h m o re fre q u e ntly

.
m ad e i n u si n g the Su bj u n cti v e fo r t h e I n d ic ati v e th a n in u s ing

t h e I n d ic ati v e for th e Su bj u n cti v e .
( 1 ) If thou mee t thi ne enem y s o x or his a ss g oin g a s tray tho u

’
sh alt sure ly brin g it b a ck to him agai n —Ex od u s x x iii 4

,
. .
ere th e use of th e Subj uncti v e though not necess ary is no t ,
unsuit ab le since it alludes to a con tin g ency which m ay or m ay no t

,
a r 1 se
.
(2) Th e nob le Brutus

H a th to ld yo u C aes ar w as a mbi tious
If it w e re so it w as a grie v ous fa ul t
, ,
And grie v ous ly h ath C aes a r a nsw e r d it ’

.
Ju liu s Caesa r iii 2 , . .
H ere the su gg es tion O f doubt or disbe lief is a dmir ab ly e x pres sed by

w e re
. M a rk An ton y in this or a tion o v er th e corpse of C aes a r does no t
at all desire t o admi t a s a fa ct th a t C aes a r w a s ambitious and therefore
deserv ed to be a ss assin ated .
( 3) B lank v erse if it sometimes fa i l to con v e y the mo v emen t and

,
s w in g O f the orig in al h as the merit of pa ssin g in t o th e re a der s ’
inner sense w ithou t j ar or resistance —L itera tu re p 2 9 9

,
. .
, ,
A pril 1 4 1 9 00 ,
.
H ere f a ils w oul d be a s sui ta b l e as f a il since th e w riter seems to be ,
conceding a poin t r ather th a n sugges t in g a n uncerta in ty H o w e v er .
t rue it m ay be th a t b lan k v erse la c k s some times th e s w ing a nd mo v e

”
men t O f a rh ymed orig in al it h as th e meri t e t c , , .
1
N ew Eng lish G ra mma r 2 2 59 Th e fo llo win g defin itions are
, .
w o rth quotin g in th is connec tion I n th e Subjunctiv e mood th e a c tion

is no t s tated as a fa c t thou gh it m ay be one b u t as a conce ption O f the
, ,
mind ( Peile ) “
. I n th e Co njunct iv e a th ing is assert ed s impl y as an
ide a conceiv ed in th e mind so th at th e s pe ak er does no t at the s ame time
declare it as actu ally e xist in g ( M u drig ) .
G
‘
82 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUSTI F I ED P A RT I
( 4) s atisfied w hy shoul d she be discontente d —Too

If John w ere ,
M u ch Alone ch x v , . .
H ere w ere is ob v ious ly w ron g ; it s poil s th e sense Ch a n ge it .
to was .
The Su bj u n cti v e m oo d m ay also b e u se d to e x p res s a

w is h or a p u rp o se .
( I t is m o r e u su al h o w e v e r, to e m ploy ,
au x ili aries ) .
H all o w ed be thy n ame thy kin gdom com e ( W is h ) .
Judge n o t, t h at ye be not j ud g ed ( Pur pos e ) .
Corre ct, improve,j iy f the fo llowi ng se n te nces or u st
1 There h a s been g ra du ally g ro w in g u p a feel in g th at a lthou gh

.
,
Dr C is one O f the mos t bro a d minded and t o leran t of men ye t there

be l imi ts t o his p at ienc e —Chu rch Ga ze tte p 4 4 A pril 2 9 1 89 9
-
. .
,
. .
, , ,
2 Th e reco v ery of G erm a n y fro m th at crue l eriod w as less r a pid

.
p ,
th a n is t h e reco v ery n ow g oin g on in those pro vi nces of Chin a w hich ,
h av e been for a t ime al mos t de po pulated b y the rebellions of 1 84 8

1 87 3 —F ortnightly Re vie w p 9 53 June 1 89 9
.
, . , .
3 W i lli a m and M ary h a d no chi ldren

. Th e Princess Anne .
,
m a rried to Prince G eorge of Denm ark h ad sev eral but they w ere all
de a d —Short H istory of Eng la nd p 3 1 8
, ,
. . .
,
4 It is c le a r t o a ny outsider t h a t he h as and is a c tin g w i thout

.
a ny re lic of the O bedience due from a pries t to his la w fu l superiors .
M iddleseac Cou nty Ti me s p 9 Se pt 1 6 1 89 9 , .

, .
,
.
5 Th e bre a ch in the defence of the L e g ations at Pekin h a s been

.
m a de an d a fter a g allan t defence durin g w hich th e ammunition

a v e o u t all th e forei ners w ere ki lle d —D a ily Te legr ap h
, ,
g g , p 8 Ju ly , .
,
1 6, 1 9 00 .
M essrs Sk e fli ng ton and Son pub lish immedi ately s ix h ymns

6
‘
for the commemoration O f th e Q ueen s eigh tieth bir thd ay —Chu rch
. .
G a ze tte , p 1 2 9 , M ay 2 0 ,
1 89 9
. .
7 H e ( Rus k in ) h a s m a de tho u s a nds O f persons c are for art a s

they nev er c ared for it before , a nd ne v er b u t for him —Quo ted in
.
L ite ra tu re , p 1 9 7 , M a rch 1 0, 1 9 00. .
8 M ari t ime o per ations a lw a ys h a v e a n d al ways mus t in v o l v e th e

.
prom pt a ppl ic a tion of mili tary force as their necess ary complemen t .
F ortnightly R evie w, p 2 6 3 , Au g 1 9 00 . . .
9 H ere w e sim ply s ta nd by a n d l oo k on

. in am azemen t , an d in quire
H o w lo ng is this sort of thin g g oi ng on D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 ,
-
.
M a rch 1 , 1 9 00 .
10
C andl es v ary in price accordi ng t o size a re e xposed for s al e
.
,
ne ar the shrine w i th t heir prices m ark ed a n d a mone y bo x fi x ed ~
ne ar for the rece ption of t h e c andl e money —Chu rch G a zette p 1 2 8

,
-
. .
, ,
M ay 2 0, 1 89 9 .
In th e o pinion of Viniti u s th e Chris tia n s no t only cou ld

11
—
. , ,
b u t the y ou g ht to h a v e k i ll ed Chi l o D r B INI ON Q u o Va dis ? . .

, .
p 20 . 4 ch iii ,
. .
1 2 No educ ated m an c a n or ou ght to be indi fferent to M r

. .
Ch a mberlain s scheme for th e est ab lishment O f a school of tro pical

’
medicin e —Edu ca tiona l Re v ie w M a dra s p 3 04 Ju ly 1 89 9 , ,

.
, .
C R AP I I . ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 83
13 men at arms then bo arded an d in this w ay line a fter line

Th e
w as defe a t ed and th e shi ps ei ther sun k or tak en prisoners —
- -
.
,
, RANSO ME .
,
Shor t H is tory of Eng la nd , p 1 1 4 . .
1 4 Lo ndon , the p la ce O f meeting , is Purit an an d hos t il e to the

.
cour t In this as in th e Frenc h Re v olution the pa trio tism of th e

.
Ass embly h as the stree t on its side , a nd someti mes brin g s mob
intimid a tion to bear Th e L ondon appren tices especially w ere al w ays
—
.
rea dy G O L D W IN SM I TH , United K i ngdom , v ol i p 51 2

. . . . .
1 5 L i v in g too in the B al e aric Is la nds is de ar , a nd cook er y, or

—
.
thin g s be g rea tly ch a n g ed , is a n unknow n art Quo ted in Chu rch

G a ze tte, p 50, A pri l 2 9 , 1 9 00 . .
1 6 If it does not ta k e Re pub li ca ns to m ake a repub l ic , the y mus t

.
be there to giv e it a soul in 1 84 8 Re pub lica ns there w ere none , or at

l e as t but a mere s prin kli ng of them F or tnightly Re vie w , p 1 02 6, .
— .
J une 1899 .
“
17 . It w ill ge t him throu gh n o w mos t l ik ely though of course
—f course M iss C arson I hope it does —
, ,
O ,
M orning L eader p 2 ,
.
, .
,
Au g . 1 7 , 1 89 9 .
18 . There
thousa nds yet li v in g w h o if they delay n o t m ay
are , ,
begin to rea d in Tro ll o pe O f a w orld th e counterpa rt O f w hich memory

m ay ye t recall or w hich e x perience disco v er —L ite ratu r e p 2 54
,
. .
, , ,
M a rch 3 1 1 9 00 ,
.
1 9 Th e book is a mere record of a summer s pen t chiefl y w ithout

to w ards its c lose there be t o o m a ny —Chu rch
.
v isi tors a lthou g h , .
Ga ze tte p 2 1 8 June 1 0 1 89 9
, .
, , .
2 0 Th e pa ssen g er w as k i lled an d se v er al inj ur ed b y a n a cciden t

t o the I rish m a i l —
.
D a ily Te legrap h p 8 D e c 9 1 89 9 .
, .
, .
, .
2 1 An immedi a te surv ey of all Bri tish de pendencies is required

. ,
so th at l e aders in c a se of w ar do no t h av e to operate on un k no w n
round a s a t present in South Afric a —Quoted in Re vi e w o f R e vie ws
g , ,
p 4 60 M ay 1 9 00
.
,
.
2 2 F or some yea rs p a st he h as l i v ed in th e presence O f the lak es

a nd moun ta ins t h a t he l o v e d —L ite r a tu re
.
p 9 1 June 2 7 1 9 00 ,
.
, , .
( S aid O f Ruskin abou t a w eek a ft er his dea th ) .
2 3 Th e G erm a n G o v ernmen t h a s refused to enter into pe a ce n e g o tia

.
tions with Li H un g Ch an g un til it be dis tinc tly k no w n w i th w h a t

—
,
g o v ernment the P o w ers h av e t o de a l D a ily Te legraph p 5 Au g .

,
.
, .
24 bsolution of a priest pronounced o v er a poor d ying sou l

. Th e a
h as g o t to be rega rded more ch a ri ta b ly th a n in th e d a ys w hen Pro tes
ta n tis m w as iron ins t ea d O f put ty — Chu rch Ga z e tte p 4 2 4 F e b 4 .
, .
, .
,
1 89 9 .
25 I am a n x ious for th e time w hen he wi ll ta lk much nonsense

as
I h av e to him —B iograp hy of W S
.
to me as . . . L a nd or by F O R S TER
, ,
v ol i .
p 4 52. . .
2 6 L ord Fa irfax O f C a meron , w h o h a s li v ed the life O f a g en tl em a n

.
fa rmer in America, h a s died , and the ti tl e descends to Albert Kirby

F a irfa x .
—
D a i ly Te leg raph , p 8, O c t 1 , 1 9 00 . .
2 7 Co tt on seed is used for m akin g artifimal bu tter , and its other

—
.
products for fat tening c attl e in th e South Re vie w of Re vie w s , p 3 83, .
O c t 1 9 00. .
2 8 I recei v ed my tr ainin g in my country , and I h ave e x pe rienced

.
84 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
dis appointments in the early yea rs w hen I w oul d gla d ly h av e ch anged ,
my profession Engine eri ng p 54 3 Oct 2 6 1 9 00

.
-
, .
, .
, .
2 9 I s aw her aga in la id u p w i th a fe v er she h a d c au ght in her

—
.
,
v oc a tion a s sic k nurse a n d w hich h a d-

pro v ed fa ta l
, A M Y D A LT ON .
,
The Stre e ts a nd L a nes of a City ch ii1 p 7 4 ,

. . .
3 0 An a t tem pt h as been lat e ly m a de to minimise an d dis par ag e

.
the part played by Eng la nd in 1 83 0 in the cre a tion and preser v ation
of Belg ium An anonymous Belg ian g eneral denounced Engla nd for
.
h av ing a cted a s she h as done on beh alf of Belg ium on ly fro m e g otism
a n d person al interes t — F ortnig htly Re v ie w p 7 59 N o v 1 9 0 0 , .
, . .
3 1 TO t h e in v esti g a tion of this w ork M r G W h as w ise ly

'
. ven . . .
his immedia te person al a ttention on his a ppoin tmen t to s u cc e M r

G B a s Chief Secre t ary —Spe cta tor p 7 3 8 N o v 2 4 1 9 00
.
. . . . . .
, , ,
3 2 It is no doub t Indi a an d not G re at Brit ain w hich is prim a rily

.
, ,
a imed at for G re at Brita in does n o t and ne v er h as im posed com pe n

s ation t ax es on impor ted suga r —Pionee r M a il p 8 N o v 2 1 9 00 .
,
.
,
.
, .
3 3 There is a bund an t e v idence to S ho w t h a t they a c t ed in unison

.
,
w ell aw a re th a t serious d an g er to l ife a n d pro per ty w as the prob abl e

resul t O f their a c tion s —I bid p 1 7 N o v 2 1 9 00 . .
, .
, .
3 4 No n at ion e v er fe ll but by its o w n v ices

. If Venice w ere .
b lot ted out fro m the so v ereignties of Euro pe it w as bec ause V enice , .
w i th her o w n h a nds h a d tak en O ff th e cro w n th at in purer d a ys s at

u pon bo ld bright brow —M A C L A RE N A Sp ring H olid a y in I ta ly
,
.
, ,
p 1 2 7her
3 5 Thou g h n ations w ere O f more im port ance th a n w e can concei v e
.
,
a nd therefore the need of in tercommunic a t ion a rim a ry necessi ty

p
t he y h ad no in tern a tion al la nguag e —
,
Rev ie w of Re vie ws p 53 6 Dec .

,
.
, .
1 9 00 .
36 . Eigh t Turkish
so ldiers h av e been killed a t Ish t ib a t o w n forty ,
miles south e a st O f Usk ub w hi le attem pt in g to a rres t some Bulga ri a ns

w h o are belie v ed t o be ag en ts O f th e M a cedoni an commi tt e e —
-
, ,
D a ily
Te legrap h, p 6 , Jan 5, 1 9 01 . . .
3 7 I sc arce ly s a w a gu n
. or a s pe ar th e w ho l e j ourney throu gh
these States a nd I h a v e formerly s at w i th hundreds of them st a ndin g
,
a round not one of w hom c a rried fe w er t h a n three s pe a rs a n d most of
them a lso w ith a g u n —G ove rn m e nt Rep ort q uoted in M a n p 1 5

, ,
.
, , ,
Ja n 1 9 01
. .
38 Th e poe t unders ta nds v ery w el l th a t no one w i ll or ou gh t to

.
thin k th e bet ter of his ri g h t eous n ess for his bein g a seer C OV E N TRY .
-
PA TM O RE , q uoted in F ortnightly Re vie w , p 3 1 0, F e b 1 9 0 1 . . .
3 9 En g land an d G reece, e ach a fter it s o w n g u ise , h av e founded

.
the most s plendid em pires o v er s e a ; an d G reece succeeded in one -
direction w here En gland h as fail e d —Sp ecta tor , p 2 7 6, Fe b 2 3, 1 9 01 . . .
4 0 These are th e book s fa ults on the other h and its correctness

’
.
is so indis put ab le an d its O bserv a tions O ften so true , th at w e are w i ll

ing to pardon t hem .
—
I bid p 599 , Apri l 2 7 , 19 01 . . .
4 1 Through the s a me e x ce l len t source I he a rd th at the fami ly life

.
of the lat e Kin g ( of I taly) , far from g oin g e a ch his o w n w ay, h a s been
a mode l of conj u g a l re l a t ion s —
Re v ie w of Revi ew s , p 3 7 7 , Apri l 1 9 01 . .
4 2 At th at t ime th e Pa ll M a ll G a ze tte w as almost al one in m a in

.
ta inin g th a t t here w a s no c a use for w a r, an d to m ak e w ar abou t th e

Pan dj e h collision w as a monstrous crim e I bid. p 3 9 7 , A pri l 1 9 01 — . .
-
86 S EN TENC ES TO B E C ORRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
g eneral s ,b ut to the in v entors of the g uns and scientific w e apons th at

m ade their v ictories e v en possible no thin g more th a n is w ithin the
e a sy re ach of successful tradesmen —F ortnightly Re view p 83 J an ; .
, . ,
1 903 .
57 This
dedic ation m ay ser v e for a lmost any book th at h as is or
sh all be published —
.
, ,
C A M P B ELL S Philosop hy of Rhe toric p 1 86

.
’
,
. .
58 Though he av oid common pl ace he does n o t stra ig h tway fal l

.
,
into para do x ; and he h as g i v en us a c le ar unbiassed a ccoun t of th e

true founder O f th e Rom an Em pir e —Spe cta tor p 3 3 6 F e b 2 8 1 9 03
,
. . .
, , ,
59 W hen the Em peror A l e x ander e l e v ated the s ta nd ard O f t h e

.
cross he in v oked the only po w er th at e v er h as or e v er w ill arres t th e

m arch of t emporal rev o lution —AL IS O N H is tory of Eu rop e
,
. .
,
6 0 Sou th a s gre a t a w it a s a pre a cher h as sep ar a t ed th e superior

a n d the domestic —D I S R A EL I M isce l la nie s
.
, ,
’
. , .
6 1 Th e fo llo w ing fac t s m ay or h a v e been adduced a s re a sons on

th e other side —
.
L A TH A M The Eng lis h L a ngu a ge

.
, .
6 2 This union sh a red th e fat e O f ne a rly all ( unions ) in e v ery r a nk

.
,
w hich a re formed by p aren tal a uthority before th e disposition h as ,
declared itse lf the consti tut ion stren g thened or the t as tes formed
, , .
AL IS ON H istory of Eu rop e from the F a ll of N ap oleon

, .
63 I f it h a s been sho w n th at the found at ions of our s ys tem of l og ic

.
are false ly la id a n essenti al ser v ice h as been rendered t o th e fu ture

,
“
logician a nd smoothed his w ay to w h at L ocke c alls a v er y di fferen t
,
sor t O f lo gic and critic from any w i th w hich h e h as hitherto been

m a de a cqu ainted — RIC H A R DS O N The Stu dy of L a ng u a ge
.
, .
6 4 Sir Thom as M o re in g ener al so w rit es it a lthou g h n o t m any

others so late a s him —TRE NC H Eng lis h Pas t a nd Pres e nt
s
.
,
. .
,
65 It is n ow a bout four hundred ye ars S ince th e a rt O f mul tiplyin g

books h as been disco v ered —D I S R AEL I Cu ri os ities of L iteratu re
.
’
. .
,
66 M a n y ye a rs before this ar ticl e w as w rit ten h a s appe ared the

H istory of D ra m a tic P oetry b y M r Co llier —
.
,
I bid , . . .
6 7 Of this admir ab l e w ork a subse q uent edition h as been pub lished

in 1 822 —
.
AL 1 SON Essa y on H u m bolt

.
,
.
6 8 O u t of th e w all s of C a diz in 1 81 0 an d 1 81 1 h a s issued the

cl oud th at now o v erspre ads the World —AL IS ON H istory of Eu r op e
.
, ,
. .
,
(f )
“
Sha ll ” “
s hou ld
”
;
“
wi ll,
” “
wou ld .
”
—
,
” ”
1 . Sh all , s h ou ld, in th e F irs t pe rs on .
( )
Sha ll
a .
W h e n t h e v er b is i n t h e F irst p e rs on fu t u r e ti m e in ,
its s i m ple s t
“ ”
s ense is e x pre s s e d b y s h all
I ( or w e ) s ha ll write to you soon .
( b) S h ou ld S im il a
. rly f u t u r e tim e in t h e F ir s t per s o n is
“ ”
e x p resse d b y sh o u l d ( )
1 i n a P rin cip al cl au s e w h e n th e
,
fut u r e is m ea nt to b e u n d erstoo d i n a co n tinge nt or u n ce rta i n

S b d v i d e d t h at t h e v e r b o f
s en se ,( )
2 i n a u or in a te cl a u se p ro ,
t h e Prin cip al cl au se is i n a Pa st te ns e
I shou ld be v ery gla d to help you Continge nt f u tu r e ) . .
I to ld him th at I s hou ld be a t home ( I nd irect sp ee ch ) . .
I wa s in hopes th at I shou ld meet him ( D ep ende nt clau se ) . .

C R AP I I. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 87
2 .
“
W ill ,
” “
w ou ld,
”
in th e Se con d and Thir d p e rs on s .
-
( a) Will . W h e n t h e v e r b is in th e Se con d or Th ir d p erson ,
“ ”
fu t u re tim e si mplest s e ns e is e x p resse d b y w ill
in its .
Y ou wi ll go H e she or they wi ll go .
, , .
( b) Wou ld Si mil arly fu t u re ti m e in th e Se con d o r Th ir d

.
“ ”
p e rso n is e x p re sse d b y w o u l d ( 1 ) i n a Pri n cip al cl au s e ,
w h e n t h e futu r e is m e a nt to b e u n d ersto o d in a contin gent or

u n c e rt a in sen s e ( )
2 i n a S u b or d in ate cl a u se p ro v i d e d t h at t h e ,
v er b O f t h e Pr in cip al cl au se is in a Pa st t e ns e
H e wou ld be v ery glad to help you ( Continge nt f u tu re ) . .
H e tol d me th a t he w ou ld be a t home ( I nd ire ct sp eech ) . .
H e w as in hopes th a t he w ou ld mee t me ( D ep end ent cla u s e ) . .
It is understood th at continued contum acy on th e par t O f the

O ttom an G o v ernmen t w oul d h a v e been met by th e bl ockade O f
a po r t —D a i ly Te legr ap h
p 8 M ay 2 1 1 9 01 ( Contingent
, .
, , .
f u tu re ) .
In bo th directions w e shou ld appe a r to the Afgh ans in the light

O f in v aders and enemies a nd the y w ou ld w el come a ny assis ta nce
in e x pellin g us fro m their country —F ortnightly Re vie w p
,
.
,
9 9 0 June 1 9 0
, 0 ( Con tinge nt f u tu re in bo th c lauses )
. .
” “ ”
3 Shal l , s h ou
l d in t h e Se con d and Thir d pe r s on s
—W h e n sh all o r sh o u l d is u se d w it h a v er b in th e Se con d
. .
,
o r Th ir d p erso n th e v e r b s o for m e d d o e s n o t e x p ress m er ely

,
fu ture ti m e b ut fu tu re ti m e c o m b in e d w it h so m e n oti o n O f
,
co m m a n d , d em a n d pr o mise , pr e v io us arr ange m e nt thr e at d ete r

, , ,
m in ation re co m m end ation as su r an ce or co n fi d ent p r e diction

, , ,
These thin g s w hich ne v er c an be ne v er ou ght to be and ne v er

are
forg o tten —D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 A pril 2 8 1 9 00

, ,
s ha l l be , .
,
.
, ,
.
( Assur a nc e )
It h as no w been decided th a t L ord K i tchener sha ll le av e Al e x andri a
by des patch bo a t on F rid a y for M alt a —I bid D e c 2 1 1 89 9 . .
,
.
( Comm and or a rr an gemen t ) .
Th e country in its turn w ill dem and of them th a t n o t an insta nt

sh a ll be l os t — I bid p 6 D e c 1 8 1 899 .
( D em a n d )
.
,
.
, .
Colonel B aden Po w e ll ha s pro phesied th at th e relief O f the to w n

-
s ha l l be a birthd a y g r at ific at ion for er M aj esty th e Q ueen .
p 1 0 A pri l 2 7 1 9 00 ( Confident predic tion )

.
, ,
. .
Th e o nl y address they pu t on their g ood s is intention al ly such th a t

e v en t he a cutes t of their riv al s s ha ll be un ab le t o te ll w hom
the y are for or w here th ey are g oing —Sp ectator p 9 32 D e c , .
, .
2 2 190 , 0 ( In ten tio n ).
It is a federation in w hich C a pe Colony and N at al th e Ora n e Free ,
S tat e th e Tra ns v aa l and Rhodesia s ha ll be uni ted u n er t h e

,
federal cons ti tution under th e Bri tish fl ag and under th e

so v ereig n ty of En gla n d —D a ily Te legr ap h p 1 0 M arch 1 4
, ,
.
, , ,
1 90 1 ( D e termin at io n )
.
88 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT 1
It h asbeen definitely a rr an g ed th at M r K sha ll v isit Ams terd am . .
on th e l oth ins t a nd le av e th e ne x t day for Ro tterda m

, .
I bid p 9 D e c 1 3 1 9 0
. . 0 ( Arr an g emen t )
, ,
.
The S pinners Socre ty of O ldh a m h a s decided th at gr ants from

’
the funds s ha ll be m a de e tc —I bid p 1 0 Se pt 1 1 1 9 00 , . . .

, .
,
.
( D ecisio n )
W h at I h av e in mind is th a t the dem ands to be m a de in Chin a ,
t hough sim ple in form s h a ll be con cei v ed in the s piri t of a

larg e po licy of reconstruc tion —
o ,
F ortnightly Re view p 51 3 .
, .
,
S e pt 1 9 00 ( Recommend a tio n )
. .
Job sitting al oof from men in his bodily deg r ad ation ye t lifts his
, ,
e yes to he av en an d k no w s th a t h e s h a ll be v indic ated .
Sp ecta tor p 3 4 3 M arch 9 1 9 01

,
.
, ( H e kno w s this on th e , .
s treng th of the div ine promise ) .
L ittl e h as been done of la t e by th e Comm ander in Chief to redeem - -
th e promise w hich he m a de th at th e fa i thful h am l e t s hou ld be

relie v e d —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 A pri l 2 7 1 9 00 ( Promis e )
H e kne w w h o s hou ld be tray him —N e w Tes ta m en t
, . .
, ,
( H ere shou ld . .
im pl ies th at th e subj ect ( Jud a s ) referred to by w h o is u nder

the control O f des tiny H e k ne w w h o w a s des tined t o betr ay
.
It w as the po pular interes t e x cited by their s a crifices w hich l e d

A le x ander I I t o p l edg e h is im perial w ord th at if no o ther
.
po w er w ou ld in t er v ene th e S la v s hou ld not l ook t o Russia in

v ai n —
,
R e vi e w of Re vie w s p 1 3 5 Aug 1 89 9 ( H ere w ou ld

,
.
,
. .
e x presses sim pl e futurity an d s hou ld e x presses a promise Both

, .
“
are in the p as t form bec a use le d is p a st )
,
.
4 . W ill,
” “ ”
w ou l d , in t h e F ir s t p e r son
—W h e n will or
w ou ld is u se d e x p res s m erely
i n t h e F irst p ers o n, it d o es not
fu t u r e ti m e b u t fu t u re ti m e c o m b in e d w ith th e s e nse O f i ntenti on
,
o r th e e x er cis e O f w ill p o w e r o n th e p art o f th e d o er

-
I w ill ne v er do such a thin g aga in ( Intention , promise . .
I w ou ld ne v er do such a thin g aga in , e v en if I w ere tempted .
( Con tin g ent promise , a promise l ess s tron gly e x pressed ) .
If w e w ill a dhere resol ute ly to th at policy, we sha ll c arry it

throu gh .
—
Spe cta tor , p 840, M a rch ( H ere w i ll
.
e x presses inten tion, an d sha ll sim pl e futurity .
I w i ll l e av e my m ark some where , an d it sha ll be c l ea r a n d distinc t

a n d free from the a bomin a b l e b l ur of c a n t, humbu , an d sel f
g
seeking w hich surrounds e v erythin g in this presen t w orld .
H UX LEY S L e tter to his Siste r ( H ere will in the F irst person ,

’
.
a n d s ha ll in the Third , both e x press inten tion ) .
W e kno w to w h at c auses our pa st re v erses h av e been o w in g , and w e

w ill h av e oursel v es to b lame if they are aga in incurred .
AL ISON , H is tory of Eu rop e . ( W ron g Ch ang e w ill to sha ll ) . .
N ote —
In interro g ati v e sentences w ill is not used in the F irst person ,
for th e ob v ious re a son th a t it w ould be absurd for a m an to question
himsel f about his o w n in tentions .
90 S ENTEN C ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED PA RT I
Pres e nt te nse —
I ( or he ) shou ld do ( = 0u ght to do ) this
—I ( or he )
. .
P as t tens e this ( I ( or he ) ou ght to

s hou ld h a ve done .
h av e done this but negl ec ted to do it ) , .
Th e fee lin g on the subj ec t in th e Ci ty is th a t ch a n g e shou ld n o t

( 0u g h t not to is not l ik ely to ) m ateri ally al te r the situ ation
= , .
D a i ly Te legrap h p 4 N o v 1 1 9 0
-
0 ,
.
,
.
, .
A sim ple child

W h at shou ld it k now of de ath l—W O R D S W O RTH ‘
.
( Wh at ough t it to kno w ? W h a t c an it be e x pected to kno w

H e states th at the w a ter su pply O f the M udug d is tric t s hou ld be -
is l ik ely to be ) c losed to th e M u llah by th e end of th e month

—D a ily Telegrap h p 8 M arch 2 0 1 9 03
.
N ote —Under the he adin g ( b) m ay be inc luded those e x amples in

. .
, , ,
w hich shou ld e x presses du ty or pro prie ty in a con t in g ent sense

I t is recommended t h at he s ho u ld h av e a mon th s rest
’
.
W h at w e a d v ise is th at he s hou ld be promo t ed .
It is e xpedient for us th a t one m a n sh ou ld die for the people a nd

th a t the w hole n ation perish no t John x i 50 .
— . .
,
8 Re m ain ing u s e of
.
“
w ill
” “
w ou l d Wi ll and wou ld , .
-
c an b e u s e d in th e s en se O f h ab it in all Th re e p erson s Pre se nt ,

“ ” “ ”
ti m e b ein g d e n ote d b y w ill and Pas t b y w o u l d ,
The methods O f th e pirates a re ch aracte ris tie ally pr a c tic al and

effic a cious A b and of pir at es wi ll b u y a reg ular pa ss ag e on a
.
ri v er steamer a nd w hen they come to a con v enien t pla ce o v er

e te —RE INSC H
,
a w e the O ffici al s O f the ship Wor ld P olitics , , ,
1 87
A n imber of s tories h av e been to l d of th e m anner in w hich the
.
Princess in these e a rly d a ys w ou ld reco g nise la dies of t h e neig h

b ou rh ood w h o h appened t o mee t the ro yal par ty in K ensin gt on
G arden s —D a ily Te leg rap h p 1 0 J an 3 0 1 9 01 ,
.
,
.
,
.
At l en gth such friendshi p s pran g u p be tw een the hound and th e

b are th at the y w ou ld d ai ly pl ay to ge ther and c aress e ach o the 1
—C O WPER S Ta me H a re s
.
’
.
Correct, improve, j or u s ti fy the followi ng s entences
1 It m ay be hoped th at this pro v in ci al no t e sh all d is a ppe a r both

.
from th e poetry an d the polity O f the Uni ted Common w e alth .
L ite r a tu re p 2 55 M arch 3 1 19 00
, .
, , .
2 A l i ttl e fa rt her do w n in the century w e w ill find men en g ag ed

.
in layin g th e found ation s O f a church w hose cla ims are b ased on

a posto lic successio n — G RE B ER Christ of P a u l p 60 .
, , . .
3 Ins pec tor Summers fin ally a nnounced th a t he sh oul d not ej ect

th e m an w h o h a d m ade th e allega tion abo v e n a me d —
.
D a ily Te legrap h ,
p. 1 0,
M a
y 7 , 1 9 00 .
4 I t sh all go h a rd w ith our g ener al s , if the y do not intercept some

—
.
of th at he avy a r ti llery I bid p 5, D e c 2 6, 1 89 9 . . . . .
5 Th e n ation confiden tly e x pec ted th a t th e G o v ernmen t sho u l d do

.
w h a te v er w a s necess a ry t o g i v e our a rms a n irresis tib l e su periority O f

.
—
s tren gth I bid p 6, D e c 1 8, 1 89 9
. . . .
CRAP. II ERRORS OF CO NS TRUC TION 91
6 I f g oo d Old President Brand h ad b een li v ing w e and our countr y

.
should not h av e been in this mess to day —I bid p 6 F e b 1 3 1 9 00

,
-
. . . . .
, ,
7 I fee l th a t it is my du ty to indic ate w h at I h av e s aid e l se w here

.
,
n amely h o w the Je w ish Theis tic Ch u rch sh all s pe ak O f the gre at Je w

of Tam a s —F or tnightly Re vi ew p 6 7 2 A pril 1 89 9
,
. .
, ,
8 A coun trym a n te llin g us w h at he h ad seen rem arked th a t if

.
, ,
th e c onfl ag ration w ent on as it w as doing w e w ould h av e as our ne x t

sea son O f em plo yment th e O ld To w n O f Edinburgh to rebuild —
,
H
M I LLE R quo ted in We bs te r s D icti on a ry

’
, .
9 W e can see an allusion t o th e deb a tes which alre ad y di v ided th e

.
Church a n d w hi ch sh all fill u p the h is t ory O f Christi an theology some

,
cen turies later RE N A N S An tichris t ch ii p 2 6

.
-
’
, . . . .
1 0 I cou ld h ar dly h a v e dre a med th a t an O ld pu pil of mine shoul d

.
h av e a ccused me O f a d v oc a ting a policy th e found ation of w hich is a

lie —Rev ie w of Re vie ws p 3 7 2 O c t 1 899
,
. . .
, ,
1 1 W e sh all n et be sur prised if t h e interestin g e pisode O f th e

.
Queen s v isit to Ireland s h all m ark the re es tab lishmen t O f a union

’
-
O f he arts betw een G re a t Bri ta in and Ire la n d — D a i ly M a i l p 4 ,

.
,
M arch 3 0 1 9 00 ,
.
1 2 W e h a v e much pl ea sure in announc ing th at w e are about to

.
p ub lish a mi l it a ry history of the presen t c a m p g

a i n in Sou th Afric a ,
w hich sh all su pply the publ ic w i th an im par t i al a n d connec ted a ccoun t

of these s tirrin g e v en t s —Ad v er t L ite ra tu re p iv M arch 1 0 19 00 .
,
. .
,
.
1 3 Bu t a ll t hese im perfections w ill count a s l i ttl e in th e j udgment

of those w h o sh all t urn to this book for solace a n d instruc tio n —I bid
.
.
,
p 1 4 9 Fe b 1 7 1 9 00 ( Continu ation O f th e s ame a dv ertisemen t )

.
, .
, . .
1 4 Br a ndis finds the in imi tab l e t ouch of t h e m a ster in jus t these

.
scenes w hich M r L e e decides th at it is impossibl e Sh akespe are shoul d

h av e wri tte n —I bid p 3 4 6 M ay 5 19 00
.
,
. . .
, ,
1 5 Nor w ou l d w e be surpris e d to he ar th at s atisfa ctory e x plan a

tions h a v e a lre ad y be en e x ch anged at B erlin —D a ily Te legrap h p 8
.
. .
, ,
Apri l 1 3 1 89 9 , .
1 6 In the face O f the resi gn a tion of those tw o thous and pre a chers
—
. ,
w h o sh all s ay th at Purita nism w as mercen ary or ho ll o w G O L D W IN

SM I T H United K ingdom
, .
1 7 W hen he l eft the b ru shes dis appe a red an d th e m a ster of the

.
, ,
house w aited some d ays think in g he should recei v e them b a ck .
Quoted in Revie w of Revi ew s p 3 9 1 Apri l 1 9 00 , .

,
.
18 W e w ou l d be a t Russi a s merc y ; for tr e aties w oul d count for

’
nothing the n —D a ily M a i l p 3 Apri l 1 7 1 9 00

.
. .
, , ,
1 9 N o t un t il th at h as ta k en pl a ce w i ll w e h av e any securi ty th at
w e m ay n ot h av e ag a in to fi gh t for th e uni ty of th e em pir e —Q uo t ed
.
in D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 N o v 1 189 9 , .
, .
, .
2 0 G re at d an g ers a nd e v i l s are before u s un l ess it sh all be fou n d

.
,
p ossib l e t o r e s t ore the disci l ine w hich h a s been so seriousl y im paired

p .
Quoted in D a ily Te legrap h p 9 M a y 9 1 89 9 , .

, , .
2 1 I w ou l d ho ld v ery di fferent v ie w s if t his w ere th e question

—Q uo ted in
. ,
O f t h e presen ta tion O f a n a ddress to the L ord L ieuten a n t -

.
Te legrap h p 7 M arch 1 5 1 9 00 , .
, ,
.
2 2 D ig se arch re a d in museums l oc al a n d n ation al a nd perch a nc e

. , , ,
you sh all light on a b are record of these architec ts births and de ath s ’
—Fortnightly Re vie w p 44 0 Sept 1 898

.
, . . .
,
92 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI FI ED P A RT 1 ,
23 . We w i ll
see the s ame thin g occur in the w ar be tw een the
F edera l s an d G re a t Bri tai n —D a ily Te le grap h p 1 1 M a rch 5 1 9 0 0 , .
, ,
.
2 4 If o ther d an g ers a re to be successful ly m e t it mus t be done b y

.
,
pub l ic opinion insis tin g th at s te ps sh a ll be t ak en n ow to g i v e a per

m a nen t ch ara c ter t o its decisions so th a t they sh all rem a in effec t iv e ,
w hen t h e interest e x ci ted by presen t e v en t s sh a ll h av e died a w ay a n d ,
th e present ou tburs t O f pa t rio tism sh a ll be a thin g O f th e pa st .
N in e te enth Ce ntu ry, p 7 3 7 , M ay 1 9 00 . .
2 5 SO lon g as our a rm y is under th e con t ro l O f Pa rli a ment , w e

ne v er w i ll be pre pared w hen the time come s —Q uoted in Sp e cta tor,
.
p . 2 3 1 , Au g 2 5, 1 9 00 . .
2 6 Te ll t h a t to your
. journ al an d throu gh it to th e w orld th at , ,
this Re pub l ic sh all fi g h t t o th e bi tt er end W h a t do you tak e us for ?

—
.
D a ily Te leg rap h p 9 Ju ly 9 1 9 0 0 ,

.
, ,
.
2 7 I feel pl e a sure in m y o wn home a mon g w orks of art

. I kno w , .
th at in life I w i ll ne v er find any thi ng a bo v e w h at I h a v e alre ad y

foun d —D r B INION Q u o Va dis ? p 2 4 8 ch v iii
.
,
. .
, . .
2 8 V initius be l ie v ed th a t Nero s hour h ad s truck th at th e fallin g

’
.
,
ruins O f th e ci ty should o v er w hel m th e moun teb ank an d all his crimes .
I bid p 3 2 1 ch x x i
. .
, . .
2 9 Th e more I k no w of Buddh a t h e more I a dmire him ; an d

.
,
the sooner all m an kind sh all h a v e been m a de a cqu ain ted w i th h is

doc trines th e bet ter w i ll it b e —FAU SB OL L quo t ed in B i ble P a ra lle ls
, .
, ,
p 2 89
. .
30I belie v e w e w ill h av e a be tt er m an for th e Presiden t O f th e

.
Uni ted S ta tes for t he ne x t four ye ar s —Quo ted in D a ily Exp ress p 1 ,
.
,
Sept 7 1 9 00.
, .
3 1 W hen th a t G ener al sh a ll h av e he ard th e o pinio n s O f the all ied

.
G eneral s a nd sh all h av e thorou gh ly considered t h e mi li ta r y si t u at ion

he w i ll re por t —D a ily Te legrap h p 9 Se pt 1 1 1 9 00
, ,
. . .
, , ,
3 2 Com pla in t h a s been m a de t h at M r Ch a mber la in shou l d h av e

—
. .
ub l ished M E s e m of f c s l e er I bid p 1 0 O ct 1 0 1 9 00
’
p r s tr a a t .t t . . . .
, .
,
.
3 3 Our l an gu ag e n o t bein g a n inflec t ed one t o an y e x ten t w e

.
,
w ou l d cu t our parsing do w n t o v er y sm al l com pa ss if w e confined our

se lv es to th e dis tinc tions e x pressed by th e inflec tions of v erb s —Quo ted
,
i n Au s tra la s ia n Schoolm as ter , p 3 7 , . Au g . 1 900 .
A co x comb flushed w i th m a n y of t hese infamous v ictories ( o v er

34 .
,
youn g w omen ) sh all s ay h e is sorry for th e poor foo l s pro tes t a nd v ow

he ne v er thou gh t O f m a trimony —
, ,
STEELE Spe ctator N O 2 88 .

, ,
. .
3 5 Y ou sh all se ldom find a d ul l fe llo w o f g ood educ at ion but if

.
,
he h av e a ny leisure on his h a nds w i ll t urn his he a d t o one of these

two amusemen t s for all fool s O f eminence —po li t ics or poe try —STEELE
,
.
.
,
I bid No 4 3 . . .
’
3 6 Th e w ors t O f it is w e h av e p aid th e men ourse lv es an d I don t
kno w h o w w e w i ll g e t o u r money b ack —Q uo ted in D a ily Te legraph
.
,
p 9 N o v 2 4 1 9 00
.
, .
,
.
3 7 H e drew do w n u pon him one anti im peri alis t w h o b elie v ed th a t

.
-
’
the anne x ation of the Philippines sho u l d be pre v en ted b y t h e Sen ate s
refus al t o ra tify the Tre aty O f Pea c e —Re vie w of Re vie ws p 43 7 ,
.
,
N ov 1900 . .
In pain tin g the Bri tish se a m an in his true colours M r Bu lle n

38 . .
look s for ward t o t h a t day w h e n o u r s ail ors w i ll be a pprecia te d at their

94 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P ART I
trees c alled le lack trees .

—Si r ED W IN A RNO LD , D a ily Te legrap h, p . 5,
M ay 2 5, 19 01 .
52 . is w ell aw are th a t it m ay be only a ques tion O f d ays before

He
some emiss ary from the Em press more fan at ic or more cun n i n g th an ,
the others sh al l succeed 1n the e v er imminent attempt upon his life

—F ortnightly Revi e w ) 2 July 1 9 01
, .
53 Not on ly w ouldw e a t t ra ct numbers of ste ady and ambi tious

.
, ,
youn g men to the r a nks b u t by gra dually 1 m pro v ing —

.
a s w e cer t ain l y
shou ld —the c lass a nd th e pres tig e O f our non commissioned O fficers

,
w e shou l d find it w as much e a sier to m a in t ain a sound system of

discipl ine By tak in g th is s te p moreo v er w e w oul d s trik e a hea vy
blo w a t another c ause of wa s te —deser tion —I bid p 1 7 Ju ly 1 9 01
.
, ,
. . . .
,
54 But h o w sh all they g e t th e cons ta n t m ark e t for brid g es w hich

.
,
h as en a bled Americ an bridg e com panies t o in v est la rg e sums in labour

s av in g m a chinery and other a ppli ances — Quoted in F ortnightly Revi ew ,
p 83 July 1 9 01
.
, .
55 Co lone l K S hoped th a t in future c a m pa i gns they sho ul d not

. . .
a ain see a st aff of those in hi h comm a nd fi lled up by en tl emen

g g g ,
ho we v er person ally eminent or ch armin g w hose trade w as not the

a rm y —Quoted l n D a i ly Te le g rap h
,
.
p 5 Ju ly , .
,
56 A fe w succeedin g ye ars la id h im in the ea rth an d thou gh th e

.
,
m arbl e ( statue ) sh all preser v e for ag es t he e xa c t resemblance O f h is

form and fe atures his o wn s tron g pen sh all outli v e th at —
, F ortn ightly .
Re v ie w, p 2 52 , F e b 1 9 00
. . .
57 Th e e x periment w hich w e then m ade h as pro v ed , I be lie v e , a

.
g re at success , and I c a nnot doub t th at it w ill be w idely e x tended to a ll

other c lasses of the indus tri al communi ty W hen th at is done , w e .
w i ll he ar v ery l ittl e O f the l iti g a tio n of w hich you he a r n o w a gre at

de al t oo much Quo ted 1 11 D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 0, O ct 2 8, 1 9 01
.
-
. . .
58 Th e a t t em pt to m ak e the Unionist p ar ty sol ely , or e v en chiefl y,

.
res ponsib le for him a nd his doin g s is a monstrous perv ersion o f th e

tru th , an d sh all ne v er be pa ssed o v er by us w ithou t pro test Sp ectator, —
.
p 7 87 , N ov 2 3 , 1 9 01
. . .
59 I Wi ll s pe ak , a nd th e w ord th a t I sh all spe ak S h all b e per

—
.
forme d Ezekie l x ii 2 5 . .
60 There is need for th e mos t c areful consider a tion of th e n a v al

.
needs of the empire , les t , w hen th e t ime comes for a c tion , a requisite
fleet is no t re a dy —D a ily Te le grap h, p 9 , M arch 9 , 1 9 03
. . .
6 1 I f w e l oo k w i thin the rou gh a n d aw k w ard outside , w e w i ll be

.
rich ly re warded by its perusal — G I LF I LL AN , L ite ra ry P ortra its

. .
(9) Sequ e nce f

o Te nse a nd M oo d .
1 . Past t e n s e in Prin cipal l — If th er e is a Pa st c au s e

te nse i n th e Prin cip al cl a us e t h is m u st b e follo w e d b y a Past ,
te nse i n t h e D e pen d e nt cl au se Th er e m u st b e n o c o n fl ict p r .
“ ”
i nco ngr u ity Th i s h as b e e n w ell c all e d
. ten s e attr actio n -
( D r Ea rle)
. In e a c h o f th e e x a m ples gi v en b elo w th e v er b in
.
,
th e D ep en d e nt cl au s e w o u l d b e i n t h e Pr esent te nse b u t for

th e a ttr a cti v e p o w er O f th e Pa st ten s e o f t h e v er b i n t h e Prin cip al
cl au se .
CR AP . 1 1 ERRO RS OF CONS TRUC TION 9 5,
Victor Emm anuel I II S first w ords i nsp i re d th e confidence th at he

’
.
cou ld an d w ou ld t ak e a s mon arch t h e pla ce he mus t occu py, if

It alian mon archy is to be s av ed from the bre ak ers O f ci v il w ar .
Quoted in Re vi e w of Revie ws, p 2 7 9 , M arch 1 9 01 . .
M r S V w a s ple ased th at the Admiralty did no t pro pose to set u p

. . .
as a rmour p lated m anufacturers , since the Sheffie l d firms cou ld

—
-
do all th a t w a s re quire d D a i ly Te legrap h, p 6, F e b 2 8, 1 9 00 . . .
TO the policy O f st anding by w ith the flee t a n d relying u pon t h e

ul tim at e stren gt h of s e a pow er to Ob tain res pec t for our rights -
w e w ou ld h a v e in v i ted any other Po w ers to a dhere th at desired

—
to do 3 0 Sp ecta tor , p 3 66, F e b 2 3 , 1 9 01
. . . .
I w a s, ho w e v er, a ssured to d ay by a Chinese O ffici al th at the Emperor

ha d no in t ention of le av in g H ai a n fu Whil e t h e present situ a tion -
las te d Th e s a me O ffici al al so s ta te d th at if the Po w ers p ersis ted

.
in their present in tention w ith reg ard to the L e gation q u arters ,

it w a s e x tremely prob a b le t h a t the Court w ou ld ne v er re turn to
Pekin a t all D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 0
.
—,
M arch 7 , 1 9 01 . .
Th e sa m e p rin ciple h ol d s go o d in th e O b li qu e N a rr atio n .
I n s u c h n a rr atio n all th at is sai d b y th e sp e ak er m ust b e i n th e

Pas t te n s e i f t h e v er b w h i ch intr o d u ces h is sp e ec h is in t h e
,
Past te n s e .
It w a s certa in s aid L ord R th at w hen the l e a din g re present ativ es

,
.
,
of th e co lonies ca m e t og e ther somethin g fur ther w ou ld be ,
a ccom l ished in t h e direc t ion O f w e ldin g an d uni ting th e

em pire —M ay 3 1 887
p
( In the D irec t N arra tion th e w ords
,
.
used by the s pe ak er are It i s certa in th at w hen th e represen ta

t i v as e tc co m e t o g e ther some thing fur ther w ill be a cc om
,
.
, ,
p l is h e d etc ) ,
.
I n all t h ese e x a mples th e s e qu e n c e O f tens e is corre ct a ,
Pa st ten se i n th e Prin cip al cl a u s e b e in g a cco m p ani e d b y a

Pa st te n s e i n t h e D ep e n d ent cl a use or cl a u se s In t h e follo w i ng .
e x a mple th e se q u e n ce is w rong
Sir W F os ter M P p oi nted ou t to the Secre tary of S tate for W a r
.
,
. .
,
th a t in all prob abi li ty there w i ll be a g re at loss of l ife from fe v er

a n d o ther m a la die s —F or tnightly R e vie w p 49 4 Se pt 1 8 9 0 , .
,
. .
( Ch an ge w ill to w ou ld ) .
O n e e x ception h o w e v er , m u st b e n oted
,
To e x p ress so m e .
u n i v e rsa l ,
h ab itu al o r gen er ally r ecogn ise d fa ct th e Present
, ,
tens e ( w h i c h is th e prop er ten s e fo r e x pressing fa cts O f th is

k in d ) m ay b e r et ain e d i n th e D ep en d ent claus e i n spite O f
t h e r e b eing a Past ten s e i n th e Prin cip al cl au se .
P ri ncip a l cla u se . D ep e ndent cla u se .
Th e s tudents w e re tau gh t , th at the e ar th moves round the s u n

H is i lln ess con v inced him , th a t all men a re mor tal .
2 Pr e se nt or F u t u r e t e ns e in Prin cip l l
. a c au s e — I f th ere
is a Pr e s e nt (i ncl u di ng the Present Perfe ct) o r a F u t u re ten s e i n
th e Pr in cip al cl au se t h i s can be follo w e d b y an y ten se W h a t

,
e v e r in th e D epe n d e nt cl au s e Th e ten se gi v e n to th e v er b i n
.
th e D ep en d e nt cl au se w ill d ep e n d u p o n th e tim e (p a st prese nt , ,
o r fu t u re ) , t h at th e w ri te r w is h e s to e x pr ess .
w h at h e does Pre se nt I n defi ni te .
w h at he is do in g Pres en t Contin u o u s .
w h a t he h a s done P rese nt Pe rf e ct .
w h a t he h as been doing
w h a t he w i ll do F u t u re I nd efini te .
w h a t he w ill be doin g F u tu r e Con tin u o u s .
w h at he w ill h a v e done F u tu re Perfe ct .
w h a t he w i ll h a v e been doin g F u tu re Pe rf Con t

. .
w h a t he did P a st I nd efi nite .
w h a t he w as doin g Pa s t Continu ou s .
w h at he h a d done P as t Pe rf ect .
w h a t he h ad been doi n g
I f for know o r sha ll kno w w e w rite kne w, s o as to gi v e t h e

v e r b o f th e Pri n cip al cl au se a Pa st te n se , th e n (a ) m ust b e
c a n celle d al toget h e r, (b) m u st h a v e th e will c ha nge d to w o u ld,
and () c w ill
re m ain as it is .
O n e e x ception h o w e v e r m u st b e n oted
, ,
TO e x pre ss a .
p u rp o se i n t h e D ep en d en t clau se b y m e a n s O f th e co nj u n ctio n
“ ”
t hat th e v erb in thi s cl au s e m u st b e for m e d w it h th e
,
Au x ili ary m ay if t h e v er b in th e Prin cip al cl au se is Prese nt

“
,
”
or F u t u re a n d w i th t h e Au x ili a ry
“
,
mig ht , if t h e v er b i n th e
Pri ncip al cl au se i s Pa st .
H e w orks or w ill w o rk th a t he m a y succeed .
H e w orked th at h e m ight succeed .
N ote —If “
lest is the conj u n c t ion used for e x pressin g a pur pose ,
”
it is follo w ed b y th e Au x ilia ry should , w h a te v er m a y be th e t ense
O f the v erb in th e Princi pal clause See abo v e 7 ( a ) , p 8 9
'
. . .
3 . Conj u nct ions m pa ris on — W h e n tw o facts are

of co
co mp a r ed w it h e a c h oth e r b y m e a n s o f a Prin cip al an d a D ep en de nt
“
cl a use e q u ality is e x p resse d b y as w ell as and i n e q u ality
, ,
“ ”
by t h an H ere t h e q u estio n O f tim e is altogeth e r ab sent
. .
Any ten s e can b e follo w ed b y any tens e a ccor d ing to th e

i ntentio n O f t h e w r iter .
better th a n he likes me .
a s w e ll a s he li kes me
H e liked you
.
be tter th an he w i ll like me .
a s w e ll a s he w ill like me .
If no v e rb is e x pr esse d a fte r t h ese c onj u n ctio n s, th e v er b o f

98 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED O R JUSTI F I ED P A RT I
It w ou ld be a pity th at ( if ) he s hou ld beh a v e thus .
It is a it
p y th a t he d oe s beh av e t hus .
App arently fro m a c onfusio n b et w e e n th es e tw o h as a r is e n

the i rregul a r s e q u e n ce ab o v e n ote d .
Corre ct, i mp rov e, or j u s ti fy the fo llowing s e nten ces
1 It w as then th at th e Ts ar m ade use of th e memora bl e w ords in

.
ques tion th at it is con tra ry to his h abi ts t o profi t b y the di fficulties

,
of any other friend ly St at e e v en though its rulers w ere w holly

un rela te d to his hous e —Quoted in D a ily Te legr ap h p 9 Fe b 2 4
,
. .
, , ,
1 900 .
2 He trusted th at pe a ce w ill soon be m ade and a satis fa ctory

—
.
,
a greemen t a rri v ed a t I bid p 1 0 M a rch 3 1 9 0 0. . .

, , .
3 There h a v e been unmis ta kabl e sig ns th a t this c ampa ign w ou l d be

.
a fi as c o D a i ly M a i l p 4 M arch 7 1 9 00
.
-
, .
, , .
4 H is par ty conn ec tions m a tter l i tt le or nothin g pro v ided he w ere

not in princi pl e o pposed to n ational a c tio n —Quo ted in Re vie w of
.
,
Re vi ews p 2 51 M arch 1 9 00
,
.
, .
5 Admiral Tir pit z on his p a rt declared th a t co loni al possessions

.
an d a w or ld tra de w i thou t a pro per fleet remind one of a c a v alry
m an w h o c an ride w ell but h as no horse —F ortn ightly Re vie w p 6 1 2

,
.
,
.
,
Apri l 1 9 00 .
6 H e e x pla ined th at the pri ests re ad the l esso ns so fa s t th a t no

.
one can possib ly follo w them b u t th e peo pl e unders ta nd the ir purpor t

w hich is considered su ffi cie n t —Chu rch Gaz ette p 8 M ay 6 1 899
, ,
. .
, , ,
7 M r W alla ce in his book on Russi a s ays th a t th e bisho ps selec t

. .
w i v es for th e priests bu t a Russi a n l ad y w hom I a sk ed the q uestion

,
denied th a t this is s o I bid p 1 3 8 M a y 2 0 1 89 9 .

-
. .
, , .
8 As a resu lt of this mess ag e Secre ta r y A lg er s a id this a fte rnoo n

.
th at he fe lt confident th a t th e troub l e will be sa tisfactorily adjusted

—Quot ed in D a ily Te legraph p 1 0 M ay 1 7 1 899
.
. .
, , ,
9 H is o nou r does not bel ie v e th a t Eng la nd w oul d resort to
e x treme me asures —
.
I bid p 9 M ay 6 1 89 9 . . .
, , .
1 0 Th e W or k s Commi tt ee recommended th at if M r S wi ll co v er
. . .
th e shed w ith corru gated iron he be gr a n ted a licence for fi v e yea rs , .
M idd les ezc Cou nt y Ti m es , p 7 , N ov 2 5, 1 899 . . .
1 1 H e performed m a n y fe ats of v al our, an d w a s fab led to h a v e

.
performed m a n y more b u t t h e crus a de w a s , so far a s it s m ain obj ect

is concerned , a fa il ure —Short H istory of Ew la nd , p 84 . .
1 2 In brief, th e d e l e ga tes re v e al ed un w i ttin g ly their be lief th a t

th e stru gogl e of t heir com pat rio ts is quite ho pe less —D a ily Exp ress ,
.
4 M ay 1 7 , 1 9 00
p.
, .
13 e considers th a t t he Ts ar shoul d issue an edic t, th at no

Russi a n subj ect cou l d be mol ested for his re ligious opinio ns —Ohu rch
.
G a z e tte , p 1 3 8, M ay 2 0 , 1 899
. .
1 4 Some of our Unionis t friends ur g e u pon us th a t it w o u l d be a

.
disgr a ce to th e stron g es t g o v ernmen t of modern times , if w e al low this

parli amen t to c lose w i thout doin g somethin g to redress this g larin g
a nom aly —D a i ly Te le gr ap h, p 1 0
.
,
M a y 1 7 , 1 9 00 . .
1 5 B u t he cou ld n o t h a ve fought yes terday o r on M o nd ay , u n l ess

.
CR AP. II ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 99
in dee d an o pportu nity had presen ted its el f , w hich he d are n ot thro w
a w a y. -
I bid p 9 , Jan 1 1 , 1 9 0
. 0
. . .
16 It w as u nfort unat ely the ca se t h a t th e J apanese wh o h av e

—
.
se ttl ed in K ore a be lon g to a v ery lo w class I bid p 1 0, M arch . .
3 1 , 1 9 00 .
1 7 Itpoin t s o u t th at th e British w ere at their door a nd th a t if

.
,
they con tinu e d fig hti ng their fa rms and t o wn s w ou ld be des troyed , .
D a il y Eap r ess , p 1 , M ay 2 5, 1 900 . .
1 8 H e e xpresse d th e fe a r th a t the a mbitious desire of F ra n ce wi ll

—
.
be an a ccom pl ished fac t b efore En gl a nd s v oice is r a ise d

’
I bid p 1 , . .
M ay 2 5, 19 00 .
1 9 It is doub tful w he ther an y m an li v in g has ridden t o houn ds

—
.
oftener th a n th e late M r Be v a n D a ily Te legrap h, p 8, F e b 1 6, 1 9 00

. . . . .
2 0 Th e res ul t of th e o per a tions of th e tw o G ener al s w a s th at

.
Brit ish troo ps occu py secure posi tions be tween Joh an nesburg and
Pre tori a —
I bi d p 8, J une 1 , 1 9 00 . . .
2 1 Ge ner al Buller t e le g r aphed las t ni ght th a t he h as occu pied

.
pos i tions a t Lain g s Nek , w h ich w ill en ab l e him t o render th e position

’
of th e F ederals un ten a b le 1 bid p 8, June 9 , 1 9 00 — . . .
2 2 Th e Premier a dds , ho w e v er , th a t shoul d the Imperi al Parli a

.
men t reso lv e to amen d th e me asure as pro posed , it is un like ly th at

an y diffi cul ty w o ul d be c a use d I bid p 9 , June 2 2 , 1 9 00 — . . .
2 3 I for my p ar t c laim a resti tu ti on of e v er y penn y paid by me

.
into the fund in v eigled there to un der w h at is ob v ious ly false pre

tenoes —Quoted in Pi one er Af a il p 22 M ay 4 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
2 4 Th e in t erests of those w h o h a v e to l i v e in South Afric a our

.
,
enemies as w ell as those on our side w ill dem and th at th ere shou l d ,
n o t be tw o a n tag onis tic po li tic al sy s tems in w h at n a t ure and histo ry

hav e decided must be o n e country —Quo ted in D a ily Te legr ap h p 5 .
, .
,
April 1 3 1 9 00 ,
.
2 5 Con tr a ry to e x pecta tion M r Brodrick s tated yesterd a y th at the

.
,
.
G o v ernmen t ha s recei v ed no further ne w s of any sort from th e City of

M ystery an d pe rh a ps of D e ath —D a ily Te legr ap h p 6 July 1 3 1 900 ,
.
, , .
2 6 Tw o merch an t s from Pretori a w h o are a t presen t staying at

. ,
M ach a dodorp hav e o ffered a re ward of £ 1 00to th e firs t bur gher w h o

,
succeede d in re h ois ting th e Tr ans v aa l fl a g o v er the G o v ernmen t

buil din gs in Pretori a —Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 7 Ju ly 3 0 ,
.
, ,
1 900 .
'
27 I understan d how e v er on g ood au th o n ty t h at th e su pply of

.
, ,
food for th e pris oners is insufficien t th a t they h ad no mea t or sa lt for ,
el e v en d ays an d th at th e ordin a ry all o w a nce of me a t w a s one po u nd

a w eek —I bid p 5 Au g 1 1 9 0
,
. 0 . .
,
.
, .
2 8 It will be w e ll if one or more of those res ponsible w ere sum

ma ril y h an ge d —Re v ie w of Re vie ws p 1 3 Ju ly 1 9 00
. ,
. .
, ,
2 9 Th e Russ i a n en g ineers ha v e dec lared th at in 1 9 02 th e last

.
se c tion of the ra ilw ay th at connect ing Port Arthur w i th Siberi a

w ou l d be com ple te d —I bid p 88 Ju ly 1 9 0
, ,
0 . .
,
.
3 0 They h av e alw ays encour ag ed th e ba ck co un try rus tic in his

.
-
ig nora nce and isola tion they h av e p a tte d him on th e b ac k an d t old

him wh at a fine an d c lev er fell o w he w as —F ortnightly Re vie w p 2 58 . , .
,
Au g 1 900
—
. .
3 1 . Th e filch in g of K iau C hou s tirred -

up th e w ho l e Far Eastern
100 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIFIED P A RT I
question at a moment w hen the ri v alries of the Po w ers in th at re g ion

bid fa ir to slee p a l on g slee p —I bid p 3 2 8 Au g 1 9 00 . .
,
. .
3 2 It is hig h ly desir a b l e th at a n enem y shou ld see a nother w all of

.
defence behind th e firs t a n d a third behind th at so th a t the w hol e ,
pros pect mi g ht be t o o much for a future possib le successor o f N apo leon

—
.
N ine t enth Ce ntu ry, p 7 3 5, M ay 1 9 00

e . .
3 3 At th e recen t g eneral meeting of the A g ricul tur al Committee

.
th e ho pe w a s e x pressed th a t the Bo a rd of Educ a tion w i ll in troduce

some modific ations into the curricula of the Training Co lleges .
School W orld, p 3 03 , Au g 1 9 00 . . .
3 4 W h a t w e w a n t is t his , th a t th e w ork w e do m a y be consecra ted

—
,
to G od, a nd th at H e mig ht a ccept a nd b l ess it Su nd a y M a ga zine , .
q uoted in Revie w of Re vie ws, p 2 4 7 , M a rch 1 9 00 . .
3 5 They mig h t h o pe th at g enerous democr atic e x pa nsi v eness w ill

.
a l so obt ain the w i llin g co o per a tion of t hose dis ta n t k insfo lk of ours
—
-
in Sou th Afric a D a ily Exp ress , p 5, Se pt 7 , 1 9 00

. . . .
3 6 It w as n o t deemed l i k ely in o ffici al circ les th at the G erm a n

.
re ply w ill be published , b u t it h as been com m u n ic te d to all th e other

G o v ernmen ts —
D a i ly Te leg rap h , p 7 , Se pt 8, 1 9 0 . . g .
3 7 C la use 7 4 pro v ides t h a t ques tions a risin g out of the F eder a tion
.
scheme. itsel f shou ld only be referred to the pro posed Su preme Court
of Ap pe al est ablished under the F ederation scheme in Aus tralia .
Re vie w of Re vie ws , p 44 5, M ay 1 9 0 0 . .
38 Sir W i lli a m found the g re a t sta r ting point o f modern bio

.
-
l o gic al science in Sch wa nn s enunciation of th e principl e th a t t h e

’
elemen tary tissues consisted of cells Sp ecta tor, p 2 9 1 , Se pt 1 0, 1 9 00 — . . .
39 A l thou g h much of our forethou g h t m ay be of an u n producti v e

.
n ature under th e dire pressure of w ar, s till the sat isfa c tion w ou ld rem ain
of h av ing done all th at prescience sugg ests F ortnightly Re vie w , —
p 4 9 4 , Se pt 1 9 00
. . .
4 0 Th e g re a t scene w hen Pi late w as o v erru l ed , h av in g ch allenged

.
th e Je w s to pro v e th a t pub lic o pinion is on their side a n d aga ins t

Jesus of N az are th , w as s im ply the G eneral Election a nticipated .
Re vie w of R evie ws , p 3 55, O ct 1 9 00 . . .
41 He sta ted th at men lik e himsel f w h o w ere behind th e scenes

th at the progress though sl o w is m ark edly s te a dy —D a ily
.
, ,
k ne w , , .
Te legrap h, p 7 , O c t 2 5, 1 9 0 . 0 . .
4 2 H e w i ll s t ay a t th e H fite l de No a i ll es durin g his brief soj ourn

.
in th e Sou thern port, and w hen he c ame on t o Pa ris , he w ould alight

a t the H ote l S —
e , al re a dy the he a dqu arters of t h e delegate s I bid — .
p .1 0,
N ov 1 , 1 9 0 0 . .
4 3 Sir Ro g er w a s s ayin g la st ni gh t th at he w as of o pinion th a t

—
.
none but men of fine p arts deser v e to be hun g STEELE , Sp e cta tor, .
No 6 . .
44 They s ay th at the moment the ta x is imposed , !pub l ici ty is

.
ine v it ab le , an d th at publici ty w oul d e x pose e v ery w ell to do m an to - -
a n a mount of en v y w hich w ou l d u ltim ate ly pro v e unendurab le .
Sp e cta tor , p 61 3 , N o v 3 , 1 9 00
. .
4 5 A he a v y succession du ty on Sir W i lli a m H arcourt s pl an

’
-
.
w oul d not be e x posed to this dr aw b a c k , an d h a s the a d v a nt ag e , v ery

g re a t in F ra nce , th at fe w of those w h o v ote for it in the Ch ambers
w i ll be c alled u pon to pay it I bid p. 61 3 , N o v 3 , 19 00
.
— . . .
1 02 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT 1
merch ants an d stock brokers w hich w oul d be deemed an impossibili ty

fifty a a g o — D a i ly Exp ress
p.4 A pri l
,
,
.
,
9ye rs is a d v ice e v en w hen it h a d t o do wi th m a t ters w hich directly

,
affe c ted h is o w n s here of a c tion h a s been se v er al times se t a side

p , .
Conte mp ora ry Re v ie w April 1 9 01 , .
60 Sooner or later it is ine v i tab l e th at the b attery of th e comp ar a

.
t i v e method shou l d bre a ch these v ener ab l e w a ll s m a n tled o v er w i th

the ivy and mosses a nd w il d flo w ers of a thous and t ender and sa cred
as soci at ions — F R A Z ER Golde n B ou gh I x x ii
.
, ,
. .
61 Th e a ssoci ation by tw enty n ine v otes to nine decl ared t h at his

.
-
conduc t w as inconsis tent w i th Unionist principles a nd th at by v o ting ,
wi th th e N ation alists he h as bro k en his p l ed g es to th e e l ec tor a te .
D a il y Express p 5 M ay 2 8 1 9 01 ,
.
, ,
.
62 F ifteen c a ses i t is s a id are alre a dy do w n for he a rin g a n d th e

.
, , ,
prob abil ity is th at some t wopenny h alfpenn y q uestion w ill arise -

,
w hich w oul d in terest no person i n the w or l d e x cept i ng th e two

l itiga n t s — Re v ie w of Re vie w s p 4 1 9 M ay 1 9 01
.
,
.
,
.
63 To c all it an estim ate is a misuse of t erms

. I t w a s merely a .
g uess b a sed on information sup plied by m e n w h o are not in a position

to g i v e it —F ortn ightly Re vie w p 1 0
. 9 3 June 1 9 01 ,
.
,
.
64 Th e statements of M r D dre w an indi g n ant pro t es t from

. . .
M r L wh o dec lared th at th e honour ab le member d are not re pe at

. .
,
outside t he H ouse the ch arges th at h e h ad m a de against British

t roo ps —D a ily Te le gr ap h p 8 Ju ly 5 1 9 01 ,
.
, , .
65 I f th e Bri tish el ement w ere to yiel d to th e con tag ion of a b ad

.
e x ampl e ( in its tre atment o f the blacks ) Sou th Africa is doomed ,

.
I bid p 2 4 0, Au g 24 , 1 9 01
. . . .
66 Russi a s s phere of influence in this re g ion h ad been so cle arl

’
?
.
defined , an d her in t eres ts w e re so v it al a nd g ener ally a ck no w led g e d

th a t En gl and c an h a v e no obj ection to the occupa tio n —Quoted in
H om e w a rd M a i l, p 1 1 4 5, Se pt 2 , 1 9 01 . . .
67 Th e notion th a t th e reg ul a t ion ( for fi x ing the r ate of w ag es )

.
w as im parti al, a nd a proof th a t th e econom ic al and soci al po licy of

these d ays w as in a hi gher sp iri t th a n ours , is m anifes tly absurd ,
w hen th e av o w ed obj ect of the s tatu t e is to pre v en t th e dem and for
.
—
e x cessiv e wag es G O L D W IN SM I TH, Unite d K ingdom , v ol i p 2 2 6 . . . .
68 In th e course of a l ong discussion it w a s m a de c l e ar th at m th e

.
opinion of th e reformers , th e e vi l h as a div ersit y of c auses , a n d c an be

remedied only by th e a ppl ic ation of as m any cures D a i ly Te legrap h, .
—
p 8, Fe b 2 3 , 1 9 01
. . .
69 Acciden ts a risin g fro m sho w s of performin g lions and o ther

.
w i l d be a sts are so m any a n d so frequen t th at to enumer at e those e v en

of the l ast tw o or three ye ars w oul d occu py s pac e th at can be bet ter
.
—
used F ortnightly Re vie w , p 3 88, M a rch 1 9 00 . .
7 0 Y e wi ll not come unto me , th at ye mig h t h av e l ife

. John .
-
v. 40 .
71 I f thou bring thy g ift t o th e al ta r and there rememberes t th at

.
,
thy bro ther h ath ou gh t a g ainst t hee l e av e there thy g ift before the
al ta r a n d g o th y w ay etc
,
M atthe w v 2 3 2 4 ,
.
-
.
,
.
7 2 W h at W ords w or th s poe tic life l a c k ed w as energ y an d h e

’ *
. ,
refused to reco g nise th at no amount of ene rgy w ill suffice for con tinu al
pro duc tion —F ortnightly Re v ie w p 4 0 Ja n 1 9 02
.
,
. , . .
C R AP . 1 ! ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 103
73 In his o ffi cial report Ge neral B sta te s that w ere it no t for th e

. .
thou ght t h at t he b a ttl e mig ht h a v e been a successfu l one —

ac ti on of Co lone l L on g an d the subsequen t disa ster to th e a rti ll er he
y ,
C ONAN .
D O YLE The Gr e at B oer Wa r pp 1 02 1 03 ed 1 900

, ,
.
, , . .
74 . Fa te h ath decreed Ul ysses shou ld a bide

M ore t oil s a nd fi e rce r th an all men beside
H e av ily home w ard must he w in his w ay
Thr oug h lure throu g h dark ness an g uish an d de la y
, , , .
STE P HE N PH I LL I P S Ulyss e s ,
.
7 5 It too k the jury on ly fiv e minu te s to find him g ui lty

. .
Sent ence w as deferred till th e ca se agains t K elly and S til es has be en

g one in t o — D a ily Te legrap h p 8 F e b 2 0 1 9 02
.
, .
, .
, .
7 6 At a C abinet Counci l he ld a t t h e Elys ee yesterd ay it w as

.
decided th at Pr esident L oubet sh a ll set ou t on his j ourn e y to Russ i a

in the second w ee k of M ay —I bid p 8 M arch 1 3 1 9 02 . .
, , .
7 7 M any are nei ther a rch a ic nor modern b u t seem to thin k th at

.
,
th e further their styl e w ere from a ny k no w n mode l th e c l oser it

migh t con v ey foreign ideas —N inete e nth Centu ry p 1 01 2 D e c
,
. . .
, ,
1 902 .
78 .Pres ident C astro h as forw a rded through M r Bo w en a propos al .
t h a t th e Bri tish an d G erm a n c la ims sh a ll be su bmi tted to arbi tr a t ion

—
.
D a ily Te legrap h, p 8, D e c 1 3 , 1 9 02 . . .
7 9 There w as a discussion as to w hether th e b all et shou ld be

.
dropped , a nd it w as a nnounced th a t th e g eneral m an ag er, M r C

D und a s S la ter, will shortly retir e —D a i ly Eap re ss , p 2 , F e b 1 0,
. .
. .
1 90 3
.
80 But thoug h w e ho l d th at arbitra tion w oul d be much th e bes t

.
w ay out o f our present di fficul ties , w e fe a r th a t it is n ot v ery like ly

t h at G erm any w i ll ag ree to such a course e v en if V enezuela w ere to
pro v e rea son a b le —Sp ecta tor, p 9 7 7 , D e c 2 0, 1 9 02 . . .
81 It is confiden tly re ported th at t w o you ng g en tlemen o f re al

.
hope s , brigh t w it, a nd profoun d jud gment h av e m ade a disco v ery th a t

there w as no G o d —SW I FT , Argu me nt a ga ins t a bolishing Chris tia nity
. .
82 I f t here be b u t one bod y of l egis la t ors , it is no bet ter t h an a

.
tyr a nny ; if there a re on ly tw o , there w i ll w a n t a c as ti ng v ote .
A DDIS ON , Sp ecta tor , No 2 87 . .
83 In order therefore to try our g ood n a ture w he ther it arises

.
, , ,
from the bod y or th e mind w h e t her it be fou nded in th e anim al or

,
rat ion al par t of our nature w e mus t e x a mine it b y th e fo ll o w ing

rules —A DDISON Spe cta tor No 1 7 7
,
8 4 If th a t s ys tem w ere v i g orously c arried in to e x ecution —if a

. . .
, ,
.
,
first imprisonmen t w as in e v ery ins ta nce m ade so l ong as to t ea ch th e

youn g no vice in crime an honest tr a de the co nti nu al s tre a m of ,
de prav ity w hich no w po ll u tes th e Brit ish islands w ou ld be l essened .
AL IS ON H istory of Eu r op e
, .
(h) I nfi ni ti ve Ve r ba l N ou n Geru nd, P a rticip le
—
.
, ,
1 Th e N 0u n Infinit iv e
. The -
. N ou n infin itiv e (as dis ti n ct
-
fro m th e G er und ia l o r Q u alifyi n g I n fi niti v e to b e e x pl ain e d

b elo w ) is so c alled b e c au se it d oe s th e w ork o f a n o u n , and
1 04 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
m ay th er e fo r e b e t h e su bj ect th e o bj ect o r th e co mplem e nt o f , ,
a v er b and s om eti m e s e v en th e o bj e ct o f a preposition .
A wa lk is g ood for one s he al th

’
( Com m on N ou n ) . .
lVa lking is g ood for one s h e al th

’
( Ve r ba l N ou n ) . .
To w a lk is g ood for one s he al th ( N ou n I nfi nitive )

’
-
. .
Th e N o u n I n fin itiv e h as b e e n also c alle d th e Si mple I n

-
fi n itiv e b ec au s e in c ert ain co n n e cti o n s it is u s e d w it h o u t to

,
.
Su c h c o n n ection s are t h e follo w i ng

(a ) Afte r hear see nee d not da re not feel ma ke let, bid
, , , , , , ,
wa tch, behold, know

He d a re not come H e need not go I he ard him sp ea k I m ade
. . .
him la u gh I h a v e k no w n h im la u gh for nothin g

. .
N ote —In th e Pa ssi v e v oice the to is used a fter hea r s e e f e e l m a ke , , , ,
bid kno w as
,
H e w a s he ard to s a y
,
Th e s tick is seen or fel t to be
” ” “
crooked ; e w as bidden or m ade to go ; H e is k no w n to be
cle v er .
( )
b A fte r A u x ili a ry a nd D e fe cti v e v er b s
I sh all go I w ill go I can go I m ay go I did go I must go
. . . . .
( But I oug h t to g o is a n e xception ) .
”
( 0) Af ter t h e p r epo sition s b u t an d t h an
“
H e did nothing but la u gh H e did nothin g else th an la u gh . .
” “
( d) A fte r th e p h r a se s
“
h a d b ette r h ad r a t h er ,
Y ou h a d better not re ma in here .
I h a d ra ther ta ke this th a n th a t .
W ith th e ab ov e e x cep tion s t h e N o u n In finitiv e is i n v ari ab ly ,

-
p re ce d e d b y to B u t w riters are v ery apt t o le av e th e t o

.
p en d ent i e to p ut n o v er b a fter it le av i ng th e v er b to b e
,
. .
,
u n d er s t o od Th i s is n o t go o d Englis h an d is n o t sa n ctio n e d
.
,
b y li te r at u r e .
I f a hi ll is s tee p enoug h to co a s t on I do not w ant to b a ck ped al

1 -
unl ess I h av e to — F ortnightly Revie w p 1 1 9 Jan 1899

,
. . . .
, ,
“
( Say un l ess I h av e or am forced to d o so .
2 N ou n Infinit iv e , Pr e s e nt
.
-
and Pe r fe ct form s —I . The
Pr e s e nt fo r m o f th e I n fi niti v e se d fo r e x pr essing any is u
a ctio n t h at is s i m ulta n eo u s w it h or s u b se q u e nt t o th e tim e

i n d i ca te d b y the Prin cip al v er b w h eth e r t h at tim e b e Past, ,
Pr e s ent , o r F u t u r e .
I ho pe or hoped or sh all ho pe to see you

, , .
I a m ab le or w as ab le or s h a ll be a b le to do this
, ,
.
1
To co ast me ans t o allo w the bicycl e to run
“
do w n th e incline of
i tsel f, w ithout using th e ped al to mo v e it for w ar d.
They ou ght to ha ve sa ved u s from sensualism a nd metaphysics bu t

t he y ra n us a ground on bo th reefs —Quo ted in Sp ecta tor p
,
.
,
80 7 D ec 1 190
,
0 ( Correc t )
.
, . .
H e s pe ak s foo l ish ly of “
the common Eng lish prej udice aga inst
”
Pa ul Jones w here a s a li t tle t hou g ht mi g h t ha ve con v ince d
,
him th at the prejudice w hich he denounces is far too true .
Spe cta tor p 87 5 D e c 1 5 1 9 00 ( Correc t )

, .
, .
,
. .
The su posin him i h com an w ent a d ay s

’
p g t o h n n t
y , a ve g o e e p y ,
j ourne y L u ke ii 44 is tory sho w s th a t he h ad not g one

-
. . .
,
a n d t herefore the Perfec t Infini ti v e 1 s correct ) .
(c) To s h ow t hat s o m e a ctio n o r state b elongs to a ti m e

e arli e r t ha n th at re ferr e d to b y th e F in ite v er b Th is u s e o f .
th e Perfect I n fin iti v e o cc u rs o nl y afte r v e r b s (in t h e Pa ssi v e

v oic e ) o f s aying b eli e v i n g s h o w ing r ep o rting a n d a fte r a fe w
, , , ,
“ ” “ ”
N e u te r v er b s as see m
, app e a r The sen s e o f t h e Pe rfe ct
,
.
I n fi n iti v e as t h u s u s e d t allie s p re ci s ely w it h t hat o f th e Pas t

I n d e fi n ite or Past Perfe ct In d ic ati v e ,
.
e ro do tu s is sho w n to ha ve e rr ed n o t so much in his descri ption

H
a s in his d ates —School Wor ld

, ,
p 57 F e b 1 9 02
.
( Thi s is , .
,
. .
“
equi v alent to s aying It is sho w n th a t e rodotu s erred , ,
Pas t Indefinite ) .
The coron at ion of G eorge I seems to ha ve crea te d v ery lit tl e

e x citemen t in L ondo n —N otes a nd Q u er ies p 3 1 3 O ct 1 8
.
. .
, , ,
1 90
“
2 ( This ”is eq u iv alent to s ayin g
. Th e coron ation it , ,
seems crea te d Pa s t Indefinite )

, ,
.
H e w a s belie v ed to ha ve died in th e ye ar before las t ( This is .
equi v alent to s aying H e ha d die d ( Pas t Perfec t) as was

“
, ,
belie v ed in the ye a r before

,
W h e n n o n e o f th e ab o v e th re e p u rp ose s is s erv e d , th e
P r e s ent I n fi niti v e s h o u l d b e u se d an d n o t t h e Pe rfect I t is a ,
.
co m m o n b l u n d e r h ow e v e r, to pu t a Perfe ct I n fi nitiv e a fte r a

,
F in ite v er b in t h e Pas t te n s e o n the m ista ke n n otio n th at p ast

ti m e in th e F i ni te v er b re qu ire s to be follo w e d b y p ast tim e
i n th e I nfi niti v e h i i n oth er e x a m pl e o f Attr a ctio n or
( T s s a .
the Erro r o f Pro x i m ity : s e e ab o v e p ,

.
G ray mi ght perh aps h a v e been a b l e to ha ve r ende red him more

tem pera te in his po li tic al v iew s —S OU THEY Th e D octor .
, .
S w ift b u t a fe w mon ths before w as wi llin g to ha ve ha za rded all

, ,
the horrors of a ci vi l w ar JEF F R EY Es sa ys .

-
, .
3 . G e ru n dial Q l if in
y g In fi ni t iv e —Th i s I n fi niti v e
or ua ,
th oug h it is n o w t h e s a m e i n for m as th e N o u n I nfin itiv e had -

'
o n c e a s ep ar ate fo r m o f its o w n an d is still en t irely distin c t ,
fro m t h e N ou n In finitiv e i n its uses -

F ar fro m b ein g a N o u n .
o r d oin g t h e w o rk o f a N o u n it doe s th e w o rk o f an Adj ecti v e ,
i n q u al ifying n ou n s or o f an ad v e r b i n qu alifyin g v e r b s a nd
,
CR AP . 11 ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 107
a dj ec ti v e s . It migh t h e n ce b e fi tly c all e d t h e Q u alifying

Infi nitiv e 1
.
Quick to he ar and slo w to sp ea k ( Adj qu a lified ) . . .
H e c a me to s ee th e s por t ( Ver b qu a lifi e d ) . .
I h av e no pen to w rite w ith ( N ou n qu a lified ) . .
N ote —W hen
this Infi ni tiv e is m a de to qu al ify a noun a s it is ,
m a de to do in the last e x am ple it must be accom panied b y the ,
s ame pre position t h a t it w oul d h a v e if t he v erb w ere F ini te I .
w ri t e w it h a pe n a pen to w ri t e wi th .
F or Russi a any stick is g ood enou gh to be at the O ttom a n dog .
C a pta in G A M BI ER F or tnightly Re vie w p 7 4 9 N o v 1 9 02 , , .

, . .
“ ” “
( Say to be at th e O ttom a n dog w ith ; or say w ith w hich
to be at the Ot tom a n
4 F u t ure Se ns e o f Q u alifyin g Infinit iv e — As t h er e is
.
n o fo rm o f F u tu r e Pa rti ciple in Englis h th e G er u nd i al or ,
Q u alifying I n fi n iti v e t ak es th e pl a c e o f o ne .
I n 1 7 89 the gre at French Re v olution be ga n a nd a democra tic

repub lic soon to pa ss in t o a mili ta ry des po tism w a s set u p
, ,
.
H UN TER S Short H is tory of Thi gla nd p 3 83

’
. .
,
By a s ta tue of L ord Russell of K ill ow en to be p la ced in th e cour ts , ,
t h e memor y of th e la te L ord Chief Jus t ice w i ll be h a nded do w n

from g enera tion to genera tion of lawyers —D a ily Telegraph ,
p 8, O ct 2 7 , 1 9 00
. . .
Th e c aul w a s pu t u p in a raffle , th e w inner to p a y fiv e shillings .
D IC KE NS , D a vid Copp e rfi e ld ere th e noun and th e infinitiv e .
are used abso lu t e ly , j us t as a noun a n d a ar t ici l e oft en are )

p p .
Q5 .l if in
y g I n fi n
uait iv e A ct iv e or P as s iv e — I t is o fte n ,
a m o ot p oint w h eth er the Q u alifyin g I n fin iti v e w h e n it is ,
u se d to q u alify a n o u n or an a dj e cti v e s h o ul d b e in th e ,
Acti v e o r th e Passi v e v oi ce O n th e w h ol e th e Acti v e v oic e .
is th e m or e com m on Bu t n o ab sol u te r u l e can b e l a id do w n ;

.
th e w riter m u st b e g ui d e d b y e ar or b y w h at h e kno w s o f
c u sto m .
A house to le t A house to be let ( Bo th correct )

A v ig our and wa tchfulness w hich le av e no thing to seek —D a ily
. . .
Te legrap h p 9 June 1 5 1 9 00 ( Correc t ) , .

, , . .
1
In AS
N ou n Infinitiv e ended in a n or ia n w hich a fter being
. . th e - - -
, ,
ch anged to e n in M iddle English w as e v entu ally los t Thus w e h av e

b ind —
, .
,
” ” “ ”
“
bind a n -
en , b ind I n A S th is Infin itiv e w as ne v er pre
“
, . . .
ceded b y to W h at I h av e c alled th e G erundial or Q u alifying Infin itiv e

.
w as in A S a phr ase formed b y th e pre pos ition to an d b y th e in fl e x ion

. .
-
a n ne or e nn e w h ich a fter be ing short ened to e n w as l ik e th e pre
-
,
-
,
ceding e v entually dro pped W hen th e to c ame to be added to th e

, .
‘
Noun Infi nitiv e as it alw ays h ad been to the G erund ial no difference in
-
, ,
f orm betw een th e t w o Infinit ive s remained .

In point
of cle arness his speech le av es somethin g to be desi red .
( Correct )
I bid
These socie ties w ere too po w erful to s upp res s or to ignor e —Ibid
. .
p 7 F e b 1 4 1 9 00 ( H ere it w o u l d be be tter to s ay t o b e
.
,
.
, .
”
suppressed or ig nore d )
6 G e ru n d and V e rb al N ou n —Al t h o u g h th e G e ru n d h as
.
s p r u ng fro m t h e V er b al N o u n
( w h i c h i n A ngl o Sax o n e n d e d in -
-
u ng, an d so m etim es i n in
g, as i n M o d ern E nglis
-
h ) ,
a n d t h o u gh
b ot h e n d in ing y et the t w o c a nn ot now b e con si d e re d as

-
,
i d entic al Th e d i ffe ren ces are

.
( ) The Ve r b al N o u n is follo w e d b y o f an d pre c e d e d b y

a
t h e D e fini te a rticle ; th e G er u n d h as n eith e r o f t h es e accom

pan im e n ts
The g atherin g of flo w ers delighted her ( Ver ba l N ou n . .

)
G atherin g flo w ers de lig h t ed her ( G e ru nd ) .
( b) The V er b al N o u n is q u alifi e d b y an Adj e ctiv e , th e

G er u n d b y an Ab v e rb
The r ap id re a din g of a book is use less ( Verbal N o un ) . .
Re ading a boo k rap idly is usel ess ( G eru nd ) .
(c) Th e V er b al n o u n h as o nly one form vi z t h at w h i c h ,

.
talli es w it h th e Pre s e nt Pa rticipl e i n ing the G eru n d can tak e -
th e for m no t onl y o f th e Prese nt Pa rticiple b u t also t h at o f th e ,
Pa st Part iciple and it can do thi s in b ot h th e Acti v e an d th e

,
Pa ssi v e v oice s
I profited much by ha ving re ad the book ( Active ) .
Th e so il w as loosened by be ing du g ( Passive ) .
(d) Th e V er b al n o u n is a p u r e n o u n , —a n o u n an d n oth ing
m ore — a n o u n fo rm e d fr o m a v er b , b u t r etain ing n o n e o f th e

,
fu n ction s o f a v er b A G er u nd o n th e o th er h an d is a n o u n
.
, ,
an d v er b m ix e d i e p artly a n o u n an d p a rtly a v er b
,
. . I n th e .
“ ”
p h ra se b y h av ing re ad th e b o ok ha ving rea d is a n ou n ,
b e cau s e it is th e O bj e ct o f th e prep ositio n o f and it is a

“
v er b b ec au se it has th e b ook for its O bj ect
—Sin c e
.
,
7 . Con fu s ion of G e ru n d w ith V e rb al N ou n a
G er u n d an d a V er bal n o u n h av e a c q u ir e d d i stin ct p ositio ns in

Englis h g ra m m a r , no co n fu s io n b et w e en the tw o o u g h t to b e
m ad e i n comp osition .
The g i v in g to th e cour t s the po w er to rev iew h ard an d u n conscion

a b l e b a rg a ins w ill con tro l the res t Re v ie w of Re vie w s, p 1 65, .
— .
”
Au g 1 89 8 ( C ance l the before g i v in g
. .
“
It wou ld not sound .
w e ll to inser t of before the po w er .

1 10 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
1 0 P oss e s s iv e b e for e G e r u n ds
. If a n o u n is u se d b e fo r e —
a G er u n d , it s h o u l d b e in th e Pos s essi v e c as e p r ov i d e d t h a t th e
n o u n is o n e t h at c an ta k e th e Po s s e s si v e fo rm Pr o n o u n s too .
sh ou l d b e in th e Po ssessi v e .
Bin gley urg ed M r Jone s s being sent for 1 mm e diate ly — . J A NE ’

.
AUS TE N Pr ide a nd Pr ej u di ce c lose of ch v iii ( Correct )

, ,
. . .
It is how e v er a lmost im possib l e to belie v e t h at such trans ac tions

, ,
w oul d h av e been c a rried on w i thout L ord K itche ner bein g

informe d —D a ily Te legrap h p 6 Sept 2 0 1 9 01 ( Say ,
.
,
.
, .
,
’
L or d K itche ner s. )
Don t fe ar m e bein g any hindra nce to you I h av e no more to s ay
’
—D IC KE NS D a vid Copp erfie ld Ch ii 2 9 0 ( Say m y )

.
. . . .
, , ,
W e sh all in a ny c ase be the on ly larg e users of the line the patrons

w hose custom is essen ti al t o it payin g a di v iden d —
,
Sp e cta tor ,
p 5 21 Apri
. l 4 1 9 03, ( Say its p a ying ) ,
.
,
.
11 Ge u
. r n di v e u s e of Pa t icipl e s
r —O w i n g to the fact .
t hat t h er e are m an y n ou n s w h ic h do n o t ta k e th e Possessi v e

fo rm a mi x e d con str u cti o n h as a ri s e n w h ic h has b e e n c alle d
,
“ ”1
th e G er u n d i v e u se o f Pa rticiples .
A bisho p m ay be untiring in e v ery one o f his duties w ithou t his

n a me be ing kno wn be yond th e limits of his di oc ese —Sp e cta tor .
,
J 0 Since c nno m “
bein g ’
p 7 9 an
. 19 1,9 1 ( .w e a t sa
, y na e s .
,
k no w n must be considered a participle used g erundi v ely .
“
Th e sense is equi v al ent to w i thou t th e bein g kno w n of his
na me but such a phr ase is ag ains t idiom ) .
Th e ne arness of the B a su t o fron tier pre v en ted the e ne m y goi ng into

th e v all ey of th e gre ater ri v er D a ily Te leg rap h p 6 Au g 3 .
-
, .
,
.
,
”
1 90 0 ( Say “ “
the enem y s g oin g ; or say the enemy from ’
.
, ,
g oin g T h e construc tion in the ori in al

.
g t hough w e often ,
meet w ith it is a confusion ) , .
So m eti m es w h e n the n o u n h a pp e ns to b e s ep ar a te d b y
,
s e v er al inter v e n ing w o r d s fro m th e G er u n d to w h i c h it b elongs ,
it is m or e c o n v e ni e nt n ot to u se th e Posse s si v e c ase w i th a
G er u n d b u t to u se a Pa rti ciple ger u n d i v ely in ste ad
,
.
I remember a true rep rese nta tive of Brab ant w h o h ad posi ti v ely ,
dec lared th at a G erm an occupation of Be lg ium w oul d be

intolera b le be ing pu lled u p b y a Flem ish g en tlemen w ith t he
rem ark e ta —F ortnightly Re vi ew p 7 62 N ov 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
Th e C an ta bs w ere h a ndic apped by one of their best players be ing

a bsent throu h i llnes s — D a i ly Te leg raph p 8 Dec 2 0 1 9 0 0
g , .
, .
, .
These sen tences a re b ad enou gh a lre ady ; b u t they w ou ld b e m ade

“ ” ”
w orse th a n the y are by s ayin g represent ati v e s for re presen ta ti v e ’
,
“
an d one s for one ’
.
1
Mr S w eet in N ew Eng lis h G ra mma r 2 3 3 0 c alls th e participl e in
.
, ,
“ ”
such constructions a h alf gerund Dr Abbot c alls such use of par ti
”
-
. .
geru ndi v e
“
c ipl e s .
C R AP I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRU C TION 1 11
It w o u l db e b ette r to re w rite t h e m as follo w s

’
I remember the inciden t in w hich a true represen ta tiv e etc w as ,

.
,
pu ll ed u p e tc , .
Th e C an tabs w ere h andic apped b y the abs ence of one of their best
players on account of il lness .
12 . Part icipl e s l A p a rticiple is sai d to

u s e d ab s o u t e ly . -
b e u se d “
ab sol u tely it h no pro n o u n in the N o mi na
”
w a un o r
ti v e ca se w h e n th e sa i d n ou n o r p r o n o u n h as n o synta cti cal

,
c o n n e cti o n w i th an y oth er w or d i n th e s e nte n ce Th oug h .
gr a m m ati cally d isco n n e cte d fro m any o ne w or d i n th e sen te n ce ,
th e ab sol u te p h r as e m o d ifi es th e se n se o f th e s en te nc e as a
w h ole .
F or hours he kept u s w a itin g in the bo at unti l presents h ad b een ,
e x ch an g ed w e giv ing them a co loured poc k e t h a nd kerchief

,
-
,
a n d the y pushin
g ou t t o us 011 a c anoe a fe w coco anu ts .
Empire Re vie w p 57 2 June 1 9 01 ,

.
, .
B u t the b sol u t e c on s tru ctio n s h oul d n ot b e u se d i f th e

a ,
n o u n or p r o n o u n has b ee n e mploy e d alr ead y i n s o m e co n n e ctio n

o t h e r t h a n t h a t o f th e p a rticiple
Th e pa ins w h ich his father h ad tak en to tra in him for business

a n d w ar he bein g a pt for neither m ay h av e incre ased his
dis tast e for both —G O LD W IN S M I TH Uni te d K ingdom v ol i
, ,
. .
, ,
20
“ “
3 .
( Ch an g e he being a pt for neither t o apt thou gh
e w as for
M a n bein g w h at he is m an w as cer ta in to pin his fai th on ,
r c ic ally usefu l g hosts hos t ods d fe tishes w hich he

coul d k ee p in his w alle t o r m edicine b ag —A ND REW L AN G
p a t g g an ,
-
,
M a king of Re ligion p 2 82 ( Pu t a comm a a fte r the first m a n

’
,
. .
,
an d cance l t h e second one ) .
Th e re m u st be n o c o nfu sio n b etw ee n th e ab sol u te an d th e

adj e cti v al u s e s o f a p articiple i n th e sa m e se nten ce
Accident ha vi ng ope ned a n e w and most con g eni al ca reer to h im ,

a n d ha vi ng becom e a gre at fa v ouri t e of an d of much u s e t o Mr .
N a sh , he u ltimat ely a ccom panied his pat ron to L ondon .
H odgs on , p 1 03 ( H ere
. ha vi ng po e
. n ed is a bso l ute ,
w hi l e
“
h a ving become is a dj ec ti v al Say, Acciden t h av in g o pened , .
etc , he bec ame a g re at fav ourite , etc , and u ltim ately a ccom
. .
”
p aniedetc ) ,
.
1 3 I p e s o al Ab s olu t e
. m r n — Th e Prese nt p arti cipl e o f ce r
ta i n v er b s can b e u se d ab solu te ly w ith o u t any n o u n or p ron o u n
b ein g att a ch e d to it Th is is c alle d th e I mp erson al A b sol u te
.
'
b l s u ch w ord s as
( se e ab o v e oh ,
i ()
b T
. o t h.is cl a ss,
e
” “
o n
g
” “
“ ” “ ” “
regard in g con cern ing,
,
co nsi d e ri ng to u c h i n g o w ing , ,
”
to, w h ic h h av e p r a ctic ally b eco m e prep o sition s Th er e are a .
1 12 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR J USTIF IED P A RT I
fe w oth e r p articiple s s im il arly u s e d b u t n o o n e is j u sti fie d i n .
reso rting to su c h a co nstr u ctio n w h en e v er it ple ase s h im , wi th

ou t th e au th o rity o f c u s to m o r li te r at u r e .
As the F ederals j udging from their pre v ious tactics are not likely
, ,
t o t a k e th e ini ti at i v e in an y at ta c k he w i ll h a v e time to ga ther

his forces for a stron g er effort —D a i ly Tel egraph p 9 D e c 1 6
,
. .
, , ,
190 0 ( Admissible )
.
G ener ally spe a ki ng these pecu li a r orgies obt ained their a dmission
,
a nd their influence a t pe riods of distress d ise ase public

calami ty or d an g er —G R O TE H is tory of G reece oh i p 2 5
, ,
. . . .
, , ,
ed 1 888 ( Admissible )
. .
Th e rou t e on S aturd ay w ill be lined by troo ps inclu ding

col onial s v olun t eers an d mi liti a —D a ily Exp ress p 1 Jan
,
. .
, , , ,
30 190
,
1 ( Admissib le ).
There w as in these re g iments ta king one w ith another a con , ,
s ide ra ble number of officers w h o w ere pre eminen tly l e aders of -
men e ta —N a tiona l Re v ie w Jan 1 9 01 ( Admissib le )

, ,
. .
On the con trary there w as prob ably ne v er a t ime w hen Ireland

,
w a s more pros perous ( ca lcu la ting pe r he a d of po pu l a tion ) or ,
when there w a s less des titu tion a n d the s ta nd ard of li v in g w as

higher —Spectator p 9 02 June 2 2 1 9 01 ( Adm issib le )
.
,
.
, , .
It is to be re g retted th a t the thie v es esc aped b u t ha vi ng e s cap ed , , ,
th e se a rch mus t none th e l ess be continued ( In admissible . .
“ ”
—
Say the esca pe h av in g been m ad e )
,
1 4 Part icipl e q u alifying Pos s e ss iv e pr on ou n

. Su c h a
con str u ction th o u g h n o t co m m on is d efe n s i ble p erh ap s b ec au se
, , ,
a Possessi v e lik e his is e qu i v ale nt to of him The con str u ction .

,
h o w e v e r is n o t one th a t can b e re co m m en d e d
,
.
Engag ing in mining in Bra zil h is gre at business abili ty h ad ,
brough t him w e alth and h a v in g paid all his ob lig ations he

w ill return t o h is coun try —
,
D a ily Exp r ess p 1 D e c 2 9 19 0 0.

,
.
,
.
,
.
I n p o etry a s im il a r c on s tr u ction is s o m eti me s m et w it h

Thus re pul sed our fin al hope
Is fl at des pair —P a radise L ost ii
,
. .
,
1 5 Pa s t Part icip l e of In t ra n s itiv e v e rb s —Th er e are

. .
v ery fe w I ntr a n siti v e v er b s i n Englis h w h i c h for m a Pa st ,
p a rticiple th oug h all s u c h v er b s fo rm a Perfect p arti ciple w ith

,
“ ” “
h av in g . Th u s w e can say Th e m ess enger ha vi ng come , ,
” “
fro m Th e b es etc B u t w e c a n n ot say
,
. Th e m essenger com e ,
fro m Th e b e s Th e l atter can only b e e x presse d b y s aying

.
,
”
Th e m esse n ger who had com e o r who came fro m Th e b es
,
The .
foll ow ing e x amples are e x ception al

A f a ded rose A retir ed tra de sm e n The retu rned soldi er Th e
. . .
lle n cit y T h sun A h d flo er A dep a rted

f a e r is e n . w i t er e w . .
g ues t P as t
. his t or y In ti mes p as t A m a n sp ru ng or
. .
descended from a nob l e ancestry .

114 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED P A RT I
w i th th e all ies on a d v an tageous term s —R e v ie w o f Re vie ws , p . 4 91 ,

M a y 1 9 00
is much e asier to be tau g ht th a n g eo graph y —Edu ca
.
1 3 H is tor y
.
ti ona l Re vi e w M a dr a s p 64 F e b 1 9 0
, 0 , .
,
. .
1 4 Ch ath a m h a d done more t h a n an y other st at es m a n t o buil d up

.
th e em pire in Americ a a n d w a s a gh a s t at th e ide a of it bein g so soon

ruined —RAN s 0M E Short H istory of Eng la nd p 3 62
,
. . .
, ,
“ ”
15 .I w i ll insure fi v e hundred pounds s aid the unh a ppy m a n , ,
W h a nd
“
hundred ounds for s e
’
g r a s pin ild fi re s fi ve p t o a v m y ,
-
”
l ife. CO TT H ea rt of M id lothia n ch v i par a 1 8
, , . . . .
1 6 Th e C a s ti li a n h a v in g m a de his a ddre sses to her and m a rried

h e r they l i v ed to g e th er in perfec t h appiness for some t im e —Sp e cta tor
.
, ,
No 1 9 8 O c t 1 7 1 7 1 1
.
,
.
,
.
1 7 Th e En glish fa rmer is so cri ppled b y th e obsta cl es th at

.
pre v ent him risin g in h is business of agricult ure th at his la ck of

intelligent enterprise is pro v erbi al —Ch u rch G a ze tte p 2 02 June 1 0
,
.
, , ,
1 899 .
18 Just a s the y used to of o ld th e w a ter hens ste al u p from th e

.
,
-
mo at a fter d ark a nd pilfer w h at food th e pe a cocks and guine a fo w ls

h av e left —Ou tlook p 3 7 9 O ct 2 1 1 89 9 ,
.
, .
, .
1 9 On 1 1 th A pri l 1 7 4 3 Ed w ard Thurl o w a ft erw ar d s Lord

. ig h , ,
Ch ancellor of En gla nd w a s en t ered a t th e schoo ls he bein g th en

ele v en ye ars of ag e —N i ne te e nth Centu ry p 7 7 7 M ay 19 00
, ,
. .
, ,
2 0 The error w hich our reformers m ak e w hen t here is some e v i l

.
,
affecting the communi ty is to seek some one w hom they sh al l h a n g ,
but th e peo pl e w h o are t o h an g a nd all their friends m ak e th e u tmos t

resistance to the proces s —S peech quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 , .
,
M ay 3 0, 1 9 00 .
2 1 I f Co l one l
. Ber t in did not s ay th a t D reyfus h a v ing been im posed ,
u pon the G enera l S taff h e an d his Chris tia n colle ag ues w ould k no w
,
h o w to g e t rid of h im he cer ta in ly mig h t h av e s aid it w i th pro ph e tic

tru th —D a ily Te legrap h p 8 Au g 2 3 1 9 00
,
. . . .
, , ,
2 2 After a church sure l y the mos t dis g r a cefu l pla ce to pick po ckets
is a crick e t ground durin g th e g ame —I bid p 9 July 5 1 89 9
.
. . . .
, ,
2 3 Re v S D is a ri tu alis t an d M r K fel t bound t o pro test

. . . .
,
. .
a a inst him bein g allo w ed t o rise any hi gher in the pries tly hier archy
g
—I bid p 1 0 M arch 1 2 1 9 00
.
. . .
, ,
2 4 One a ccount s pe ak s of t hem h a v ing been found in force t here

by G eneral —I bid p 9 M ay 1 0 1 9 00
.
. . .
, ,
2 5 Th ese socie ties w ere too po w erful to su ppress or i g nore but if

.
,
de al t w ith in th e righ t w ay w ere c apab le of renderin g g re at assista nce

to th e n e w ru l ers of the coun tr y —I bid p 7 F e b 1 4 1 9 0
,
0 . . .
, . , .
2 6 Y ou h a d chi ldren w hene v er yo u w an ted to Y ou bou gh t and

as you mi g ht h av e obt ained t w o pu ppie s —
. .
p a id for them j ust ,

Quoted
in D a ily Exp re ss p 5 M ay 3 1 1 9 00 ,
.
, ,
.
2 7 N ation alis t papers s ay th a t th e resi gn a tion of G e n eral de G is

. .
the direc t resu lt of M W a ldeck Rousseau insulting the arm y I bid

.
-
.
-
.
p 1 , M a y 3 1 , 1 9 00
. .
2 8 Th e rea l d a n g er of it s pre adin g lay in the fa ct th at a country

.
lik e Chin a alw ays h a d w i thin it l ar g e numbers of infl amm ab l e peopl e .
—I bid p 1 , M ay 3 1 , 1 9 00
. . .
2 9 W h a t h ap pened a fter G e rm in sto n, occu pied , a s w e h av e sa id ,

.
C R AP. II ERRO RS OF CONS TRUC TION 115
las t Tu es day, is still by no mean s c l ean —D a ily Te le graph , p . 9, June

1, 1 9 0 0 .
3 0 On prete n ce th a t th e w a is tcoa t needed a but t on sew n on, it w as

—
.
h anded to Benne tt Ibid p 1 1 , F e b 8, 1 9 00 . . . .
31 e tu rned t o w ards th e re ta iners k ne lt in th e room Quo ted in

.
, .
-
L ite ratu r e , p 1 9 0,
M arch 3, 1 9 00
. .
3 2 On th e o ther h a nd it h as embo l dened some to proceed to fu r ther

.
e x tra v agances, t hey considerin g th a t, if not com plained of, these w ill
'
h av e ob tain ed a sor t of ecc lesias tical s anction Chn rch G a zette , p 66 1 , .
— .
Apri l 1 , 1 89 9 .
3 3 Th e since rity of the dem and for interv ention no w , I trus t,

.
es tablis hed , I su ppose I ought ne x t to reca pitu la te the w e a risome s tory

—
of our g rie va nces F ortnightly Re vie w , p 1 04 0, June 1 899 . .
3 4 It w oul d be a grav e omission if th e present session w ere to pa ss

.
a w ay w ithou t insis tin

g on the insti tu t ion of a commi ttee of inquiry on
this subj ect —N ine tee nth Centu r y, p 7 7 5, M ay 1 9 00 . .
3 5 Th e err at ic Ch a r les X I I of S w eden w as pro pi t ia ted b y assurin g

. .
h im th at M arlborou gh w ou ld glad ly serv e in a ca m paig n under so

"
re t a ca p ta in to perfect himse l f in the art of w a n —G O L D W IN SM I TH

g a ,
Unite d K i ngdom v o l ii p 1 3 2 , . . . .
3 6 H u nger s at isfied I w as ab l e to rest for the n igh t w i th all th e

c omforts of a roof to one s he ad —D a il y Te legr ap h
.
,
p 4 A ri
p l 19
’
,
.
, ,
1 90 0 .
3 7 Th e tr adition al friendshi p o f the Uni ted S tat es w i t h Russi a

.
,
m ay l ea d to them media tin g w i t h suc cess be tw een Rus si a a n d G rea t

—
Bri tain Re vie w of Re vie w s , p 53 9 , Jun e 1 899 . .
38 Those born in t he co l ony w ou l d all be on th e side of th e re pub lic

—
.
in the e v ent of it refusin g to obser v e its tre a ty obligat ion s F ort

n ightly Re vie w , p 84 7 , M ay 1 9 00 . .
3 9 Th e w ho l e pros pect mig h t be t oo much for a fu t ure possib le

.
successor of N a po leon risen in res ponse to an o v erw helmi n g if u n

re asonin g cry for a ction —N ine tee nth Centwry p 7 3 5 M ay 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
4 0 Th e posi tion hel d b y th e F ed er al s was ca rried w i thou t our forces

—
.
re t os D a i ly Te legr ap h p 9 Se pt 1 1 1 9 00
'
s u fl e rin
g an yg a l s ,
.
, .
,
.
4 1 Acciden t h av in g o pened a n e w a nd most con g enial c areer to

.
him a n d h av in g become a gre a t fa v ouri t e an d of much u s e to M r

N ash he u ltim ate ly accom panied his p atron to L ondon —M A THEW S
.
,
.
, ,
Au to bi ograp hy v ol ii p 3 9 ,
. . .
42 V ico obser v es th a t th e w ife brin gin g a do wry is e v idence of her

freedom —B UC KLE Works v ol i p 3 69
.
. . . . .
, ,
4 3 I shoul d l ik e to find in all the w orl d a stick th at w ou l d n o t

be g ood enoug h to be a t th e Coloni al Se cre ta ry —Q uo ted in D a i ly
.
Te legrap h p 6 Se pt 2 4 1 9 0
,
. 0 ,
.
,
.
4 4 Th e futur e of Sik hism a s a n inde penden t creed de pends on its

—
.
v ota ries rebe lli n a g a inst the authori ty of indui sm P ionee r M a i l

g .
,
p 2 2 , M ay 1 8, 1 9 0
. 0 .
4 5 B u t w e h ad s ix mon ths t o do it , an d all th e merc an til e m arine

of th e Bri tish em pire to draw u pon for trans port —Re vie w of Re vie ws ,
.
p 3 04 , A pri l 1 9 00
. .
4 6 Sir W al ter F orster , M P , v ol un t eered t o form one of a s m all

. . .
commission to g o out in a s ani ta ry capacity .his offer be ing declined .
F ort nightly Re vi ew , p 4 9 4 , Se pt 1 9 00 . . .
116 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
47 . h av e been lost o wing to a bog in North W est Clare

Two li v es -
,
some low lying la nd burying a house —

e x tendin g o v er a number of a cres sw eepin g w i th t errific force o v er ,
-
D a i ly Te legrap h p 89 Oct
, .
, .
, .
So much a ccom plished it w ill be asked w h at are the legitimate

48
consequen ces to w hich the n ation m ay fra me its e x p e ctations —I bid
.
,
p. 8 Oct,
1 5 1 9 00.
,
.
4 9 Nothin g b u t com pul sor y milita ry ser vi ce wil l suffic e to cre ate an
.
a dequ a te w orkin g c a pita l to c arry on th e business on the present lin es

—R
.
f
e vie w oR e vi e w s , p 3 1 8, O ct 1 900 . . .
50 The y w i ll point t o t w o thous and ye a rs o f su fferin g for their

.
M os a ic fa i th an d a sk yo u w i t h a look of scorn , if the a nces t ors of s u ch

a peo pl e cou ld e v er be a pos tles .
—
RE B ER , Chr is t of Pa u l, p 3 62 . .
51 W hen th e C ape w a s reoccu pied in 1 806, it h av in g been restored

.
to olland in th e pe a ce of 1 802 , Sir H ume To ph a m w a s a b l e to trust

v ery la r g e ly to th e co l onists for the defence of the p la ce Wi th the .
F la g to P re tor ia , oh i p 7 . . . .
52 As t h e M os a ic l a w is no lon g er b inding on the belie v er , he bein g

.
dea d to it w ith Chris t , the par tition w all w hich separa ted Je w and
G en til e is broken do w n .
—
STR AUSS , L if e of Jesu s, v ol iii p 401 . . . .
53 Th e Church rej ected the ide a of a subordin a te G o d become m a n

. .
in Jesus , beca use on this t heory th e im ag e of t h e G odhe ad w oul d not

h av e been m anifested in Chris t —Ibid v o l iii p 4 04 . . . . .
54 Aft er this the y a rise possessed of th e s tren gth a n d agi lity of

.
m ani acs , and w iel d s w ords an d spe ars in a way they are un ab le to a t
o ther time s —F ortnightly R e vie w , p, 7 1 6, N ov 19 00 . .
5 5 M r H A , in allusion to th e F oreign O ffi ce code , parried a

. . . .
ques tion a s to the possibil ity of it bein g of use t o a forei g n g o v ernment

b y s ayin g th a t the a ccused be lie v ed it to possess th at v al u e D a i ly —
Te leg rap h, p 8, N ov 1 3 , 1 9 0. 0 . .
56 There w a s no la ck of vi sitors come to ta ke a la st l on g lin g erin g

—
.
l ook at th e n o w defunc t e x hibit ion I bid p 9 , N o v 1 3 , 1 9 0 0 . . . . .
57 L et t ers p a ssed be tw een the husb and a n d w ife , she re pro achin g
.
him for n o t re turnin g to her, a nd alle g in g a ch an g e of his feel in g s

—
to w ards h e n I bid p 1 1 , N o v 2 0, 1 9 00. . . .
58 Under these circums tances M aj or B coul d not concei v e him

—
. .
m ak in g a false ch arg e a gainst an o tfi cer D a i ly Exp res s, p 5, N ov 2 2 , . . .
1 90 0 .
59 U pon it bein g pointed out to him th a t w i ll o w s need a m a rsh y

.
g round w hi l e t h e s pot in question w as dry a nd sa ndy , he re lied ,

p
—
,
e ta I bid p 4 , N o v 2 , 1 9 0
. . 0 . .
6 0 H e w a s con v inced th at, his c ause bein g jus t, G o d w ou ld n ot

—
.
ab a ndon it , a n d th a t it w ou l d trium ph D a i ly Te legrap h, p 9 , N o v . .
In sev eral bills po w er w as a sk ed for to cons truct an d m an ag e

61
refreshm ent rooms in parks —Q uoted in Re vi ew of Re vie w s p 4 66
.
-
. ,
,
N 190
ov . 0 .
6 2 Th e O v erseers
.
m a de th e 5th day
o f th e Poor dem and p aym en t of the
of No v ember 1 9 00 D em a nd N ote —
.
Poor Rate
B re ntf ord
63 mornin of
Th em c ture —w hich t oo k l a ce at
h alf —wa s
g y a p P .M .
.
p ,
a fter defending th e a rmo u red t rain for an ho u r and a ,

1 18 S EN TEN C ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
pa rt res ponsible , he h as dee ply o ffended thous a nds of th e best men in

—
Irela n d F ortnightly Re vie w , p 2 66, Fe b 1 9 01 . . .
80 W hen he firs t c ame into our socie ty, h e w as to l d th at he mus t

.
a y his court to t h e Com t esse de B ra ade H e s a id th a t he did n o t

p g
—
.
w ant to : she frig htened him ]bi d p 3 7 9 , F e b 1 9 01 . . . . .
8 1 In cross e x amin ation she s a id she did n o t at t h e t ime t e ll

-
M r W oo lley abou t th e m a t ter, bec a use she did not like te .—D a ily
.
Te legrap h, p 4, Fe b 2 2 , 1 9 01 . . .
82 Pu pi ls are pre pa re d for the Uni v ersity L oc al Ex amin ations , if

—
.
desire d School Prosp e ctu s .
83 Th e second g re a t we apon of a ttack j us t pro v en succ essfu l a t

.
S and y H ook is a shell charg ed w i th m a x imite , t he ne w e x plosi v e .
D a i ly Eap ress , p 1 , M arch 2 0, 1 9 01 . .
84 M r K s s ta te of he al th for th e time bein g w oul d pre v ent him

’
—
. . .
undertak ing such a j ourne y Q u oted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 9 , M arch .
1 1, 190 1 .
8 5 On M r S a uer re a ching Ki n g W illi a m s To w n , w h ere G ordon

’
. .
w as in res idence , h e at once a s k ed him to a ccompany him t o Ba s u to

land .
—
L if e of G or don , p 82 . .
86 Since elec t ed b y you three ye ars ago it h as been my ende av our

.
to fu l fi l th e pled g es I then m ade to yo u , a nd I v en ture to ho pe I h a v e

—
done so w i th succes s Extract from Ele ctione eri ng Address .
87 Ne x t t o th e M a rylebone tribun al, th e M etro polit an Coun ty

—
.
Cour ts are deli gh t ful pla ces to spend a merry afternoon D a i ly .
Te legr ap h, p 1 0 , M a rch 2 0 .
,
1 901 .
88 H a v e you seen th e corres pondence th at passed bet w een M r J

. . .
a nd M r C prior to you g et tin g the order for th e 600tons ? No

. . .
Quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 7 , M arch 2 2 , 1 9 01 . .
89 e considered it his du ty to re pe at th e Em peror s w ords Th e

.
’
.
Emperor , moreo v er, h a d bidden him and the Vice President to re pea t
—
-
them I bid p 1 0, M arch 2 5, 1 9 01

. . . .
9 0 L e t th e G o v ernmen t do w h a t the y w a n ted to o pen ly , a n d n o t

—
.
r ak e the Prime M inis t er a sort of a Pooh B ah , e tc I bid, p 6, M arch

n
-
.
2 7 1 90 1 .
9 1 Conse quent upon so m any sol diers returned from S ou th Afric a

.
being pla ced on furlou g h pending disch arg e , a difficul ty h as been

e x perienced of men ob tainin g em pl oyment , resulting from h av in g no
documen t t o t estify to the ch ar ac ters they bore w hils t ser v in g I bid — .
p 7 , A pri l 4, 1 9 01
. .
9 2 Then as to ser vant m a ids ch ances of m arri ag e Th e En glish

’
. .
tra desm an mi g h t l oo k for a w ife from a mon g t hem , b u t e v en he q u ick ly

t ak es u p w ith th e tr a ditions of th e pla ce an d th e Co l oni al tr a desm an ,
w ho s e sis ters h av e been brou gh t u p to des pise ser v ice , is not li k e ly to
—
.
Q uo ted in Spectator, p 4 57 , M arch 3 0, 1 9 01 . .
9 3 Th e Com pa n y bein g n o w , as I h av e s a id , under Bri tish fin a n ci al

.
con trol, it does no t atta ch th e s ame im por ta nce as th e origin al founders

of the line m ay be a ssumed to h av e done to th e fa c ts , e ta Emp i re —
Re vie w , p 3 0 4 , A pril 1 9 0
. 1 .
94 av ing decided u on a spot w hich th e deer seem to mos t

.
p
frequen t, it is usu al t o re turn to c am p for the nigh t, if no t t oo far .
p 30 7 , A pril 1 9 01
- I bid . . .
9 5 Persecu ted , forcibly con v erted , a nd fin ally e x pe lled , th e tie

.
C H AP . 11 ERRO RS OF CONS TRUC TION 1 19
bet w een French Protestants a nd French Ca tholics w as ne v er a stron g

o ne —I bid p 3 2 0 A pril 1 9 01
. . , .
96 One of th e obj ec ts in v ie w w hen foundin g th e Emp ire

.
,
Re vi ew w as to g i v e a ccura te an d pra c tica l info rm a tion concern ing

v arious ph ases of co l oni al l ife —I bid
,
p 3 2 3 A p l 1 90
ri 1 . . .
, .
9 7 W hen pr a isin g a thin e v er ythin is ei ther

“
nice or not
.
g “
g
“ ”
,
”
nice and a n a ction or deed is sim ply good or b a d w i th so m e
—
, ,
p eop l e w hose s
, t ore of a djec ti v es 1 s me a
g re W O O I) 8 W or d b ui lding .
’
e tc.
pa r t v i p 52
, . . .
98 Th e w ork of th e g re a t m ass of the c andid a tes sho w ed th a t in

.
their pre pa rat ion too much relia nce ha d been placed on memory an d ,
th a t insu ffi cien t a ttention h a d been g i v en to e x c i tin g i n teres t a nd

brin g ing o u t in te llig ence —Annu a l Report of Syndica te Ca m bridge .
L oca ls , p 2 4 , 1 9 01 . .
99 In talkin g o v er this m at t er in Paris las t mon th w ith D r

. .
L e yds , he t o ld me th a t it w as qui te pre posterous t o e x pec t his

coun trym en to gi v e in Re v ie w of R evie ws, p 3 2 2 , A pr il 1 9 01
.
— . .
10 0 Throu g h the s ame e x cellen t source I also he ard th at the

.
fami ly life of t he late K ing ( of It aly) , far from g oin g e a ch their ow n

w ay, h as been a mod e l of conjugal re lation s I bid p 3 7 7 . April — . .
1 9 01 .
10 1 H o w e v er strongly such a pla ce m a y be fortified , the Chinese

.
will be a b le t o c apture it if they w ish to —D a i ly Exp r ess , p 4 , M ay . .
10 2 W e w ish t o
. draw the a ttention of c api talis t s to the ine x
h au s tible qu a n t ities of high gr a de iron ore throughout th e M ysore
Pro v ince an d es peci ally t o our w a t er po w er
, Besid e s su pplying the .
g o l d mines a t K o la r Wi th e l ectric po w er e lec trica l furn a ces cou l d be set ,
u p at Ull a oo r nine mi les from t h e he a d w orks of the Cau v e ri Ri v er

g
scheme — Quoted m Pi one er M a il p 1 9 M ay
,
. .
, ,
10 3 Th e co al tax w a s sure t o a ffec t the miners w ages an d he

’
. ,
objec ted to them bein g m a de to pay in this w ay a doub le tax .
Quo ted in D a ily Te legraph p 1 0 M ay 3 1 1 9 01 ,

.
, , .
10 4 Pekin herse l f h as been plundered t o the b a re w alls th e

.
,
F orbidden City sufferin g es peci all y a t th e h ands of th e Russi ans w h o ,
h av e sent home all th e Em press Reg en t s a ccumula ted tre asures -

’
.
Sp e ctat or, p 7 54 , M ay 2 5, 1 9 01
. .
1 05 They h ad been dis appoin ted also in th e c lim at e of C an a d a ,

.
finding it difficu lt t o gro w frui t, a s t hey w ere accustomed to do in their

—
former home s Revie w of Re vi ew s, p 4 3 7 , M ay 1 9 01 . .
10 6 Taking all circums tances in t o considera tion , it is fairly e v iden t

.
th at t he Em press ( of Chin a ) did n o t an tici pat e all th at h as h a ppened

—
.
D a i ly Te lepgr ap h, p 7 , Ju ly 1 1 , 1 9 00 . .
1 07 Sti ll a t le a s t he appreci at ed t h e S abb a th for it h a v in g ke pt

—
.
th e schoo l bo ys at home Pione er A l a il, p 1 8, M ay . .
10 8 J M S w as ch a rg ed on a w arra n t a t Sou th w a rk w i th
. . . .
t ra v e llin g on th e L B and S C Ra il w ay Wi thou t h a v in g pa id his

. . . .
pro per fare , a nd w i th in tent t o av oid paymen t he h a v in g been

a l i k e o ffence —
,
pre v ious ly con v icted of D a i ly Te legrap h p 5 Jun e

.
, .
,
W h en
bec ame necess ary to remo v e him he bein too li ke
it ,
a me an kind of Eli th e Ch a mber disco vered th at alth o u g remo val

, ,
1 20 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT 1
w as not contem plated by the Constitution th at document gav e them

one irresistible w e apon —Sp ecta tor p 9 62 June 2 9 1 9 01
,
. . .
, , ,
1 1 0 Sir Assumin g the e x pedienc y ( w hich m ay be questioned )

.
, ,
a s w e ll a s th e jus tice ( w hich I do n o t doub t) of correctin g th e ,
o v er re presen tation of Ire land it migh t be done w i thout all the com
-
,
plic a tion of a g enera l Redistribu tion Bi ll bid p 9 7 2 June 2 9 1 9 0 1 . . .

, , .
111 F o r t hose s l av es Whose q u alific ations do n o t w a rr a nt th e

.
de a ler t aking much trouble in their disposi tion there is the m arke t .
—Ph np ire R evie w p 6 52 July 1 9 01

,
. .
, ,
1 1 2 But t his scru pul ous use of co v er w hile shootin g if pushed

.
home le ads to a nother modific ati on or de v e lo pmen t of shoo ting .
Spe cta tor p 1 1 4 J uly 2 7 1 9 01

, .
, ,
.
1 1 3 It is s ta ted th a t his n ame ( O M alle y) procured him the v o tes

’
.
of t he Irish C athol ics of th at S ta te w h o k ne w no thin g of him the y

a ssumin g th a t he w as one of t hemse l v e s —Sta nda rd
,
p 5 A u g 3 0 1 9 01 , .
,
.
, .
1 1 4 F ormerly peopl e g enerally w ro te no v el s bec ause the y w ere

.
im pelled to by a n inner prom ptin g b y the desire to de li v e r their

minds by th e fact th at the y h ad something to s ay —Sp ecta tor p
,
. .
, ,
2 7 8, Au g 3 1 , 1 9 01
. .
1 1 5 Ex pressin g himse l f stron gly in fa v our of reci proci ty, I v e n

.
tu re d to point out th at in th e w ho l e w orl d there w as on ly one coun try

Whose por ts and m ark e ts w ere o pen to all produc ts of the United
S ta tes, a nd to su gges t th at reci proci ty shou ld be gin there D a ily —
Te legrap h, p 5, Se pt 1 6, 1 9 01. . .
“
1 16 . I migh t be at t his t ime , con tinued th e g en tlem an , a bou t
fi v e or s ix ye ars o ld a nd from th a t time ti ll I w a s thir t een , I w ork ed
in th e mine w here w e w ere yes terd ay ”
M A R ION ED GEW O RTH , L a me .
—
Je rva s , p 5 . .
1 17 .Th e Common w e a lth depends for g eneral re v enue u pon its

Cus toms du ties , w hich w i ll be a m pl e e v en after p ayin g to th e se par ate
S tates their s t ipu la ted sh are s Sp ecta tor, p 503, O ct 1 2 , 1 9 01 — . . .
1 1 8 W e c a nno t produce the s a me thin g th a t w e see in o thers we

—
.
h av e no need to b u t w e c an and must produce its equi v alen t I bid .
p 509 , O ct 1 2 , 1 9 01
. . .
11 9 .Th e sides o f hig h ro a ds are the n a tur al posi tions for a

po pulation to se ttl e, a nd it is there , if a ny w here , th a t t h e n e w
bui ldin g w ill t ak e pla c e I bid p 552 , O ct 1 9 , 1 9 01— . . . .
1 2 0 Mr R a w li ns on : Is there a hi ll Where th e bicycl e w as

. . .
Y es ; and I w a s surprised a t him t rying to ride there a second t ime .
-
Re port of tri al in D a ily Te legrap h , p 6, O c t 22 , 1 9 01 . . .
1 2 1 In the recen t n av al m an oeu v res , for e x am ple , an y shi p th at

.
h ad a mind t o seems to h a v e in terce pted t he mess ag es of any o ther

shi p ; a nd it is s aid th a t in one c a se one of our cruisers re ad a ll th e
orders fro m a F rench m an o f w ar Wi thin w hose s phere of influence
—
- -
she h ad come by a cciden t in a fog Quoted in Sp ecta tor, p 600, O c t . .
122 . sch eme w a s put in to pr actice w ith the result th at the

Th e ,
enem y w ere se v erely cu t u p a n d those th a t w ere ab le to quickly

re tre ate d —M iddlese a: Cou nty Ti m es p 2 N o v 9 1 9 01
, ,
. . .
, , ,
1 2 3 I poin ted out to him th a t the Turkish empire w hich by its

.
,
eo
g g p r a hic al posi t ion w as so c l ose ly boun d t o th e interests of ci v i l is a
t ion a n d hum ani ty co u l d con tinue t o e x is t under the sceptre of th e

,
s a me ,
—
th a t of impro ving the di v idends e arned by the comp any .
I bid . p . 8, D e c 1 3, 1 9 0
.2 .
137 . a d this
been a conclav e a nd L o th a ir the future Pope it w ould ,
h a v e been im possibl e to h av e tre ated him w ith more considerat ion

th a n he e x perience d —L ord BE ACONS F I EL D L otha ir iii 61 , ,
. .
1 3 8 I thin k it m ay assist t he re a der by p la ci ng these before h im

.
in their chrono log ic al order AYTO U N B othw e ll no t e 1 p 2 2 3 .

-
, , , .
1 39 Th e b a ttl e of Eyla u shoul d h a v e been the sig n al for t h

.
con tr ac ting the closest alliance w ith the Russia n G o v ernmen t .
AL ISON H is tory of Eu r op e
, .
1 4 0 In re a din g of poetry a bo v e all w h a t forces through this

.
ignor ance are lost l—TRE NC H English P as t a nd Prese nt

,
.
,
1 41 Th a t he w as w i llin g t o h av e m a de his pe a ce w i th W alpo le

is admit ted by M r Scot t —JEFFREY Essa ys
.
. .
,
1 42 It w as uni v ers ally e x pec ted th at his firs t ac t u pon bein g

.
el e v ated to the o fiic e of Prince Regen t w ou ld h av e been t o h a v e sen t

for L ords G rey an d G renv ille —AL ISON H is tory of Eu rop e .
, .
1 43 They w ou l d gla d ly h av e seen th e An gl o S ax on t o h av e

—
-
.
p redomin a ted o v er th e L atin e l ement o f our l an u

g ga e THE NC E ,
Eng lish Pas t a nd Present .
1 44 It w ere indeed w orth w hil e inquirin g h o w much of this

.
coolness resu l ted from Crabbe s e arly pra ctice a s a surgeon ’

.
G I LF I LL AN L itera ry P ortra its

, .
1 4 5 H ow fine sometimes it is a ccomp anyin g t h e pra ttle of a

be a u tifu l chil d l—I bid
.
1 4 6 H e w a s li k e the a d v enturous climber of the Alps to w hom

.
,
th e surmoun t in g th e mos t t remendous preci pices and a scending t o -
th e most tow erin g pe ak s on ly sho w s ye t dizzier hei gh t s a nd hi ghe r

points of e le vation —S CO TT L ife of N ap oleon .
, .
( i) M isce lla neo u s Exa mp les .
Correct, improve, j f ollowi ng se ntences

or u s ti fy the
1 Th e C an adi a ns and Queens la nders w h o a re dismounted s t ood

.
, ,
th e tes t of m a rchi n g long dist a nces throu g h he a v y s and w ith v er y

li ttl e res t —D a ily Te legrap h p 9 M ay 2 2 1 9 00 , .
, , .
2 Y ou sh all find pi les of corn a t one port and a s ta r v in g cro w d a t

.
,
a no ther B u t th e S u lt a n w i ll not allow th e corn to be tak en t o the

i
famine s tric k en bec ause w hen t hey g e t food they a re a pt to rebe l

-
w i th succes s —F ortn igh tly Re vi e w p 2 7 3 Au g 189 9

, ,
. . .
, ,
3 H e is re ported to h av e to l d t he burghers th at th e de put ation

.
w hich w en t t o Euro pe w ere sure to be w e lcome d —D a i ly Te legrap h ,
p 9 M ay 1 0 1 9 00
.
, , .
4 Th e mo v ab l e pla tform imit ated from th e Chic ago mode l an d

.
, ,
w hich is one of the fe atures of the e x hibition does not pl e a se e v ery

body —I bid p 9 Apri l 1 9 1 9 00
,
. . . .
, ,
5 M ost g re at L ondon dra pers lose some t hous a nds of pounds e v er y

.
ye ar throug h thefts of peo ple th at from dress a nd be arin g a re almos t

im possibl e to detec t —D aily Express p 3 M ay 1 6 1 9 00
,
. .
, , ,
6 I n fur nishing the n e w h o te l comfor t h a s n o t b een s acrificed to

.
sp lendour D aily Te legrap h p 7 June 7 1 89 0

.
-
, .
, , .
C R AP . II ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 123
7 . Th e G o v ernment h a v e reser v ed their a ction , unti l the w ho l e

peo p e of A u stral h as committ ed themselv es to the pro v ision s o f this
l ia
—
bill Q uo ted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 7 , M ay 1 5, 1 9 00 . .
8 W e h av e no ri g h t t o cons ul t an y o t her circumst ance b u t th at

.
w e consider t o be righ t for the publi c ser v ic e —I bid p 6, M a y 5, 1 9 0 0 . . .
9 At la s t he ( Becke t ) left th e h all a mids t a v olle y of insu lts ,

—
.
w hich , t he so ldier risin g w i thin him , h e re turned in k in d G O L D W IN

SM I TH , Unite d K ingdom, v ol i p 9 3 . . . .
1 0 I feel v ery deep ly th e k ind w ords w hich h a v e been uttered by

.
,
th e mo v er an d th e seconder of t his reso lu t ion , a nd w h o h av e e x pressed

t heir sense an d your sense of the l oss w hich my w ife h as lat e ly sus t ained .
Re por t of S peech in D a i ly Te legr aph, p 7 , M ay 1 2 , 1 9 00 . .
1 1 Various pol itici a ns m a in tain ed th a t , a lthou g h there w a s a grea t

.
gu lf betw een F rance an d G erm any in Euro pe , the y being se pa rated b y

A l sa ce L orraine , they coul d at le a s t bury th e h atche t in oth er qua rters
-
o f the gl ob e —
D a ily Te legr aph , p 8, D e c 1 2 , 1 898 . . .
1 2 Of a sickly consti t u t ion w hen a chi ld , L oui s XV , a kin g at

. .
fi v e yea rs o ld, w as suffered un chec k ed t o de v e l o p th e inheri ted h ard

he artedness of th e Bourbons H e w ou l d s it at th e coun ci l bo ard
.
-
w i thout utterin g a w ord , pla yin g n o w a nd t hen w ith a kit ten .
L ite ra tu re , p 2 09 , M arch 1 0, 1 9 00
. .
1 3 Th e stra n g e fe ature of the affa ir is th at the thief, n amed M e o nitz ,

.
bein g unk no w n to th e t a ilor, a nd th e t ail or to him , he mus t h a v e

deri v ed his inform ation as t o th e ta il or s propert y at second h and ’
.
D a i ly Te legraph, p 8, Au g 2 5, 1 9 0 . 0 . .
1 4 Arti llery , bo t h sieg e an d fie l d , w a s w e ak , til l it w as im pro v ed

—
.
by Cromw e ll G O L D W IN SM I TH , Uni te d K ingdom , v o l i p 53 8 . . . .
1 5 Some a la rm is t ne w s abou t the alle g ed w ay th e l a ds of the Pub lic

.
S chools b a tta lions s uffered from fa tig ue and suns trok e c aused a flut ter
in m any fond m atern al bre as ts D a i ly Te legr ap h, p 7 , Au g 8, 1 899 — . . .
1 6 Th e troo ps w hich h a v e hom e th e s tra in of a l o n g im prisonmen t ,

.
an d w hich G ener al B u ller t e ll s us need a li t tl e nursing are sure to be

—
,
w i thdr aw n I bid p 9 , M arch 2 , 1 9 0

. . 0
. .
1 7 M ysel f and a fe w comr a des w ere w i thin a n ac e of t wisting the

—
.
brav e Ge neral s s w ord in to a sce ptr e I bid p 7 , July 1 1 , 1 89 9

’
. . .
1 8 There are men w h o are im possib l e t o w ork wi th w i th any de gree

—
.
of sa tisfa ction Chu rch Ga ze tte , p 69 0, A pri l 8, 1 89 9 . .
1 9 To day w e b ask in almos t t ro pic al w e ather , behi nd th e v er y

—
-
.
g round so m any l i v es w ere l ost t o g a i n D a i ly Te l egrap h , p 11 , .
M ay 2 , 1 9 00 .
2 0 A bi ll for the a cquisi tion o f pro perty for bui ldin g

. a ne w la nd
re gis try an d other pu blic offices in L ondon w as re a d for a first t ime .
I bid p 6, M a rch 2 8, 1 9 0
. . 0 .
21 Of si gn t h at h e re alises the res ponsibilities of th e position from

. ,
w hich he can no more e x tric a te himse l f tha n h e ca n ge t ou t of his

skin there is as ye t non e —Re vi ew of Re views p 4 1 6 M ay 1 89 9
, ,
.
,
.
2 2 W e h a v e h ad no occ a sion for them sort of books for m an y a l on g

year —
.
Qu o t ed in Re vie w of Revie w s p 3 9 1 A pri l 1 9 00

. , .
, .
2 3 Th e tse tse fly pre v a i ls al on g th e firs t t w o to t hree hun dred m il es

.
,
rendering animal tr ansport almost im possible w i th the e x ce pti on of a

fe w plac e s — D a ily Te legr aph p 8 Au g 3 1 89 9 , .
, .
, .
2 4 There is ho w e v er a sec t ion of t h e pa rt y w hich is indifferent

. , ,
1 24 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P ART I
to a ll the considerations th a t a ctu ate av erage intellig ent En glishmen .
I bid p 8 Oct 1 7 1 89 8
. .
, .
,
.
2 5 It w a s all w ron g thou gh abso lutely in a ccord a nce w i th hum a n

.
,
n a ture and es peci ally of Conser v a ti v e p ar ties an d o l ig archies all th e

w orl d o v e n —Rev ie w of Re vie w s p 3 7 0 O c t 1 89 9
,
. . .
, ,
2 6 Th a t curious l e ague of so c all ed Du t ch n a tion al i ty an d w hich

.
-
,
w a s alw ays inconsis tent w ith th e su prema cy of t h e Bri tish cro w n .
F ortn ightly Re vie w p 1 7 9 F e b 1 9 00 ,

.
, . .
2 7 I t is j ust a s w e ll th a t Borro w s un a ir att a ck on S cot t h a s ne v er

f
’
—
.
g o t to be re ally fa mi l i r w i t h the re din pub l ic L i ter a tu re p 4 01

a a g .
,
.
,
O ct 2 1 , 1 899
. .
2 8 Rela ti v e pronouns are those w hich , in a ddition to be in g sub

.
s titu te s for th e n a me s of persons or thin s , a l so j oin b y sho w in g th e

g
re lation bet ween one sentence a nd a no ther N ew M ore ll G ra m p 2 1 .
— . . .
2 9 M r Churchill is n o t on ly t h e son of his g re at fa ther , but a m an

. .
come b ack w ith all th e gla mour of the w ar and its peril s atta chin g to
'
—
him D a ily Exp ress, p 4 , Oct 2 , 1 9 00
. . . .
3 0 W i th t hese re ports he see k s to m ak e th e flesh o f th e forei gn

—
.
in v estor to creep D a ily Te legrap h, p 9 , M arch 1 6, 1 9 00 . .
3 1 W hether w e li k e it or not , w e h av e g o t to ret ain th e direction

.
of th e w ar in the h ands of the M inistry w h o still enj oy the confidence

of Parl ia men t I bid p 1 0, Fe b 8, 1 9 00 — . . . .
3 2 Th e true in terpre t er of th e pa st w ill n o t c lai m all for s ta tis tic al

.
his tory But I t hin k we w i ll turn more and more t o th a t w hich

.
re ve al s the indiv idu al ch ara ct er th a n t o th a t w hich n arra tes g ener al

—
e v ents F ortnig htly Re view , p 508, M a rch 1 9 00 . .
3 3 H e w rote poetry of considera b l e meri t at t e n ye a rs o ld, a n d h ad

.
g re a t ly impro v ed in t h e a rt a t t w e lv e CH A M B ER S ,
H i s tor y f
o Eng li s h .
-
L a ngu a ge a nd L itera tu re , p 7 3 . .
3 4 Once more one of En g lish b lood s a t on t h e ro yal t hrone , a n d

—
.
k in g s of En glish e x tr a ction shoul d here after rule in En gla n d Short

H i story of Engla nd , p 63 . .
3 5 W hene v er I he ar peo pl e s ayin g, “

. Something ha s g o t to be
”
done I kno w beforeh and th a t w h a t t hey w an t to do is some thing
foo lish —D a ily Te legraph p 1 0 F e b 8
,
, . .
,
,
3 6 I shoul d n ot be sur prised t o find t his pro v e a third unsucce s sfu l

.
a t t em pt M iddle s ex Cou n ty Ti m es p 3 F e b 1 7 1 9 00
.
-
,
.
, . .
3 7 Chin a in its present s tag e is intensely i nt eres tin g full o f

questions but not enj oy able in enj o yment s li teral sens e —China
.
,
” ’
, ,
the L ong live d Empire quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 Au g 1 1 9 0

-
,
0 , .
,
.
, .
3 8 Th e g entl em an usher sh all lin g er w ith pride on th e househo ld

.
-
he once m arsh alled ; t he fallen s tatesm an sh all t ell us of th e rapid

j ourney and skilful bo ldness w hich brou ght h im fame and w e a lth at a
bound in his youth and w e re a d w ith res pec tful interes t Th e L a dy .
of Crequ i sh all greet her English gues t w i th an En glish embr a ce and ,
a w ho l e l etter of Erasmus rushes to our memory W e sh all ride beside .
the author to a bo ar hun t more e x citing th an th at Dum as h as p ainted

for u s —
-
L iteratu re p 569 D e c 9 1 89 9
. , .
, .
, .
39 There h a s been another mu tiny in Uganda which w as prom ptly

an d th e ringle aders punished —
.
,
q ue ll ed D a i ly Te legrap h Jan 1 3 1 899 .

,
.
, .
4 0 Th e speech wa s after all on ly th e cu lmin ation of a series o f

—
.
att ac k s not con sistent w i th e a ch o ther no t b a sed on k no wledge , bu t ,

lated to encourage the most d angerous instincts of the Chines e —I bid .
p 8 June 1 9 1 9 00
.
, ,
.
58 H e felt a sh a med w he n c alled u pon t o strike o ff th e ro ll s a

.
,
solicitor w ho h ad s tol en less th a n a so v ereign w hil e e v ery on e k new ,
t h at t here w ere l e ad ing so l icitors w h o h ad sto len h al f a mi ll ion sterlin g

w h o w ere n o t proceeded ag ains t —I bid p 9 June 2 2 1 9 0
,
0 . .
, ,
.
59 The hostili ty cre a ted by the Adminis tr a t ion s friend ly attitude

’
tow ards En glan d —Quo ted in Re vie w of Rev ie ws p 558 June 1 9 00

.
. .
, ,
6 0 W here w i ll the Netherla nds Ra i lw ay Com pany be a non a nd

.
,
its dissemin ators of h atred j e alousy and r acial fo llies ? Sh all the y
g n a w a fil e — D a i ly Te legra ph p 7 Ju ly
,
,
.
,
,
61 There h as been some m al icious kind of me th o d in th e w a y the

.
n ation s of Europe h a v e been g ra dually en lightened a bou t th e fa te of

t heir fe ll o w countrymen in Pe k in —
-
I bid p 1 0 July 7 1 9 0 0 . . .
, , .
62 Pau l w as ins truc t in g h is countrymen in the m ys teries of th e

.
n e w co v en a nt an d w a s poin t in g o u t t o t hem t h e re lation w hich Chris t

bore t o th e s ame a s compared w ith M oses under th e o ld —RE B ER
,
.
, ,
Chri s t of Pa u l p 33 4 , . .
6 3 Th e counci l do a ppro v e of a ction bein g t ak en for purch a sing or

.
l e a sing sui ta b l e houses a lre a d y or here a fter to be built o r pro v ided for
th e purpose of su pplyin g hous e a ccommod a tion Quoted in F ortnightly .
-
Re vie w, p 9 7 9 , D e c 1 9 00
. . .
6 4 Peo pl e are s aying th at w h at is w anted is im pro v ement in the

.
regimen tal o fficers If necess ary, im pro v e them b y all mea ns , thoug h
.
th a t does n o t touch th e real poin t Sp ectator, p 9 2 9 , Dec 2 2 , 1 9 00 .

-
. . .
65 The mos t ob v ious a from th e Pa ssion Play is th at it strips th e

g
.
l egend ary Christ of a ( ivin i nity w hose a scription to H is person h as

serv ed no o ther purpose th a n t o obscure t h e com pl e teness of H is
—
hum anity Quoted in Revie w of Re v ie ws , p 567 , D e c 1 9 00 . . .
6 6 Bomb ala , w hich is a se a port of it s o w n , a t w ofo l d b ay, is at

presen t firs t fav ourite —Re vie w of Re vie ws , p 569 , Dec 1 9 00
.
. . .
6 7 Th e s o c alled l ife s k e t ch of th e F iel d M arsh al is lit tle el se s av e

- - -
a r a ther l on g dr aw n out sur v e y of th e chief e v en t s of his l ife —I bid

.
. .
p 583 , D e c 1 9 00
. . .
6 8 So l on g as t he Afgh ans can fi gh t for th emse lv es , they ou gh t

.
not, they w ou ld not , le t one so ldier of Russi a or England pu t his foo t

in their country t o e x pel the enemy, as it w ou ld be impossib le to g e t
rid of th e army w hich they themselv es h a d inv ited to he lp them , w ho
w oul d al wa ys h a v e the e x cuse of rem ain in g b y s ayin g t h at the y w ere
k ee pin g the coun try pe a ceful L ife ( f Abdu r Ra hma n, quoted in
.
—
Re vi e w of Revi e ws , p 589 , D e c 1 9 00 . . .
69 I t is com pu t ed th a t on S a t urd ay the rou t e w ill be lined by

.
t roo ps , w h o wi ll inc l ude Co l oni als , V o l un t eers , a n d M iliti a .
D a ily Eap ress , p 1 , Jan 3 0 .

,
1 901 . .
7 0 H ow l on g did S a ta n consume in risin g throu g h Ch a os a nd fin d

—
.
ing his w ay to t h e Sun a n d thence t o M ount N iph at e s School Wor ld,

p. 5 1 ,
F eb 1 9 0
.1 .
7 1 It m a y be sa id of M r M as M ommsen s a id of F r a nce , th a t sh e
. . .
h a d sh ak en m any em pires a n d founded none M r M h a s brok en u p

—
. .
minis tries , b u t has ne v er est ablished one F 0rt Rev p 2 3 4 , F e b 1 9 01 . . . . . .
7 2 H e found h is chief enj oyment in th e re t ired circ l e of selec t

.
friends , in w hose li ter ary l eis u re, and in the ameni ties of fem al e con
C R AP. I I ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 127
v erse w h ich for him had th e hig h e st ch arm he sough t th e p u res t and
mos t refined recre ation —I bid p 3 65 F e b 1 9 01
, ,
. . . . .
,
7 3 It IS th e alli es w h o are s pendin g bet w een them some thin g lik e

.
a mi llion a w ee k on their a rm i es a nd fleets a n d w hose forces are in ,
cons ta nt need of re pl enishmen t w h o are in a hurry ( to see Pe k in

e v a cu ated ) —Specta tor p 2 66 F e b 2 3 1 9 01
,
. . . .
, , ,
7 4 If there be o ppos i tion an d th a t perse v ered i n the question h as

.
ouse of Commons commi ttee —M iddles e x Cou nty

, ,
t o come before a .
Times p 5 M arch 2 1 9 01
,
.
, , .
7 5 To a n ybod y e l se b u t M r H the w ord im plies th at the sta te

. . .
men t w as m ade n ot only w i thout j ustific ation b u t w ithou t e x cuse .
Q uoted in D a ily Te le grap h p 1 1 M a rch 1 2 1 9 01 , .

, ,
.
7 6 L o rd S referred to th e cry for th e rec a ll of Sir A M an d sa id

. . . .
,
he di d n ot kno w w he ther such a step w oul d be th e more unw ise or dis

honour able —1 bid p 8 M arch 2 8 1 9 01 . .
, , .
7 7 Th e Du tch are as stubborn as M r R is v indic ti v e a n d be tw een

the tw o the y h av e brou gh t Sou t h Africa v ery ne arly to ruin —Re vie w
. . .
,
q e v ie w s p 3 01 M a rch 1 9 01
,
.
, .
7 8 Th e k ind of em pl o yé s w a nted for th e C a pe Colony an d th e

n e w territories w i ll of course be v ery differen t —Quoted in Spe cta tor
.
p 4 9 5 A pril 12 1 9 0
.
, 1 , .
7 9 One of my friends inform ed me to ni ght t h a t before le av ing

.
-
K um asi it w a s reso lv ed th at such a dinner a s this shoul d be held .
Q uote d in D a i ly Te le grap h p 1 0 A pri l 1 8 1 9 01 ,

.
, , .
80 Sh an h ai k w a n is t o be g a rrisoned b y con t in g e n ts of 50
.
- -
0men ,
e ach furn ish ed by F rance Russi a G re at Brita in an d G erm a n y I ta ly

su pplyin g one com pa ny —I bi d p 9 M ay
, , , ,
. .
,
8 1 These are m att ers w hich a re n o t t o be dis posed of I n a ni gh t

.
,
a n d th e H ouse of Common s w i ll ill perform it s func tions if th e y e n
de av our for person al con v enience to s t ifle t his deb a te —Sir W HA R . .
C O U RT quoted from D a ily Te legrap h p 6 M ay

, , .
,
m
“
82 . 1 he a dmires sin cerely I do n o t think they w ill e v er .
“
ca tch me h e s a id thre e months ag o
,
’’
b u t if any on e does I hope , ,
W orld s W ork A pril 1 9 01

”
t he m an is F ren ch
’
. .
,
8 3 Y ou ca n no t h a v e a g re a t publ ic obj ec t l esson l ik e thi s Wi thout

.
-
rofound l i men s hou h s a bou t ca pi ta l an d c api ta lists

’
‘
y a fl e c t n g t g t a nd
such obj ect lessons a re mul tiplying e v ery day —F ortn ightl y Re vi e w
p ,
-
,
p 6
. 3 9 A,p ri l 1 9 0 1 .
84 W e ll e v ery a nim al from m an do w n w ards uses those gifts an d

those w e apons w hich Pro v idence h as pu t a t their dispos al —
. ,
, ,
Quoted in .
D a ily Te leg rap h, p 7 , M a y 9 , 1 9 0 1 . .
85 In com pa rin g Bri t ish an d Americ an b las t furn a ce pra c tice , te n -
—
.
y e a rs a g o is a ncient histor
y E ngi ne er i ng p
,
6 4 1 ,
M a
y 1 7 1 9 01 . . .
86 Th e Chinese a re second t o non e in their res pec t for educa ti on ,

.
but they h a v e their o wn v iew s on th e subject, to g ether w i th their o w n

book s , t heir o wn schoo ls , their ow n sys tems , an d all these res pond t o
dem ands th at e x ist and su pply w a n t s th e peo ple are a cqu ainte d w ith
an d n a t ion al life h as de v e l o pe d Sir ROB ERT H A RT , F or tnightly Re —
vie w , p 7 68, M ay 1 9 0
. 1 .
87 Th e C an a di ans will h av e some difli cul ty in demons tr at in g their

.
cl aim o w in g to the fa c t th at in 1 87 8 th e G o v ernmen t of th e D ominion

e xhibi ted a t the Ex hibition in Pa ris a v ery e la bo rate ly draw n o fficial
m ap, w hich for some ti me hun g in the corridor of the Dominion

Pa rli amen t a t Ot ta w a, w hich defined the co ast lin e of Ala s ka e x a c tly
Americ an contention —Re view of
-
in a ccord ance w ith the presen t .
Re vie ws , p 4 2 1 , M ay 1 9 01 . .
88 At t w e l v e ye a rs o ld
. his mother w isely thought th at it w as bes t
for him to be w ith other boys and under th e superv ision of a m an .
Specta tor p 1 7 Ju ly .
89 The g ener al offici al a nd uno ffici al feel in g 13 in fa v our of th e re

,
form L ord Curzon h a s a ccom plished an d pre v ious v iceroys contem

plated —Empi re R e vie w p 6 86 July 1 9 01
.
,
.
, .
9 0 I be lie v e th a t of la t e there h av e been v ery fe w c ases in w hich

.
e v en a s kirmish h as t aken pla ce m w hich th e number of British soldiers

en g ag ed h a s been larg ely l n e x cess an d in m a n y ca ses less th an th e ,
Boers Quoted l n D a ily Te legrap h p 1 1 Au g 3 1 9 01

.
-
, .
, .
,
.
9 1 Sir H C B 8 friends h av e gi v en up the im possibl e t a sk of t ry

’
. . . .
ing to understand his distinc t ion be t w een th e res ponsibil i ty res tin g
u pon th e G o v ernment and F iel d M arsh al res pec t i v e ly for th e b a rb arous
me thods b y w hich he a lle g es t he w ar h as been c arried o n —D a ily Te le .
g raph , p 8, N o v 3 0 .
,
1 9 01 . .
9 2 I t require th fe w t al ents to w hich most men are n ot born or at

—
.
l e a st m a y n o t a c quir e SW I FT ,
on Con ve rsa tion .
93 The Cour t of Ch ancery frequen tly mi tigates and bre aks th e

teeth of common la w —Sp e ctator No 564
.
. .
,
9 4 Th e e x ercise of re a son a p pe ars as l i ttl e in t hem a s in th e be as ts

.
,
the y some times hun t an d b y w hom they are some t imes hun te d .
B O L IN G B R O KE Phi l Essays ii sect 2 ,

.
, . . .
9 5 A professor of history such as w e understa nd M r M is or h a s

.
, . .
been h ad better t ry t o w rite a his tor y of an ythin g else in the w orld

e x ce pt the literature of Engla n d —Scho ol World p 3 1 2 Au g 1 9 01
,
. . .
, ,
9 6 Amon g the w a rders w ho t ook ch a rg e of D reyfus immedi a te ly

.
a ft er his a rri v a l here w a s one w h o h as been t r a nsferred t o a nother post

‘
some time ago —D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 1 M ay 2 9 1 899

.
,
.
, , .
9 7 It seems to me th a t this ye ar En glish c yc l e m ak ers are a do ptin g

.
-
all the b a d Americ a n methods w hil e Americ a n m ak ers are a do ptin g a ll ,
th e g ood Bri tish ones But w h a t does it m atter ? Nobody h ard ly

t our s —F ortnightly Re vi e w p 1 1 6 Jan 1 89 9
.
. . .
, ,
9 8 A l re a dy durin g my pre v ious j ourney throu gh the coun tr y I

v isi t ed M ata be l e la nd —D a i ly Te le grap h p 8 D e c 2 6 1 89 9
.
, ,
. . . .
, , ,
9 9 Th e Im peri al Emb a ss y to F r ance h a d n e v er nei ther direct ly

.
,
nor indirec tly h ad any re la tion w h at soev er wi th C aptain D re yfus

,
.
I bid p 9 S e pt 9 1 9 0
. .
,
0 .
,
.
10 0 It is h ardly possib l e th at a fe w F eder al s m ay m an ag e to s li p

.
throu gh our l ines under co v er of th e ni ght but th at is th e mos t th a t

the enem y c a n ho pe for —
,
I bid p 9 F e b 2 7 1 9 0 0 . . .
, .
, .
1 01 This G o v ernmen t is dis posed to ho l d t h e punishment of th e

.
res ponsibl e a uthors ( of th e ou trag e ) essen ti a lly a condition to be em

br a ced 1 11 th e neg oti ations for a fin al se ttl emen t — I bi d p 7 Se pt . .
,
.
102 Th e prob l em is one w hich no rese a rch h as hither to solv ed a n d

. ,
rob b l ne v er w i ll H O LL A ND Re co l le ctions of Pas t L if e , ch x iii p

p a y
-
. . . .
,
34 5 .
103 . Pa ri s is tryin g its ner v es re

p p ara to ry to par tak in g of the
C H APTER 111 .
—ERRO RS O F O RD ER .
I F w or d s, p h r as es and cl au s es are n ot pu t in th e ir rig h t

,
pl a ces th e s e ns e o f a se nte n c e is e it h e r re n d er e d d o u b tfu l or is

,
d estroy e d altogeth e r O b ser v e h ow t h e sens e o f the foll ow ing

.
s ente n ces is m arre d b y t h e fau l tin ess o f the o r d er

Pa ra dise L ost is th e n ame of M ilton s g re a t epic poem on the loss
’
of Pa ra dise div ided into tw e lv e se parate parts .
Yo u h av e a lre ady been informed of the s ale of F ord s the a tre

’
Where M r L inco l n w a s a ss a ssin at ed for relig ious purposes

. .
F e w peopl e l e arn a nything t h a t is w or th l e a rnin g e a sily .
H e w as shot b y a secret ary under notice to quit w i th w hom he w a s

finding fa ul t v ery for tun ately w ithou t effec t .
H e re pe ated these l ines after he h ad re ad them on ly once w ith perfect

ccura cy
a .
Our corres pondent saw se v eral so ldiers de a d or w ounded riding o v er

the b attlefield .
Th e c ar d in al r u le is t h at things whi ch are to be thou ght f

o
toge the r m u s t be m enti one d p o ssi ble toge the r

as I
clos e ly as
n n o .
l angu ag e is t h is m or e i m p orta nt t h an in m o d er n Englis h w h ic h ,
has lost almost all th e i n fl ecti o ns w h ic h i n O l d Englis h and i n ,
m ost o th er l ang u age s s er v e as a g u i d e to th e gra m m atica l rel a

tio n s o f w or d s I n e v ery o ne o f th e ab o v e e x a m ples t h is r ul e
.
h as b e e n v iol ate d B y atte n d i ng to t h is r u le w e can c o rr e ct

.
,
th e s e sente n ce s a s follo w s
P a ra di se L os t, div ided into t w el v e separ a te p ar ts is th e n ame of ,
M ilton s g re at e pic poem e tc

’
.
,
Y ou h av e al re a dy been informed of the s al e for reli gious purposes , ,

of F ord s the a tre w here etc
’
, ,
.
F e w peo pl e l e arn e a si ly a n ythin g th at is w or th l e a rn in g .
H e w as s h ot for tun ate ly w i thou t e ffect by a secre ta ry under notice

, ,
to quit w i th w hom etc

, , .
Aft er h e h ad rea d these l ines only once he repe ated them w ith ,
perfect accura cy .
Our corresponden t riding o v er the b attlefield s aw se v eral soldiers

, ,
de a d or w ounded .
C H A P II I . ERRO RS O F O RD ER
Som eti m es is
n e cessa ry to re cas t a sente n ce a m ere c h ange
it ,
orde r b eing ins u cie nt

‘
Very tenderly does Arethus a a p pe al to her son not to depri ve her

of his pro t ec tion com pa nionshi p and h elp w h o h ad de v oted
her life to him by re tiring in to a mon as tery —
, , ,
, Aca de m y p 1 9 6 .
, .
,
M ay 1 5, 1 87 2 ( H ) .
The se nte n c e can b e re c ast as follo w s

V e ry t enderly does Are thus a a ppe al to her son n o t to retire in t o a
mon as ter y and thus de pri v e her w h o h ad de v oted her life to
, ,
him of his protection com panionship a nd he lp

, , , .
( )
a Su bje ct, Obj e ct, App osition .
1 . V e rb and Su bj e ct —Th e Su bj e ct u s u ally pr ece d e s its

v er b . Th e
c h i ef e x ceptio n s are
( )
a W h en th e v er b is u se d fo r as king a q u estio n
Cou l d you h av e m ade this if you h ad tried ,
( )
b W h e n t h e v er b i s u se d fo r g i v ing a n o r d er o r ent re a ty
( e re h o w e v e r th e Su bj e ct is u su ally o m it te d )
r
, ,
G o ye in to all the w orld a nd pre a ch the g os pe l to e v ery cre ature

, .
N e w Te s t .
(c) Wh e n er b is u se d fo r e x p ressin g a w is h or p r ay er
th e v
L on g l i v e the king So be it . .
( )
d W h e n t h e v e r b is u se d fo r e x p ressing a c ond ition w it h ,
o u t t h e h elp o f a co n di tio n al conj u n ctio n
Shoul d he meet me h e w oul d k no w me , .
W ere I in your pl ac e I should s ta rt a t once , .
()
e W h e n t h e v er b is u sed to rep ort a sp e e c h i n t h e D ire c
N arr atio n
A greed s a id the p r i nce ,
w e w i ll sta rt t o ni gh t ,
-
.
(f ) W h e n t h e v er b i s i ntro d u ce d b y a n a d v er b
Th e me thod is e x ce llent an d e x cellen tly ha s Mr Tov e y c a rried it

—Sp ecta tor
.
,
ou t , p 1 7 3 , F e b 2 , 1 9 01
. . .
—Th e commonest form of this idiom is seen in th e use of th e

N ote .
“
in troductory a d v erb there : There comes a time w hen e tc H ere , .
“
the re is mere ly a n in t roductory pa rtic le and h as no sense of in ,
”
th a t pla ce .
( 9) W h e n t h e v er b is i ntr o d uce d b y ne i the r o r n or,

s ign ify ing
”
an d n o t
H e did n ot sa y so neither did I .
H e promised to come nor did he fail t o do so

,
.
(h) W h e n t h e v er b is intro d u ce d b y a c orr elativ e j

co n u n c
tio n :
As men s ow so w il l they also re ap

, .
No sooner did he beg in to s pe ak t h a n e v ery one w as sil en t , .
Sc a rcely h ad w e re a ched home w h en it began ra inin g , .
i
() W h e n t h e comple m e nt is pl a ce d b efor e t h e v e rb for th e
s ak e of e mp h asis
B lessed are the m ercifu l — N e w Tes t
G re a t is Di a na of th e Ephesians —N e w Te st
. .
. .
(j) W h e n a d e p e n d e nt cl au se pr e ce d e s a p r in cip al cl au se .
Th i s h o w e v e r is o cc asion al o nly
, ,
N o t a s t h e w orld g i v es gi v e I unto yo u —N ew Tes t , .
2 . bj e ct aft e r In t ran s it iv e v e rb —W h e n th e Su bj e ct
Su
is acco mp a n ie d b y a go od d e al o f d escription o r co m m e nt w h il e ,
the v e r b itsel f ( I ntr an si ti v e ) is no t so a ccomp an ie d an d is n o t

e mp hatic it is m ore con v e nie nt to pl a ce t h e Su bj e ct after its
,
v e r b i n ste ad o f b e for e it O b se r v e , h o w e v er t h at w h e n th e
.
,
v e r b is t h u s m ad e to p re ce d e its Su bj e ct it s h o ul d n o t b e th e ,
fi rst w or d in the se nte n ce b u t s h o u ld b e intr od u ced b y som e

,
ad v er b s u c h as there o r b y so m e a d v e r b i a l or o th er qu alifying
p h ras e .
Thus arises the p a radox th at w hi le w e belie v e in the a c tu ali ty of

,
M iss Aus ten s pic tures w e c anno t re al ise them so v i v id ly as

’
w e c an the con v en t ion a l fi g ures of th e his t oric al rom ances .
L ite ra tu re p 2 54 M a rch 3 1 1 9 00
, .
, , .
No sooner h ad he re a ched Thion v ille th a n there commenced th at ,
incess an t a nd a pparen tly need less mo v emen t of t roo ps w i th ,
w hich re a ders of this boo k h av e alre ady been m ade fami li ar .
F or tnightly Re vie w p 4 82 Se pt 1 9 00
-
, .
, . .
There are m o re thi ngs in he a v en an d e arth H or a tio

Th an are dre amt of in your philosoph y —H a m let i 5
, ,
. .
,
( H ere th e re is mere l y a n introduc to ry a dv erb ; it does not signify

”
in th a t pla ce in fac t it h as no me anin g a t all
At the root of th at life la y a n a bid ing s ens e of G o d a nd duty —
.
of
G od as t h e so v ereig n n ot of n ations on ly b u t a lso of indi vidu al
men an d w omen —
,
o f a d u ty a n d res ponsibi lit y a ll per v a din g

, , ,
a n d descendin g from t he g re a tes t t o the most t ri v i al a cts of a
hum an li fe — G R A H A M Vi ctori a n L ite ra tu re p 1 88

.
, , . .
Perme a tin g th e re por t runs th e i de a t h at th e successfu l de v e lo p

ment of th e medic al serv ice in the future mus t be founded on
rofession al n o t on mi li tar y line s — E m p ire Re vie w
p 4 31
p , , .
,
M ay 1 9 01
—
.
3 V e rb and O bj e ct
. The m ai n r u le is t h at t h e O bj e ct ,
e x cept w h er e it is a Rel ati v e o r I nte rrogati v e p r on o u n or w h er e

1 34 S EN TENCES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
The re alm Wou ld not , in the phr a se of Comines , the mo st j u diciou s

o bs e rve r of th a t tim e, suffice for them all M A C A U LA Y , H is tory of .
—
Engla nd , ch i . .
He h ad n o w , ho w e v er, to e x perience the m os t p a inf u l of a ll circu m

s ta n ce s a tte nding popu lar ou tcry, th e deser t ion or co l dness of
friend s J r — M ON K , L ife of B e ntley

—I
. .
6 . O r de r of w or ds in Pa ral l e l Con st ru ction s . n
p ar all el se nten ces o r cl au s es w or d s o r i d e as ,

of th e sa m e or
ki nd re d m e aning sho u l d follo w th e s am e o r d er .
B e th e n a spirit of he alth or goblin dam n d ’
Brin g w ith thee a irs from he a v en or b lasts from hell ,
Be thy intents w ic k ed or ch ari ta bl e ,
Thou comes t in such a question ab l e sh ape

Th a t I w i ll spe ak to thee — H a m le t . .
“
( H ere a irs from he av en and bla sts from hell in th e second
“
l ine fo llo w th e s ame order as s pirit of he alth and g ob lin d amned .
“ ” “ ”
But in th e third l ine w icked and ch ari tab le fo llo w a different
order from th at of th e firs t and second lines Such discrep ancy is .
n ot to be imit ated in prose ) .
Corre ct, i mp rove , j u stify the following sentences or
1 Th e de a th took pl ace at Ru g b y yes terd ay mornin g of M r D av id

. .
B of C lare Colle g e C ambrid g e t h e w e ll k no w n a m a t eur cricke ter and -
s lo w round h a nd bo wler —
.
, , , ,
D a ily Te legraph p 5 June 1 1 9 0

-
0 .
,
.
, ,
.
2 Rem a ins on ly the G re at W es tern Rai lw a y Comp an y and some

.
-
,
fi v e score of Eal in g residents w h o h a v e yie lded t o the so licita tions of

L ondon G ener al Omnibus Comp an y —M iddles ev
,
an agen t of th e . .
Cou nty Time s p 5 A pril 2 8 1 9 00 , .

, ,
.
3 If I mistake n ot Br a ndis finds in just th e s e scenes w hich M r

.
, .
L e e decides th at it is impossib le Sh ak es pe are coul d h av e w ri t t en th e

inimitab le t ouch of th e m a s ter —L i teratu re p 3 4 6 M ay 5 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
4 L i ttle by l i ttl e the number rose of those w h o passed under the

.
hig h arch of t h e ga te o v er w hich th e be a utiful four horse ch ario t of ,

-
L ysi as wa s dri v en B INION Q u o Vadis ? p 62 ch v ii

.
-
, . .
, . .
5 Re v R .
Q uick w as a schoo lm aster w hom the H arro w boys
. .
ga v e rather a b ad time b u t w h o theorised luminously on educ at ion al

s ubj ect s —
,
L ite ra tu re p 57 3 June 3 1 899 , .

, ,
.
6 Durin g the en gag emen t M ajor M c Ke n zie ne arly fell into a trap
.
laid by a Ka ffir as w e ll a s Th orne ycro ft s H orse w h o w ere simi la rly

’
tre acherously t re ated b y a nother n ati v e guid e —D a i ly Te legrap h p

, ,
.
,
7 . April 1 4 1 9 00 , .
7 M any of th e F ree S ta ters wh o gav e in as proof of their su b

.
,
mission their musk e ts s aid v ery much th e s ame thing I bid p 1 0 ,

.
-
. . ,
M ay 4 1 9 00 , .
Three Russi an , tw o J apanese , one British , an d one Americ a n

8
.
b at tal ions h av e s e c u re d th e Im peri al Park to th e sou th of th e city

—
.
I bid p 7 , Aug 3 0 .
, 1 90
. 0 . .
9 Afric ans mos t ne arly re produce o f all sur v i v in g types th e ty pe

—
.
of primitiv e m am Re vie w of Re vie ws, p 582 , June 1 9 00 . .

CR AP . III ERRO RS O F O RD ER 13 5
10 P . ublic o pinion w ould be s tron g aga inst t his a nd the influence

—L i ter atu re p 1 1 8 F e b 1 0
g
(i g o v e rn ing bodies an d he a dm a s t ers .
,
.
,
.
,
l oO .
11 . H enry h ad
in tended to b alance in the com posi tion of h is
a dminis tr at iv e bo a rd th e t w o
pa r ties t h e Conser v ati v e a n d Progre s
si v e —G O L D W IN SM I TH Unite d K ingdom v ol i p 3 4 2
,
. . . .
, ,
1 2 If such persons w ere indifferent t o C o b b e t t s defection they

’
.
,
w hose sta nd ard he joined h ai l ed w i th enthusi asm his con v ersio n .
B U LWER H is tori ca l Cha racters v ol ii p 1 3 4

, , . . . .
1 3 Thou g h w e do n o t e x pect th e a bo li t ion of foo lish specu lation

.
from th e labours of th e Royal Commission w e do e x pect some g ood

from its a p pointmen t —Sp ecta tor p 3 65 M arch 2 4 1 87 7
,
.
, , ,
1 4 Nobod y coul d e x pect th e Church to resi g n th at spiri tu al inde

.
p de nce w hich it ho lds essen ti al to re l igion an d w hich t ill n ow w as

e n
ne v er doubted w ithout a stru ggle —H C O C K BU R N M em oria ls ch . .
, ,
.
v iii p 2 9 0
. .
1 5 Th e pub lic b lame the gre a t offici als w hose w a n t of im ag in a

.
,
tion an d failure to m ak e im pro v ements admi tted to be necess ary in

g ood time ne a r ly l a nded us in irre pa r a b l e dis aster —Sp ecta tor p 7 00 .
,
.
,
N o v 1 7 , 1 9 00
. .
1 6 U pon our side there can b e no a n x iety as to the issue , and

—
.
shoul d be no imp atience durin g the proces s D a i ly Te legraph, p 9 , .
N o v 2 4, 1 9 0
. 0 .
17 e h ad nev er receiv ed , so fa r a s I coul d gather, though he w a s

.
H
a gr a du a te o f Trini ty Co lle g e , Dub lin , w h a t in En gla nd w ou l d be

c alled a high c lassic al e duc ation F ortnightly Re vie w, p 584, Oct .
— . .
1900 .
18 . Ev ery
profession needs to hea rten it some grand prize and ,
prob ably as e v ery suckin g b arris t er dre ams of the w oo ls a ck so e v ery ,
pries t dre ams a t his ordin ation of th a t fa r dist a nt but shin in g t i a r a , , .
Sp ecta tor, p 6 9 0 , M ay 1 1 , 1 9 01 . .
1 9 There is a sort of suspicion among quiet G erm ans , especi ally

.
in the non industri al pro v inces , th a t he w ishes to pose a s a redresser

—
-
of the w orld s w ron gs I bid p 7 3 7 N o v 2 4, 1 9 00

’
. . . .
2 0 In a recen t number of L i te ratu re the disco v ery a t Florence

.
w a s a nnounced of a series of documents be arin g on th e family of

D ant e —L ite ratu re, p 3 1 9, Se pt 3 0, 1 89 9 . . .
2 1 W hen this pre v a i l s in M a dra s schoo ls , th e cen tre of educ ation ,

.
w orse w ill be the c a se of th e v il lag e schoo ls —Edu ca tion a l R e vie w

( M adr a s ) , p 63, F e b 1 900 . . .
2 2 As th e l e a di ng a nd consis ten t ch a m pion of the o ppressed , I

.
trust yo u w i ll permi t me in your co l um n s to a d v oc a t e th e c ause of

hum ani ty to wards he lpless a nim al s Quoted in D a ily Te legrap h, Ja n .
— .
6, 1 89 8
2 3 To him the s piritu al a nd the ph ysic al w orl d —the life of mo v e
.
men t and th e l ife of moral emo t ion —appe a red a s the doub le face of
one myst ery , N ature — F or tnigh tly Re vi e w , D e c 1 9 0
. 2 , p 9 51 . . .
2 4 W e mus t su ppose , therefore , th at the publ ic are qui te w ron g

.
in attributin g cer tain incon v eniences under w hich they im agine them
selv es to be s till su ffering to inj udicious competi tion Sp e ctator , p .
— .
9 7 9, D e c 2 0 ,
1 902 . .
1 36 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
( b) Adj ective a nd P a r ticiple .
1 Adj e ctiv e or Part icipl e u s e d att rib u t iv e ly —As a

. .
ge n er al r u le an adj e cti v e o r p a rticiple or oth e r q u alify ing Wor d ,
that d oe s th e w ork o f a n adj e cti v e is pl ace d i m m e d i ate ly b e for e

,
t h e n o u n th at it q u ali fi es and it is v ery i mp o rta nt to b e ar t h i s

1
ru le in m in d Th u s t h e re is a gr e at d i ffer en ce b et w ee n
.
Th e author s best ende av ours —The bes t a u thor s ende av o u rs

’ ’
A g re at g entlem a n s co a t—A g en tlem a n s g re atco a t

.
’ ’
A l ittle lady s dog—A lad y s li ttl e do g

.
’ ’
An un ques tioned m an of g enius—A m an of unqu e s tioned g enius

.
Th e h al f ye a r ly D irectors meetin g —The D irectors h al f ye arly

.
’ ’
- -
meetin g .
a ) I t is con v en ient to pl a c e t h e a dj ecti v e o r p a rti ciple afte r

(
th e n o u n if it is e nl a rge d b y so m e q u alifying p h ras e o r
,
cl au se
A m at ter too u rge nt to be p u t of a ny longer .
A room no t la rge enou gh f or a m e eting tha t w as likely to be attend ed

by twe nty p e rs ons .
A m an convinced a ga ins t his w i ll is of th e s a me o pinion s t ill .
Th is o r d er is b et te r t h a n t h at e x e m pli fie d in s u c h a s e nten c e
as t h e foll o w ing
In the presence of Tennyson I felt th e o v ersh ado w in g of a so much

loftier in te llec t th a n my o w n —ED W A R D F I T Z G ERA L D .
( Say .
,
a n inte l lec t so much l oftier th a n my
( )
b I f th e p a rticiple i s o n e for me d w it h th e h elp o f an
Au x ili ary v er b it m ay sta n d e ith e r b efo re or a fte r th e n o u n

,
Th e h orse be ing tire d ou t cou ld go no fur th er

, , .
B e ing tir ed ou t th e horse cou l d g o no fur ther

, .
(c) W h en s e v er al adj e ctiv es q u alify th e s am e n o u n it ofte n ,
so u n d s b et te r to pl ac e t h e n o u n fi rst
G o d is th e m aker of all thin g s visible a nd i nvis i ble a nim ate a nd ,
The L ords spi ritu a l a nd te mp ora l .
H um a nit y w i ll be more free t o le ad a life h ap py, mor al , a nd
.
—
in tellectu al N orth America n Re vie w , p 585, June 1 9 01 . .
1
Professor B a in , in Comp a n ion to H ig he r Eng lis h G ra mma r, p 3 0 2, .
e dit 1 87 7 s ays
. , B y a for tun ate con v en tion of our l angu ag e t he s im ple
a djec ti v e goes before t h e noun Th is is th e arr angement th at is s cie ntifi
.
c al ly th e most defensibl e Before a thing is n amed, th e mind should be

.
re
p p ared w i th al l th e qu alific ations an d l imi tat ions , so as t o conce iv e th e
”
thin g at once a s qu alified and li m i ted Similarly when a noun is used
.
to qu alify ano ther noun, th e qu alifying noun mus t in v ari ab ly be pl aced

first Obser v e the d ifference in me anin g betw een horse race and
.
“ -
”
race hors e -
.
b ot h after th e n o u n and a fte r th e v er b An adj e cti v e o r .
p articiple s o u se d is c alle d C o mpl em en tary b e cau se it co mplete s ,
t h e sens e of th e v er b .
( )
a Su bject
H e bec a me s ad a nd disp irited .
on his arm
H e w a s found ca rrying his co at .
H ere the italicised a djec ti v es and a r tici les thou h the u al ify
the Subject he are more closely connec t ed in sense w ith the v e rqth an
p p g y ,
w i th the subj ec t ) .
( b) Obj e ct
The y p ain ted the door white .
The y considered the m an cou rag eou s .
( H ere thoug h it qu al ifies th e Object door is much more close ly

w hi te , ,
connected in sense w i th th e v erb p a inted Simi larly cou ra geou s is .
c lose ly connec ted in sense w ith th e v erb cons id ere d Bo th a dj ecti ves .
are therefore p laced a fter th e noun a s w e ll a s a ft er th e v erb ) .
O b se rv e h o w th e sen s e of
t h e foll o w ing s ente n ce s d ep en d s on
th e p ositio n of th e it alicise d adj e cti v es

My father l eft p oor me .
( M y fa ther deserted unlucky me ) . At
tri bu tive u s e .
M y father left me p oor ( W hen my father died , he did no t le a v e

.
m uch to su pport me ) Pr edica tiv e u se . .
H e bou gh t cheap m at eri al ( H e bou gh t che ap m ateri al payin g

.
,
for it a t t he m ark e t r at e ) Attri bu tive u s e . .
H e bou gh t th e m at eri al che ap ( H e bough t th e m ateri al a t a price

.
belo w the m ark et ra te ) Predica tive u se . .
I a lone can do it ( No one b u t me ca n do it ) Attri bu tive u se

. . .
I c an do it a lone ( I can do it w i thou t any assis ta nce ) Predica

. .
tive u se .
He m a de p u blic confessions Attribu tive u se
!
. .
e m ade his confessions p u blic P redica tive . u se .
3 . Part icipl e u se d w ith a Conj u n ction —W h en e v er a
p articiple is u se d a fte r su c h conj u n ctions as thou gh whe n if, , ,
while etc ( th e Au x ili a ry v er b an d its Su bj e ct b eing o m itte d for

,
.
th e sa k e o f b r e v ity ) t h e p a r t icipl e m u st b e pl ace d a s clos e as

,
p ossi b le to th e n ou n o r p ro n o u n th at it re fer s to , and if n o

su c h n o u n o r p ro n o u n is to b e fou n d i n t h e s e nte n c e , th e
A u x ili ary v er b and its Su bj ect m u st b e su pplie d .
W hi le g oin g home , a” w o lf met h im ( Say, A w ol f met h im ,

.
“
While g oin g home or s ay, W hi le g oing home , he w a s m e t

by a
W hil e g oing home a w ol f appe ared from behind a roc k ( This is .
wron g Say,
. W hil e he ( or some one e lse ) was g oing ho m e , a
w o lf a ppe a red , e tc ) .
C RAP . 111 ERRO RS O F O RD ER 13 9
4 . Pr e pos it ion al ad u j n c t — A pr ep os iti o n al adj u n ct w h e n ,
it d o e s th e w o rk o f an adj e cti v e is pl ac e d i m m e d i ately a fter its

,
1101111
Ev er y turf be ne ath the ir f eet

Sh all be a so ldier s se pulchre — CA M PBELL ’
. .
N ote .
—
This subj ec t is more fully de alt w i th u nder the he ading ( e)
P rep os itions , in this ch apter .
Correct, imp rove, j sentences :

or u st ify e following
th
1 As is often the c a se bein g an inferior w ork th e a uthor h ad a
m a nifest p ar tial ity for it a nd r ated it a mong his bes t piece s —F ort
.
, ,
n ightly Re vie w , p 2 50, F e b 1 9 00 . . .
2 These e x ce ll ent v i llas t o be so l d or le t, freeho ld or le aseho ld

. .
’
B u i lde r s N otice .
3 W e are no l onger storm tossed w e kno w pretty w ell , a rri v ed at

—
-
.
t his st ag e, w h a t w e are going t o do , those of us wh o t hou gh t they

w ere g oin g to do a nythin g Quoted in Re vie w Of Re vie ws, p 2 64, — .
M arch 1 9 00 .
4 H e w as a s aint indeed , not a hermit of a sceticism , combinin g

.
pie ty, meekness , humili ty , sim plici ty, w i th a c t i v e bene v o lence and
—
V ir tue G O LD W IN SM I TH , United K ingdo m, v ol i p 48
. . . . .
5 The lo yal British co l on y of N a tal w ill l ook for w a rd to th e time

.
w hen , n o t fa r dista n t , her northern fron tier w i ll re a ch t o the B a rber ton

g oldfie l ds and to th e hinterl and of D e lag oa B ay F ortnightly Re vie w , .
-
p 7 3 3 , N ov 1899
. . .
6 I fee l th a t I am n o w in some w ay boun d to pla ce m y serv ices a t

.
the dis pos al of m y fe llo w r at epayers , an d no t to Shirk the w ork and

res ponsibili ty in v olv ed in m a t urin g these me a sures , h av in g am ple
l eisure for t h e purpos e —
Quo ted in M id dlesezv Cou n ty Time s, p 4 , .
N o v 1 8, 1 89 9
. .
7 L ady, s pins ter, orph an , tw en ty one , medium heigh t, considered

.
-
nice loo king , is an x ious to m arry a gentlem an , refined , of irrepro ach abl e
-
ch arac ter , and wi th t horou g h business c apabil ities , h av in g recently

inheri ted th e proper ty of a larg e and v alu ab le te a p la n tat ion in Ceylon ,
—
-
th e a ffairs of w hich w i ll re quire her t o g o out there Pe op le , Ju ly 9 ,

—
.
1 9 00 Advertis em e nt
. .
8 Articl es appe a r in our p ag e for w omen de al ing wi th

.
“
Ear ly
” “ ” “
Autumn F a shions Th e L a dies G o lf Union a nd Russia n
’
Socie ty —D a ily Te leg rap h p 8 Se pt 9 1 899

, ,
”
. . . .
, , ,
9 Th e Uni ted Sta t es e x pressed the desire to h av e the q uestions of

.
p ri v a teeri n g an d t h e neu tr a l i ty of merch andise n o t con tr a b a nd of w ar
considere d —I bid p 9 M ay 2 0 1 899 . .

, , .
1 0 L oo k ed at from w h ere one w i ll one cou ld not b u t fee l in com

.
,
p a rison w i t h this n at ur a l c a thedr al h o w

poor w a s a tem pl e m a de
w ith h ands —Cor nhill p 2 1 5 Fe b 1 89 9

.
,
.
,
. .
1 1 Th e m a n y du ties a n d dis tr a c tions of th e k in g s o ffice left h im

’
.
b u t l it tl e time to pursue l etters for himse l f thou gh he did much to ,
m ak e them a ccessible to others much less certa inly th an he w ished

fe n —
, ,
N ati on a l Re vi e w quo ted in L ite ratu re p 3 7 2 A pri l 8 1 89 9

, , .
, , .
1 2 A lar ge number of v olumes a re a nnounced or h av e al re ady

.
1 40 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
ppe ared in G erm a n y de ali ng w i th v arious a s pec t s of the l ife and

—
a
t houg h t of th e cen t ur y L ite ra tu re , p 553 , M ay 2 7 , 1 89 9 . .
“
1 3 On th e 2 4th of July 1 89 9 , he a lluded t o
. serious o perations in
”
w hich th e use of a n ae s the t ics is w ho lly or pa r tly di s pensed w i th as
takin g pla c e —F ortnightly Re vi e w, p 3 9 4 , M arch 1 9 00 . .
1 4 It w a s ordin ary l ife w hich she al one de pic ted , b u t it w as to her

.
seein g th at life not par ti ally, a s w e see it, b u t in all its a c tu al v as t

ness, th at she o w ed her g re at succes s Re vi e w of Re vi e ws , p 4 80, M ay — .
190 0 .
1 5 An e x tra ordin a ry s tory is g i v en currency b y th e edi t or of th e

.
N a tiona l Re vie w , firs t a mon g th e e pisodes of th e month —I bid p . . .
4 53 , M ay 1 89 9 .
1 6 Th at th e w ar w i ll h av e the e ffect u pon them predicted , I tot a lly

.
d isbe lie v e —F ortn igh tly Re vie w , p 7 4 0, M ay 1 9 00

. . .
1 7 F a c t s w hich a re untr u e a bou t her ( En gl and s ) foreig n a n d

’
.
home policy h a v e been s tated , a n d arg uments an d ar ticles b y th e

thousa nd h av e been w ri tten b a sed on t hese false a sser tions We ekly .
Tim es , p 2 3 1 , A pri l 1 3, 1 9 0
. 0 .
1 8 Th e o ys ter is a sin g u la r ly in t eres tin g a nim al reg arded from a

.
n aturalis t s poin t of v ie w —M iddles eoc Cou n ty Ti m es , p 7 , M arch 2 4,

’
. .
1 9 00 .
1 9 . The c ler g y find a difficu l ty in deducing e a sy mor al lessons from

e v ery day occurrences sui ted to their he a rers —Chu rch G a ze tte , p 57 ,
-
.
M ay 6, 1 89 9 .
2 0 Be ing th e on l y chil d o f a m an w e ll to do, nobod y w ou l d h a v e

.
- -
been sur prised ha d A gnes S tanfield been sent to a bo ardin g schoo l -

.
M rs OL I P H A N T Agnes v ol i p 7 ( H )
.
, , . . . .
2 1 A g lance deeper w i ll sho w th at e a ch g a ins a solid ad vant ag e in

th e sh ape of security —Sp e cta tor p 6 51 N o v 1 0 1 9 0
.
0
2 2 I sh all not troub l e yo u fur ther dis l i k in g con tro v ersy —Q uoted
. . . .
, , ,
. .
,
in Sp e ctator p 7 4 5 N o v 2 4 1 9 00
,
.
,
.
, .
2 3 W e h a v e hi ther to com pa red w i th se v eral Euro pe a n coun tries

.
, ,
been sing u larly free from th e m a chin ations of a n archism D a ily .

-
Exp r ess p 4 , N o v 2 9 , 1 9 00
, . . .
“
24 Th e a non ymous au thor perem ptorily dismisses the
. a ttem t
p
t o merg e L iber al s in a ne w par ty recons t itu t ed on Im peri a lis t l ines
“ ”
under L ord Rosebery as au tocr at as hopeless Sp e ctator, p 84 8, .
-
.
D e c 8, 1 9 00
. .
25 Steps a re bein g t aken t o form a corps for to w n defence of men

.
-
un abl e to proceed t o th e front One dra pery firm h a s promised on e

hundr ed men al on e —D a ily Te le gr ap h p 7 Ja n 4 1 9 00
. .
. . .
, , ,
2 6 Ev en tu ally th e mo t ion w as w ithdr a wn on L ord S alisbur y w h o

.
,
regret ted th at lan g u ag e of such indecen t v iolence h ad been pla ced on

the s tatu te boo k promisin g a n inquiry — ,
I bid p 8 M a rch 2 0 1 9 01 . . .
, , .
2 7 A fe w con v ic t ions ( passed a g a inst furi ous dri v ers ) w ou ld m ak e

.
fairly s a fe ro ads at presen t much more d an g erous th a n th e roa d to

C o m ass ie —M iddles ea: Cou n ty Ti m es p 6 A pri l 2 7 1 9 01
.
,
.
, .
2 8 W h at ca n be more gl orious th a n t o h a v e played one s pa r t

’
e v en though a modes t one in ne v er to b e forg o tten ev en t s —Sir

.
,
- - -
,
ED W A R D M A LET Shif ting Sce nes ed 1 9 01 , ,

.
2 9 The l adder from th e g u tter to the u n1v e rs ity b y w hich w e alone

. ,
ca n ho pe to orga nise th e sel ec tion of t alent a n d thereb y org an ise and ,

( 3 ) It is the s ystem not the indi v idu al , I condemn ( Say , w hich .

,
It is th e s ystem w hich I condemn not the indi v idu al or , ,
It is not th e indi v idu al bu t the s ystem w hich I ,
2 . D e m on s t at iv e r and An t e ce de n t — A D e m on str ati v e

ron o un b eing a w o r d o f refere n c e , s h o ul d n o t as a r u le b e
p ,
m entio n e d u ntil the w or d to w h ic h it refer s h a s b ee n m e ntion e d .
Th i s r u le is n eglecte d i n th e follo w ing s enten c e

Democrac y lo v es s pending is de v oted to dig ni ty a nd pro v ided the y , ,
a re indirec t or fall he av iest on t h e rich w i ll pa y a ny a moun t of

—
,
“
taxes Q u a rte rly Re vie w No 3 67 p 84 ( Say Pro v ided , .
,
. .
,
tax es are indirec t etc wi ll pay any a moun t of the m ,

.
,
.
So m eti m es h o w e v e r it is n o t co n v en ient to m entio n th e

, ,
Ante ce de nt b efor e gi v ing t h e D e m on str ati v e I n s u c h a s e n ten ce .
as th e follo w ing th e i n v e rs i on c au ses n o offe n c e to th e ca r
This code w as a do pted a s the ir ow n by the t w o other members o f

the t ri ple alliance —PRE SCO TT H istory of M edicine 1 1 1 9 .
, , . .
3 Pos it io of F i t pe s on
. n r s r — A p ro n o u n i n th e F irst p er s o n
s h o u l d b e m e ntion e d l a st
I sh all be ob lig ed if M r Counci ll or J w ill g i v e me a nd your re aders

his a uthority for the s ta temen t —L e t ter in D a ily Te le grap h
. .
p 6 Jul
.
y 1 4 1 9
,
00 ( S ay w i ll g i v e your re a ders a n d m se l f
,
.
y
”
, ,
etc ) .
Neither I nor m y com pa nion suffered from e nnu i during th e months

w e s pent to g e t her — Q uoted w ith dis a ppro v al by Sp e cta tor
.
,
p 1 2 0 .Ju ly 2 6 1 9 02,
from a boo k under re v ie w
, , .
4 Re p e t itio
. n O f A t e ce de
n n t — So m etim e s it is fo u n d to
'
b e di fi cu lt if n o t i m p o s s i b le to pl a ce th e a n te ce d ent as n e ar as
, ,
it s h oul d b e to th e rel ati v e In suc h a c as e ( if th e s e nte n c e .
w ill no t b e ar r econ str u ctio n ) t h e b est r e m e dy lie s in rep e at in g ,
th e a nte ce d e nt as i n t h e follo w ing e x a mples

,
D urin g th e la st t w o ye a rs since the outbre ak of th e w ar there h av e , ,
been a mong st us differences o f o pinion as to its origin a s to

th e c auses w hich l e d to i t —d if e r e nces w hi ch h a v e been dee p
,
se a ted far re a chin g a nd a cut e —F rom a S peech quo ted in D a i ly

,
-
, ,
Te le gr aph p 9 June 2 1 1 9 01 ( Obser v e th at w hen th e ante

, . , , .
cedent is thus repe a ted it shoul d be preceded by a d ash ) , .
Amon g quie t G erm ans es pecially in th e non industri al pro v inces ,

-
,
there is a sor t of suspicion th a t he Wishes to pose a s a redresser

of the w orl d s w rong s —a sus picion w hich w e en tirely belie v e
’
t o be unjus t —Specta tor p 7 3 7 N o v 2 4 1 9 0

,
0 , .
,
.
, .
Correct, impr ove, j iy f the followi ng s e ntences

or ust
1 . I h av e tried on more th a n one occ asion to e x press th e gr atitude

th a t I and my co u ntrymen feel to wards the peo ple and go v ernment of
C HAP I I I . ERRO RS O F O RD ER 143
N ata l for the a ssista nce so loyally g i v en durin g the past yea r — Quo ted .
in D a ily Te legr ap h p 9 June 2 1 1 9 00

H erodia s s ak e his bro ther Phili p s w ife —M atthe w x iv 3
. .
, , ,
’
2 F or
’
. .
, .
3 W e l e a rn from Re nte r th a t a rel ie v in g force of H a ussa s h a s been

.
dispa tched from Accr a to K um a si w hich is considered insu fficient , .
St Ja m es s G a ze tte p 4 A pril 1900

’
. .
, , .
4 I f h e is sti ll a l i v e it m ay be found possibl e t o r e es ta blish th e

Emperor on the thron e —D a i ly Express p 4 June 2 0 1 9 00
.
,
. .
, , ,
5 L ord S alisbury m ade a s tat ement in t h e H ouse of Lo rds yesterd a y

.
,
w hich thou gh it on ly shot a c a n ard on the w in g w a s of much im or t

p
a nc e —
.
, ,
D a ily Te legr ap h p 9 F e b 2 3 1 9 0 0 ,
.
, .
,
.
6 Th e prison w i ll be fi ll ed w i th so ldiers a n d o fli cials Shoul d they

recognise thee I a nd m y fami ly w ou ld peris h —B INI ON Qu o Vad is ?
. .
, , .
p 4 51 ch x v iii
.
,
. .
7 An e x hibition h as just be en c losed a t M ancheste r w hich shou ld

.
be interes tin g t o ma ny more person s th a n those of th e trad e —D a ily

G r aph ic p 7 M a y 2 6 1 9 00
, .
, , .
8 But th e me anin g w as perfectly c l e ar w hich he in tended to

con v ey —Quoted in D a i ly Te leg r ap h p 4 F e b 2 1 9 00
. ,
. . .
, , ,
9 M a n y peop l e w oul d h a v e been of opinion th a t the L aird w ou l d

.
h av e done be tter to h av e tr ansferred his glances to an obj ect possessed

of far su perior ch a rms to Jea nie s e v en w hen Je a nie s w ere in the ’
,
’
b l oom w h o bega n no w t o be dis tin g uished by all w h o v isi ted th e

cottag e a t St L eon ard s Crags —S CO TT H ea rt of M idlothi an ch ix
,
’
. . . .
, ,
para . 2 .
10 My
stu dy of D ar F e rtit d ates from the time w hen I a nd o thers
planned L u pton Bey s esc a pe from K h ar toum —
.
’
F ortnightly Re vie w .
,
p 8 63 , D e c 1 89 8
. . .
1 1 A wi se foresight w i ll see th a t he is th e t rues t friend of th e

.
Re publ ic w h o stri v es t o rebui ld th e H ome a nd recre at e th e F amily .
Q uo ted in Re vie w of Re vie ws, p 5 1 2 , N ov 1 89 9 . . .
1 2 In the pict uresque a nd w e ll w ooded g rounds of W embley Pa rk

.
-
a w hi te ci ty of ca n v a s w i ll rise a t midsummer ne x t ye a r , in w hich s ix
thous and of our v isi tors from o v er s e a and from o u r o w n l and w ill be -
a ccommod a te d —I bid p 3 52 , Oct 1 89 9 . . . .
13 Th e princi pl e of me asurin g o ther peop l e by your ow n bushe l is

.
ne v er so n auseous as w hen ap plied t o co v er his o w n in g enui ty by an

unscru pulous e x ploi ter of public conflde nce —D a ily Expr ess , p 4, . .
June 2 0 1 9 00 , .
1 4 Th e sm all prince is heir presum pti v e t o a n enorm ous fortune

.
-
.
H is mother is the on ly chi ld of th e K in g of W urt e mburg to w hom his

—
,
l g
a r e fortune w ill e v en t u al ly g o D a i ly Te legrap h p 5 Sep t 3 0 .
, .
,
.
,
1 89 9 .
15 . All men under t w en ty one

o v er thirt y e x cept serg e an ts -
an d , ,
w h o w ere t ak en up t o thirty fi v e ye ars of a g e w h o w ere considered

—
-
,
u nfi t w ere
,
immedi a te l y rej ecte d I bid p 7 Se pt 6 1 89 9 . .
,
.
, .
1 6 Th e G erm a n Em peror h a s decreed th a t the three n e w fo rtifica

.
.
tions ne a r M e tz a re t o be a r th e n ames of th e Cro w n Prince the ,
Em press an d L othring en res pe c tiv ely in order to sho w in th e w ords

, , ,
“
of th e Em peror h o w c l osel y I and m y house are re la ted to the
—
,
”
R eichs l a nd I bid p 9 June 6 1 9 00 . . .
, ,
.
1 7 The y t e ll h im t h a t there sh all be no reforms in the s lo v en l y

. .
144 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT !
methods common enou gh fifty ye ars ago some of w hich h av e sur v i v ed

to the presen t da y of w hich he does not a ppro ve —Chu rch G a ze tte
,
, ,
p 7 1 0 A pri l 1 5 1 899
.
, ,
.
1 8 I am n o t minded to fo llo w in Ru finu s tr a c k s w hose story I

’
w as a bou t t o te ll thee —
.
,
B IN ION Qu o Vadis ? p 2 8 oh i .
, . .
,
. .
1 9 There a re one or t w o poin t s r aised b y those w ho re presen t th e

.
a rt of a c tin g a s an inferior a n d u nw 01 th y art th a t c la im a pa ssin g

considera tion —F ortn ightly R ev ie w p 7 4 6 M ay 1 9 00
,
. . .
, ,
2 0 I ne v er m ade th e s ta t e m en t a t th e l a st mee tin g of th e County

.
Council or at a ny o ther t ime w hich you h av e impu ted to me , .
M iddles ex Cou n ty Tim es p 9 June 9 1 9 00 , .

, . ,
.
2 1 A l on g stre tch of th e Brent runs al on g th e bound a r y line of th e

.
cons tituency th at I re present w hich requi res cons tant w atchin g on

th e par t of th e commi ttee —
,
I bid p 9 June . . . ,
2 2 Th e Presiden t av e a mono po ly of the su pply of d yn amite t o a

.
g
G er ma n non resident 1n th e coun try w hich ta x ed the m iners for this ,
a r tic l e al one $ 2 a ye ar be yond th e hi g hest p 1 ice it cou l d

o the rw ise h av e been bough t fe n —N ine te enth Ce ntu ry p 7 46 M ay
,
.
, ,
1900 .
23 N 0 one c an doubt h o w gre a t and critic al w a s the occ a sion w ho

.
obser v ed th e keen and bre ath less in t erest of Pa rli amen t a s M r

Ch a mber lain began his speech —D a ily Te legrap h p 9 M ay 2 2
.
.
, , ,
1900 .
24 . A W h as a n a rtic le en titled B 1 1 ta nn1a a nd the Colonist

Mr . . . ,
in w hich he protests a ga ins t th e current h abi t of loo k in g a t th e

Col onist as some thin g ou tside a nd infe ri or w hich is uni v ersal in
G ov e 1 nm e n t circl es —R e vie w of Re v ie w s p 57 6 June 1 9 00
,
. . .
,
2 5 Th e boo k de al s w ith the O ld story of horrid v en g e ance for

.
centuries of w rong w re a k ed usu ally on the innocent w hich w e h av e

re ad so o ften before and ye t w hich is of etern al interes t —L ite ra tu re
, ,
, ,
p 4 7 Ju ly 2 1 1 9 00
.
, , .
2 6 W e c a nno t poin t t o a ny n o v el since th at w hich ga v e n e w life

.
t o t h e times of Er a smus w hich l e a v es th e s a me im press i on of po w er

a nd bre a dth a s Th e K n ights of the Cr oss —D a ily Te legrap h
,
p 4 Jun e . .
,
27 . M ore th an
one grou p of persons pa ssed h im as he w as w hi lin g ,
a w ay th e hours of d a rk ness t h at e t rem a ined w hom from th e s t ifled

y ,
t ones of their discourse th e un w on t ed hour w hen they tr a v e lled a n d

, ,
th e h a s ty pa ce a t w hich they w a lk ed he conj ec tured to h av e been

eng aged in th e late fatal transa c tions —
,
S C O TT H ea rt of M id lothia n .
, ,
ch v i pa 1 a 2 2
. . . .
2 8 Ru mour s ays th a t a fter w e l eft the ni gg ers t ook the F eder a l

c am p and k illed all b u t e le v en of th e enemy w h o esc aped —D a ily
.
.
,
G rap hic, p 8 , Fe b . .
2 9 H is obj ect 1 s
. to he lp on the w ork of the Association for secur in g
g re a t er efficiency I n our w ho l e a dminis tr a t ion w hich h a s been s e t on
foo t I n the N ine tee nth Ce ntu ry —Sp e cta tor p 2 9 4 Se pt 8 1 9 00
,
. . .
.
, , ,
3 0 M a ny a h al f hour business men w a sted w ith M rs S tern tryin g

.
-
.
,
to fish ou t the e x a ct stat e of th e chemis t s concerns w hich the y ’
thou gh t a fterw ards mig ht h av e been s pent w i th a bou t a s much

profi t on t h e top o f th e M onument Too M u ch Alone ch x ii .
-
,
. .
p 1 12 ( H)
. .
1 46 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED P A RT I
45 In the di fficult position of Indian Secre tary he sho w ed not on ly

.
g re at force but th e po w er of seeing into th e cen tre of a com pl ic a ted

,
m ass of de ta il s and of re alisin g conditions a mon g w hich he h as n o t

l iv ed w hich is unusu al e v en a mon g s ta t esmen —
,
, Sp ecta tor p 7 56 . , .
,
M ay 2 5, 1 9 01 .
4 6 Perh aps , unl e arned a s she w as , sh e coul d h av e brou gh t a

.
d aw ning k no w l ed g e home t o M r D ombe y at th a t e arly day, w hich

—
.
w ou l d n o t then h av e s truck him in th e end l ik e li g h tnin g D IC KENS , .
D om bey a nd Son , ch ii . .
47 I t rust nei ther I nor M r Ch amberla in a re g oin g to s ay anythin g

—
. .
w hich w i ll be tak en as a ch a llen g e t o L ord S alisbury D U KE O F .
DE V O NS H I RE, D a ily Te legrap h, p 9, July 1 1 , 1 9 01 . .
4 8 Th e gre at dis t ance from its ori g in al home in Indi a at w hich w e

.
n o w find th e bu ffal o est a b l ished is e v idence th at the a nim al h a s a

history of an e x ceedin gly a d v en turous k ind , w ere it possible to trace
—
the story of its tr av els Sp ectator, p 2 7 9 , Au g 31 , 1 9 01 . . .
4 9 There in th e v alle y s ix t hous and feet bel o w are th e ch apel and

.
pries ts house built b y t heir o w n h ands , w ith their o w n money, b y the

’
p eop l e of the w ho lly Christi a n v i llage of Ta Tien Tz e

’
Cornhill, .
—
p 2 1 5, Fe b 1 89 9
. . .
50 Th e uni v ersity of Pa du a is a dyin g t aper ; but V eron a s t i ll

.
bo as ts her am phithe atre , an d his n a ti v e V icenza is a dorned by th e

classic archi tec ture of Pall a dio G IBBON , Au tobi ogr ap hy, p 7 9 .
— ,
. .
51 W e a re incl ined to t hink th at it w as a re al reco gni tion th a t

.
W yclitfi s m as l eft by its founder, a nd s till more a s e x pounded b y his

fo llo w ers w hen de priv ed of his g uid a nce , o ffered no b asis for a Church
in touch w ith th e bro a d and m any sided ch ara c ter of the n a tion , w hich -
w a s l arg ely a ccount ab l e for t h e r apid fai lure of th e L o llard mo v ement

—
.
Sp e ctator, p 463 , Oct 6, 1 9 00

. . .
52 H e c a nno t be s a id t o h a v e died prem a ture ly w hose w ork w as

.
finished , nor does he deser v e t o be la mented w h o died so fu ll o f

honours —S OU THEY . .
53 There a re n o t me an w h il e cri tics w a n tin g here w h o a ssi g n this

.
,
v ic tory a s re g ards mora l a nd po l i tic al su prem a c y in Chin a t o Russi a .
-
Ber lin Te leg ra m D a ily Te legrap h F e b 5 1 89 8
, ,
.
, .
54 No one is en ti tled to form or e x press a n o pinion on th e re la tions

.
be tw een Nelson a nd La dy H a milton or on th e paren ta g e of H ora ti a , ,
w h o h as n o t c arefully s tudied th e l e t ters t o be found in t his in v al u a b l e

collection Tim es W ee kly M arch 4 1 89 8
.
-
, , .
55 W e m ay w ell ask w h at is the use of it if ener g e tic a cti on in

.
,
shipbui ldin g is n o t a ccom pa nied by p aralle l a c tion in diplom a cy

H ome w a rd M a i l July 2 5 1 89 8 , , .
56 There is a hu g e c av e a mon g its c liffs w here the M ac Somethin g s

. .
,
h a d tak e n refu g e from their foes th e M a c Somethin g e lses t o the

number of abo v e t w o hundred m e n —Chu rch G a z ette p 4 1 A pril 2 9
-
, ,
.
, , ,
1 89 9 .
57 .I t h as l on g been a ck no w led g ed th at th e l essons of t h e w ar w ou ld

not be rightly re a d , un til w e h ad their o w n v ie w of th e s tubborn
s tru ggl e a nd its possibi li ties from th e pens of th e Boer g eneral s them
selv es — Sp ecta tor, p 89 4, Dec 6, 1 9 0
. 2 . . .
58 At t h e a p pe ar a nce of Jesus to M a ry M agd al ene there is th e

.
“ ” “ ”
el o q uen t in terch an g e bet w een th e tw o , M ary , M a ster On the .
C HA P II I
. ERRO RS O F O RD ER 1 47
“
so lemn c au t ion Touch me no t
,
M rs J ameson e x pla ins it to me a n , .
t h a t H e h a d pu t on immor tal i ty ; t h at H e h ad pa ssed th e g a tes of

de a th w hil e she w a s s ti ll on our side of them —
, H A C KW O OD Ch ris t .
,
L or e , pp 1 6 9 1 7 1
.
-
.
59 No boo k h a s been pub l ished since your de pa r ture of w hich

—
.
much no tice is tak e n J O H NSON , L e tte r to Rev M r White . . .
60 H ow much more to them th a n to us , so lon g a s w e a re i g nor a n t

—
.
of th e sa me , w ou l d these w ords h av e con v eyed l TRE NC H , Englis h

Pa s t a nd Pre s en t .
6 1 Democr a cy l o v es s pen di n g, is de v o ted t o di g ni ty , an d pro v ided

.
they are indi rec t a nd fa ll he a v ies t on th e rich , w i ll pay any a moun t of

—
tax e s Qu a rter ly Revie w , No 3 67 , p 84 . . .
(d) Adverb Adver bi a l P hrase or Adver bia l Cla u se

, , .
Th e p ositions o f an a d v e r b o r ad v er b i al p h r as e are v ario u s ,
d ep e n ding as th ey do o n th e c h ar a cter o f th e w or d o r w o rds

w h ic h it is i nten d e d to q u alify .
1 W ith Adj e ct iv e , Pr e pos it ion , Conj u n ct ion , or oth e r

.
r —
Adv e b Th e ad v e r b o r ad v e r b i al p h ra se m u st b e pl a ce d im
.
m edi ately b e for e any of the p a rts o f s p e e c h h er e n a m e d

Surely it w as pr ecise ly beca u se Admir a l Seymour m a y h av e been
domin a ted by his ea rly e x perience of t h e fig h t in g me tt le of
th e Chinese th a t he im ag ined h is e x perie n ce w ou ld be a
succes s —D a i ly G rap hic p 7 Au g 1 6 1 9 00
,
ere th e
,
.
,
.
, .
a d verb precise ly qu a li fies a conjun ct ion ) .
Immortal Am a ran t a flo w er w hich once ,
In Pa ra dise fas t by the tree of life

Beg an to b loom —Pa ra dis e L os t iii 3 53 3 55 ( H ere the a d v erb
, ,
-
. . .
,
fast qual ifies a pre posi tion ) .
This w a s fol lo w ed by a terrib le h e a d a che r ight a cr oss th e forehe a d .
Quo ted in D a i ly Te legr aph p 7 A pril 2 7 1 9 00 ( H ere the , .

, ,
.
“
a d v erb righ t q u alifies a pre position ) .
A li ttle w hile bef ore business w as concl uded these s ales h ad los t
t heir infi u e n c e — I bid
,
p 1 0 F
. eb 1 7 1 9 00 .
( H ere th e
.
,
.
,
.
a d v erbi al
phr a se a l i ttl e w hi l e qu alifies a conj unction ) .
It h as become w idely kno w n la rge ly on a cco unt of th e opposi tion of

th e medi ca l professio n —I bid p 9 M ay 3 1 1 9 01
,
ere th e . .
, ,
.
“
a d v erb large ly qu alifies the pre posi t ion a l phra se on
“
a ccount
2 W it h I n t ra ns it iv e v e r b — W h en th e v er b i s In tran s i
.
ti v e th e ad v erb or ad v er b i al p h r ase is u su ally plac e d a fter t h e

,
v e r b t h o u g h s o m eti m e s fo r t h e sa k e o f e u p h ony it i s pl a ce d
,
b e fore it
Th e children of Isra e l w ere fruitfu l a nd incre a sed a bu nda ntly ,
.
If thou re turn a t a ll in p ea ce , th e L ord h ath nt spoken by me

o .
1 K ings xx ii . 28 .
1 48 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
Innumerable tra p doors lay conce al ed in the bridg e w hich th e

-
,
p a ssen g ers no sooner trod u pon but the y fe l l t hrou g h them

in to the t ide a nd imme dia te ly dis appe are d —A DDIS O N Sp e cta tor
,
, ,
No 1 59
. .
W h e n the a d v er b o r a d v er b i al p h r as e d en ote s ti m e it is ,
u s u ally pl a ce d b e for e t h e v er b
H e a lw a ys lau g hed he a rti ly a t a g ood j o k e .
H e n ever s po k e boas tf u lly a bout his o w n merits .
H e ofte n w e pt bitterly on pa ssin g th at tomb .
H e s e ldom s lept s ou nd ly in a ny house .
The sa m e da y came to him the S a dducees x xu 23 . . .
Pre viou sly to the B i ll las t p as s ed i n f a v ou r of the Ca th olics the ,
opinions of th e most ce lebr a ted of foreign univ ersi ties w ere

ta k e n —S IDN EY SM I TH .
D u ri ng the s up re m acy of N orthu m br ia l i v ed th e v ener a b l e Bede

w h o w ro t e a his t or y of the En glish Church —
,
RA NSO ME Shor t .
,
H is tor y of Eng la nd ch ii p 1 8 ,
. . . .
So s trong is th e t e n d en cy i n ou r l ang u age to pl a ce ad v er b s

o f tim e fi rst th at w e ofte n fin d t h e m pl a ced b efo re th e w rong
,
w o rd
H is last j ourney w as to C annes w hence he w a s ne ve r destined to
re turn —M rs G R O TE L if e of G eorge G rote ch x x i x p 2 4 5
,
. . . . .
, ,
( Say ,
destined ne v er to
3 W it h Tr a n s it iv e v e r b —W h e n t h e v er b is Tran siti v e
.
,
an a d v er b o r a d v er bi al p h r a s e c a n b e pl a ce d eit h e r b efor e th e
v e r b o r a fter th e O bj ect o r ( if t h e O bj ect is a cco m p a nie d b y a

, ,
p h r as e or cl a u s e o r is e x p re sse d b y se v er al w ords) b etw ee n t h e

v e r b a n d th e O bj e ct
H e bore his losses che e rf u lly .
H e br iefl y e x pla ined his m e a nin g .
H e li bera lly re w arded ( or he re w arded li be ra lly) all those w h o h a d

,
ser v ed him w ell .
Nob l er and loftier emotions lit u p w ith a gene rou s e nthu sia sm th e
he arts of men w h o h a d s ti ll he av y s a crifices t o m ak e .
Y our lordshi ps w ill obser v e the pro prie ty of o pening f u lly to you
this circumsta nce in th e g o v ernmen t of Indi a —B U RKE I m ,
p e a chm e nt f Wa rr en
o H as tings .
It m ay b e h o w e v e r t h at w h e n th e ad v e r b is
p o inte d ou t, ,
pl ace d at t h e e nd th e e m p h atic c h ar a cter w h ic h it a c q u ire s fro m

,
th is p ositio n so m e w h at affects th e sen se

( 1 ) I understand your fee lin gs p erfectly .
( 2 ) I p erf ectly understand your fee ling s .
I n ( 1 ) the a dv erb is v ery em ph at ic and must be taken in its most

“
l i te r al sense In ( 2 ) it t ends to become a mere e x pleti v e a nd a
.
,
w e ak er w ord w o u ld h av e su fficed ( See S w eet N e w Thi g lish Gra m ma r

.
, ,
The delay is alle g ed to se riou s ly h am per the e x tension of the under

tak in g —I bid p 1 0 F e b 2 0 1 9 0
. . 0 ,
.
,
.
In t h e follo w i ng e x a mple s t h e I n fi nite h as n o t b ee n s plit t h e ,
ad v e r b b eing pl a ce d a ccor d ing to ru le eith e r b efo re th e I n fi niti v e
or a fter it
Th e ri ghts reso lu tely cl aimed by ourse lv es w e are pre pared fr ee ly t o

e x tend t o others w hen they are wi llin g loya lly t o a cce pt them
, .
D a i ly Te legraph p 5 A pri l 1 3 1 9 00
, .
, ,
.
Th e Edinbur g h c lub is doin g an e x ce ll en t w ork by encour ag in g th e

youn g peo pl e in the Sco tch c a pital t o re a d Scot t s no v el s
’
i nte lligently — L itera tu re p 32 5 A pri l 2 8 1 9 0

. 0 , .
, , .
Ex cess in e atin g c aused poorer peo pl e to s pend e a tra va ga ntly in order

to imi tate the w e althier cla sse s —Pea rson s W e ekly p 7 02 ’
, .
,
April 2 8 1 9 00
,
Th e mi li tary en g i neer s mission in l ife is t o build fi r mly yet

’
te mp ora ri ly b u t t o des troy efi ee tu a lly —I bid p 7 0

,
, 3 A pri l 2 8 . . .
, ,
1900 .
Their c alcula tions w ere thro w n out b y their in ability to me asure

accu r a te ly t h e s tren g th of our reserv e force s —F ortnightly
Revi e w, p 7 58, N o v 1 9 01
. . .
Ev e n in j o u rn alis m th e b al a n ce uth ority o r c u stom is of a
d e cide d ly ag a in st t h e Split I n finiti v e Th e ab o v e s e ntenc e s .
w o u l d all los e m u c h o f t h eir fo rce i f th e p ositio n o f t h e a d v er b

w er e c h a nge d . Th ere is n oth ing to b e g a in e d eith er i n forc e o r ,
e u p h o n y o r cle a rn ess b y p utting th e adv er b b et w ee n to and

,
its v er b ; and as liter atu r e is ag ai n st t h e u sage it is b est to ,
m ak e a h ab it o f av oi d ing it altogeth er .
Th e splitting o f th e I n fi n iti v e so metim es m a rs t h e s e ns e b y

i mp airin g the e n ergy o f th e s ente n ce
A pro pos al to spe cia lly conve ne th e members w ith a v ie w to w indin g
u p their a ffa irs w as c arried un animously —D a i ly Te legr ap h p .
,
.
”
8 M arch 2 6 1 9 0
“
,
3 ,
ere s peci ally should h av e been pl a ced
.
before w i th a v ie w A pro pos al to con v ene th e members

.
s peci ally wi th a v ie w to ( or w i th th e special object o f) e tc , .
7 . A d e b q a y g
v r u li f in a s e n t e n ce —Ah a d v er b or ad v er b i al
p h r as e sh o uld b e pl a ce d at th e b egin nin g o f a se nte n ce w h e n it ,
is i nten d e d to q u al ify , n o t any w or d i n p arti c u l a r , b u t th e

sente n c e as a w h ole
Unf ortu na te ly g re a t po l i tica l prob lems do n o t w ai t on a ny one s
’
con v enienc e —F or tnightly Re vie w p 7 53 N o v 1 9 00 , .

,
. .
O b ser v e h o w th e sense of t h e follo w ing s e nte nces d ep en ds on
th e p o s itio n of t h e ad v er b
H appi ly he did not die . e did not die happ ily .
At length he w rote to her . H e w ro t e to her a t le ngth .

C H A P I II. ERRO RS O F O RD ER 1 51
8 . Pos it ion Adv e rb at b e g inn ing of s e nt e n ce

of Ah —
a d v er b o r a d v er b i al p h r a se w h ic h e x p res s e s an imp o rt a nt o r ,
le a ding qu ali fi c atio n , can w it h gr e at prop riety an d for ce b e

pl ace d at t h e b egi n n i ng of th e sente n ce th o u gh i n th e u s u al ,
gr a m m atic al o r d er it w o u l d stan d afte r t h e v er b o r at th e en d

of t h e s en t e n ce
lVi th a grea t su m obt a ined I this freedom N e w Test .

— .
N e ve r , n ot e ven u nd e r the tyr a nny of L a u d , h a d th e condi tion of the

Puri tans been so de plor ab le a s a t th a t ti me M A C AU L AY .
-
.
F or the s a ke of you r f a me , f or the s a ke of the civi lis a tion you ha ve

atta i ne d, stifle n o t defence l ess wretches in c a v ern s JERR O LD — .
Th e m e p ri n cipl e pplie s th e p o sitio n of d v er b i al

‘
sa a to a
cl a u se s
Thou gh I sp e a k w ith the tongu es of m en a nd of a nge ls , a nd ha ve n ot
cha rity, I a m become as soundin g br a ss or a tin kl in g cymb al .
9 Pos it io of
. n o n l y
— “
It is a v ery com m o n erro r to p ut
.
“ ”
t h e w or d only in its w rong pl a ce It s o m etim e s h ap pen s .
th at th e m e an i n g as w ell as t h e forc e o f a se nte n ce d ep en d s on

t h i s ad v er b b ei n g pl ace d b efo r e the w or d t h at it is inten d e d to
Sir dded th at Engla nd w ould rem ain a w orld po w er on ly s o

G eor g e
long as it hel d comm a nd of th e s e a —
a -
D a i ly Exp r ess p 5 Se pt ,
.
,
.
7 1 9 00 ( This is m uch bet ter th a n s ayin g

, . w oul d on ly
rem ain .
Russi a is wil lin g to a ct in concert w i th th e o ther po w ers on ly u ntil

order h a s been restored in Chin a and no l on g er — D a i ly .
Te le grap h p 9 July 7 1 9 0,
. 0 ( This is much better th an s ay
, ,
.
“
ing is on ly w illing e tc ) ,
.
H e look ed for w a rd to a time w hen all our m a in c a b l es w ou ld on ly

tou ch Bri tish territory a n d w ou l d be a dequ ate ly pro tected from
a n enem y —
,
I bid p 6 Se pt 7 1 9 0
. 0 ( H ere t h e order is so
. .
,
.
, .
“
b ad th a t it a lters th e sense It shoul d he w ou l d touch on ly .
British
L ord H h as proc laimed th at h e an d th e section w hich he represen ts
will only be bound b y decision s th a t sui t themse l v e s —Ch u rch
.
“
G a zette p 67 4 Apri l 8 1 89 9
, .
, ( Say w i ll be boun d on ly by , . ,
decisions etc ) ,
.
It w a s on ly w hen th e p art y h a d driv en some lit tle dis tance th at he

bethough t him th a t it migh t be usefu l t o th e o fficia ls e tc ,
.
D a ily Te legr ap h p 5 Au g 3 19 00 ( Correc t )

, .
, .
,
. .
Th e Bri tish G o v ernmen t h as o ffici ally a ckn o w led g ed th at G erm ans

in S amo a c an be prosecu t ed for punish ab le o ffences on ly by
G erm a n cour ts — I bid p 1 0 A pril 1 7 1 899 ( Correc t )
. .
, , . .
A Belg i an j ourn al denounced En gland a fe w mon ths b ack for h av in g

a c ted as she did on b eh al f o f Be lgium in 1 83 0on ly from e g o tis m
1 52 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J USTIF IED P ART I
person al interes t —F ortnightly Re view p 7 59 N o v 1 9 00

a nd , .
, . .
( Correc t ) .
Pe a ce cou l d h a v e been h a d e a sily a nd comfort ab ly b y se l f effa cemen t -

,
b u t w e cou l d h a v e he l d our o w n on ly b y th e me thods a do pted .
Sp ecta tor p 7 9 0 June 1 1 9 01 , ( Correc t If on ly w ere pla ced

.
, ,
. .
“
before he ld th e sense w ould be different ) , .
Ev en th a t h o w e v er c a n succeed on ly if th e societies w i ll tak e it u p

a s a g re a t soci al a n d n o t a s a
p o l i t ic a l mo v ement —I bid p
, , . . .
7 9 0 June 1 1 9 01 ( Correc t . .
Th e difference is so gre a t th a t it can be e x pla ined only b y w ide

, ,
differences in th e origin of th e quond am slav es w h o be lon g ed

orig in ally to at l e ast four unconnected tribes —I bid p 7 91
,
. . .
,
June ( Correct ) .
1 0 Pos it io n
. of
“
even .
—
Eq ua lly imp orta nt is t h e po s itio n
”
even
F orty pe r cen t of th e v o lun teers c annot possib ly bind themsel v es to
a ttend c a m p e ve n o nce in t w o
y e a r s —Q uo t ed in Sp ecta tor p , .
4 53 M a rc h 2 1 1 9 0
,
3 ( Correc t Th e force of th e sentence
, . .
de pends u pon e ven being placed immediate ly before once ) .
Corre ct, i mpr ove, j f y th e fo llo wi ng sen te n

orc es u s ti
1 The a nnouncemen t is such as to if it w ere possib l e still mor e

.
, ,
confirm us in our resolv e of doin g our duty in the presen t emergenc y .
Quo ted i n Ti me s F e b 2 2 1 9 00 , .
, .
2 Th e A ll ies w i ll on ly be abl e to test the re ality of th e app a rent

.
a w ak enin g of th e fi g h t in g s piri t in Chin a w hen t he y are in a

positi on ,
t o c arry on their O per a t ions u pon ground permi ttin g the e v o l ution of
fl a nk in g ta c tic s —D a ily Te legrap h p 9 Ju ly 1 8 1 9 00 ,
.
, ,
.
3 M r John M orl e y M P a tt ended on S a turd ay ni ght a t O x ford

. .
, . .
,
the annu al dinner of the Palmerston C lub of w hich he is honora ry

—
,
p resident I bid p 7 June 1 1 1 9 0

. 0 . .
, , .
4 It is w or th w hil e to briefl y no te th e sco pe an d ch a r a c ter of their

o per ations for th ese v a ry considerab ly —I bid p 7 A pri l 2 4 1 9 00
.
. . .
, ,
5 It le a ds t h e re a der w h o seek s t o unders ta nd t h e re al ben t of

Rus kin s s ym pa th y a stray —Quoted in Re vi e w of Re vie ws p 2 4 7
.
’
. .
, ,
M arch 1 9 00 .
6 If th e G o v ernmen t thoug h t it righ t to pub licl y censure a G ener al

—
.
,
t h e on ly lo g ic al ou tc ome w as t o supersede him Q uo ted in D a i ly .
Te legra ph, p 7 , M ay .
7 . e h a d alre a dy m ade s tron g re presen ta t ions t o th e im peri al

o ernmen t t refr in from sendin the risoners t S H e l en w i th
out success —I bid p 7 M arch 3 0 1 9 00
g v o a g p o t a .
. . . .
, ,
8 Fin ally t h e g re a t D uk e t au gh t us b y his recognition of th e v alue

.
of s e a p o w er th at th e o pportuni ty of G re at Bri ta in l ies 1 n w ar in her

-
,
c a paci ty to pre pa re in secret those o v er s e a e x pedi tions w hich e tc -

, ,
.
F or tnightly Re vie w , p 82 6, N o v 1 89 9 . . .
At Pa ris I on ly found a difl e re nt v ie w in reg a rd to th e South

Africa n w ar in th e house of a w e ll kno w n Parli amen ta ria n and
honor a ry member of th e Cobden cl ub —I bid p 3 3 , July 19 00 . . . .
1 0 Th e l egend l i v es an d w i ll li v e in t h e pic turesque pag es of

.
a cter of the cot ton crop sh all be kno wn to themse lv es and to all o thers
concerned bo th e arly a nd accura tely —Specta tor p 3 64 Se pt 2 2 1 9 00 , .
, .
, .
2 8 It h as c aused e v en w onderfu l to re late our e v an g el ic al bre thren

.
, ,
to see th at if the y do no t w ak e u p the y w ill simply dre a m themse lv es

a ll a w a y —Chu rch G a z e tte 1 7 8 June 3 1 899
.
p ,
.
, , .
2 9 Th e H ome Office h a s pr a c t ic ally decided to in an y ca se issue a

licence to M rs D to O pen the grav e a t H igh ga te —D a i ly Te le grap h
.
. . .
,
p 7 M arch 2 1 9 00
.
, , .
3 0 Th e em peror on ly embr a ced the Reform mo v ement w hen th e

.
hel plessness of th e o ld sys t em w a s tr ag ic ally borne in u pon him b y the

humil i ation of the Tre aty of Sh im ono sak i —F ortnightly Re vie w p .
,
.
51 5 Se pt 1 9 00
, . .
3 1 It is on ly possibl e to proceed w i th w h a t is pro perly to be con

.
s ide re d technic al educ ation a fter cer tain subj ec t s w hich must be re
arded as fund amen t a l a n d a bso l ute ly essen t i a l h a v e been thorou g h ly
g
ma s tered — School Wor ld p 3 68 O ct 1 9 00
.
, .
, . .
3 2 H e ( Domiti an ) did n o t fa i l t o persecu te Christi ans bec ause h e

.
,
had no inclin at ion to do so but bec ause there w ere non e in Rome dur ~
ing his reig n to persecu te —RE B ER Chris t of P a u l p 2 41

,
. . .
, ,
33 There is a sort of sus picion a mon g quie t G erm an s especi ally in

.
,
the non indus tri al pro v inces th a t h e w ishes to pose a s a redresser of

-
th e w orld s w ron g s —a sus picion w hich w e en tirely bel ie v e to be unjust

,
’
—Sp ecta tor p 7 3 7 N o v 2 4 19 00

.
. . .
, , ,
3 4 M ay I remind him th a t m y ori g in al le tter w as on ly occ a sioned

.
b y a portion of your ar tic l e of No v ember 3 rd —1 bid p 7 4 5 N ov . .

,
.
35Si r H M , wh o h ad on ly been m ade acqu ain t ed w ith the in te n

. . .
tions of th e M inis ter on th e day before th a t on w hich th e Premier

in troduced t h e Resolu tion , pro tested th a t the price pro posed to be tak en
for th e r ailw ay w as far too low — I bi d p 7 9 5, D e c 1 , 1 9 00 . . . . .
3 6 To ri g id ly enforce the Publ ic H e alth Ac ts w ou ld merely result

.
in t hro win g thous ands of peo ple ou t in to th e s tree t s an d th at w ou l d

cre at e a crisis com pellin g the Council to act F ortnightly Revie w , p — .
9 7 2 , D e c 1 9 00 . .
3 7 W a shin g ton w a s deliber atel y m a de , it did not g ro w , in more

—
.
senses th a n one Sp e cta tor, p 9 63, D e c 2 9 , 1 9 00

. . . .
3 8 Th e a d v oc at es of rifle c l ubs in g ener al, an d D r Co n an Do yl e in

. .
p a r ticu l a r are s po k en of a s if they w ere a set of crimi n al l un atics w h o

,
ou ght to be at once pu t in t o stra i t w a is tco at s I bid p 6, Jan 5, -

.
— . . .
1 9 01 .
39 I t is not th e pur pose of this paper to consider w he ther th e tr ain

.
ing w hich can be gi v en t o th e a u x il i ar y forces is s u fli cie nt to fi t them

t o successfu lly o ppose men fully tr ained on the recog nised modern
line s —
F or tn ightly Re vie w p 3 1 4, F e b 1 9 0 1 , . . .
4 0 I end as I beg an b y imp lorin g th e

. ouse to seriously consider
th e essen t i ally unbusiness lik e s ys tem under w hich t h e mi li ta ry for ces
—
-
of th e Cro wn are now admi nis tere d L ord W O L S ELEY, quo ted in
D a i ly Te legrap h. p 6 , M a rc h 5, 1 9 01 . .
41 . Ev en
if w e are fortun a te enou gh to recei v e and re ward v ery
e x cellen t designs they can only at present be erec ted in such pa rt s of
,
En gl and as are not cursed w i th b y l a w s w hich render one of th e most -
a v a il ab le of bui ldin g m ateri al s i lle al Sp ecta tor p 3 4 6 M a rch 9 19 01

g
-
. , . , .
,
C R AP m . ERRO RS O F O RD ER 155
42 . W e should be lie v e th at Euro pe be wil dered

b y the absence of an ,
obj ecti v e , w ea ry of a n e x pendit ure w i thou t resul t, and at hea rt

ash a med of a s la u h ter w hich ad v a nces no w hi ther w oul d ac q u ies ce in
g ,
this resu lt , a cce ptin g th e s ta tu s gu o a nte w i thou t demur, but for on e

—
serious doub t I bid p 7 9 2, D e c 1 , 1 9 00 . . . .
4 3 The y h ad alre ady proc la imed th a t the a tta ck of s k irmishers in

.
line w as s imply a do pted , bo t h b y oursel v es an d b y t h e F eder al s , b e

c ause nei ther w e nor the y k ne w be tt er I bid p 52 2 , A pril 1 3 , 1 9 01 .
— . . .
4 4 Runnin g do wn a bo at in t o th e surf, th e y le aped in a nd d a shed

—
.
throu gh t h e bre ak ers a mids t t h e cheers of those on shor e

, Storie s a nd
F a bles f or Comp osi tion, p 1 04 . .
4 5 In a fe w minutes , im pell ed b y th e stron g a rms o f thes e ga llant

.
men , th e bo at fl e w on and re a ched the s tranded ship, c atchin g her on

th e t op of a w av e I bid p 1 04 — . . .
4 6 In our o pinion the bicycle is to o free ly used for th e common

.
w elfa re ; and th e pub lic do n o t seem fu lly al i v e to th e a ccidents t o

w hich its use gi v es rise .
—
D a i ly M a i l, p 4 , A pril 2 2 , 1 9 01 . .
4 7 B y reduci ng th e cost of oce a n tr av e l the M org an S yn dica te e x

.
-
pe e ts to incre as e the number of pa ssen g ers on the Atlantic ferr y v a s tly

—
.
D a ily Exp r ess , p 1 , A pril 3 0 ,

.1 901 .
4 8 You seem to thin k th a t orders h a v e only g one abro ad bec a use

—
.
those w h o g av e them did not unders tand their b u sines s I bid p 5, . .
June 1 , 1 9 01 .
49 is M ajesty h as arran ged to person ally receiv e a number of

distin g uished v isi tors at the C as tle t o day —I bid p 5 June 1 1 9 01
.
-
. . . .
, ,
50 Th e Fa shod a inciden t ne v er re a ched a d a n g erous poin t in

.
Fr a nce M r D elc a ss e se t tled it before th e pub lic un ders tood th at th e

. .
n a tion al dig ni ty w as in v olv ed w ith a sk ill for w hich m an kind o w es

him more gratit ude th a n some pat rio t s are w illing to concede —F or t .
n ightly Re vi ew p 1 0 2 7 June 1 9 0
,
. 1 , .
51 This w oul d h av e m e an t a g re at e x penditure of money a nd w e

.
honestly do no t see th e duty —Sp e cta tor p 9 06 J une 2 2 1 9 01

,
. . .
, , ,
52 I t w as then th e la w of all C a thol ic coun tries th at an ecclesias ti c

.
sho u ld only be h anded o v er to th e sec u lar arm a fter h av in g been found

g ui l ty de g ra ded from his s a cred o f fi ce a n d s tri pped of his re li g ious or
—
, ,
s a cerdo tal h abit I bi d p 9 7 0 June 2 9 1 9 01

. . .
, ,
.
53 Any one w h o is in teres t ed in th e ques tion of th e reform of the

.
It ali an Uni v ersi ty s ystem will find a n e xh a ust iv e s tudy of the me a sure
w hich is bein g a d v oc a t ed b y Professor B u cc e lli th e presen t M inis ter of
Pub lic Ins truc tion in It aly in L a Ref or m s Socia le —Re vie w of Re vi e w s
,
. ,
,
p 7 9 Jan 1 89 9
.
, . .
54 Summin g u p the L ord Chief Justice s aid he did n o t lik e to he ar

.
,
of a late o fficer in th e a rmy w ri ting l etters w hich contem pla ted the
p a yment of mon e y to pub li c o ffici al s nor of a firm of t r a ders recei v in g ,
such a communica tion and continuin g t o do business w i th th e m an

w h o w rote it w i thou t a remonstran ce —D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 June .
,
.
,
55 The s e a off the W est Co a st is to a gre at e x tent s tudded w i th

.
sm allis lands a nd points of roc k w hich must necess ari ly, in t he fo g s

w hich there pre v ai l , pa rticul arl y in w in t er, render the a ppro a ch e x
tremely h az ardous for v essel s Spectator , p 3 87 , Se pt 1 90 1 — . . .
56 Th e g re at me tropo l i ta n hospital s h a v e reco gnised i ts v alue by

.
1 56 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J USTIF IED A RT
P I
offering to O x ford a n d C ambridg e students on ly s peci al scho larships on

condition th a t they h a v e comple ted the e a rl ier—t ha t is the theore t ic al
— p art of t heir medic a l s tudies a t t h e uni v ersi t ie s —D a i ly Te le gr a h
p
,
p 9 A pri l 8 1 9 02
.
, ,
.
57 I t is cert ain ly the t a x most O pen to obj ection a nd th e re fo re t h e

.
,
o
t a x w hich oug h t to be th e firs t to g o under im pro v ed cir cums ta nces .
Sp e cta tor , p 8 2 8, M ay 3 1 , 1 9 0
. 2 .
58 I t w i ll be a w a r on s e a inste a d of on l and la rg e ly, a n d w e do

—
.
not k no w much a bou t s e a w arfare of late ye a rs Q uo t ed in D a ily

-
Te legrap h, A pril 1 5, 1 898 .
59 At Trefri w in W al es is to be seen a d a n g er bo ard w hich s tat e s

—
-
.
Notice to cycl ists This hill is d an g erous by order of t he a u thori ties .
W hil e the y w ere in the v ein they mi g ht a s w e ll h a v e ordered it to be

—
s a fe D a i ly Te legraph , p 7 , Au g 2 6, 1 899
. . . .
60 Sub tle , proud , d arin g , reso l u t e , a n d an a ccom pl ished h ypocri te ,

.
she disg uises a l on g cherished h a tred of her husb a nd , resultin g from

-
th e sa crifice of her d au g hte r at Au l is , under a c l o ak of l o v e sic k affe c

—
-
t io n PAL EY S ( Eschylu s, p 3 2 0
’
. . .
6 1 Th e D u tch G o v ernmen t is reso lv e d to set its fa ce against a ny

.
demons trations , nor wi ll it permi t M r K to es tab lish a cen t re of po li .
tic al intrig ue against a friend ly po w er in olland —D a ily Te legrap h ,

.
p. 9 , O c t 2.5,
1 90 0 .
62 Accordin g t o th e s ame correspondent , th e Bri tish Consul a t

.
M arseil les h as m ade an in v es ti gat ion , t o g e ther w i th a pol ice offici al , as

to the inciden t which t ook place yesterd ay —I bid p 9 , N ov 2 4, 1 9 00 . . . .
63 It has t oo often been our h a bi t in de al in g w i th the Chinese to

.
forge t the crimes committed b y them on th e fir s t appe arance of repen t

a nce .
—B lackw ood s M a ga z ine , p 2 89 , Au g 1 9 00
’
. . .
6 4 Th e w riter contem plat es th e possibili ty of th e con v ersion of th e

.
four hundred millions of Chin a in to a mi li tary peop le w ith dre a d .
Re v ie w of R e vi e ws , p 2 9 0, M arch 1 9 01
—
. .
6 5 Po l i t ic al bit t erness on ly yie lds th e p al m to re li g iou s

. Edu ca
ti ona l Re vi e w ( M a dr as ) , p 59 , F e b 1 9 0 .0 . .
66 H e sel dom t oo k u p the Bib l e , w hich he frequently did , w i thout

—
.
sheddin g te ars KNO WLE S , L ife of F u se li , v ol i p 3 89 ( H ) . . . .
6 7 H is la s t j ourney w as t o C a nnes , w hence he was ne v er des tined ‘

.
to re tur n —M rs G R O TE , L ife of Ge orge Grate , ch xx i x p 2 4 5

. . . . .
68 I w a s informed th at th e troub les w i th the s tudents h ad on ly a

.
p o l i t ic a l im por t ance in so far a s it h a d a w ak ened n e w ide as a mong th e
w ork me n —
D a i ly M a il, p 5, A pril 1 5, 19 01 . .
69 W e a re informed by the Cun a rd Com pan y th a t th e sh a ft w as

ract1cally a n e w one , on ly h a v in g been fi tt ed a l i t tle o v er a ye ar a g o
—
p .
D a ily Te legr ap h, p 9 , M a rch 5, 1 9 02 . .
7 0 But I do n o t belie v e th at Aris tot le w ill pre v a il, as you do

. .
Th e g ro w th of th e Aristo te li an s piri t wi ll soon c all o u t a corres pondin g

g ro w t h of the Pl a toni c Sp ect a tor , p
-
8 6, J a n 1 7 1 9 03 . . .
7 1 Th e por trait of Presiden t Roose v e lt, s peci ally t aken for The
.
Wor ld s Work, gi v es one side of th e ch a ra c ter of th e m a n portrayed

’
n amely, his stren g th and t en acity w ith w onderful e x a ctness I bid — .

— .
p 1 3 5, Jan 2 4 , 1 9 03
. . .
7 2 Th e law s of t his country are not cont ained in fe w er th an fifty

—
.
folio v ol umes PA LEY, M ora ls i 4

. . .
1 58 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT 1
ta k es the form of that the pre posi tion is alw a ys pla ced a fter it —a s
, ,
This is th e m a n that I w a s loo k in g f or W e h av e al so the fami li ar

.
p hr a se ,
A ll t h e w or ld ov er .
3 . P o s it io n o f t h e g ov e rn in g w o r d — ( )
a If th e go v erning
w or d is a n ou n an a dj e cti v e , or an a d v er b t h e p rep o sition w it h
, , ,
its o bj e ct is alm ost al w ay s pl a ce d i m m e d i a tely a fter it as in

, ,
t h e e xa mples gi v e n ab o v e
A bird in the h and ( N ou n ) .
( Adj ecti ve )
’
Sh ort o f money
Adv ersely to my in teres ts ( Adve r b ) .
Bu t w e c a n n ot al w a ys av oi d s ep a r ati ng a prep osition fro m

its go v ern ing w o r d In su c h an e x a mple as th e follo w ing t h e
.
s ep ar ati o n is i n e v itab le an d b e cau se it is felt to b e i n e v itab le

, , ,
it p ro d u ces n o ill effe ct in p oint eith er of cle arn ess or e u p h ony

Both of these n e w book s a ns w er t o th e de ma nd v ery n atural w hen ,
t as t e is ch a o tic a n d l iter ature v o l uminous f or some g uid ance

in discrimin atin g be tw een g ood and b ad —L iteratu r e p 1 60
,
.
, ,
F e b 2 4 , 1 9 00
. .
Th er e is no e x cu s e h o w e v e r
, ,
fo r su ch a m ispl ace m e nt as th e
follo w i ng
One of th e comb a ta n ts w a s unhurt a n d th e o ther sus ta ined a
w ound in th e ar m of no im por tanc e —Quo ted in Pu nch O c t 5
,
.
, ,
1 87 2 ( Say sus tained in t h e arm a w ound of n o im por ta nce

. .
b
( ) If th e go v erni ng w or d is a v er b t h e p r ep ositio n w it h its
,
O bj ect m ay b e pl a ce d eith e r b efo r e o r a fter it — m or e u su ally ,
a fter . B u t in eith er c a se it m u st b e pl a ce d n e a r e no ugh to its

go v er ning w or d to p r e v e nt a m b ig u ity o r an u n ple a sin g e ffe ct
On these tw o comm andmen t s h ang a ll th e l a w a nd the pro phets .
JVe w Te s t ( H ere th e pre posi tion” w i th its Obj e ct i s pla ced

.
before th e g o v ern i ng w ord h an g It 1 e ce iv e s em ph asis from .
st anding first ) .
In 1 2 38 H enry g a v e h im his sister Ele anor w ido w of th e eldest son

of W illi am M arsh all th e Regent in m arri ag e —Short H is tory
,
, ,
of Eng la nd p 1 00 ( H ere in m a rriag e is placed a fter

,
“
. .
“ ”
g av e but it is t o o fa r off Say gav e him in m arri age ) .
4 Se v e r a l Pr e pos it ions de p e n de nt on t he s am e w or d
. .
W h e n t h e go v erni ng w or d h as se v eral prep ositi on s ( e ac h follo w e d

b y a sep a r at e O bj ect o f its o w n) d ep e n din g o n it it is so m eti mes ,
c on v e n ie nt to pu t o n e o f th e p r eposition s w it h its o bj e ct fi rst

( 1 ) H erod is b o und bod y a n d soul by an o v er whe lmin g passion to
his h augh ty and be au t iful wife —F ortnightly Re vie w p 1 80
, ,
.
, ,
Jan 1 9 01. .
There 18 a n a w k w a rdness i n pla cin g passion before t o, a nd in

“
pla cing to so fa r away from bound . To a v oid t his s ay
C R AP . 1 11 ERRO RS O F O RD ER 1 59
To his h aug hty and be a u tifu l w i fe e rod is bound b ody and s o ul , ,

by a n o v er w helmin g passion .
e a c tion of G erm an y in storing a qu an t it

( 2 ) T h y of co al on one of
the islands of th e F a rson g rou p h as c aused considera bl e irri
ta tio n in Cons tantino ple The Por te h as su g g es ted th e .
cre ation on the s a me is la nd b y th e O ttom a n Admiralty of

a co al in g st a t ion w hich w ou l d re pla ce th e G erm a n s ta tion
, ,
a nd t o w hich a ll t h e o ther Po w ers w ou l d h a v e a ccess D a i ly -
Te le gr ap h, p 1 0, O ct 2 6, 1 9 00 . . .
In the second sentence three di fferent re positions ea ch fo llo w ed

,
by a se para te Obj ect of its o w n, are e pe n de n t on one w ord ,

”
“
crea tion Th e effec t is b a d
. Th e . sentence migh t be rec as t
thus
Th e Porte h a s sugges ted th at a co alin g sta tion , w hich w ou ld
re place th e G erm an one , an d to w hich all the o ther Pow ers
w oul d h a v e a ccess , shoul d be cre ated on th e s a me is la nd b y the
O ttom a n Admiralty .
5 . Pr e pos it io n a t e nd o f s e nt e n c e —As a ge ne r al r u le a
pre po sitio n s h o u l d no t b e pl a ce d a t th e e n d o f a se nten ce It .
is n o t str o ng e n o u g h to sta n d i n a pl ace o f s o m u c h e mp h a sis

a nd im p o rta n c e
Bisho p J A M Fau l writin g on

. .
‘
Ca tho lics and Americ an
,
”
Ci tizenship m aint ains th a t America n ci tizens bec ause they
C a tho lics a re discrimin ated aga i ns t —Re vie w of Re vi ew s
, ,
are , .
,
p 3 8 4 Oct 1 9 00 ( Say
“
.
,
. do not recei v e equal
.
Th e firs t duty of a n agi ta t or is t o be sincere a n d w a n t of sinceri ty ,
is a ch a rg e th at t h e agi t at ors a g a ins t alien immigra tion h av e

certa inly la id themse lv es o pen te —Sp e cta tor p 3 64 M a rch 7 .
,
.
, ,
19 0 3 ( Since
. tha t as a R e la t i v e c a nno t h av e a
pre posi tion
p l a ced before i t w e mus t s ay ,a ch a r e to w h ich th e a i ta tors
g g ,
a g a ins t alien immi g r at ion h a v e l a id themse l v es
Th is pre c au tion h o w e v e r d o e s n o t h ol d goo d w h en t h e v e r b

, ,
“ ”
is a p rep ositio n al v er b i e w h e n t h e p r ep ositio n an d th e
,
. .
v e r b h av e b ecom e s o closely a sso ci ate d i n i d e a o r u s age as to
form a comp o u n d, w h ic h can b e u se d in the Passi v e v oice

H e dis lik es bein g lau g hed at .
Co rrect, improve ,or j u stify the follow ing se ntences

1 Th e subs tan ti al a id th e Co lonies a re g i v in g us sho w h o w w e lcome
.
w ou l d be t o t heir forces a more com pl e te union w i th our o w n .
F or tnightly Re vie w p 492 M a rch 19 00 , .

,
.
2 Such a c a mp w ou l d a fford a n o ppor tunity for g i vin g a different

.
kind of ins t ruc tion and trainin g but one n o less v alu a b le perh aps
fro m th at w hich is g iv en in th e schoolroom —Re vie w of Re vie tvs
, ,
.
,
p . 6 1 1 Dec 1
,
899 . .
3 In 1 2 38 e nr
y g av e h im his sis ter Ele a nor wi do w of the e ldest
son of W illi a m M arsh all th e reg en t in m arri age —Short H istory of
.
,
, ,
Thi g la nd p 1 0 0 , . .
1 60 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED P A RT 1
4 . It is
so t o be borne in mind th a t th e cons truc tion of a r ail way
al
throug h a t presen t w a s te la nd cou ld le a d to gre at de v elo pmen ts ; for
the n at ural resources of the terri tory are g re a t — Re vi e w of Re vie w s .
,
p 580
.
, Dec
1 89 9. .
5 F our e x perienced a nd w e ll kno w n officers h a v e been a ppointed

.
-
t o fi ll t h e chief di pl om a tic positions a t res pecti v e ly V ien n a , M a drid ,

Brusse ls , an d Rio de J ans iro D a ily Te legrap h , p 6, Aug 8, 1 9 00
.
— . . .
6 An Egypti a n a rmy, le d an d o ffi ce re d b y En g lishmen , h ad , a ft er

.
some ye ars a n d a s e ries of difficu lties, freed Egypt a nd th e Soud a n ,

a n d res tored a terri tory w hich w as former ly i v en u p t o b arb a rism to
g
ci v i lis at io n —Quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h, p 1 1 , N o v 1 , 1 89 9 . . .
7 W e can s ti ll, w i th e v ery ho pe of success , comb a t th e ob ta inin g

by th e L ondo n United Tr a m ways Com pan y of a monopoly —M iddles ea:
.
Cou nty Tim es, p 9 , O c t 2 1 , 1 89 9 . . .
8 In a recen t number of L iteratu re th e disco v ery a t Florence w as

.
a nnounced of a series of documen t s be a ring on the fa mi ly of D a n te .
L i tera tu re , p 3 19 , Se pt 3 0
.
,
1 89 9 . .
9 In the s a me number is a n im porta nt p l e a for the soci al em anei

—
.
pa tion of w om a n from th e pen of A L u s ig no li R e vi e w of Re v ie ws , ~

. .
p. 59 2 ,
D e c 1 898 . .
1 0 I t is i m possib le to omit mention in this connection of the

curious de v ices often a do pted to encourag e drinkin g of w in e —F ort
.
n ightly Re vie w , p 2 60 , Au g 1 89 9 . . .
1 1 As re ga rds t h e s al e of l iquor , I ho ld th a t v er y di fferen t

.
restri c tions an d re gula tions are dem a nded from those w hich pre vail .
Quo ted in D a il y Te legraph , p 5, Au g 2 9 , 1 89 9 . . .
1 2 M edic al men in the parish of M aryl ebone are gre atly con
.
cerned a t th e appe ara nce duri ng th e la s t fe w week s of e x cessi v e ly h o t

w e a ther o f numerous c ases w hich indic a t e sic k ness comin g w ithin th e
descri ption of En glish cho lera I bid p 7 , Au g 7 , 189 9 — . . . .
1 3 L ord St a nho pe w i ll c all a tt en t ion to th e e ffec t on th e o pera tion

of the Sug a r boun ties of recent l eg isla tion in Indi a —I bid p 7 ,
.
. .
July 20 1 89 9 ,
.
1 4 There w a s a tremendous rush on S a turd ay to ta k e e x cisa b l e

.
'
a rticl es ou t o f bond , a n d there w ere in consequence numerous a ppli
c ations for lo a ns to b a nk ers I bid p 8, M arch 5, 1 9 00 — . . .
1 5 At t h e Ro yal D u bl in Socie ty s C a t tl e Sho w the £ 1 0 0 cu p

’
.
presented t o the Society for com pe t i t ion in th e Shorthorn bu ll Cla ss

b y H e r M aj esty the Q ueen w as w o n by M r Armstron g —l bid p 6, . . .
Apri l 1 9 , 1 9 00 .
1 6 M e n are n o t encour ag ed b y such a n incident a s the shoo tin g of

.
t he son o f a fi e l d corne t w h o tried t o induce some of th e F eder als in

-
th e senior s ta te to surrender by a n irreconci lab l e n amed C I bid .

-
.
p . 1 0,
J u ne 2 2 , 1 9 00 .
1 7 I t was w i th th e a ppro v al of M r B alfour a n d M r Ch a mberla in

. . .
t h at the Secret ary to t h e L oc al G o v ernmen t Bo a rd w ithdre w th e

schedul e fi x in g a m a x imum ra te of in terest from th e M oney lendin g -
b ill —D a ily Te legrap h , p 9 , June 2 8, 1 9 00

. . .
1 8 Th e I tal i a n n a tion w oul d h a v e been j arred to th e v ery sou l b y

.
a ny outbre ak round the cor pse of its murdered so v erei g n of th e dis
a s trous feud be t w een the V a tic a n an d the Quirin al , w hich v i ti a tes the
w ho le po l itic al l ife of the It ali a n kin g dom I bid p 4 , Au g 1 0 ,

1 900 .
— . . . .
an histori an is concerned ab ou t —G R A H A M , Victo ri a n L iterat u re ,

P 213 .
35 I w as a w oke a t th ree o c loc k on Sund ay morn ing by a con cert

.
’
of a v er y unusual k ind to m y ears a nd t em pted by t he u nw ante d

s trains I s to le do w n int o th e garden —Sir RIC HA RD OWE N q uo ted in
,
.
,
Victo ria n L ite rat u re , 4 69

d
.
3 6 It is con tende
. th a t th e Empe ror shoul d return to his own
ag ain , a nd th a t a ll business shou l d be t ra n sa cted w ith Li H un g Ch ang - -
a n d t h e other pl enipo t en t i aries under his so l e a u thority D a ily .

-
Te le graph , p 7 , N o v 1 6, 1 9 0
. 0 . .
3 7 Very much more proof w il l be required of th at fa ct t h an the

.
pre v al ence a mon g t h e t ena nt fa rmers of th e pro vince of th e feelin g

th a t the y h a v e been les s liberally de al t w i th for a yea r or so t h an they
.
—
used t o be Sj} me ta /or, p 7 38, N o v 2 4 , 1 9 00 . . .
3 8 These pe o pl e h av e done t heir bes t t o deg ra de th e tone of public

.
li fe to as lo w a le v e l as it h a d sunk t o in th e d ays w hen corruption

and j obbe ry perm ea t ed e v ery fibre of the body po l i tic D a ily Te le grap h, .
—
p 9 , N o v 2 8, 1 9 00
. . .
3 9 Th e peo pl e of th e Punj ab a re now payin g the ine v i tabl e pen al ty

.
for th e rains an d floods th a t co v ere d th e coun try w i th w at er durin g

th e monsoon mon ths in th e sh ape of a se v ere v isita t ion o f au tumn
.
—
fe v er P ioneer M a il , p 8, N ov 2 , 1 9 00 . . .
4 0 I do not pursue th e m a tter e x ce pt to s ay th at I saw th e line

.
taken on m any occa sions of im utin g dis l oya lty a n d w a n t of pa trio tism
p
to m e n qui t e as l o yal an d pa t r i otic , t hou 0
g h di f
f erin g from t hemselv es
in o pinion , on the other side Quo ted in D a i ly Te le grap h, p 1 0, .
— .
Dec . 1 9 00 .
4 1 The M ayor ( of C ape To w n ) h a s been ca ll ed upon t o decide l n w h at

.
w ay th e ser v ices ca n be u t i lis ed of men un a b l e , o win t o urog en t bus in e ss

g —
rea sons, to de v o te their w ho le t ime to o pera tions i n the field I bid . .
p 7 , Jan 4 , 1 9 01
. . .
4 2 Th e isl a nd of Z anzib a r an d th e isl and of Pemba h a v e an a rea of

.
a bou t one t hous and squ a re mil es be t w ee n th em , w i th a opu l t ion of

p a
some 2 00000—D a ily Exp ress p 4 Jan 3 0
, .
,
.
, .
,
4 3 Professor B D of O w ens Co ll e g e h as e x pressed th e o pinion

. . .
th at co al mea sures w ou l d be foun d under th e co un ty of K en t in

v a rious pu b l ic a tion s —Quoted in D a il y Te leg rap h p 5 Fe b , .
, .
1901 .
44 The M ac e doni a n propa gand a h a s now a ssumed t oo la rg e din1 e n

.
s ions, an d t o o stron gly influences th e po pu la r O pinion , for it to be

su ppressed a rbi traril y I bid p 8 , Fe b 2 2 , 1 9 01 .
— . . . .
4 5 W h a te v er t hey ( foreigners ) tak e 1 1] h a nd ca n on ly be a suc c ess,

.
pro v ided n a tiv e sen timen t and prej udices are s tudied an d sho w n
consideration for —N orfh Anze rira n Re n e w
. 7 1 Ja n 1 9 01 .
4 6 W hen the y are w orkin g in a ssoci a t ion , O pport unities for th e

.
ex ch an g e of rem arks occur , an d th ese they are no t s lo w to a v a il t hem

.
—
selv es o f F ortnight ly Re vie w , p 5 64 , M a rch 1 9 01 . .
4 7 There 1 5 a busin e ss spect in libel to a ne w spaper It some

.
a —
.
t im es pays to h a v e libel s i n n e w spa per col umns Quoted in .
p 7 , M arch
Te legrap h , p .
4 8 Perh a ps the mos t p l ea sin g feat u re in the more recent as pe ct s

.
of South Afric an q u estio ns ha s been the recoi l u pon th e enginee rs of

2 9 , 1 901.
Se pt .. 2 1, 1 901 .
S tate s d izmné
F ortnightl y Re vie w, p 69 0
.
, O c t. 1 9 01.
60 . W e hm r it u se d ev a y day to thm w de nbt on the late st
1 9 01 .
1 64 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT 1
registere d in the m atter of posta l rates —L itera tu re p .

, . 2 62 , M arch 1 1 ,
1 89 9 .
62 I and others h a v e been in con v ers a tion du rin g the later de v el o p

.
ment s of th e crisis w i th th e L iber al M inisters w h o h av e been si lent .
D a ily Te leg rap h p 5 Oct 3 1 899 , .

, .
, .
63 A pronounced t aste for ta b le turnin g a nd for the in v oc ation

.
-
of the spirits of defu nct cel ebri ties h a s j ust brou ght a res pec tab le
dressmak er w h o re tire d fro m business a fe w months ag o on a com
0a ye ar into s ad troubl e —
,
forta ble income of £ 3 0 I bid p 1 1 Dec 1 0 , . .

,
.
,
1 901 .
64 . Mr
A C M orton obj ec ted a t th e City Corpora tion mee tin g
. . .
‘
to
200g uine a s being spen t on decor a tions for M r Ch amberlain s vi si t ’
. .
D a ily Expre ss , p 1 , Jan 3 1, 1 9 01 . . .
65 The N a ti ona l Re v ie w is chie fly rem a rk ab l e for a lon g , c arefu lly

.
de v e loped , and most a ble pro pos al of a scheme for t he recons truc tion
“
of South Afric a, by Jo h annesburg Sp ectator, p 52 1 , April 5, .
— .
1 902 .
66 I find it im possible to censure M r Rh o de s s p ar ticipa tion in the ’
circumst a nces w hich le d t o the Raid on moral g rounds —IW A N M U LLE R

. .
.
,
67 . cordon h as been drawn w hich is if possib le t o pre v ent

Th e , , ,
the r aiders no w re tiring before th e g re a t Brit ish force w hi ch is w ork in g

throug h th e e aste rn por tions of the co l ony from th e north from bre a kin g
aw a y south w a rds —D a ily Te le g rap h p 1 0 Oct 1 1 1 9 0
. 0 , .
,
.
, .
68 On this side of the Ch a nnel w e are rea dy to le t m a ny b yg ones

.
be b ygones bec ause of the Queen s v isit to and the g re a t recepti on ’
she recei v ed in Irelan d —Ea ling G a ze tte p 8 M arch 2 6 1 9 00

, ,
. .
, , , ,
69 Th e alter ation secured th a t e v ery scheme shoul d pro v ide for

.
th e a ppoint m ent by the Counci l on th e nomin a tion w here it appe ared , ,
desirab le of other bodies including a ssoci ations of v o luntary schoo ls

, , ,
of educ ation al e x perts and persons a cqu ainted w i th the needs of the
v a rious k in ds of schoo ls in the a re a for w hich th e Coun cil a c ted .
Sp e cta tor p 9 2 7 Dec 1 3 1 9 0

, , 2 ,
.
,
.
7 0 W hen she pra ttles about hersel f a nd her a dmirers she m akes
.
,
t h e re ader b lush for th e sh a mefa cedness she e v iden tly does not e v en
guess at the la ck o f — I bid p 1 55 Jan 3 1 1 9 0 3 . . .
, .
,
.
7 1 S hut out by th e steri li ty of the soil an d the v ari abl e n ature of

.
th e cl im ate w here s torms of ra in a nd s n o w attra c ted b y t h e col d

, ,
s u mmits of th e A lps a re frequen t from t h e labours of a griculture

, , ,
they d we ll in th e mount ains w ith their flock s and herds on ly in

th e Winter a nd s prin g —AL ISON H is tory of Eu rop e f r om F a ll of ,
N a pole on .
72 Indeed w ere w e to j udg e of G erm a n rea din g h abits from these

.
,
v o l u m es of ours w e shou l d draw q ui t e a di fferen t conclusion t o Pa ul s

’
.
,
-
C A RLYLE M is ce lla n ie s
, .
73 ence h e considered m arri ag e w i th a modern politic al econom is t

—
.
as v ery d an g erous D I S R A EL I C u riosities of L ite ratu re

.
’
,
.
7 4 Th e C an adi a n Pacific Ra il w ay Com pan y h as in au gur a ted a

scheme for pensioning its old ser v ants of an uni qu e ch aracter —L loyd s
.
’
.
W eekly N e ws p 8 Apri l 5 1 9 03, . , , .

1 66 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED O R JUS TI F I ED A RT I
'
They sho w t o o th at he w h o ro w s not only m ay re ad b u t g enerally

, , ,
does re ad Th e discipline of tr ainin g suits neither the dissipated

nor th e idle —I bid p 51 9 A pril 4 1 9 03
.
. . . .
, ,
In the foll ow ing s e nte n ce s the c o nj u n ctio n s are n o t p ro p erly

pl ace d
It is nei ther th e duty of G erm an y to recogn i se it nor to di spute it .
Spectator p 3 7 Jan 1 0 1 9 0 3 ,( Say

“
neither to re cognise it
.
, .
, .
,
nor to dis pute it .
F use li m a de this ob ser v a tion not on ly i n reference to the ph ys iog

nomic c a s t of D a v id s coun t en ance but his fa ce w a s al so ’
disfigured by a h are lip —

,
KN O WLE S L ife of F u se li v ol i p .
, ,
. . .
2 58 ( This c a nno t be corrected b y a mere ch a n g e of order .
i n 1 e fe re n ce not on ly t o the ph ysio nomic c a s t of D av id s

’
Say , g
counten a nce but also to the disfigurement of his fa ce by a
,
h are lip -
.
F or G o d sen t not his Son int o th e w orld to condemn the w orld

but th at the w orl d through him migh t be s av e d —John iii 1 7
,
. .
( Say sent his Son into t he w orld not to condemn the w orld
, ,
”
but th at th e w orld etc ) , .
Correct, imp rove, j f or u s ti fy the ollowing sentences
1 Th e G reek la n g u ag e h ad obt ained such a v o g ue in Rome itself

.
,
th at all th e g re a t an d nob l e men of th e ci ty w ere ob lig ed no t only to

l e arn b u t a mbi tious e v ery where to spe ak it — M IDD LET O N 8 L if e of
’
.
,
Ci cero v ol i p 9 4
,
. . . .
2 Th e En glish dr am atis t s are truer to th e substa nce of t h in g s to

.
,
u n iv e 1 sa1 hum a n n a t u re w hil e t h e F rench seem to be m , g re at pa rt an

imi ta tion h av ing root neither in the soil of Fi ance nor A thens
,
.
C D W A R N ER Th e Pe op le f or w hom Sh a kespe a re Wrote p 1 7 3

. .
, ,
. .
3 There h a s j us t died a t C la ph a m a gent l e wom a n w hose demise

.
,
w ill n o t on ly be reg retted b y all those w h o k ne w h e 1 b u t by e v er y

consta ble t hrou ghout th e metro polis —D a i ly Te l p 1 0 O ct 1 8 1 9 00
,
. . . . .
, ,
4 Th e l e a ders of th e O pposition nei ther h av e th e s pirit nor th e

.
time to bring ho me t o the mind of th e g eneral elector h ow much h e

w i ll h a v e to p a y for his w his tl e —R e vi e w f
o R e v ie w s p 3 34 Oct 1 9 0 0 . . . .
5 In the Democr atic plat form th e 1 e fore w e fi rid trus t s n ot on ly

, ,
sev erely denounced but a remedy for the e v il su gges ted —

.
, ,
, I bi d p 3 56 . .
,
Oct 1 9 00
6 The v o t er is ei ther becomin g a N ation alis t or a Soci a lis t —
.
. D a i ly -
Exp ress p 4 June 1 8 1 9 01

, .
, ,
.
7 M ora11y ei ther th e w ar is j us t or u nj ust either th e methods are

civ ilised or b arb arous —L ord ROS E B ERY S L e tter D a i ly Te legraph
.
,
’
.
, ,
p 9 J u ly 1 7 1 9 01
.
, , .
8 As des ti tu te of th e cons tructi v e p ow er of the m a s terly Pied

.
montese as of th e ins pired ide alism of M a zzini Cris pi w as n ei ther ,
a mong the a rchi tects nor th e p1 oph e ts of th e unific at ion of It aly .
D a il y Te legrap h p 6 Au g 1 2 1 9 01 . .
9 H e is here not on ly al oof from a ctu al i ties —g i v in g h a rdly one

.
, , ,
al i llus tr a t ion throu g hou t th e book —

.
out t oo much t h a t o f th e a c ad emic ess ayist —

p r a c t ic b u t his m a nner i s throu g h
L itera tu re Jan 1 9 00 .
,
. .
C H A P ; I II - ERRORS fiO F O RD ER 1 67
'
l Of l Va s n et the a dmission O f the G o v ernment that they w ere

i g nora n t O f th e s ta te of un prep aredness n o t on ly a condemn a tion of
m
the but of the ag e n t o ri t he spot , w h o n ow w e w er e t old to im plicitly
' '
t rus t l —
M r [Mar ley s Sp e e ch, quo t ed in D a i ly Te legrap h, p 1 0,
.
’
.
N o v 1 , 1 9 01
. .
Ins te a d , w e h ad neither the pluck for th e renuncia tion nor for

th e m a inten a nce of our righ ts , b u t con t ented ourse l v es w i th such v erb al
p ou l tices a s those con t a ined in t h e t w o Con v ention s — Sp e cta tor ,
p 687 , N o v 9 , 1 9 01
. . .
1 2 H e h as bee n ne arly fi v e ye ars Comm ander in Chief, a n d ye t he

.
- -
h a s w a i ted t i ll n ow to s pe ak out concernin g m a tt ers in re g a rd to

w hich he h ad not mere ly a perfect ri ght to s pe ak , b u t in re ga rd to
—
-
w hich he h a d a posi ti v e duty t o s pe ak I bid, p 2 3 1 , Au g 2 5, 1 9 00 . .
1 3 Th e J a panese are k no w n t o be most successful in te a chin the 1 r

.
g
con v ic ts n o t on ly tra des , bu t in m ak in g m an y of them g ood artrs ts in
C lois on n e a n d o ther w o rk I bid p 9 4 3 , D e c 1 4 , 1 9 01
.
— . . . .
1 4 H err Ridder decl ared th a t Prince e nr

y h ad v io la t ed th e
‘
‘
M onroe D oc trine in seizing as repr esen ta ti v e of th e E peror no t o n e m

‘
spot of g round , but in c a pt urin g a nd m ak ing his o wn all Americ a ns

—
.
D a ily Te legrap h, p5 9 , F e b 2 8, 1 9 0 2 .
1 5 Ye t of w omen I shou l d im agine 1t is truer th an of most peo pl e

.
for w hi l e they a ccep t either th e position of ty ra n t or sla v e t ow a rds

t h e other s ex , they are al ways critics to their o wn I bid p 6, Jan — . .
‘
16 . Yo unot ob lig ed to take any money w hich is not g o ld or

are
silv e r ; no t only th e h alfpence or farthing s O f En gla nd ; b u t of any

other country —SW I FT .
( g) M i sce lla neou s Exa mp les .
Cor rect, imp rove, j fy the fo ll ow i ng ors u sti

en ten ces
1 H e h as th e misfor tune w hen returning to Roys ton t o pro tect

.
“ ”
his v ill agers to fall foul of Kirk e s la mbs w h o pursue him in t o t h e ’
v ery grounds of D r ay t on M a nor —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 1 June 8 1 9 0

,
0 .
, .
, ,
.
2 I a m con v inced th a t the v it al in t erests of t hose w h o h av e to

.
l i v e in South Afric a a nd w h o are at presen t our enemies w ill a s w e ll ,
a s those on o u r s ide dem a nd t h a t there sh all n ot be tw o dissimilar

’
a nta gonistic s y s tems in th a t w hich na t ure and history h av e de crde d

s h a ll be o ne coun t r
y
—I bid p 5 A pri l 1 3 1 9 0 0 . .
, ,
.
3 In s pi te of all his effor t s a n d entre a ties he cou l d not g e t

.
successi v e M inistries which tremb led a t th e b are thought of th e

heredi tary enemy t o mo ve —I bid p 8 Au g 8 1 89 9
,
. . . , .
, ,
4 W hen this pre v a i l s in M adr a s schoo l s the cen tre of e du c at1o n

w orse w i ll be th e c ase for M ofussi l v i llag e school s —Edu c a ti on a l
.
, ,
Re vie w ( M a dr a s ) p 6 3 F e b 1 9 0 ,
0 .
, . .
5 H e is t h e educ a ted n a ti v e w h o c a n nei ther g o forw ard nor b a c k

.
, ,
w h o h as l eft his o ld be l ie fs a n d finds no pla ce or com prehension in

th e n e w —
,
D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 1 June 1 1 9 0
. 0 ,
.
, , .
—
’
6 Their lo yalty is n o t w or th any moment a c le a r d ay s purch a se
. .
I bid p 6 July 2 0 1 9 0
. .
, 0 , .
7 These agen ts profess to alre ady de tec t sign s th a t En gla nd 13

.
1 68 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED PA RT I
g et ting utter ly w e a ry an d sick of the s truggl e —I bid .

p 9, . Ju ly 7,
1 900 .
8 . As the l e a ding and consistent ch a m pion of th e oppr e ssed I ,
trust yo u w i ll permi t me in your co l umns t o a d v oca t e t h e c a use of

hum ani ty to w a rds he lpless a nim al s — I bid Jan 6 1 89 8 . . .
, .
9 O u ts ide t h e immedi a te the a tre of w ar t here 1 s no pl ace th at l ooms

.
so prominently on th e horizon of t h e afia i1 s of th e w orl d pe rh a ps a

D e lag o a B ay P e a rs o n 3 Wee k ly p 7 08 A pril 2 8 1 9 0 0
’
-
. . .
, , ,
1 0 Accordi ng t o a usu ally re l i ab l e a u thori ty it is es tim a ted th a t

.
a bou t one ei g ht h o f t h e c a n a l on ly w i ll h av e t o be w ho lly a r tifici al

—United Service M a ga zine
,
a n d th a t on ly t w o loc k s w i ll be n e eded .
,
quo ted in Re vie w of Rev ie ws p 1 3 8 Fe b 1 5 1 89 9 ,

.
, .
, .
1 1 Dr W alk er w h o is al re ady k no w n as th e tr a nsla tor of

. .
,
Os twal d s O atlin s of Phys ica l Che mis try also is a l ec turer of g re a t

’
e
,
e xperience L ite ra tu re p 1 3 4 F e b
.
“
, .
,
.
1 2 In t h e H ouse o f Peers the Ea rl of S denounced t h e im puta

. .
tions con ta ined in a ques tion put by rega rding th e dismiss al of

a Cey l on o fficia l a s a g ross a buse o f Pa rli a men ta ry pri v il ege D a i ly .
-
Te le g rap h p 8 June , .
,
1 3 The British Nor t h Born eo Com pa ny h a v e decid ed to im m e di

.
a tely construct a r a i lw a y f1 o m G a a to Tinon a poin t ninet y mil es l n

y
th e 1 nte r1 0r —I bid p 3 Ja n 2 7 1 9 0
,
0 .
,
.
, .
1 4 Ch a rl es V illiers of late ye a rs enj oyed the dis t inction o f bein g

.
th e ol dest member of the r ouse of Commons a nd only died m 1 89 8 .

,
UN TER S Shor t H is tor y of Eri g la nd p 4 35 ed 1 8 9 8

’
. . .
, ,
1 5 Behin d them stood g re a t Berl in houses an d behin d t hese w a s

a nother im peri al po l icy th a n the po licy of imperi al England —Q uoted
.
,
in Re vie w of Revie ws p 1 56 F e b 1 5 1 89 9 , .
,
.
, .
1 6 Po litic al bitterness on ly yie lds th e palm to religious

. .
Edu ca tiona l Re vie w ( M a dra s ) p 59 F e b 1 9 00 ,

.
, . .
1 7 So w e ll is th e im pr a c t ic abi li ty of t h e scheme of se t tl ement

.
recognised e v en by th e c o nciliationis ts themselv es t h at none of them

h a s v en tured t o e x plici tly ch ampion it —F 0rt R e vie w p 84 4 M ay 1 9 00
,
. . . .
, ,
1 8 They a re confron t ed e v ery mornin g w i th the t o them inso l ub l e

—
.
, ,
p rob l em of ob t a ining a sin g l e d ay s m a teri al e x isten ce D a i ly

’
Te leg rap h p 8 Se pt 1 4 1 9 0
,
. 0 , .
, .
1 9 Th e Queen o pened t h e n e w a nd h a ndsome bui ldings of th e

.
Uni v ersi ty of L ondon i n Burlin g ton G ardens o n W ednesd a y in the ,
designs a n d e x ecution of w hich M r Pe nn cth orn e i s thou gh t t o h av e

surpa ssed himse lf w i th a ceremoni al of some pom p —
.
, Sp e ctator p 601 .
, .
,
M a y 1 4 1 87 0( H )
,
.
o e seldom took u p th e Bibl e w hich h e fre quently did

w ith ou t sheddi ng te a rs —
, ,
KNO WLE S L if e of F u s e li v ol i p 3 89
.
, , . . .
2 1 The y flock ed do w n here n o t before ho w e v er des t ro yin g their

.
, , ,
guns and ammuni ti on D a ily Te legrap h p 9 Se pt 2 6 1 9 00 .

-
,
.
,
.
, .
2 2 To this force G ordon w a s a t ta ched an d h e rem ained there

.
,
( at Tien tsin ) un til th e Chinese g o v ernmen t h av in g su fficien tly

com plied w i th tre aty ob lig ations he a dqu a rters w ere mo v ed to
Sh an gh a i l n the s pring of 1 862 —F ort Re vi e w p 3 7 9 Se pt 1 9 00
,
. . . . .
, ,
2 3 This mo v emen t is too far more inten s e ly a pati io tic mo v emen t

.
th a n t h at of w hich w e h av e recen tly w i tnes sed t h e ou tburs t in

Pe k in g —I bid p 5 1 6 Sep t 1 9 0 . 0 .
, . .
3 8. H erodis bound body and soul by a n o v er whe lmin g p assion to ,
his h au g h ty an d be aut iful w ife —I bid p 1 80 Jan 1 9 01

,
. .
, . .
3 9 M r H s a id th a t the a cciden t a t L i v er poo l h a d been c a used

. . .
throu g h th e Bo a rd of Tra de regulations as to g u ard w ires n ot h av ing

been com plied w ith —M idd lese x Cou nty Times p 2 F e b 9 1 9 01 '
, .
, .
, .
4 0 A lit tl e G erm a n boo k for ins ta nce a p pe ared the o ther day
.
in tended to present 113 in a n ot unh a n dsome lig h t and a ppro v ed in ,
sober circles a cross th e Rhine as a w holesome correctiv e of pan

G erman prejudic e —F ortnightly Re vie w p 3 4 6 F e b 1 9 01
,
. . .
, ,
4 1 In the firs t place there mus t be no doubt a s to th e e x tinction as

.
so v ereig n independent states of th e l ate Republics th at is to s ay of

t heir a nne xation to the Cro w n —D a ily Te leg rap h p 9 F e b 2 0 1 9 0
,
1 .
, .
,
.
, .
42 Indi a w hich is sti ll of all England s possessions t h e la rg est

’
.
,
c ustomer for her goods imported g oods from En gla nd to th e v alue ,
of fully but she only sent g o ods t o G re a t Bri tain

a n d those to a la rge e x tent m an ufa c tured
g oods and t herefore l ess
"
—
,
ro fi tab l e to the v a l ue of L US K N or th Ame rica n

p
-
, ,
Re vie w , p 1 07 , Ja n 1 9 01
. . .
4 3 To thos e a c qu a in ted w ith

. the condi tions under w hich com
,
p etin g indus tries ar e c arried on to da
y i t is w e
-
ll kno w n th a t almos t -
,
a n in a pprecia b l e differenc e in t he price pa id b y the consumer me a ns

prosperi ty or ruin to th e producer 2 08 M a rch 1 9 01
p . .
,
.
4 4 As a M inis ter th e So v erei g n h as a ri gh t t o dem a nd from L ord

‘
Pal me rston th a t she be m a de thorou gh ly a cqu a in ted w ith the w ho le

obj ect and tendency of the po licy to w hich her consent is re quired .
Quoted in F ortnightly Re vie w p 4 2 8 M arch 1 9 01 , .

, .
4 5 Sir H enry Burde t t considered th at g round la nd lords shoul d be

.
compell ed w hen they dishoused to rebuild to rehouse th e inh abi ta nts

as cor or a tions w ere com e ll ed to do —D a i ly Te legrap h p
, , ,
p p M a rch .
, .
olla nd w as draw n into the le ague against Engla nd w hile she ,
con t ended ag a ins t the righ t of se a rchin g neutral v essels for enemy s ’
g oods a sser ted b y En gla nd an d of v i ta l im porta nce t o a m a ri time

s tate in w ar w i th con tinental po w ers —
, ,
7 G 0L D W 1 N SM I TH Unite d .
,
K ingdom v o l ii p 2 1 9
,
. . . .
4 7 Sir
. e nr
y t ra ced our decline in tr a de t o the presen t method of
educ ation in his ar tic le of w hich the follo w ing is an a bs tra c t —D a i ly
,
Exp ress p 3 F e b 1 1 9 01
, .
, .
, .
4 8 On the other h a nd w e h av e a fuller a nd more s ystem a tic

.
,
a ccount of the pa r t played in the w a r b

y the for eig n a u x i lia ries of
th e Boers ne arly nine thous and in all incl uding s ix thous and
, ,
Afrika nders th an h as been pre v ious ly sup plied a ny w h ere else

, .
Sp ecta tor , p 603 , N o v 3 , 1 9 00

. . .
4 9 As I wr ite I c a n think of se v er al c a ses of fa mi lies w here th e

.
bread w inner h as come b ack drunk a n d ill trea ted his w ife w i thou t -
comin g under the notice of the police w ith a reg ulari ty th a t is

a pallin
p g
—
Quoted in Specta tor , p 4 2 3 , M a rch 2 3, 1 9 01 . .
50 At tic s peech domin a ted the w ho l e G reek w orld for centuries ,

.
with some sm all e x ce ptions w rou g ht ar tifici ally by l i ter a ry men , such
a s t he pa s t or a l s of Theocritus p ire Re vie w , p 2 64, A pri l 1 9 01
fih n .
— . .
51 I h av e h ad a fee lin g for some l i ttle time pa s t th a t I a t a ny

.
r a te , a nd perh aps th e other g uests in a lesser deg ree , was in a fa lse

C HAP . 111 ERRO RS O F O RD ER 1 71
posit ion , necessa ry th at I shoul d e x plai n —Quo te d in

w hich it w as
D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 April 1 8 1 9 0 1 , .
, ,
.
52 Two of t h e g re ates t men w h o thr oug h this la s t century h a v e

.
,
de alt w i th the fin ances of this country h av e considered c o al to b e on

a di fferent footi n g to o ther m att er s —I bid p 1 1
, ,
A pril 1 9 1 9 01 . .
, ,
.
53 I t will be w e ll to util ise the t ime w hich must ela pse before any
.
of the w or k s of pe a ce can be undertak en in th e Trans v aal an d Oran g e

Col onies in c a refully considerin g h ow best to c arry them ou t —Q uo ted
in Spe cta tor p 564 A pril 2 0 1 9 0
,
1 .
, , .
54 H e k no w s enou g h of the three R s to conduct the business of

’
.
h is larg e farm credi ta b ly b u t un t il l at el y h e did not kno w enou g h ,
beyond w h a t w as necess ary for this to en a b le him to a ppreciat e as he ,
does to day th e re la tiv e posi tions of the l ate Re pub lics an d G re t

- a
Britain —Ibid p 564 A pril 2 0 1 9 01

,
. . . .
, ,
55 I t is obvious t h at a fe w such de als w ould men ac e the com

.
m ercial so v erei g n ty of th e se as w hich is th e re al condition of our

w e al th a n d po w er and empire as it h as ne v er be en men a ced ye t .
D a i ly Te legr ap h p 8 M ay 1 1 9 0 1 ,
.
, , .
5 6 One w oul d think the co al industry w as a stru gglin g indus tr y

des pera tely fi ghting for its life to he ar the outcry —D a ily Expr ess
-
.
. ,
p 4 , M ay 3 , 1 9 0
. 1 .
57 Crom w ell s ta nds

. from the ch a os of a buse and eulogy w hich
ou t
tw o hundred ye ars h av e h ea ped on h im a s a l i v i ng m an w hose na ture ,
c an be inte lli g en tly understood a nd n o t as a monster of d a rk ness or
an im pecc ab l e s ain t —Sp ecta tor

,
p 62 2 Apr il 2 7 1 9 01 ,
.
, ,
.
58 There can be l i ttl e doubt t h at our mil ita ry a u thorities w ou ld

.
find themse lv es com pell ed to m o b ilise th e three a rmy corps at home

supposed to be av ai la b le for foreig n serv ice w i th th e l e ast possib l e
delay —F ortnigh tly Re vie w p 7 02 A pril 1 9 01
.
!
, .
, .
59 If the y w ork more they must g iv e u p more time to their

.
,
mili ta ry duties to w hich mos t of them g iv e u p qui t e a s much time

as t hey can a fford a lre a dy — ,
]bid p 7 0 5 A pri l 1 9 01 . . .
,
.
6 0 Th e most s ta r tl in g a nnouncemen t m a de b y the Secreta ry of

.
a nd in th e fi e ld —
S tat e consis ted i n his s tat ement th a t in futur e officers w ou ld on ly be
,
g i v en hi g h c omm a nds a t home if fi t to comm I bi d .
p 7 05 A pril 1 9 01
.
,
.
6 1 H um a n n atu re cou l d n o t be a r such a h ardshi an d th e men
t hemse l v es pro v ide a no ther me al a t abou t se v en c cp

. ,
ock when th e ’
,
h amm ocks a re pi ped do w n th e ch ar a c ter of w hich depends u pon th e

‘
dept h of their purses I biel p 7 1 8 A pril 1 9 01 .

-
. .
,
.
“ 0
6 2 She is a n e x cee din g l y w ide aw ak e young l a d y this

. h ttle -
,
w om an w h o a dorns th e p ag es of Ros a Am or os a e x ce pt in the m atter

, ,
of h e r terms of ende armen t D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 1 M ay 8 1 9 01 .

-
, .
, ,
.
63 A fee lin g of th e gre a test unres t e x is ts in o ffici al circ les w i th

.
respect to a re v iv al of th e Nihil is t cons pira c y w hich th e s tuden ts d1s

’
t u rb a n ce s h av e g i v en v ita l force t e —D a i ly Exp r es s p 1 M ay 8 1 9 0 1 .

,
.
, ,
.
64 The pub lic mind h as ga thered w ith re luc tance from th e

. ,
proceedi n gs in th e H ouse of Commons a dis a ppoin tin g sense of th e

p rofound unre al i t y a n d use l essness of t e entire
h d is cu s s 1 o n —D a i ly
,
Te legraph p 8 M ay 1 5 19 0
,
. 1 , , .
6 5 O f course I c an g i v e yo u a n e x plana tion for so doin g as far as

lies in m y po w e r —I bid p 1 1 M ay 1 8 1 9 01
.
'
. . . .
, ,
17 2 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RREC TED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT 1
66 . so ldi e r shoul d use the time n ot s pe nt in shoo ting an d in

Th e
( a v er y much reduced ) dri ll in producin g his o wn food a nd c l o thing
—Re vie w of Re vi e ws p 4 57 M a y 1 9 01
.
,
. .
, ,
6 7 Th e mos t in t erestin g t hin g abou t the m an y l etters from

.
mission aries w ho h a v e b are ly esc aped w i th their l i v es w hich a re

, ,
pub lished in t his v o l ume is th e entire absence of a ny v indicti v e ,
fee lin g a g ainst th e Chinese a s a w hol e or e v en t hose w h o w ere mos t

a cti v e in persecutin
g I bid p 50 3 M ay 1 9 0 .1 -
. .
,
.
6 8 Of course e v ery bod y kn e w ( M r M incl uded ) th at L ord M il ner

.
, . .
“
referred as th e v erb atim re por t of hi s a ddress s ays to his M aj esty s ’
—
, ,
”
G o v ernment D a ily Te legr ap h p 8 June 1 7 1 9 01
.
,
. ,
6 9 There is sca rce ly a poin t at w hich a ccordm g t o recei v ed

.
rel ig ious ide a s m an s l ife w as in s peci al con tact w ith c av en s pur poses
’ ’
w here t h e e l ec trici ty o f Sh ak es pe a re s al l e x pressiv e g enius h ad no t

’
—
-
p enetr a te d Sir E RUSS ELL quoted in L i teratu re p 3 2 3 Apri l

.
, ,
.
,
28 1900 .
70 M . Ribot rec alls the fa c t th at the Comte de M u n t ried to do

.
somethin g of th e k ind some ye ars a go , a nd th at, so fa r from bein g

encourag ed , he wa s be gg ed to desist from his effor ts by the he ads o f
th e F rench Episcop at e Rev ie w of Re vi e w s , p 586, June 1 9 01
.
-
. .
7 1 Th e secret of c lass un po pula ri ty is c la ss e x em ption , th e fa ct

.
- -
th a t its members esc a pe the l i abi lities w hich fall on o ther men mere ly
by re ason of their be lon gin g to the c la ss Spe ct p 1 1 6, July 2 7 1 9 01 .
— . . .
7 2 A te leg ra m from N aples to t his mornin g s Pa ris papers a n

’
.
n o u n ce s the a rri v al t here , a fter for ty three ye a rs s pent a s a con v ict on -
D e v i l s Is la nd , of G omez , one of th e four men condemned here w i th

’
Orsini in 1 858 for the a ttemp t on the life o f Na po leon I I I D a ily .

—
Exp re ss p 1 , Au g 3 1 9 01
,
. .
,
.
73 . Issues of g ra v er im port ance t h an most peopl e seem t o be aw are

of a re inv ol v ed in th e fresh com pact th a t has just been a rriv ed a t
b et w een the Belg ian Pa rliamen t a nd the G o v ernment of the hu g e
Africa n terri tory k no w n as th e Congo F ree S ta t e w i th re ference to
t h e o w nershi p an d a dministr a tion of th a t terri t ory —H
,
R F ox . . .
B O U R N E F ortnightly Re vie w p 2 9 4 Aug 1 9 01

, , . , . .
7 4 Th e terrib le re pression w hich he a uthorised in Sicily demon

.
s tra te d the len g ths to w hich w hen resisted fury coul d c a rr y him a n d ,
his foreig n po licy all through w as e v idence of his megal om ania .
Spe cta tor p 2 11 Aug 1 7 1 9 0

, . 1 ,
.
,
.
7 5 H e w ou l d be commissioned to form a g o v ernment for th e so le

.
pu r pose of m a int ainin g the n a tion s posit ion in th e w orld w i thout

’
a ny re ga rd w h at e v er to pa rty tr a ditions an d w i thout a ny l e g is l ati v e

—
,
ro
p g r a mm e N a ti ona l Re v ie w M a rch 1 9 0 0 , .
76. e w a s a s ain t indeed n ot a hermit of a sceticism combinin g

H
, ,
p ie ty mee k ness humi l ity simp licity w i t h a c t i v e bene v o l ence an d

—
, , , ,
v irtue . G 0L D W I N SM I TH Un ited K i ng dom 1 p 4 8 , ,

. . .
7 7 There are fe w men in Austr a li a e x ce pt those wh o liv e in th e

.
,
g re a t cities w h o a re n o t used to horse e x ercise ei ther for p le a sure or

for busines s —D a ily Te legrap h p 7 Fe b 2 1 9 00
-
, ,
. . .
, , ,
7 8 H e k no w s his subj ec t ; he h a s seen the country wh ere this

.
dra m a w as played w ith his o w n e yes he h a s s pent t ime w ithou t s tin t

in s tud yin g w h a t h a s been recorded a bout it — Spectator p 561 O ct .
, . , .
174 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT 1
Repub lic h a d become a solid ins titution in F rance l ikely to last as ,
l ong a s Cons ti tu tion al M on a rchy 111 our o w n coun try or th e F ederal

Re pub lic l n Americ a but for tw o dis turbin g fa c ts —Sp e ctator p 9 3 0
, .
,
. ,
D e c 1 3 , 1 9 02
. .
9 3 There m ay
. e r to be a cer tain inconsis tency in such a
app a
bequest as th at of M r Nobel w h o left th e millions w hich he h a d .

,
ga ined by perfec t in g a de a d ly instrument of destruction t o a d v a nce th e

c ause of univ ers al pe a ce but it is a k ind of incons istency w hich n eed
n o t be discour ag ed —I bid p 93 4 D e c 1 3 1 9 0
o
2 . . .
, .
, .
9 F or the t en ye a rs 1 89 1 1 9 0
. 0 the L ondon r ate w as belo w th at -
of any of the gre at to w ns of Euro pe o r of N e w Y ork e x ce pt Brussel s , ,
Ams terd am Co penh ag en S tock ho lm a n d Berl in a nd in 1 9 01 w as

, , , ,
lo w er th a n th at of a ny e x cept Brusse ls Amsterd am a nd Stockho lm , ,

.
D a ily Te leg raph p 9 Jan 2 1 9 03

-
,
.
,
.
,
.
9 5 Th e M alays are Asi atics of th e Asi a tics w i th no desire for

.
,
W estern ci vi lisa tion a nd w i th a rooted con v ic tion w hich they still

, ,
entert ain th at the y are bein g M ahommed ans w i th a pas t th e hig hes t
and most qu al ified peopl e on t h e e ar t h —Sp e ct p 9 7 8 D e c 2 0 1 9 0
, , ,
2 . . .
,
.
,
.
9 6 N o w w hen th e l on g foreseen crisis is u pon them indifference

.
, ,
h as g iv en w ay to equ ally unre ason a b le panic a nd Con tinen tal s ta t es ,
men dre a m o f fighting the un w elcome pre ponderance of w e alth an d

‘
po w er w hich h a s silently pa ssed to t he democra cy of th e W est by

a nti Americ a n F eder a tion s —I bid p 4 56 M a rch 2 1 1 9 0
-
3 . .
, ,
.
9 7 I must not ho w e v er disg uise th e fact th at t here are m a n y

funny things to W es tern eyes in a Jap anese play —D a ily Te legrap h
.
, ,
.
,
p 5 M arch 2 8 1 9 03
.
, , .
9 8 I h av e he ard this g re a t student a ccused for ne gl ectin g his

.
o fficial duties ; but it w ou l d be necess ary to decide on t his a ccus a

t ion t o k now the ch ar acter of his a ccusers — D I S R A EL I Cu r iosities of ’
.
,
L ite ra tu re .
9 9 Th e be au x of th at day used the abomin able art of p ainti ng

their fa ces as w ell as the w omen —I bid
.
100 Th at gre at orig in al th e a uthor of H u di bra s w as bein g cen

.
, ,
sured for e x posing to ridicul e Sir S amuel L uk e under w hose roof he

d welt in th e grotesque ch ara cter of his h ero —I bid . .
101 W o l sey l eft at his de a th m any buil din g s w hich he h ad be gun

.
in an unfinished st a te a n d w hich no one e x pects to see comp l ete

‘
.
,
H A LL A M L iteratu re of Eu rop e
, .
102 I h av e n o w an d t hen inserted 1 n the te x t ch a ra cters of books

th at I h a v e not re a d on th e faith of my guides —
.
I bi d .
103 L e e B aptist a A lbert i w a s a m a n w h o m ay c l aim a pla ce l n the

tem pl e of gl ory he h a s n ot fi lled —
.
I bid . .
10 4 There is a co py in the Bri t ish M useum

. and M Rayn o u ard .
ha s g iv en a S hort a ccount of one t h a t he h a d seen in th e Jou r na l de s

Sa va ns for 1 82 6 — I bid . .
10 5 Y ou mus t m ak e h a s t e an d ga ther me all you ca n an d do it

.
quickl y or I w ill an d sh all do w ithout 113 J O H NSON L ette r to B os

, .
— ,
,
w e l l, 1 7 7 4 .
10
Th is
6 immense em pire ( Russi a ) is inh abi ted by a patien t and
.
indomitabl e race e v er re a dy to e x ch ang e th e lu x ury a nd a d v en t ure

of the south for the h ardshi ps and monotony of th e nor th —AL ISON
,
H is tory f Eu rop e
o .
C H
APTER I V .
—
ERRO RS IN PREPO SITI O N S .
“
I T w as state d in s ecti o n (e) o f C hapte r I I I th at th e fu n c .
t io n o f a p rep o s itio n is to s h o w w h a t o n e person o r th ing h as t o
do w ith a n oth er p e r s o n o r t h ing —in o th e r w o r d s to e x p re s s , ,
so m e r el atio n b etw e e n t h e m The fi r s t p oint t h e n ab o u t w h ic h

.
t h e w rite r m u st b e o n h is gu ar d is to s e e t h at th e p r ep o s itio n ,
u s e d e x p r e ss e s th e r el atio n r e qu ir e d b y t h e s e n s e .
B u t t h is is not th e o nly di 1 c u lty Pr ep o s ition s m u st su it

’
“
n o t o nl y th e sen s e inten d e d b y th e w riter b u t th e i d io m

'
im p ose d b y c u sto m Th u s i n sp ea king o f a d e at h as c a us e d b y

.
”
a d ise ase w e say ,
H e d ie d of fe v er
,
b u t in sp e a kin g o f d e at h ,
as ca u s e d b y so m e t h ing else w e sa y e d ie d from h u nger

‘
.
, ,
B ot h pr ep ositi on s d e n ote cau s e b u t on e is s u itab l e to o n e

c onte x t and o ne to a n oth er M any Simil ar e x ample s c o u l d b e
,
.
“
giv e n . I c an n ot s e e th e m atte r in th e s a m e ligh t as you
“ ”
I c an n ot s e e th e m atte r from y o ur p oin t o f v i e w It w o u l d .
“ “
b e agai nst i d io m to say fro m t h e sam e ligh t as yo u o r in
, ,
”
y o u r p oint o f v ie w .
A fe w p eculi aritie s i n th e u se o f p rep o s ition s m ay b e h er e

n ote d
1 At in
. At r el ates to a s m all e x tent of s p ace or
,
.
tim e ; i n to a w i d e r e x t en t
Th e end is a t h and ( v ery c l ose ) .
Th e w ork is i n h and ( bein g done , s tag e of compl etion uns pecified) .
H e will s tart a t Six o c lock i n th e mornin g

’
.
D u ndee a nd the H igh la nders utterly defe ated a ro yalis t arm y a t

K ill iecran k ie i n Perthshire H UN TER S Shor t H is tory of Eng .
— ’
l a n d, p 3 1 1 . .
2 . W ith , by .
— W it h ” r el
“
te s to t h e i n str u m ent em ploy e d
a
“ ”
for d oing a th in g o r to th e m o d e o f d oin g it By r el ate s .
to t h e de e r of an a cti o n or to t h e c au s e b y w h ic h an e ffect is
'
p ro du ce d
17 6 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT 1
H is lordshi p w a s recei v ed w ith l oud an d prol on ged cheerin g by a
la rg e g athering of s pec tators —D a ily Te legrap h p 8 .

, .
, M ay
The y nev er alon e th a t are a ccompa nied wi th nob le thou ghts

a re .
Sir P S IDN EY . .
H e w as a ccom panied by t wo c arts fill ed w ith w ounded rebe l s .
M A CAU L A Y
—
.
H o w of t en h a s he stricken you dumb w i th his irony l L A NDO R .
b ie —
’
Sometimes it is a de b a tab le poin t w hether w e shoul d use by

r
or w ith I n the sen t en ce la s t quo t ed w ith is cer ta in ly correc t as it

e x presses w h a t the co nte x t requires —the instrumen t or m a nner no t
.
,
the a g en t B u t if w e turn the sentence in to a Pa ssi v e form w e migh t

.
,
s ay ei ther by or w ith
H ow often h av e yo u been s t ruck dumb by or w i th his irony

“ ”
After th e w ord beg ins the use of by or wi th de pends upon th e
,
conte x t :
( 1 ) H e be g ins by or w i th telling a t al e of country l ife .
( 2 ) Th e book begins w ith a t al e of coun try l i fe .
“ “
In ( 1 ) b y tellin g deno tes ag ency an d w ith tellin g denotes ,
t h e m a nner of be g innin g Both m ak e sense a nd bo t h are in a ccord

.
,
a nce w ith idiom .
In ( 2 ) with is indispe ns ab l e an d by w oul d be w ron g ,

.
am on g —As
“
3 . B e tw e e n, . gen e ral r u le
a b etw e en is
”
u se d i n re fer e n ce to tw o t h ings and a mong
to ,
in r efe re n ce
m or e t h an t w o
A an d B a g reed betwe en themselv es to Sh are the profits .
A B a nd C ag reed a mong themselv es etc

, , , .
“ ”
But b et w e e n can b e u se d for m or e th a n t w o t h ings o r
1
p er sons to d en o te so m e r e cipr o c al a cti o n
,
or r el ation :
A friend ly in tercourse is O pened betw e en the most dis ta nt lands .
B UC KLE H is tory of Civi lis ati on v ol i ch a p 1 0

, , . . . .
In s pi te of th e constan tly incre asin g in t ercourse be tw ee n the most

remo te pa rts of th e w orld etc —JEN K s H istory of Poli tics , .
, ,
Te m ple Pr ime rs , p 6 . .
En gland h as e arned her suprem a cy in Ara bi an w aters b y honest

a ttem pts to put a s to p to the s la v e trade in accord ance w i th ,
1
In th e Oxf ord D ictio na ry, under th e w ord B ETWEEN, th e followi n g
rem r s are g iv en : This w ord is some times s aid of more th an tw o ,
a k “
w hen it is des ired to m a rk th e p artic ipation of all th e part ies more

definitely th an it can be done b y a mong It is still th e only w ord av ail .
ab l e t o e xpress th e relation of a th ing to m an y surroundi ng th ings

sev erally and individu ally, a mong e x pressing a rel ation to them c olle c
tiv e l y an d v aguely W e shou ld no t s ay, The space l yin g among three
.
po in ts ; or , A tre aty amon g three po w ers ; or, The choice l ies amon g
three candi dates : or, To insert a nee dle amon g th e closed pe tals of a
”
fl o w er .
17 8 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED O R JUS TI F I ED P A RT 1
u p on th e re q u ire m e nt s o f th e conte x t (i e u p o n t h e m e a n i ng . .
t hat th e w riter i nte n d s to e x press) and p artly u p o n i d i o m o r ,
u sage . Th e follo w ing s e nte n ce s w ill e x e mplify t h ei r u sa ge

Ab at e me nt There is n o ab atement of th e fe v er so far H e allo w ed
. .
no ab atement f ro m the price th at he a sk ed .
Ab hor Such an act is a bhorrent ( re pul si v e ) to my feeling s I h av e

. .
a g re a t a bhorrence ( de test a ti on ) of such deeds .
Ab oun d ( fo llo w ed by i n or w i th but i n is the more idiom atic ) ,

.
M e n a bounding in n a tur al cour ag e M A CAU L A Y A fa ithful m an

sh all a bound w ith b le ss ings —Prove rbs x x v iii 2 0 H e r en tert a inin g
-
. .
book abounds w ith g ood s tories an d good illustration s —Sp e ctator

. . .
p . 1 1 8,
J an 2 6 1 9 01 . A fa i thful
,
m a n sh all h av e a bund a nce of
.
blessing s .
Acc ompany H e a ccom panied his s peech w ith a b ow H e w as

a ccom pa nied by t w o c ar t s fi lled w i th w ounded rebe l s —
. .
M ACAU L A Y . .
Acc ord ( fo llo w ed by w ith or to) Thy a ctions to th y w ords accord

—M I LT ON M y he ar t a ccorde th w ith m y tongue —SH A KE S PE A RE
. .
. . .
H e a c ted in a ccord ance wi th rul e Accordin g to him e v ery person

coul d be bought —M A C A U L AY
.
. .
Account I c a nnot a ccoun t f or ( e x plain ) this circumstance I am

. .
not accoun tab l e to you f or m y ac tions .
Adapted H e chose th e c allin g best ad apted ( suited ) to his ta ste

. .
Streets ill a dapted f or ( unfit for) th e residence of w e alth y persons .
M ACAU L A Y .
Adh e r e W e must a dhere ( stick ) to t his plan H e is an adherent

’
. .
( fo l l o w er ) f
o mine .
0
Adm it Y ou c a nno t be admitted to the m a n ag er to day ( person )

.
-
.
Y ou c annot be admi tted in to th e m an ag er s o ffi ce ( pla ce ) Y our ’

.
conduct a dmits of no e x cuse ( l e av es no room for any ex cuse ) .
Admo ni s h H e w a s a dmonished of his fa u lts ( the fa ult s w ere

.
brou ght to his no tice ) H e w as admonished ( c autioned re pro v ed ) f or

.
,
his fa ults ( on a ccoun t o f his fa ul ts ) H e w a s a dmonished ( w arned ) .
a ga ins t th a t d a n g er .
Adv ant ag e a dv a nta g e ou s Yo u ha ve th e a dv an tag e qf me

,
Y ou
. .
took a d v a n tag e of m y mistak e Y ou g ained an a dv antage ove r me . .
This is v ery a d v a n ta g eous to me .
Affect ion e h as a n a ffection

.
~
f or her H e is a ffec tion ate to .
or to wa rds her .
Afim ity The En glish la n g u ag e h as an affi nity w ith G erm an There

‘
. .
is an a ffi ni ty betw e en English an d G erm an .
I do not agree w ith you ( person ) I do no t agree to th at .
p ro p os al A
.
g ree a b ly to your w ishes I h av e come b a ck .
Ali e n ( Th e sense of di fferin g f rom p a sses im perce ptibly to

.
re pu gn a n t or o pposed to H ence both pre posi tions a re u sed a fter

This uncouth s tyl e so alien f rom g enuine Englis h —H REE D
.
a li e n )
.
, .
,
English L itera tu re ix 2 9 4 Po per y is a lien to t h e c lim ate a n d to t h e

ra ces of the W es tern w orld —I TA YL O R F a n a tici sm v i 1 7 7 M e thods
. .
,
. . . .
, ,
w hich are al ien from th e bes t tr a di tions of En gl ish j ourn al ism h a v e

been em ploye d —D a ily Te legrap h p 9 M a rch 2 7 1 9 01 , .
, , .
Altern at e D ay al tern a tes w ith night

. This pla n is an al tern ati v e .
to th at .
C H AP . Iv ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TION S 17 9
Am b itio n I h av e no a mbi tion f or th a t distinc tion I a m not

. .
a mbitious of th a t dis tinction .
Anal o gy An alogy of one thin g w ith or to a no ther

. An alogy .
betw ee n t w o or more t hin gs This is a n alo g ous to th a t . .
Be no t g rie v ed nor a ngry w i th yoursel v es “( person )

G ene si s x lv 5 W herefore Sho ul d G o d be a n gry a t thy v o i ce ( th i n g)
—E
. .
ec les i as te s v . 6 .
Ann o yed I w as annoyed at his rem ark s ( thin g )

. . I a m a nn o yed
w ith you ( person ) .
An xi ous I am v ery an x ious f or his sa fe ty I a m

. . a n x ious a bo ut
th e resu l t ( to k no w w h a t th e resu lt i s or w ill be ) .
Appli ca t io n e g av e much appli c ation to s tud y

. . e m ade an
H
a
pplic at ion f or th at post W h at you s ay does not . a
pply ( is n o t
a
pplic ab le ) to this ca se .
Apt H e is apt ( e x pert ) a t m athem a tics

. e is apt to m ak e .
m istak es .
As hame d I am a sh amed of him Sh ame a t his conduc t w a s fe l t

. .
b y a ll
As pire Vag ue as pira tions afte r mi lita ry reno w n M e n as pire af te r
. .
or to distin ction .
As t o nis h I w as a stonished a t his appe ar ance ( Passi v e )

. He .
a s to ni shed me by his a p pea ra nce ( Ac t i v e ) .
Atte nd Y ou did n o t a ttend ( pay atten tion ) to him

. H e was .
required t o att end on the commit tee ( t o be in re adi ness w hen he w a s

w anted ) —CL A RE ND O N
. .
Au tho rity a uth ori s e e h a s no a uthority ove r me

, . e is a .
g re a t a u t hori t y on th a t subj ec t H e is my a u t hori ty f or th at s ta te .
men t H e a uthorised me to do t his

. .
Av e rt av e rs e e ende av oured to a v er t e v il fr om his coun tr y

H
A v erse ( hos tile O pposed ) to pure democra c y —B A NC R O FT H is tory of the

. .
,
.
, ,
Un ited Sta te s i 2 7 7 There w as a v ague rumour th a t F rench g enerals

w ere n o t a v erse f rom dec la rin g w ar ag a ins t us —
. .
,
D a i ly Te le gr ap h .
,
p. 8,
D e c 29 1 9 00. T his side ,
is n o t av erse to a n
.
y dr a s tic de v e lo p
men t O f a dmin istr ati v e a ction Sp ecta tor p 6 50 N ov 1 0 1 9 00 .

-
, .
, .
, .
e w as n o t av erse fr om a modera te qu a nti ty o f g ood sound frui ty , ,
por t p 2 61 Se pt 1 87 8 An av ers i on to a
s tanding a rmy in time of pe ac e —L E C KY Eng la nd i n the Eightee nth
. . . .
,
.
,
Ce ntu ry i ii A sta te f or w hich the y h av e so g rea t an av ers i on

A DDISON Adhesion to v ice an d av ersion f rom g oodness —
. .
,
. ATTE R BU RY . .
L ord Cromer 1 s a g r e at ser v ant of th e S ta te an d is profound ly a v erse

—
,
f r om pl u n i
g g n into the a ren a of p a rty p o l i t ics F or tni g ht ly Re v i ew .
,
8 2 2 N 1 9 0 0 A erse f om a ny in t erference w i t h t h e l ibert y of

ev en a d an g erous person ag e —D a ily Te leg rap h p 9 N o v 9 1 9 00
p.
,
o v v . r .
. . .
, , ,
N ote —F
is alw ays used a fter th e v erb av ert f rom to or
ro m “
, ,
“ ”
f or m ay be used a fte r th e noun a v ersio n and f rom or to a fter th e ,
adj ec ti v e a v erse See abo v e th e pa rallel c ase of Ali en

. .
Aw ar e , a liv e . I w as not aw a re of th at fac t . I w as n o t al v i e to

th a t factf
“
Be g He . begged a fav our of me ( be g Tr a n s ) . He b egge d for a
fa v our be g
1 80 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED O R JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
Be ne fi ce nce , be ne v ole n c e B e n e fice nce to the po or B ene v olence . .
towa rds th e poor .
Be tra y e be trayed th e city to th e enemy ( ga v e it u p trea cher

.
o u s ly) G enius O ft en betrays itse lf i nto gre at errors ( fa lls unco n s cious ly
.
into ) .
Ble s t B les t w ith g ood he alth Bl est in his chil dren

. . .
Blind B lind of one eye B lind to one s o w n fau lts

. .
’
.
Blu s h A m an b lu shes a t hi s ow n fau l ts and f or any pe rson w h o

.
,
h as committed a fa u lt .
B o rrow H e borro w ed money of or f r om me

. .
B o u nd H e is bound i n honour t o pay his debt

. H e w as bound by .
a contr act Th e shi p w as bound f or J a m aica

.
( N B The last is no t . . .
from bind lik e th e t w o first but s ta nds for M E bo u n pre pa red )

“
,
. .
, .
Bre ak Thie v es bro k e into the h ouse

. H e broke himse l f of the .
h abi t H e brok e throu gh (g o t c le ar of ) restra in t H e brok e the ne w s

. .
( ill ne w s ) to her H e brok e ( dissol v ed p a r tnershi p) wi th him

. .
Bring This m atter must be brought to lig h t

. Th e m a tter w as
brough t u nder notice .
Bu y This w as bought of me ( person )

. This w as b ought f rom .
A s shop ( pla ce )
.
’
.
C al l L e t us call on him ( v isit him at his house )

. Le t us cal l to .
him ( shout to him ) L e t us c all f or him ( send some one to fetch him )
. .
This Calls f or ( requires ) n o comm ent This w as q uite un cal le d f or .
( no t required or j ustified b y th e circums ta nces ) .
C a pa bl e capa c ity H e is not c ap ab l e of impro v e ment

,
H e has no
. .
c apa city f or impro v ement .
C are I do not c are f or ( h av e no lik ing for) this person or this

.
thin g H e took no c are of his mone y H e t ak es no ca re a bou t h is

. .
dress .e is c a reful of hi s comfort H e is ca rel ess of o r abou t the .
consequences ( tak es n o though t of ) .
Cau s e W h a t is the ca u se of this noise ?

.
1
Is there any cau se for
this noise
C au ti on Take e v ery c a ution aga inst e rror
. H e is cautious of .
o ffending ( is c autious not to offend ) .
Ch a fe ( at wi th a ga ins t) H e w ill ch a fe a t th e doctor s m arryin g

’
my d au ghter —SH A KE S P EA RE Th e t roub led Tiber ch a fin g w ith her

.
, ,
Sh ore S — SH A KE S P E A RE
. .
. Ju li u s Cae s a r i 2 She t o o is s tron g and , , . .

,
'
mi gh t not ch afe in v ain a ga inst them B RY AN T The Ages stanz a 3 4 .
-
, ,
.
( N B At is th e most common a nd wi th the le a st )

. .
, .
Ch arg e I ch arg e him wi th ( accuse him of ) this crime I ch arg e

. .
you wi th this du ty ( impose it on you ) I ch arge this sum to you ( look .
t o you for payment ) .
Claim I h av e this cla im on or a ga inst you ( person ) I h av e a

. .
c lai m to this ( thin g) .
Cloth e d C lo thed in fine linen C lothed with sh ame

. . .
C om e I ca me a cross him or it ( accidentally met ) This w ill s oon

. .
come i nto fa shion H ow did you come by ( O bta in ) t his This comes
.
of ( results from ) t alk in This comes ( amounts ) to forty

g . .
I t frequently h appens in English th at a noun , when preceded b y the,

1
is followed b y of and th at w hen preceded b y a , a ny, or n o, it is fo llow ed

b y to. Of the s lave or vic tim of vice a sl av e or vic tim to vice .
.
1 82 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
D em a n d .dem anded a shillin g of us ( v erb )

He There is no .
dem and f or this article ( noun ) .
D e pen de nt H e is de pendent on yo u r he lp
. e is indepen d ent of .
a
your he lp .
D ero g a t e Such a faul t dero gates f rom your re putation ( v erb )

. .
Such a fa ul t is dero gatory to your repu tation ( adj ecti v e ) .
D e s cen d e d d e s c e n da nt , A is descended f rom B A is a . . . .
descend an t of B .
Die. H e died of some dise a se e died f rom o v er w ork H e died . .
w ith horror a t the t hough t They fell by the ro a dside a nd died by .
fire and s w ord .
D i ff er di ffe r ent indifl e re nt

, Thi s fa ct di ffers f r om th a t
,
I di ffer
'
. .
w ith you in O pinion I differ f rom you in ch a ra c t er M y pla n is

. .
“
di fferent fr om yours ( less a ccurately to H e is indifferen t
to m y tr o u b les ( unconcerned a bout t hem ) .
D is a pp o inted I w as dis a ppointed of th at ( some thing n ot obta ined )

. .
I w as dis appoin ted in th at ( something O bta ined ) I w as di sap poin ted .
wi th him ( person ) .
D is g u s t e d Dis gusted wi th him ( person ) D isgus ted a t or with the

. .
resul t ( thin g ) .
Dis parag em e nt It ough t to be no disp aragement to a st ar th a t it

is not th e su m —S O UT H Y our disp ar ag ement of m y abi li ties offends
.
me .
D i s qu a lifi e d e is disqua lified ( does n ot possess the required

.
q u alific ations ) f or th a t pos t H e is disqu al ified f rom com petin g

( deb arred from com pe tin g by w a n t of some necessa ry condition ) .
D uty . I h av e done my du ty by him ( an equ al or inferior ) F or .
g e ttin g his du ty to G o d h is so v ereig n lord and his coun try ( one g re a ter
or su perior ) —
, ,
H A LL A M
. .
Emb ark They emb arked on th e

. Sim la f or A le x andri a ( li teral ) .
H e h as emb arked i n a n e w business ( meta phoric al) .
En amo ur e d H e soon bec ame en amoured of or w i th her

.
( Used .
for either person or thin g Of is th e more common ) . .
Enco u rag e di s c o ur ag e H e encour aged me to proceed but you

, .
discouraged me f rom doin g so .
Ent e r I c annot en ter into yo u r v ie w s

. c h as entered u p on a .
n e w proj ect .
Entru s t I c annot entrust any one w ith this I c annot entrus t

. .
this to any one ( These me a n the s ame thing ) . .
En vy . I fe e l no en v y a t your success I a m n ot en v ious of your .
success .
Equ al I am not equ al to you I am not on an equ alit y with you

Ex c e ptio n He took e x ce ption to th e place O f t heir buri al —
. . .
. B A CON . .
—BE N TLEY She m ade an ex ception of those two c ases

I w ill ans w er w h at e x ceptions they can h av e aga ins t = to) our account
. .
.
Ex c u s e H e w as e x cused ( pardoned ) f or his fa u l t

. e w as e x cused .
( re le ased ) f rom a ttend ance ( Th e f r om is sometimes l eft o u t ) . .
Exu lt . D o not e x ul t over a defe a t ed enemy Do not e x ult in th e .
misfor tunes of another .
Fail . H e fai led in his at tempt H e fa iled of his purpose . .
Pall . e fell u nder A s disple asure H e fe ll into a mistak e H e .

’
. .
fe ll among thie v es They fell o n ( atta ck ed ) the enemy . .

CH AP . iv ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TIONS 1 83
Fals e He was false to hi s friends , bec ause he w as false of he art

.
.
Fami li ar This subj ec t is fa mili a r to me

. I am fa miliar w ith this .
subj ec t ( These sentences me a n th e sa me thin g )

. .
F eed They fed the c ow w ith g ra ss ( Tr an s )

. Th e c o w fed o n .
gra ss
Fig h t They fou g ht a ga ins t all difficu lties ( thin g )
. Th ey fou ght .
wi th or a ga ins t t heir enemies ( person ) The y fou gh t f or a g ood c ause . .
Fill, ful l H e is fi lled wi th pride

. H e is full of pride . .
Po nd , fondne s s F ond of mone y F o ndn e ss f or money

. . .
Fr u it fu l Thoug h his mind w a s fruitfu l of resources , his w ork w a s

.
frui tless of results .
F urnis h H e fu rnished the hungry wi th food

. e furnished food .
to the hungry ( These sentences me an th e s ame thin g )

. .
G e niu s e h as a g enius f or m athem a tics ( abs tr act noun ) H e is

. .
a
g enius in m a them atics ( common noun ) .
G la d I sh all be g la d of his assista nce e th at is glad at s
—
. .
c alami ties sh all not be unpunished Proverbs x v ii 5 . . .
Glanc e H e g la nced a t the let ter ( momen tary and incom plete )
. .
H e glanced ove r the l etter ( ra pid , but con tinued till the w ho l e l e tt er
w as re a d ) .
G ri e v e I c annot help g rie v ing f or him ( person ) W e h ad much

. .
g rief a t or for or ove r th at m a t ter ( thin g ) .
Har d e ned e was h arden ed ( inured ) to misfor tu ne H is mind

.
e
.
w a s h ardened ag a i ns t pi ty .
Ha tre d I h av e a h atred of or f or such persons such conduc t

.
, .
H is methods w ere h a teful ( odious re pu lsiv e ) to me , .
He ir H e is th e heir to th a t property e is th e heir of his uncl e

H o pe ho pe fu l —
a
. . .
, W e ho pe f or bet ter thin g s ( v erb ) There is no .
hope f or or of better thin g s ( noun ) e is ho pefu l of success . .
Im p a t ie n t Impa tient of re proof ( un a b le to endure reproof)

. .
Impatien t f or p ayment ( e ag er to receiv e payment ) .
I m pr e s s Impress an ide a on some one Im press some one wi th

. .
an ide a .
I ndebte d Indebted to some one in a larg e sum for his kindness

. .
Indig nant Indign ant wi th a person

. Indign ant a t s o methin g .
d one .
I n du l g e H e indulg ed ( Tra n s ) himse l f a nd them wi th a gla ss of

.
w ine ( a sin gle thin g ) H e indu lg ed himse l f in id l eness ( h abi t )

. He .
indu lg ed ( In tr ans ) in a gla ss of w ine . .
Influence e h as no influence ove r or wi th me ( person ) H e h as

. .
no influence on m y j udgmen t ( thin g ) .
Inte re st I tak e g re at interest in th a t subj ect H e h a s no in teres t

. .
w ith me ( h as no c la im on me for he lp) In teres t on th is lo a n is .
ch arged at 4 per cent .
Intrud e D o no t intru de on a m an s pri v ac y H e in truded i nto

.
’
.
my pri v ate g a rden .
I nv e s t e h as been in v es ted with a title or wi th a u thority H i s

.
H
,
.
mone y is in v ested i n ra il w ays .
Jo in To j oin in a game To j oin this wi th or to th a t

. . .
Ju m p e j um ped a t ( e ag erly accepted ) th e offer H e j umpe d to

. .
the conc lusion ( c ame to it w ithout su ffi cien t e v idence ) .
Ju ris dicti o n Jurisdiction over a certain pro v ince or are a H e

.
.
1 84 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
h as no j urisdiction i n this s u i t ( th e s u it c a nnot be he ard in his

cour t) .
Kic k K ic k a ga inst ( resist ) a u thority W herefore kick ye at

—
. .
( scorn ) mine o fferin g w hich I h a v e comm a nded t l Sa m u e l

‘
L abo u r H e labours u ndo? a di ffi culty ; f or the publ ic g ood ;

.
g ood c a use ; a t some p ar t icul ar w ork .
L a y fa cts bef ore a person lay a sin to one s ch a rge ( a ccuse

’
La y .
,
one of it) lay a person u nder an ob liga tion .
L en d To l end money at hig h in teres t

. To l e nd money on g ood .
securi ty .
L e v el This surfa ce is l e v el w ith th a t ( adJ

.
j The w alls w ere .
le v e lled wi th th e g round ( v erb ) H e l e v e lled h is g u n a t th e bird

. .
L i a ble L i a bl e to error ( mig ht fall in to error ) L i a b le ( res ponsib le )

. .
f or paymen t .
L ib e l H is con v ers a tion i s a per petu al libe l on all his a cqu a in tance
. .
SHER ID A N School f or Sca nd a l i 1 H e w ro te a libe l a ga ins t A s

, ,
. . .
’
ch a l acte r .
Lik ing , dis lik e I h a ve a l ikin g for h er, and a dislik e to him
. .
L iv e L i v e f or riches ; by ho nest labour ; o n a sm all income ;

.
wi thin one s me a ns
’
.
L oo k L ook af ter ( wa tch , su perin tend ) some business

. L oo k a t a .
p erson or thin g L oo k i n to ( e x a.mine c l ose ly ) a m a tter L oo k ove r .
( e x amine rou gh ly or cu rs 01 ily) a n a ccoun t L ook thr ou gh ( e xa mine .
c arefu lly) an a ccoun t L ook f or ( sea rch fo1 ) some thing l os t

. .
M ak e H e m a de a wa y w i th ( purl oined ) t h e mone y This d oes no t

. .
m ak e for ( conduce to ) h a ppiness H e m ade u p to ( appro a ch e d w i th

c au tion ) some one ( In a ll t hese i nsta n ces ma ke 1 3 used In transi tiv ely
. .
M arry one person to a no ther ( s aid of the father or the c l ergym a n ) .
M art yr A m arty r to ( gre at su fferer from ) rheum atism A m art yr

. .
i n or f or a cer ta in c a use .
M e ddl e ( in or w ith) H e is a lw ays meddlin g with o ther men s

’
.
a ffa irs Th e ci v il la wyers h av e m edd led i n a m a tt er th at be lon g s n o t

to the m —L o oms
.
M ov e d M o v ed a t the sig h t ; by his en tre aties ; w i th pity ; to

.
t e ars
—
.
M u rmu r ( a t or a ga ins t) Th e J e w s then murmured a t him John

H is disciples murmured a t it —
. .
v 1 41 John vi 61 Th e chil dren of

—
. . . . .
I sra el mur mured a ga ins t M oses an d aga inst Aa1 0n N u m bers x iv 2 . . .
Need There 18 no need of or f or a ssis tance

. W e are in need of .
( n ot f or ) assis tan ce .
N e g l e ct , ne g l e ctfu l , ne g l i g e nt H e sho w ed no ne gl e c t of duty . .
H e w as ne gl i g en t i n doin g a thin g ; ne glig ent or ne glec tfu l of h is

duties ( th ing s ) ; n e gle ct fu l of his friends ( 3 orsons ) .
O b lig e I a m m u ch ob lig ed to you ( in e b te d) This is obligatory
. d .
on yo u ( incumben t a s a dut y) .
O ffe n d H e offended a ga in s t the rul e This w as an offence a ga i nst

. .
m 01 ality H e took offence a t Wh at I s aid

. H e w as o ffended w i th me . .
M y w ords w ere o ffensi v e to him .
O rig ina t e This orig in ated ( h a d its orig in) i n j e alousy ( thing ) .
.
This ori g in ated with him person ) .

H e IS o v ercome with fatigue .
(
O v e r c om e ( p p . . e was o vercome
by their e n tre aties .
1 86 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
( reference ) th at m atter His firs t reg ard was f or his o wn interests

to . .
Reg ardfu l of his in terests .
Re j oi c e To rejoice a t the s u ccess of another To rej oice in on e s

’
. .
o w n success .
R e la t ion e is a relation or relativ e of m ine H e is re lated to

.
H
.
me I h av e h ad no re lations w ith him ( I h a v e had no thin to do w i th

.
him ) This is not relativ e ( rele v ant ) to the subj ec t in h an

.
R e qu is it e Requisite to h appiness . Requisite f or the purpose . .
R e s p e ct I h a v e no respect f or him W i th res pect to ( concerni ng )

. .
this ques tion w e c a nnot m ak e up our minds In res pect of age ( in .
oint of ) he is senior to me W g in much an d concede

no thing i n res pect of our commerci al interest s —D a ily Te legrap h
p a
g e e a .
p 8 O ct 2 3 1 9 0 0 It w as n o t a fa ilure in res pect cf ( in point of

a s reg a rds ) the fee ler it put ou t —
. . .
, , ,
F ortnightly Re vi e w p 7 3 6 N o v ,
.
,
.
190 0 .
Re s pons ible W e are responsib le .

f or our a c tions . You are
res ponsib le to your employer .
R e s u lt W h at is the result of the e xa min ation ( noun ) It resu lted

.
in fai lure ( v erb ) The one t hin g resu lted f rom the other
. .
Ru n To run af ter ( e agerly fo llo w ) ne w fa shions to run a t ( att a ck )

.
a cat to run i nto debt to ru n over ( re ad r apidly ) a n a ccount to run

th rou gh ( s pend r apid ly) one s money
’
.
Sat isfi e d, s ati s fa ct ion S atisfied ( con v in ce d ) of a fa ct S atisfied . .
( conten ted ) w ith a lit tle I e x pect some sa t isfa c tion ( com pens ation or .
redress ) f or th at l oss I feel gre at s atisfa ction ( ple asure ) in or a t your

.
impro v ement .
Se arch se arch for or af ter h appin ess is the gre at problem of

. Th e
life . In se arch of h appiness w e often go wrong .
Se u re (f ro m or a ga ins t) Secure from h arm secure aga ins t

p
.
a tta cl
Se e . W e m u st see
( consider ) this m atter ; see into ( in v esti
a bou t
gate ) the m atter ; see ( carefully e x amine ) the m atter ; see to i nto
( a tte nd to ) the m atter I s aw throu gh ( understood ) his motiv e . .
S e e k ( af ter or f or ) M ost men see k af ter or for h appiness . .
Se ns ib l e s e ns it iv e ins e n s ible
, I am v ery sensib le of ( fu lly
, .
appreci ate ) your k indness She w as too sensi ti v e to a buse an d

c alumny ( too much affected by abuse and c al umn y) —
.
M ACAU L A Y I . .
a m insensib l e to p ain w hil e you a re sensib le of it , .
Se t To se t a bou t ( beg in w orking a t ) a business

. To set u p on .
( att ack ) a tra v eller To set ( Tr an s ) a person over a business ( place

.
him in ch arge of it ) .
Sit To sit over a

. fire . To sit
impu ta tion
u nde r an .
Slav e A slav e to . av a rice Th e s lav e of a v arice

.
( To is preceded .
by a , a nd of by the . See footno te in p .
Slow e is sl o w .
e
‘
f
o he aring s l o w a t arithmetic slo w i n m akin g
up his mind .
Smile To smil e a t ( tre at w ith con temp t) his thre a ts

. F or t un e .
smiled on ( fav oured ) him .
Solicit ou s , s oli c it H e w as so licitous of or f or a d v ice ( an x ious to

—
-
.
g e t a d v ice ) CL A RE ND O N
a bou t the fu tu re ( concernin g )
E nj.oy the presen t , a nd be not so licitous
J E R E M Y TAYLO R I solici ted h im f or

.
.
— .
his h elp .
C H AP . Iv ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TIONS 1 87
Spe ak To speak of a subj ect ( briefly )

. To s pe a k on a subject ( a t .
gre ater length ) .
Sp ec u la te To specu la te in sh ares To specu lat e on some point in

. .
science or h istory .
St an d To s ta n d a ga ins t ( = w i thsta nd , res ist ) a ny one

. To s ta nd .
by ( su ppor t) a friend To sta nd on ceremony ( m ak e a gre a t point of)

. .
To st and to ( m aint ain) one s opinion

’
.
Star e To st are a t a person

. To st are one in th e face . .
Su bj ec t This is the subj ect of in qu iry

. Th is is a subj ect f or .
i nqu i ry .
Su ite d This is suited to the occ asion

. H e is sui te d f o r a post . .
Sym pa th y s ym pa this e I h av e no sym pathy with or f or him I

, . .
sympa thi se with ( no t for ) you .
Tak e e tak es afte r ( resemb les ) his father I took him f or a s py

.
H
.
( considered him to be a s py) D o not take to ( commence the h abit o f) .
g amblin g .
Ta lk To talk of or a bou t a thing ( c a su ally or cursor ily)

. To ta lk .
ove r a subjec t ( t o discus s it more serious ly and more fu lly ) .
Tas t e I h av e had a taste ( e x perience ) of h ard work I h av e no

. .
taste ( liking ) f or m athem atics .
Think To thin k of or a bou t a thin g ( c asu ally )

. To think o ver a .
subj ect ( consider more seriously ) .
Tir ed Tired of doin g th e sa me thin g ( desiro u s of ch an g e )

. Tired .
( fatig ued w ea ried ) w ith w ork

, .
Tr e sp as s In th e time of his distress did he trespass ( s in ) ye t more

a ga i ns t th e L ord —2 Chron i cles x x v iii 2 2
.
To tres pas s on some one s

’
. . .
t ime To tres pa ss in some one s house

’
. .
'
ru s t ( noun ) di stru s t M y trus t in you is g re ater th a n m y dis trus t
l , .
f
0 I 1m .
Tru st ( v erb ) To trus t a m a n w ith money .M erch ants w ere n o t .
w i ll in g to trus t ( en trust ) precious c a rgoes to any cus t ody but th a t of a

m an o f w a r — —
M A CA UL A Y I trus t to your honour Tr us t
—
-
. .
i n ( h av e confidence in ) th e L ord , and do g oo d Psa lm xx x v ii 3 . .
Us e W e h av e no use f or th at W h at is th e use of th at
. There .
is no use in th at .
V er s e d conv e rs ant ,
e is w e ll v ersed i n m a them atics .H e is ~
.
con v ers an t wi th m athem atics .
V e x ed e is v e x ed wi th me ( person ) V e x ed a t this ( thin g )

. . .
Vi ct im A v ict im to o ppression
. The vi c tim of O ppression Cf . . .
1) 1 80 .
V ie w . I n v ie w of these fa c t s Wi th a v ie w to doing s ome thing . .
W ai t . To w a i t a t t a b l e ( do the du ties of a w a i ter ) To w ai t on .
( att end ) _
a person To w a i t f or.a person or thi n g .
W arn . To w arn a person of his d an ge r To w a rn him aga i ns t a .
fa u lt or aga ins t ano th e r person .
W ary e w as w ary ( c a u tious ) in his

.
s
o wn schemes . H e w as wary
of ( ke pt his eyes on ) a n other s schemes
’
.
Corr ect, imp rove , or j u stif y the f ollow ing se nte nces
l I am not in fav our of c losin g all pub lic houses , but I hold th at
.
-
.
—
v ery differen t restrictions and re gu la tions a re dem anded to those which
pre v a il Quoted in D a ily Te legraph, p . 5, Aug 2 9 1 899. . .
2 . degree of civ i lis ation w hich they ( the M e x ic ans ) h ad

Th e
re a ch ed as inferred by their po litic al ins tit utions m ay be considered
, ,
perh aps not much short of th a t enj oyed by our S ax on ancestors .
PRE SCO TT H is tory of M e x ico i p 3 9

, ,
. . .
3 I t o l d Coun t M ou rav ie ff tha t I h ad be en a sked b y M r F rancis

t o s pe ak a t the h all of th e British Americ a n churc h —
. .
Re vie w of -
Re vie ws p 541 June 1 89 9

,
.
,
.
.
4 In fact it is e v ery day mo re cle ar th at the friend ly underst an d in g

.
be tw een all the Po w ers w i thou t e x ce ption mus t rem a in in ta ct un til

th e se ttlemen t be m a d e —D a i ly Te legrap h p 7 Se pt 1 7 1 9 0
, ,
0 , .
,
.
,
.
5 These a re seen of all thin k in g men w h o fee l th a t it is time our

.
,
a dminis tr a ti v e syste m shou l d be roper l y a n d effe c t i v e ly o v erh a ul ed

p
—I bid p 5 Se pt 1 7 1 9 00
.
. . . .
, ,
6 To a ny one w h o h as noted the numerous pa ralle l s w hich t his

.
rem arka b l e d ialog ue offers to pa ss ag es in our S a cred Sc ri ptures it may ,
seem stra ng e th a t I hesitat e t o concur to a ny theory w hich e x plains ,
t hese coincidences by su pposin g th at the a u thor h ad a ccess to th e

N e w Test a men t —M ONI ER W I LL I A M S I ndia n W isdom quoted in
.
, ,
B i ble Pa ral le ls , p 2 87 . .
7 Is she to be forced to renounce th at Church into w hose m atern al

bosom she h a s doubtless long since fel t res t an d holiness l—K IN G S LEY
.
Wes twa rd H o ! ch xi v p 2 4 0 . . .
8 Th e Rou mam an re ply beg an by taking cognis ance of th e e x pres

sion of Bulgari a s w il lin g ness to prosecute the blackm ai lers —D a ily
.
’
.
Te legr a ph , p 8, Au g 2 8, 1 9 00 . . .
9 M y conten tion
. is th at this picturesque old p ark should be pla ced
in a different c ateg ory to such pub lic s pa ces as L amm a s Park .
M iddle sex Cou nty Ti me s , p 6, Au g 18, 1 9 00 . . .
1 0 But th e funer al of t h e k in g w as a ttended by the minimum of

—
.
reli g ious recog nition D a ily Te legrap h, p 4 , Aug 1 0, 1 9 00

. . . .
1 1 L ord S alisbury h as n o w in his dis po s al t h e w ho l e future of

—
.
South Africa F ortnightly Re vi e w, p 2 4 8, Au g 1 9 00 . . .
1 2 Pr ax i te les is s a id to h a v e de fi ni te ly g i v en th e ch a rac ter of

.
sensuali ty to V enus , w h o ha d pre v iously flo ated be tw een se v eral ide als

—
of be auty L E C KY , H istory of Rati ona lism , v ol i p 2 7 1
. . . . .
13 In the e x pa nsions o f the he ar t th e Et ern al Ci ty ( Rome ) always

—
.
t ak es precedence before all o t her I tali a n t o w n s Q uoted in D a i ly

Te legrap h, p 8, Au g 2 , 1 9 00 . . .
1 4 H e is l ook ed upon as a g re at a uthority on these questions , and

.
w i ll a ssist to e x a mine scientific ally a number o f these ques tions .
I bid p 9 , Au g 8 , 1 9 0
. . 0 . .
1 5 As th e a u thor s n a me is not sufficiently kno w n to his fe ll o w

’
.
coun trymen , he h as tak en c are to beg in by a short account of himse l f

—
.
L ite ratu re , p 65, J ul y 2 8, 1 9 00 . .
1 6 M yster y h as e v er been t h e study o f tho s e w h o in science a n d

.
ar t, in phil oso phy a n d l itera t ure , h av e not been s atisfied mere ly to

observ e and por tr ay th e tri v i al facts and re alities of life F or tnightly .
—
Re vie w , p 89 9 , June 1 9 0 0 . .
1 7 . No moral te achin g , h e s aid , w as much g ood with ou t a reli gi ous

—
b a si s D a ily Te legrap h , p 9, J une 2 2 , 1 9 00 . .
1 8 Th e credi t of bein g first into Pretoria w ill n o doubt rest with

—
.
Fren ch and his c avalry D aily Eapress, p . 1 , May 3 1 , 1 9 00.

190 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED pm 1
38 O ne source of th e a ncien t g ods w a s from deified a nces t ors

. .
Professor H EN SL O W , in Chu rch G a z ette , p 1 1 1 , M ay 1 3 , 1 89 9 . .
3 9 W e k no w h o w successful h as been th e feder a tion of pro v inces

—
.
t o form the C a n a di an Dominion D a ily Te legr ap h , p 9 , A pril 2 8, . .
1900 .
4 0 Th e . effor ts of the Engl ish force w ere directed o n silencin g th e

’
biggest of the enemy s c annons but its fire was not turned on their
a rti llery —I bid p 7
,
A pril 2 6 1 9 00
. . .
, ,
.
4 1 Th e h onour of En gl an d s n a me h as been de ar to them a n d

’
.
,
l oyal ty to Queen an d coun try h a s ins pired them to a l oft y h eroism

w hich is beyond all pr aise — I bid p 9 A pril 2 3 1 9 00 . . .
, ,
.
4 2 I l oo k b a ck to a time w hen differen t sentimen ts to those w hich

n o w pre v ai l e x iste d —Jbid p 1 0 M ay 9 1 9 0
.
0 . .
, , .
4 3 An ancient pri v i le g e to be a tt ained to by a process of d ra w in g

corks during a certa in period of time on the ri v er s te ambo ats —I bid
.
. .
p. 5,
M a y 2 ,
1 9 0 0 .
4 4 It is a sin g ula r proof of the inde pendence of the poet s li ter ary
’
.
an d soci al ch a r a cter u pon his theol o g ic al proc l i v i t ies th a t t h e Rom a n

C atholic family of Th w ere a mon g his most in tima te a nd b est cherished
—
.
friend s Time s Weekly, p 4, A pril 2 7 , 1 9 00 . .
4 5 M r S h ad proceeded fa r enough in the labour of co llectin g

. . .
m aterial s to be struck b y the g ross injus tice produced by much w e ll

me anin g le g islatio n —L ite ra tu re , p 3 3 2 , A pril 2 8, 1 9 00 . .
4 6 H e h ad s aid t h at he w oul d r a ther en ter the gr av e th an into

—
.
Parli ament D a i ly Te legrap h , p 6, A pril 3 0

. ,
1 90 0 . .
47 In theory e v ery knot incre ased s peed abo v e t w enty kno ts gi v es

.
an appro x im a t e reduction of se v en hours in the time of th e v o yag e .
I bid p 8 D e c 2 6 1899
. .
, .
,
.
4 8 These a d v ices al lude to th e m ystery of th e w here abou t s of th e

.
J ap anese fleet the mo v emen t s of w hich are v eiled w i th th e g re atest

secrecy —I bid p 7 A pril 1 9 1 9 00
,
. . .
, ,
49 It w ou l d a ppe a r th a t these b la ck s w h o c an thri v e for d ays on

.
,
Indian corn and w ater a re n ot a v erse a t times from the l u x uries of

civ ilised die t —I bid p 5 A pril 1 9 1 9 00
,
. . .
, ,
50 In a fe w d ays a fter w a rds bo th g ener al s w ere recommended t o

m ak e as m an y tre aties a s possibl e w ith trib al chiefs —Re vi e w of
.
Revie ws p 3 7 7 A pril ,
.
,
51 All their a c t s shoul d a im to conquer av ersion deeply roo t ed in

such prej udices —I bid p 3 7 5 April 1 9 00
.
. . .
,
52 N e x t t o a churc h s urely th e most dis gr aceful pl ace to pick

a t a crick et ground durin g the g a m e —
.
p oc k e t s in is D a ily Te legraph -
,
p 9 July 5 1 89 9
.
, ,
.
53 So far a s Europe is direct ly concerned th e pol itic al a nd

.
,
economic a dv an tag es resu ltin g from th e Siberian ra i lw ay are of com

a tiv e in s ig nifican ce to the latest proj ect of the Russi a n G o v ernment
—the estab lishment of n av al and commercial communic ation between
p ar
the B alti c and the B la c k Seas —F ortnightly Revie w p 89 9 June , .

,
1 89 9 .
54 There w as no a pplause durin g his a ddress , nor th at of B aron de

—
.
S ta al D a i ly Te legrap h, p 7 , M ay 1 9 , 1 899
. . .
55 In furnishing the n e w ho te l comfor t h as not been s a crificed for

"
—
.
s plendour I bid p 7 , June 7 . 1 89 9

. . . .
C RA P . I v ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TION S 191
56 . splendid O ld v e tera n h a d commenced his a d v ance the

Th a t ,
ul tim a te success of w hich he ( L ord G eor g e ) w as v ery co nfi de nt .
M idd lese a: Cou nty Time s p 3 F e b 1 7 1 9 0 0 , .

, .
, .
57 Th e dismiss al of the summons w ithout costs seems to be a kin d

of admi ssion th a t the v es try did its best althoug h it w as not much
use —D a i ly Te legraph p 1 0 Fe b 2 6 1 9 00
,
. . .
, , ,
58 I thin k the re pub li cs w oul d not be a v erse from th a t prin ci ple

—
. .
I bid p 1 1 M arch 5 1 9 0
. .
,0 ,
.
59 Sir W q uoted statistics w ith a v ie w O f show in g th a t w e

w ere n o t the une x ampl ed drinkers of the w orld —I bid p 8 M arch
. .
. . .
,
60 F e w peo ple , I im a gin e , w h o h av e h ad the l e ast e xperience of

.
En gli sh schoo lboy l ife , coul d re a d w ithout dis gus t at th e tr av es ty of

th e En glish pub lic schoolbo y there presente d L iteratu re , p 1 54 , — .
F e b 1 7 , 19 0
. 0 .
61 Th e r a dic al an d G erm a n p a rties h av e been pre v ented b y the

.
a dj ournment to tak e a ny decisi v e a t ti tude a a inst S lav a s ir a tions

g p .
D a ily Te le grap h, p 1 0 ,
M a rch 2 8, 1 89 9
. .
62 Indeed one w ou l d be peri lous ly ne ar ce asin g t o be a beli ev er

.
by re tu rnin g to such s acre dotalism , t ypes , an d J e w ish ceremoni al .
L et t er in Ea ling G ua rdia n, p 6, M ay 13 , 1 89 9 . .
6 3 Our sc a n ty sources of kno w led g e ( about the

. anyfs of M ecca )
do n ot w arr ant us to draw any conc lusion as to their creed and religious
a tti tud e —
Chu rch G a ze tte , p 3 1 , A pri l 2 9 , 1 899 . .
64 They w ere enthusiasts domin a ted with o n e ide a ; but domin a

.
t ion b y one ide a is often , if n ot usu ally , the equi v al en t of monom ani a .
-
I bid 40 ,
A pri l 2 9, 1 899
. .
65 e pam ph le t is w ri tten w ith the v ie w of sho w in g th at there is

—
.
l ess tre ac hery on th e one side th an on the o ther I bi d p 4 0 , April . . .
66I f re li g ious person s w oul d but v isi t these places of a musement

.
,
an d see for t hemse lv es inste a d of re lyin so much on mere he arsa y

g ,
the y w oul d be a b l e to w a rn men more effec tu ally on the d ang er of

such p la ce s —I bid p 1 04 M ay 1 3 1 899 . .
, , .
6 7 It is dee ply en g ra ined in th e popu lar min d w i th the for e ig n

rites of th e Itali an mission t o this coun try —I bid p 1 2 2 M ay 2 0
.
. . .
, ,
1 89 9 .
68 It w as enj oin ed th a t th e peo ple s hou ld once in the ye ar a t the

.
,
time a ccusto med w i th the rec tor v ic ar or cur a te w alk about the
—
, , , ,
p a rishe s I bid p 7 5 M ay 6 1 89 9. .
, ,
.
6 9 I ca me t o as k if you coul d n o t come do w n to nig ht to preac h

I am su fferin g w ith a se v ere cold —SHEL DON I n H is Step s p 7 5
-
. .
. . .
, ,
7 0 Th e a ttitude assumed b y th e Bisho p w i ll as the y thin k g i v e

.
, ,
stren gth to th e ag i ta tion w hich is n o w in pro gress w ith a v iew of

com pe llin g episco pal or other acti o n —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0 M ay 6 ,
.
, ,
1 89 9 .
71 In a sermon on the a nni v ersary of th e En g lish Church Union

.
Dr Cobb professed h is in abili ty t o a ppreci at e fth e di fference of th e

Church of En gland a nd the Church i n En glan d —Chu rch G a zette p
.
.
,
2 54 June 2 4 1 89 9
, , .
7 2 To their o per ation m an y of th e w orkin g classes ow e their inde

e from p arish re lie f —
.
p e nd e n c D a ily M a il p 2 Apri l 1 4 1 9 00 ,
.
, , .
73 . used to come do wn to the office usu ally la te in v ariab ly

M i lner ,
a ccomp a nied by an umbre lla w i th an e x tra ordin ary e agl e s h ea d as its

’
h andle Re vie w of R evie ws p 2 0 Jul y 1 89 9

.
-
, .
,
.
7 4 One O f t h e prison w arders sa id t h at he w ent to the cons t ab le s

’
a id a n d a ssis t ed to con v ey the prisoner inside the g a o l —D a i ly Te le .
grap h, p 1 2
.
,
Au g . 2 6, 1 89 9 .
75 It w as publis h ed in successi v e p arts lon g inter v als betw een

e ach period of pub lica tion —A NS TER G e rm a n L i tera tu re p 1 58
.
,
. .
, ,
7 6 I t IS n o w proposed to e x tend the test paper scheme b y a fford

.
-
ing he a ds of school s w ith th e m e a ns of test i n g th e s ta nd ard of k no w

l ed g e a tta ined I n their c la sses —School Wor ld p 3 06 Au g 1 89 9 .
, .
, . .
7 7 They h a v e fil led th e Euro pea n press w i t h s tatements th a t th e

.
a ttem pt on his life w as arr a n g ed by himse lf w i th th e obj ect to get the
Ra dic a l l e a ders into his c l utche s —Re vi ew of Revie ws p 1 38 Au g , .

, .
1 899 .
7 8 Tw o bottl es w hich conta ined poison w ere found by the dece ased
. .
D a ily Ch r on icl e , p 7 , Au g 2 2, 1 89 9
. . .
7 9 Annu al subscri ptions w i ll be th ankfull recei v ed by the m atron ,

y
.
of w hom also full pa rticu la rs res pec ting th e ome can be obt ained .
Adve rtis eme nt of Childre n s H osp i tal , in W es ton su per M are

’
- -
.
80 W e might desire , w ith him , for Euc lid to be abo lished in fav our
—
'
o f some other scheme of geometr y Quoted in School Wor ld, p 2 7 8, .
July 1 8 99 .
8 1 Th at is the obj ec t of the Primrose L e ague ,

. th is mutu al con -
sta nt intercourse w ith all c la sses w ith ea ch o ther, a nd therefo re it h as -
been a success Quo ted in D a ily Telegrap h, p 8, Ma y 1 9 , 189 9

.
-
. .
82 H e w as for ye ars v irtually F rench Amb ass ador at L ondon

. .
Revie w of Re vie ws, p 3 3 0 , O ct 1 89 9

. . .
8 3 But h e is pa infu lly sur prised by the total e x clusion of s tim u

‘
—
.
l a nts fro m Uni v ersity C lub s I bid 40 5, Oct 1 899

p . .
.
“ ”
8 4 Th e d ate of t h e N e w Ra ce in Egypt w a s first put thre e or
four thous an d ye ars B 0 —I bid p 49 1 , N ov 1 89 9
.
. . . . . .
85 Our pa st losses ca n e asily be m a de good w i th a disp lay of

‘
—
.
resol ution at home a nd of due preca ution a t the fron t D a ily Te le

grap h, p 6, Dec 1 8, 1 89 9
. . .
86 I a m wr i tin g t o say th at for some ye a rs I h av e su ffered much

w i th neur algi a and indi g es t io n —I bi d ( Ada ) , p 5, F e b 1 , 1 9 0
.
0 . . . .
87 H e insisted in re ga rding the Peti ti on as a sedi tious document .
Short H is tory of Th i gla nd , p 3 03 . .
88 N atur al his tori a ns te ll us th at no fruits gre w orig in ally amon g

.
us be sides hips and h aw s , a corns and pig ments , w ith o ther delicacies
—
of the l ik e n a ture A DDISON , Sp ecta tor, No 6 9 , pa ra 5
. . . .
89 This s t ro k e of prero g at i v e w as a bout the la s t piece of mischief

—
.
done the co u n try by a stric tly pious and mor al k in g G O L D W IN

SM I TH , Unite d K i ngdom , v ol ii p 3 06 . . . .
9 0 Imperfec t as ins titu tions w ere , t h e na tion , com pa rin g them with
.
t hose of o t her countries , w a s on t h e w ho l e con t en t wi t h t hem , a nd w as

a v erse from re v o l u t ion I bid v ol ii p 2 7 2
.
-
. . . . .
9 1 Abo v e all, the o lig a rch y of Pro t es ta n t l ando w ners w a s at he a r t

.
conscious w h a t, if the a rm of G re at Brit ain were w i thdr aw n, its fat e

w ou l d b e .
—
I bid v ol ii p 2 2 5
. . . . .
9 2 De lighted by the m agnificent w el come they recei ved from t h e

.
194 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
1 1 0 N 0 g o v ernment w i ll v enture to restore B al uchis ta n or Chitral

.
or th e a rmy of K as hmir to the condi tion it w a s a fe w years ago 1 bid .

-
.
p 1 56, F e b 1 9 00
. . .
1 1 1 I am pri v ately informed th at the ap pro a chin g v isi t of the

.
Sh ah to the Russian c apital w ill pro v e to be pregn ant of dis agree ab le

s urprises for Englan d Sta nd a rd, p 5, M a rch 1 0,
1 900 — . .
1 1 2 There must be a v ery different spirit of energy and concentra

—
.
t ion th a n h as pre v ai led since the retiremen t of M r G ladston e F or t .
nightly Re vie w , p 4 58, Sept 1 9 0 0 . . .
11 3 So fa r as w ounds are concerned , the resu l ts of this w ar h av e

.
not borne ou t the forec a st m ade of the effec t of the ne w lon g rang e -
a rms of precision but in res pect to dise ase the old e x perience h a s been
reproduce d —I bid p 4 9 3 Sept 1 9 00 . .
,
. .
1 1 4 Th e e x perien ce of this and former w ars co n curs in de m o ns trat

.
ing the supreme im por tance of he alth preser v ation in th e m ain t en ance
in efficienc y of an army in the fi e ld —I bid p 49 4 Se pt 1 9 00 . .
,
. .
1 1 5 W ar c annot but be a ccom panied by much ph ysic al an d mor al

suffering —I bid p 4 9 4 Se pt 1 9 00
.
. . . .
,
1 1 6 W orshi ppers of Buddh a v enerate serpents

. This a nim al .
,
s ays M r W ake “
bec ame equ al in importance a s Buddh a himsel f
.
,
”
.
D OAN E B ible Pa ra llels p 3 56 ch x x x iii

, , .
, . .
1 1 7 Sta ff and g eneral s h av e not the counters to p lay the ga me of

w an —D a i ly Exp ress p 1 Oct 2 1 9 0 0 ,
.
, .
, .
1 1 8 It w as undoub t ed ly a curious an d interestin g e x perimen t but

.
,
not the mos t obs tin ate pessimis t w hil e d e plorin g th e principle in v o lv ed
coul d find anything at w hich to protes t —F ortnightly Re vi ew p 63 4
, ,
.
, ,
Oct 1 9 00
. .
1 1 9 There w as nothing differen t to th e old d ays e x ce pt th at th e

. ,
rooms look ed b ars and lack ed th e b a ck ground of co lour a nd brilli ancy .
I bid p 63 4 Oct 1 9 0
-
. . 0 ,
. .
1 2 0 There is no ab a tement of the dem and for ices e v en w hen the

.
,
g round is co v ered b y sno w sev eral degrees w hi ter th a n th e composition

they se ll —Quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 O ct 1 5 1 9 0 0 ,
.
,
.
, .
12 1 There are a t present at Re g ent s Pa rk a museum l ecture

’
t he a tre and sm all libr ary a n d herb arium —D a ily Te legrap h p 1 0

.
,
. .
, , ,
O ct 2 0, 190
. 0 .
1 22 . At w h at
time w as L in us th e successor of Peter m a de B isho p , ,
of Rome ? Th e last tra ce w e h av e of him he w as w ith Paul in Rome

in the fall ( autumn ) of A D 65 —RE B ER Chris t of Pa u l p 2 57
,
. . . . .
, ,
1 2 3 W h at use ( if an y) is the h is torica l no v e l to t he pra ctic al

te acher l—FEAR EN SI D E in Sch ool Wor ld p 4 04 N o v 1 9 00
.
‘
. . .
, , ,
1 2 4 I a m a ssured here th a t D o n C arl os h a s ma de a d v ances t o the

V atic an w i th a v ie w of g ainin g the Church o v er to his c ause —D a ily
.
.
,
Te legr ap h, p 7 , N o v 5, 19 0 0 . . .
1 2 5 Th e fin anci al posi tion of

. the Association is not so s a tisfa ctory
a s your Commit tee coul d desire but t his is la rg e ly a ccounted for in ,
conse quence of t he w ar and the unusu al number of de ath s arising

chiefly from the pre vailin g e pidemi c —Report of Ea ling Cons erva tive
Associa tion ,
1 89 9 .
126 . ccuse the represent ati v e of an En glish n ew s

No one w oul d a
pa per a s a n Irishm an desirous of e xagg er at in g t h e dis tress a n d grie v

a nce s of his coun tr y —Report of D illon s Sp ee ch Fe b 1 0 189 8
’
. .
, ,
CHAP . Iv ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TIONS 19 5
127 It is difficult to im agine a roug her e xperience th an th at in

.
v o lv ed b y his a t tem pt t o c a rry o u t the a d v en turous roj ec of re chin

Pa ris from N e w Y ork by lan d —Ti mes We ekly p 9 2 F e b 1 1
p t a
g
.
, , .
,
1 89 8 .
12 8 At any other time and in a ny o ther person such a n e x hibition

.
migh t h av e been conduci ve of pity Windsor M aga z ine p 2 58 Aug .

,
.
, .
1 89 8 .
129 . W i th
ie w of e x te nding the l eng th of the child s school
th e v
’
life w e pe titioned th e Educ at ion D e partmen t to en a bl e us t o r aise th e

e x em ption st and ard from the Six th to the Se v enth —F or tnightly
,
-
.
R e vi e w , p 7 9 5, N o v 19 00
. . .
1 3 0 Th e w orship a n d le g end of an e fl e m inate hero l ike S and an

'
a ppe ar t o h a v e s pre a d b y me a ns of a n e ar ly diffusion of the Semitic
s tock , first to the neighbourhood of Tarsus in Cilici a and after wards to

S a rdis in L ydia I bid p 82 6, N ov 1 9 00 — . . . .
13 1 H is be lief of re v elation w as unsh aken his le arnin g preser v ed

his pr1nciple s ; he gre w first regu lar, and then pious —B OS WELL S .
’
L if e of Johns on .
1 3 2 C a pt a in M ah an is s paring w ith pra ise th e g ood w ords he h as

.
for Roberts , F rench , B a den Po w e ll, an d other comm a nders are there
—
-
fore the more sig nifi can t D a ily Exp res s , p 4, N ov 1 5, 1 9 00 . . .
13 3 M r Ch a mberlain an d his par ty s pent th e w ho l e mornin g in

. .
th e F orum , sho w in g g re a t a dmir a tion at the recen t disco v eries , w hich

a re of interest t o the w ho le of the ci v il ised w orld D a il y Te legrap h , —
p. 9 , N ov 2 1 , 1 9.00 .
1 3 4 At different times th e Uni ta ri a n Co lleg e w as loc at ed at York ,

—
.
M anches t er , and L ondon , a n d is n o w fin ally fi x ed at O x for d Sp e c

tator , p 7 1 2 , N ov 1 7 , 1 9 0
. 0 . .
1 35 I w as much struck by th e quie t con t em pt w i th w hich he s poke

—
.
o f th e recent a chie v ements of th e British arm s Re vie w of R evie w s ,

p 4 53 , N o v 1 9 00
. . .
1 3 6 It h a s a lw ays seemed to me th a t here is th e k e y to th e u n

.
fortun ate s ta te of affairs b e tw een j ailer and prisoner a t St H e len a . .
Quoted in Specta tor , p 7 4 7 , N ov 2 4, 19 00 . . .
1 3 7 At t h e t ime th a t he resigned from th e a rmy M r B took one

. . .
osi t ion w hich h a s brou g h t do wn u on him unce a sing cri ticism from
p p
one N e w En gland an ti Imperi alist Re vi e w of Re view s , p 4 3 7 N ov
-
.
— . .
1 90 0 .
1 3 8 Th e incident ended by L eig h H unt reco v erin g th e money

. .
I bid p 4 69 , N o v 1 9 0
. . 0 . .
1 3 9 H e w as in essence a C alv inis t, m in u s th e C alvinist s gr as p

’
—
.
upon the person ali ty of the Deity I bid p 49 2 , N ov 1 9 00 . . . . .
1 4 0 Sir A C w as a m an of v a ried e x perience , w ith the highest

—
. . .
ch ar acter of scru pulous honesty I bi d p 4 9 7 , N ov 1 9 00 . . . . .
1 4 1 This l as t rebu ff administered t o the re v ered he a d of the

.
defunct re public w ill be felt a s a painful b low against the sentimen ts

of the G erm a n n atio n Quo ted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 , Dec 4 , — . .
1 90 0 .
1 4 2 I s aw the line taken of im pu t ing dis lo yal t y a nd w a n t of

.
a triotism to men qui t e a s lo yal a n d patriotic , thou g h differin g in

p
o pinion t o themsel ve s I bid p 1 0, Dec 7 , 1 9 00 — . . . .
1 43 W. H W ple a ded gu ilty t o b igamy, h avin g m arried M iss

. . .
H . C . R .
,
a hospital nurse , w hi le his w ife w as i
al v e —I bid . p . 4, Dec .
1 4 4 L ord S ur ged th at th e Col onia ls w oul d h ar dly th ank them

. .
for se tting fort h th a t the y w ere to be tre ated di fferently to the rest of
H e r M aj es ty s troo ps I bid p 6, D e c 1 1 , 19 0
’
0 — . . . .
1 4 5 Th e H ousin g Commi t tee recommended th a t the resolution be

.
passed , a nd, it is im porta nt to no te , b a ck e d u p their recommend ation

by the follo w in g w ords etc F ortnightly Re vie w , p 9 7 4 , 1 9 00 -
.
— . .
1 4 6 The Counci l do appro v e of a c tion bein g tak en under Pa r t I I I

. .
of th e Act w ith a vi ew to t h e purch ase of la nd and the erec tion of

dw ellin g s thereon , and al so w i th the v ie w of purch a sin g or le a sin g
.
—
houses a lre ady built Quoted in F ortnightly R ev ie w , p 9 7 9 , D e c 1 9 00 . . .
1 4 7 I nev er ce a se t o mourn t h e l os t com anio n s hip of m y de ar

.
friend , w ith w hom for so lon g I still w ent coup ed and insep ar ab le .
I bid p 1 0 20
.
,
D e c 1 9 00
. . .
1 4 8 A l derm a n Sir W T e x pressed his dissen t to th e o pinion of

. . .
M r S tu ar t th at the educ ation afforded in G erm an y w as better th an

—
.
th at giv en in En gland D a ily Te legrap h , p 8, Dec 2 0, 1 9 00 . . .
1 4 9 I remember her st anding w i th h e r feet qui te a p art an d her

.
l eg s a k imbo , ch allen g ing me u pon some po li t i ca l question , by w hich

an d her appea ra nce I w a s much a stonished and a l i ttle frig htened .
L ife of M rs G ro t e , Dec 19 00
”
Te mp le B a r, . . .
1 50 Th e incorrigibl e l o a fer at presen t esc apes un w hip ped of j us t ice ,

.
because he is mi x ed u p w ith hones t w ork men on th e look ou t for a -
.
—
j ob Revie w of Revie w s , p 561 , D e c 1 9 00 . . .
1 51 H ence h as arisen the ri v alry , t o the e x istence of w hich the

—
.
Engl ish n ation h as been hither t o ob l iv iou s D a ily Etp ress, p 4, .
Jan 2 , 1 9 01
. .
1 52 Be yond them stretch the se v eral centuries in w hich the order

.
of the success ion w as almost consta n tly dis lik ed or dis puted , and
reig ns w ere O ften commenced w ith t roub l e or termin ated by c alamity
—
.
D a i ly Te le grap h, p 6, Jan 2 5, 1 9 01 . . .
1 53 This bein g th e ca se , th e M on thly Re v ie w er concludes by th e

—
.
foll ow in g w ell w ei ghed w ords of w a rning Re vie w of Reviews, p 56,

-
.
Jan 1 9 01 . .
1 54 Bein g la nded at H av ann a h a nd pl un g ed in t o a l ife of dissi pa tion

.
as the h a n g er o u of a pub l ic bi lli a rd room , he de v el oped a t t w el v e

—
- -
ye ars old in t o a pert boy w ithout re v erence or fe ar Sp ecta tor , p 1 4 3 , . .
Jan 2 6, 1 9 01
. .
1 55 W h at use , he a rgues, is th e n a tion al cry for a n e x tension of

.
o u r n a v al forces , if there be n o e x tension of our forei g n tr a de for them

—
to protec t l D a ily Emp ress , p 3, F e b 1 , 1 9 01 . . .
156 In e x ercising her g ift of sym pa th y, th e Queen g ained gre at ly

.
o w in g to th e for tun ate circums tances of her o wn domes tic life .
Spe cta tor , p 1 6 0 , Fe b 2 , 1 9 01 . . .
1 57 She h ad a pain a cross the shoulders , a nd suffered most

—
.
sev erely w ith rheum atism M iddlesex Cou nty Times, p 3 , Fe b 9 , . . .
190 1 .
1 58 Numerous com pla ints h ad been recei v ed of a w om a n c allin g

.
hersel f Nurse W atkins, w h o h ad ob ta ined g oods from tr a desmen b y

me a ns of w orthless che qu e s Quoted in D a ily Telegrap h, p 5, F e b 1 4, — . .
1 90 1.
198 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P ART I
1 7 3 Th e ( South Afric an ) n ati v e of to day is v ery different to the

—
-
.
n ati v e of pa st g enerat ion s Emp ire Re vie w , p 2 88, A pril 1 9 01 . .
1 7 4 This might seem a t firs t sig ht t o indic a t e t h a t th e b la c k m an

—
.
is unsusc eptib l e t o w ards th e dise a s e I bid p 3 59 , A pril 1 9 01 . . .
175 T . his ag reement w as gree t ed b y l a u g ht e r in the H

ouse of
Commons, an d it w oul d a ppe ar th at commerci al men g enerally h av e
failed to a ccept it seriously D a ily Te legrap h, p 9 , April 1 2 , 1 9 01
-
. .
1 7 6 There is one possibl e so l u t ion to w hich he is ob li v ious

. .
Re vie w of Re vi e ws , p 3 7 4 , A pri l 19 01. .
1 7 7 Th e Rom a nce n ation of th e W est is symp athetic to the S lav onic

.
ide al , a nd chi valrously pla n ts civ i lis ation in Asia in the sa me spiri t as
do th e Russi an s —F ortnightly R evi ew , p 61 8 A pril 1 9 01 . .
1 7 8 There for all pr a ctic al purposes th e m atter mi gh t h av e ended

.
by a un animous v o te , w hich cou ld h a v e t ruly represen ted th e feelin g s

—
of the n atio n D a i ly Te legrap h, 9 , M ay 1 0 ,
1 90 1 .
1 7 9 Th e estim ated cos t of t e doc k s is a bout t we lv e mill ion

.
dollars L abour s a ving m achinery is to be em plo yed , such as th e

—
-
.
En glish tra des unions obj ect t o the use of by emp loyer s J bid p 9 , . .
M ay 1 5, 1 9 01 .
1 80 C a binet Sc a nd al in F r ance : F rench M inister a ccused wi th

—
.
a buse of o ffi ce D a ily Exp ress , p 1 , M ay 1 6 , 1 9 0 1 . .
1 81 H e beg in s by t h e p a ra do x t h a t w hil e in some o f her a ctions

.
Engla nd outrag es th e sentiments of j ustice and of pi ty w hich are inn ate

in all he arts, in others sh e incre ases our pride in be long ing to the
—
hum a n r a c e I bid p 4 9 0, M ay 19 01
. . .
1 82 I k no w t h a t w e ne v er sh all w ant for support for a firm po licy

—
.
in the city of L ondon Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h, p 1 0, N o v 1 4,

. . .
190 1
.
1 83 But there a re tw o thin g s in this book w hich I c a nnot pass by

—
.
e v en a cursory no tice w i thou t s peci al men t ion Re vie w of Re vi e w s, .
p 4 99 , M ay 1 9 0
. 1 .
1 84 There is n ot a m an or w om an fa mi li a r w i th the ch ar a c ter and

.
tradi tions of Tomm A tk ins , w h o is not a w a re th at he w o u l d a t a ny

t ime g o h alf s tar v e himse lf r a ther th a n w omen an d children shoul d
w an t for anything h e co ul d su pply —D a ily Te legrap h , p 8, June 1 8, .
1 90 1
.
1 85 I nev er he ard the o lde son g of Percy a n d Du gla s ( th e B alla d

.
of Che v y Ch ase ) , th a t I found n o t my he ar t mo v ed more t h an wi th a

t r u m pe t —
S IDN EY .
186 It is indeed n o t the

. su perior res pecta bili ty a nd decency to
w hich tem per a nce reformers a re l ik e ly to obj ec t, b u t to th e cre a tion of
l icensed houses in dis tric t s w hich h av e hi ther t o been free from them .
Spe cta tor , p 9 1 4 , June 2 2 , 1 9 01

. .
1 87 Sir E G ended b y a v i g orous at ta ck on th e G o v ernmen t, a nd

. . .
by dec laring th at he an d his friends , w h ate v er migh t h appen , w ou ld

—
ne v er j oin them I bid p 4 3 , July 1 3 , 1 9 01
. . . .
1 88 In these countries the educ ation al s ystem h ad been settled

.
on e xa ctly those l ines w hich the L iberal p art y Woul d lik e to see it
.
—
se ttled in En gland Quoted in M iddleseac Cou nty Times , p 5, July
,
.
1 89 .iol ent mor al of h is prac tic al concl usion is qui te o u t of

Th e v
keepin g w i th this frame of mind w hich m ak es a differen t a nd a l ess , ,
C H AP . Iv ERRO RS IN PREPOSI TIONS 199
pa rdon able in consistency th a n th at of mutu ally contradic ting h ypo

t heses im parti a lly en t ert ained —
,
Sp e cta tor p 1 2 6 Ju ly 2 7 1 9 01 .
,
.
, , .
1 9 0 For himsel f a t no period of his c areer h as money for money s

.
’
sak e e v er seemed m a tter of concern Th e m aj ori ty of cl erk s at decen t

wag es l i v e as l u x urious ly —I bid p 1 52 Au g 3 1 9 0
.
1 .
1 9 1 It g oes w i thout s ayin g —or r a ther th e ou ts 1de n ations are

. . .
, ,
ne v er tired of insis ting as an incon tes ta bl e fa ct —th at the J ameson

,
Ra id w as prom pted an d or ganised by th e Secre tary of Sta te for the

Col onie s —F ortnightly Re view pp 3 2 9 3 3 0 Au g 1 9 01 , .
, ,
. .
1 9 2 Th e de ath of your d a u ghter w oul d h a v e been a b lessin g in

com parison of this —J AN E A US TE N Pr id e a nd Prej u di ce ch x lv ii
.
. .
, , .
1 9 3 Aft er h avin g enj o yed pra c tic al immunity from sm allpo x for
se v eral ye ars L ondon is no w thre atened by a serious outbre ak —D a i ly
.
Te legrap h , p 1 0, Au g 2 8, 1 9 01 . . .
1 94 Th e l ist of ci ties taken b y Sh e sh onk comm e n ces b y the nor th

.
a nd is com posed of lis ts of former con q uests , w hich th e a dulator
w ri ter a scribes to Sh e sh o nk .
—
REN A N , H is tory of I s r ae l , Boo k I V ch i
y
. . .
”
195 “
J ane Eyre as a s tory la ck s in life and animation E J
. .
-
. .
M AT H EW , H is tory of Eng lish L i tera tu r e , 1 9 01 .
1 96 On F rid ay there w i ll be an a ddress by L ord Rosebery, to

.
w hich fo ll o w l uncheon a t th e G uil dh a ll, ser v ice at th e C a thedr al,

conv ers azione at th e colleg e , an d i llu min ations —D a i ly Te legrap h, p . .
1 1 , Se pt 18, 1 9 01 . .
1 9 7 Con tinued resist ance can therefore l e a d t o no other result sa v e

.
th at the peo pl e of this coun try w ill be in a w orse condition , both

mor all y a nd m ateri ally , by de laying th e inev i table termin ation .
I bid p 1 0, Se pt 1 7 , 1 9 01
. . . .
19 8 A G erm a n fi e ld o ffi ce r dec lares th at nothing done by th e

.
-
British in Sou th Afric a c an com pare t o th e se v erity of th e me thods

used by the G erm ans in F ra nce D a ily M a il, p 1 , Se pt 2 5, 1 9 01 — . . .
1 9 9 Cer ta in ly, the Boer pr i soners n o w in Bermud a are enjo yin g

.
an ide al prison life They w a nt for nothin g t o m ak e them comfort

—
.
a b l e a nd h appy, so far a s men in c apt i v i ty can be h appy D a i ly

Te legrap h, p 1 0 ,
Se pt 2 6, 1 9 01 . . .
2 00 It m ay s afel y b e rem ark ed th a t th e scheme ( to be com pleted

.
in t wo more v o lumes ) does not w ant for com prehensiv eness Sp ecta tor, .
-
p 52 5, O ct 1 2 , 1 9 01
. . .
20 1 B u t th e e xa m in at ion of Professor S aintsbury s book ou gh t to

’
.
thro w some light u pon th e n ature an d me aning O f literary cri ticism ,

a n d a t l e a st one c a n a t tem pt t o a v oid be a rin g false w itness of it .
F ortnightly Re vi e w , p 599 , O ct 1 9 0 1 . . .
20 2 Th e successful a d v a nce of t h e fie ld m arsh al into th e he ar t of

.
-
th e enem y s coun try w i ll so dishe ar ten them a s to m ak e them rela x

’
t heir fin al pre par ations of resis tanc e D a i ly Te legr ap h , p 1 0, June 5, — .
19 0 0 .
20 3 Under the outr ag eous tre atment of the w hi te peo pl es the ide a
.
of unifyin g th e ye llo w peo ples is pretty certa in to become a udibly and

v isib ly o per ativ e b efore m any ye ars H G W ELL S , F ortnightly — . .
Re vi e w, p 9 1 2 , N o v 1 9 0
. 1 . .
20 4 H is decision w as appe al ed from , on the contention th at before

.
it w as g i v en he refused to admit e v idence of a previous con v ic tion .
D a ily Te le graph , p 8, N o v 2 0 , 1 90 1 . . .
20 5 T h is is to be
. ccoun ted for a ccordin g to the opinion of a ,
ini tia ted persons , to a certain fatig ue of th e Su lt an w h o finds ,
the burden of centr alis ation and th e decisi ve m an agemen t of a ll

S ta te affairs in the Pala ce t o o g re at for him —I bi d p 9 N ov 2 3 . .
,
.
,
1901 .
20 6 . Mr W J ones M P amidst tremendous disorder ch arged the

. .
, . .
,
po lice w ith part is anship by ejecting L iberal s from the buildin g b u t

th e offic e r I n ch arg e denied th e t ruth of th e a ccus ation —I bi d p 1 0
,
. .
,
June
20 7 Th e result IS th a t th e ten an t s a nd ser v ants of a ll kin ds to he
.
found about t hem a re a finer s tamp of men to those In similar posi tions
e lse w here —M a n No 1 3 2 p 1 63 N o v 1 9 01
.
, .
, .
, . .
20 8 Equ ally cer tain ly D ruids w ere there at this lat e d a te t hou g h
.
discredited of th e Pictish k in g and his people —F ortnight ly Re vie w

,
p 69 2 A pril 1 9 00
. , .
20 9 Presiden t H ad ley w ri tes a l e v e l flo w in g sty le but ne v er a spires

a t e pi gr am —
.
, ,
Sp ecta tor p 87 9 Dec 7 1 9 01

.
, .
, , .
2 1 0 There is one th at w i ll th I nk hersel f ob li g ed to doub l e her

kindness a nd c aresses of me —A DDISON Sp ecta tor No 4 09
.
. . .
, ,
2 1 1 From this co ali tion an d not from the s pirit of its o w n law s
.
,
an d ins titutions he a t tributed th e h arsh a nd un g enerous tre a tmen t

of our fall en enemy —Au tobiograp hy of M r F le tcher p 3 7 4
,
. . .
,
2 1 2 Th e g re a tes t m a s ters of cri tic a l l e arning di ffer a mo ng one

a nother —A DDIS O N Spe cta tor N O 3 2 1
.
. . .
, ,
Tis my humb le reques t you w ill b e pa rticu la r in spe ak in g t o

’
2 13
th e follo w in g poin ts — G u a rdia n No 57
.
, . .
2 1 4 W hen En gla nd de pends a fter this w ar u pon her de v e l o ped

.
, ,
str ength an d consistent policy she w ill no longer w an t for friends , .
D a i ly Te legrap h p 5 A pri l 1 8 1 9 0 , 0 .
, , .
2 1 5 I ta ly w i ll be s peci ally ca refu l n o t t o end ang er her g ood

.
relations w i th England w h o w ou ld n aturally prefer I taly a s a n eigh

bour in Egy pt ins te ad of F ranc e —I bid p 10 Jan 9 1 9 02
,
. . . .
, ,
2 1 6 H is tenure of th e F oreig n O fli c e durin g a tr yi ng t ime h as

been m ark ed w ith ta ct and discre tion —I bid p 1 0 Jan 1 4 1 9 02
.
. . . . .
, ,
2 1 7 The com pany w as com pelled by th e promo ters three mon t hs

.
,
a fter th e I ssue of th e rospec tus to ch an g e its b an kers w i th a v ie w O f

p
s to ppin g th e comp any s credi t —I bi d p 5 Jan 1 6 1 9 02 ’
.
,
. .
,
.
, ,
2 1 8 This ins pired so much a pprehension in to prin t ers th a t the y

bec ame un wi llin g to i ncur the h aza1 d of a n obno x ious tra de —
.
H A LL A M .
,
L ite ra tu re of Eu r op e v ol ii p 2 66 ,
. . . .
2 1 9 SO fa r i t w oul d seem th e Cobdenites a re j us tified of their

.
pro tes ts aga inst e fforts to des troy or countera c t th is par ticu lar form of
Pro tec tio n —D a ily Te legrap h p 8 M a rch 7 1 9 02 , .
, ,
.
2 2 0 St V ince nt is co v ered by a shes a nd dust th at h a v e des tro yed

—
. .
a ll the herb a g e a n d g ro w ing pro v isions a n d frui t I bid p 8 M a

y . . .
,
2 21 D o you su ppose th at it w oul d be a ple asa nt thin g to see m y

.
sel f forced to allow my chi ldren t o be brou gh t u p in a no t her creed t o

m y own — R B A G O T Ca sting of N ets ch v iii
. 1 08 , , . . .
2 2 2 It tak es a v ery hig h r a nk amon g th e iogra phical liter ature

of the ye a r w e will v enture to a dd of th e century —Sp ecta tor p 7 03
.
. .
, , , ,
N o v 8 , 1 9 02
. .
C H APTER V .
—
ERRO RS IN C O N JUN CTI O N S .
( ) a Cc -
ordina tive Conj u nctions .
1 . And —Av oi d th e co m m on mist ak e o f b eginnin g a

“
.
fr es h s e ntenc e w it h a nd I t is th e p r o v i n ce o f t h is c onj u n ctio n

.
to a dd one w o r d to a noth er w or d o r on e cl au s e to a n o th er
cl au se .I t follo w s fro m t h i s p ri n ciple t h at a nd o u g h t n ot to b e
m ad e the fi rst w or d o f a fr es h senten ce .
Th e horrors of th e cho lera or th e plague must be d iminished a t a lmost

an
y cos t And the cost i e th e sufferin g inflicted by these
.
,
. .
e x perimental inoculations c an h a rdly be set aga ins t the v alue ,
of a pre v en ti v e serum L itera tu re M arch 3 1 9 00 ( C ance l .

-
, , .
a nd . )
Th e other me asures for incre asin g th e c a pitulation gr an t are all to
th e good And a fter a lon g deb ate the G o v ernmen t are enti tled
to s ay th at e tc —D a ily Te legraph p 9 F e b 2 0 1 9 00 ( C ancel
.
. . . .
, , , ,
a nd. )
NO other method was sui ted for a w ork of reference w hich is me ant .
to endure And 011 th e w hol e th e edi tors h a v e scored a success

. .
I bid p 1 1 Fe b 2 1 1 9 0
-
. . 0 ( C ancel a nd )
,
.
,
. .
They in t erm arried until t h e w ho le state bec ame one v a st fa mily ,
a nd w i th this in t erm arri ag e th eir in te llects g re w deb a sed .
And thus they g r a du ally l os t much th a t m ak es m an m an ly

a n d a ttra cti ve —Q uo t ed in Re vi e w of R e vi e ws p 1 43 Fe b , .
,
.
190 0 ( Cancel a nd )
. .
F or m y par t I predic t t h a t th e m an of the tw entieth cen tury

w i ll be more muscu la r th a n th e m a n of the nineteen th And .
certa inly for one e v il w hich th e bicycle now pro vok es it w ill
—
,
y ie l d us a hundred benefits in t ime to com e I bid p 2 59 . . ,
M arch 1 9 00 ( C a ncel a nd ) . .
A similar train of re a soning w ou l d j us tify th e absenc e of clothing ,
a n d of t ooth bru sh es a n d of so a
p And a s to th e customs of
-
, .
our a ncestors there are those w ho tea ch th a t these respected

forerunners of our nobl e se lv es li v ed u p t rees e ta —M orning ,
L ead e r p 7 M a rch 2 1 1 90
, ,
0 ( C a ncel a nd )
, ,
. .
N ote — In th e Au thorised Version of th e Bib l e a fresh sentence v ery

.
frequently be ins w i t h a nd See for e x am ple G ene sis Oh i B u t

this is no g u ige as to modern idiom
. . .
, , ,
202
C HAP . v ERRO RS I N CONJUNC TI ONS 203
e t c —Av oi d
”
And w hich
“ “ ”
2 . an d w h o , or w h o , ,
” “
th e com m o n mistak e o f u sing th e conj u n cti o ns a nd or or
to c onn e ct a R el ativ e cl au se w it h so m e w or d o r w ords going

b e fo re i n w hi c h n o Rel ativ e oc curs
,
I t is th e p ro v i n c e o f .
a nd ,
n o less t h an o f oth e r cc or d inat iv e conj u n ctions to j oi n -
si mila r w or d s or s im ila r cl a u se s ; i e w o r d s or cl a u ses w h ich . .
sta n d in th e sa m e rel atio n to th e oth e r p a rts o f th e sente nce .
“
The e ffect o f su c h ill b al a n ce d sente n ce s is lik e th at w h i c h
-
w o u l d b e p ro d uce d b y coupling toget h er in a p ai r a p ony an d

a ful l gr o w n h orse
-
To a m en d th e m on e m u st m ak e eith er
.
b ot h o r n eith er o f t h e cl a use s Rel ati v e j u st as w i th t h e p air ,
o ne m ig h t su b s tit u te e it h er a h or s e fo r t h e p on y o r a pony for

”
th e h orse odgs on) (Th is su bj ect has b e e n all u d e d to
.
a lr e ad y in C h ap I I ( d) . .
( 1 ) Ano ther form of ci vili sa tion might e x ist w hich mi ght sui t them ,
be tt er bu t w hich t hey a re not all o w ed to de v e lo p freely

, .
Sp ecta tor p 7 9 8 Dec 1 1 9 00

, .
, .
, .
r ere the b a lance is correct Tw o Rela tiv e cla uses are connected b y .
bu t an d since the c ase of th e Rela t i v e is n o t th e s ame in e a ch c lause

, ,
t h e whi ch is righ tly re pea ted .
( 2) One of its most po w erful e x ponen ts w a s G eorg e W hitfi eld ,
brough t u p at a pub lic house a nd w ho li v ed amon g Bris tol

co lli ers —D a ily Te legraph p 1 0 N o v 2 6 1 9 00
-
,
. . . .
, , ,
H ere a Re lati v e clause is connec ted b y a nd to th e par tici pl e brou gh t

“
up . Say w h o w as brou g ht u p at a pub lic house a nd li v ed amon g
,
-
”
Bristol collie rs .
( )
3 T h e Indi a Off i ce h a d o ther e x
pert s to consu lt qui t e as g ood a s
he a nd in w h os e j ud gment they h ad more confidence
,
.
Re vie w of Re vi e w s p 4 9 7 N o v 1 9 00 ,
.
,
. .
“
Say w h o w ere quite as g o o d as he a n d in w hose judgmen t
,
e tc , ,
.
Or cancel the a nd
, .
( )
4 J a ck o the re g imen
,
ta l mo n k e y of t h e Ci ty Im peri al V o lun te e rs ,
a nd w hi ch w en t throu g h the w ho le of t h e Sou th Afric an

c a m paign h as been remo v ed to th e Z ool og ic al G ardens
, ,
Regen t s Park — D a ily Te le grap h p 8 N o v 1 0 1 9 00

’
. . .
, , ,
To preserv e th e b a la nc e ei ther ca nce l a nd before w hich or , ,

“
c ance l w hich a fter a nd an d sa y J a cko w hich w as the reg imen tal
, , ,
”
monk ey and w en t e tc
, ,
.
3 . B ot h an d. —I f th e conj u n ctio n both is u s e d tak e ,
c ar e th at it is
follo w e d b y its prop e r correlati v e a nd and n o t ,
”
b y any oth er conj u n ctio n s u c h as as well as
B eth in L ondon as w e ll as in th e coun try g ener ally there w as g re at
e x ci temen t about th e relief of M afe kin g ( Ch an g e as w e ll a s .
to a nd . )
204 S ENTENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
4 .
“
Or for “
and. — In n egati v e s ente n ce s
cl au se s w e or
u se or in p r efere n ce to a nd fo r j oi ning w o r d s o r p h r a ses
e h a d no book or slat e w i th h im w hen h e s tarted for school , .
This is e q ui v al ent to H e h ad no boo k a nd he h a d no slat e

”
We .
see h o w or h a s come into use for a nd in ne gativ e sentences if w e ,
rew ri te th e a bo v e sentence a s follo w s

e h ad no t e ither a book or a s la te w ith him w hen he sta rted for ,
school .
Ev en w h e n th e se nten c e is a h rm ativ e w e so m eti m e s u se or ,
as almost e qu i v alent to a nd t h e a ltern a ti v e forc e o f or b eing s o ,
w e a k as to r e n d e r th e conj u n cti on C u m u l ati v e r at h e r th an

Altern ati v e
Such tra des a s those of le ather or c arpentry or smith s w ork flourish ’
bes t in larg e cities .
Their s tren gth or s peed or v igila nce w ere g i v en

In aid o f our defect s —C O W P ER . .
N ote — Th e Plur al form gi v en to th e v erb

.
“
w ere g i v en thou gh of ,
ques tion ab le a ccur ac y w as no doubt due to the sense of plurality

,
sugges ted by the cumu la tiv e sense of or .
5 .
— W h ile it is th e p ro v in c e o f a nd to add o n e
“
Bu t .
statem e nt to a not h er b y w ay o f contin u ati on o r s u pplem e nt it ,
is t h e pro v in ce o f bu t to s e t o n e state m en t aga in st a n ot h e r b y

w ay o f opp ositio n o r c ontr as t
It w a s n o t th e boy s firs t o ffence a nd there w a s a grav e bre a ch of

’
disci pline in th e a t tem pt to fomen t sedit ion a nd persu a de

scho lars to desert their du tie s —D a i ly Te legraph p 9 A pril ,
.
,
1 7 , 1 89 9 .
H ere t wo re a sons are g iv en for punishin g th e b o y : ( 1 ) it w as not

his first Offence ; ( 2 ) he h ad commi tted a grav e bre a ch of disci pline .
Th e second s ta temen t a dds force to th e firs t by con tin u in g th e s ame

l ine of a rgumen t Th e t w o st a temen t s t herefore are ri g h tly con
.
n e cte d b y a nd Su ppose how e v er w e c a ncel th e w ord not w e mus t

.
, ,
then ch an g e a nd to bu t or th e combin a tion w ill m ak e nonse n se

,
It w a s the boy s first O ffence ; bu t there w a s a gra v e bre ach of

’
discipl ine e tc ,
.
H ere the second statemen t is pla ced in a nti thesis t o the firs t
True it w a s th e boy s firs t offence ; bu t he h ad commi tted a gr a v e
’
,
”
breac h of discipline in w h a t he did an d w e c anno t pardon him , .
6 .
“
Th ou gh ,
” “
bu t
conj u n ctio n s are b ot h
.
—Th ese tw o
Ad v ers ati v e b ec au s e b oth s e t o n e state m ent agai ns t anoth er
, .
Th e for m er h o w e v e r is Su b o r d in ati v e w h ile th e oth e r is

, , ,
C o o r d in ati v e
- H e n c e thou gh represents th e w e ak e r cl au s e an d
.
,
bu t th e s tro nge r on e .
206 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUS TI FI ED P A RT I
third ( a ) neithe r is follo w ed by or ( b) the conj unc tion is not re pea ted
before e ach noun ( c) the w ord su perior is intended to qu alify each
nou n but this is not ob vious from th e construction Th e sentence can
, .
be re written thus
It was not by superiority in numbers d isci pl ine organisa t ion or , , ,
enlightenment th at th e l e a ders of the Confedera te army hoped

to prev ail .
“ “
9 Confu s ion b e t w e e n
. or a nd and Sin c e it is .
th e p ro v in ce o f or to e x p ress an alter n ati v e or c h oice and o f ,
a nd to e x pr es s a dd itio n an d co n tin u ation , c a r e m u st b e ta k e n
n ot to u s e th e o n e w h er e w e o u g h t to u s e th e ot h er Su c h .
co n fu si on h o w e v er is s o m eti m e s m et w ith
, , .
Some of h e r poems h av e a ppe ared alre ady in v olumes w ri tten sin gly
a nd in co lla bor a tion w i th her sis ter L ouis a t o w hom a touching
reference is m ade in the prefac e —L itera tu re p 3 51 M ay 5
,
.
, , ,
1 900 .
Since th e s ame v olume coul d not h a v e been w ritten both sin gly b y
n e a u thor an d in co llabor a tion w i th a nother a nd shou l d be displac ed
fiy or
,
1 0 Co n
. f us io n b e t w e e n “
o r a n d “
if — W e can say .
“ “
little or n oth ing,
w e c an al so s ay l ittle if a nyt h ing , .
Th es e tw o p h r as e s m e a n th e s am e t h ing B u t w e are no t .
“
e ntitle d for t h at r e as o n to m ix t h e m to get h e r and s ay little , ,
”
if n oth ing as is so m etim es d o n e
, .
L i ttl e if nothin g w a s done a fter the meeting w as c losed

, , .
if e v e r —An ot h e r in sta n ce o f co n fu si o n
” “ "
11 Or ne v e r
.
, .
“ ”
b e tw e en or and if occ u rs in u sing t h e p h r a s e sel d om or e v er ,
”
a s if t h i s w e r e e qu i v alent to s e l d o m or n e v e r I t is rig h t to .
“ ”
say I h av e s el d o m if ever h e ar d o f it, w h i c h w ritten ou t i n
, ,
“
ful l m e a ns I h av e seld o m h e ard o f it if i n d e e d I h av e e v e r ,
”
h e ar d of it at all I t is e q u ally rig h t to s ay
. I h av e seldo m ,
”
or n ever h e ar d o f it w h ic h m e a n s th e s am e t h ing as th e pre
,
“
c e d i ng B u t w e s o m etim e s m e et w it h the p h r ase sel d o m or
.
”
e ve r, w h i c h h as n o m e aning and h as e v i d e ntly r es u lte d fro m a
,
c o nfu sio n b et w ee n the tw o .
Those w h o w alk in their sl ee p h av e se ldom or e ver th e mos t dis ta nt

recollec tion th a t t he y h av e been dre amin g at all —SYD N EY .
SM I TH M ora l Philos op hy L ec t ii p 7 5 ( H )
, ,
. . . .
12
“
O
. r i n a n in t e rr o g a t iv e s e n t e n ce — I n q u esti o n s .
d i ect or in d ire ct) if t h e n ou n follo w in g or is m e ant to b e

( r ,
c o ntr as te d w ith th e n ou n p receding it pu t an arti cle (if ,
possi b le ) b efor e t h e s econ d n o u n and if a p rep ositi on h as b ee n ,
u s e d b e for e t h e fi rs t n ou n rep ea t it b e fo re the s e con d

,
CH AP . v ERRO RS IN CONJUNC TIONS 207
he g ained a prize or scho larshi p ? ( Insert a before schola rship )

as .
Te ll me w hether he influenced you w i th promises or thre a ts .
( Insert w i th before threa ts ) .
Correct, improve, or j u s ti fy the f llowing

o s entences
Both amon g st the peo pl e here a s w ell as amon g members of the

1 .
,
court th e ne w s of the relief of M a feking h as been h a il ed w ith gre at

rej oicin g —D a i ly Telegr ap h p 1 0 M ay 2 1 1 9 00
,
. .
, , ,
2 Th e short an d fin al tru th is th at En gland h as not one firm

friend in Europe and perh aps in the w orld —I bid p 5 A pril 1 3
.
. .
, , ,
1 9 00 .
3 Behind the J apanese w orkm an on w hom the w e al th of the

n ation res ts a re an illimitab le resource a tire less p atienc e —I bid
.
,
.
, ,
p 1 1 June 1 4 1 9 00
.
, ,
.
4 All w as quiet in L a d ysmith yes terd a y

. F rom a mo int close to .
the hospit als th e enemy coul d see all t h e positions of th e British

g a rrison an d there w a s littl e sig n of a cti v e resist a nce e v ident ly on
a ccoun t of w a n t of a mmunitio n —
, ,
I bid p 9 F e b 2 2 1 9 0 0 . .
,
.
,
.
5 They ( th e o olig a n s ) do not rob a nd a

pp e a r to be a ctu a ted by ,
a m 1 x tu re of v io lent brut al i ty a n d boyish de l i h t in hurtin

g g some
body —Specta tor p 51 4 O ct 2 0 1 9 00 , .
,
.
, .
6 They on ly s l ightly d am ag ed the r a i lro ad but did not succeed

in cu ttin g the telegr aph w ires —D a ily Te legraph p 9 July 3 1 900
.
,
. . .
, , ,
7 In fact neither in his t e a chin g or e x a mpl e is it possib l e if w e

.
, ,
reg ard hi m a s a mere m an t o a t tribu te to any par ticula r par ts a

distinct or distincti v e and a perm anen t au thority —F ortnightly
,
, ,
R evie w p 2 87 Fe b 1 9 0 , 0 .
, . .
8 W e deri v e nei ther gre a tness sub l imi ty nor depth from u m
.
, ,
c e as ingly fi x in g our thou g hts on th e infinite and the un k no w n .
I bid p 9 1 9 June 1 9 0
. 0.
,
.
9 Th e last recourse to pis to l s or s w ords in a contro v ersy is neither

.
an e v idence of th e hi ghes t Wisdom th e trues t cour a g e nor t h e fi rm e s t

beli ef in Christia nity its el f —D r M ADD E N S L ife of L ad y B lessi ngton
, ,
’
. . ,
ch iv p 1 06
. . . .
1 0 Cruel ty w ith some of th e larger an d fi e rce r be a sts m ay be

.
necess ary and if n o t cruelty w h a t w e m ay w i thout prejudice term

e x tremely rigorous h and lin g —F ortnightly Re vi e w p 3 87 M arch
, , ,
.
, ,
1 9 00 .
11 A lon g t ime ago I s aid th at G re at Bri tain mig h t sustain

.
checks in the Trans v aal a nd th at she could not be v a nquished ,

.
Quo ted in D a ily G ra phic p 2 F e b 1 9 1 9 00 ,

.
,
.
,
.
12 Neither a t Ber lin or a t St Pe tersbur g is there the l e a st

desire to preci pitate these conting encies —cert ain ly not on the pa rt of
. .
Russia —F ortnightly Re vi e w p 3 02 Au g 19 0
,
0 , .
,
. .
13 M r arr i is neither a dee p phi loso pher or a v i v id

’
y O B r e n .
H
a rtis t —I bid p 87 3 D e c 1 898

.
. . . .
,
1 4 M iss Corell i h as been en g ag ed on this no v el for some ye ars

. ,
a n d her w ork w a s in t erru t ed by her d an g erous illness of two ye a rs

p
a g o. —L it p 35 7 ,
M ay 5, 1 9 00 er a tu re , . .
1 5 Neither in S ta t e nor in Church , neither in policy nor

. in arms ,
in mor als , in literat u re , or in art , did the civ ilis ation of the N e w
Rome equ al or e v en a ppro ach the C atholic F eud alism —Quoted in .
L iter a tu re p 4 9 Ju ly 2 1 1 9 0
,
.0 , , .
1 6 M r Ch a plin poin t ed o u t th a t u pon the w ho le th e qu ali ty of

. .
th e L ondon w at er w as a dmir ab l e an d th a t li ttle if no thin g w as l eft

t o be desired u pon th a t poin t —D a i ly Te legrap h p 9 M a rch 3 0
, , ,
. .
, , ,
1900 .
17 Nine sh o t s in the minu te is rapid w ork a nd I h av e seen te n

shots fired in th e ti me an d e v ery sho t hit the ring —Quo ted in
.
,
Re v ie w of Re vie w s , p 1 52 F e b 1 9 0 0 . , . .
1 8 W hen w e a s k for th e resu l t O f this gre a t s tr a tegic m o v emen t,

.
w e l e arn t h a t it h as been bri ll i an tly c a rried o u t , b u t t h at t hey h av e

neither c aptured a n enemy, a w aggon , nor a c a nnon I bid p 407 , .
— . .
M ay 1 9 00 .
1 9 I ne v er s aw a simi la r o per ation more quick ly, more quie tly ,

—
.
nor more methodic ally performed in any En glish doc ky ard Engine er .
ing , p 4 62 , . ril 6 , 1 9 00 .
2 0 There. as al w ays been more or less of a l atent feel in

g th a t
e v entu ally C an ad a w ou l d become a par t of th e Uni ted S tat es , either
by g ra v i tat ion , anne x ation , conquest , or v olunt ary a ctio n o f the
—
peo ple Quo ted in D a ily M a il, p 4 , A pril 1 1 , 1 9 00 . .
2 1 M ar v ellous a s h av e been the a chie v emen t s of Egypti an a d

.
ministr ation durin g the la st t w elv e ye ars , nei ther the En glish public ,
the Egyptian peo pl e , nor the a dministrators themselv e s are con ten t
w i th t he present a dministr ation of affa irs F or tn ightly R e vie w , p 9 3 7 , .
— .
June 1 899 .
22 lucky then th at neither th e C abinet the Unionist party

. H ow , ,
the H o u se of Co mmons or th e Press h ad the fa intes t conception of

the hornet s nest w e w ere abo u t to s tir u p —M AN S E N a tiona l Re vie w
,
’
.
, ,
Jan 1 9 00
. .
23 . W hen
tem pt w a s m ade to brin g the Bibl e home to th e
an at
pe as a nts a n d tr a ns lated in t o the Russi a n lan g u ag e t h e simp l e fo lk
w ere not abl e to re ad —Chu rch G a ze tte p 13 8 M ay 2 0 1 9 0

, ,
0 , .
, , .
2 4 H e w as a youn g m an of much abi li ty a nd w h o g av e much

o f a bri ll i ant po li tic al c a reer —
.
,
promise D a ily Te legr aph p 9 M a

y .
,
.
,
1 7 , 19 00 .
2 5 This w as a g ood w hil e ag o

. but ins te a d of his hurryin g b a ck to
le t her k no w h o w he h ad g ot on , she s a w nor he ard n o more of him
ti ll quite recently , w hen , e tc Quoted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 12 , — .
N o v 6, 1 9 00
. .
2 6 Th e adult er a tion of food g ener ally occurs in some w hol esome

.
form M a rgarine is a n e x cellen t food subs tance , thou gh it is n o t

.
-
butter the po ta to is v ery nourishin g , but it shoul d n ot be found in

—
bre ad I bid Au g 2 7 , 1 89 8 . . .
2 7 Throughout th e w ho le of the north e ast of th e Soud an tr ad e

—
-
.
a n d industry are re v i v in g sure ly, b u t no doubt s lo w ly I bid Jun e .
2 8, 1 89 8 .
2 8 All these thin g s h av e w o n him th e a dmir a tion a n d a ffec tion

.
o f col onis ts e v er ywhere And the y h a v e helped to g i v e him a

.
reputat ion in this coun try gre ater th an th at e njo yed by any of his
p redecessors in t h e Co l oni al O ffi ce F or tnigh tly Re vi e w , p 7 4 9 , N o v .
-
. .
1 900 .
29 . Had his other friends been as dilige nt a nd a rdent as I w as , he

2 10 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR J USTIF IED ,
P A RT I
43 . The V ictori an ag e , the longest , the g re a test , and the noblest in

our ann als , cl oses and w e beg in not only a n e w cen tury, but a ne w
reign , under e n tii e ly n e w a nd different conditions And the Victoria n .
epoch closes I n storm Sp e cta tor , p 1 2 8, Jan 2 6, 1 9 01

.
-
. . .
4 4 Thou g h she g av e its true w eig h t to ceremoni al, she n e v er fell

.
into th e v ice of king s , a nd a t ta ched an undue import ance to th e

t ri v i al i ties of roy al pom p —I bid p 1 60 , Fe b 2 , 1 9 01
. . . . .
4 5 Neither offici ally nor uno ffi ci ally, form ally nor inform ally , has
—
.
an y member of th e O pposi tion been a s k ed his a d v ic e D a ily Te le

graph, p 9 , F e b 6 , 1 9 0
. . 1 .
46 I n almost all the co lonies e x cept N e w South W al es the t erri

.
t orial 1 e v e nu e w a s in fact l ar g e ly g i v en b a ck to the peopl e b y re a son

o f th e r a il way communic a t i ons es tab l ished , a nd w hich a t resen t did
p
not in all the states pay in teres t on the c apit al in v ested I n them .
Quoted in Com m erce , p 1 005, D ec 1 9, 1 9 00 . . .
4 7 W e are far from m ak in g a bog ey of a ny economic d octrine , but

.
r nted cert in industri l conditions d Protection becomes suicid al

—
g a a a an .
Sp ecta tor, p 1 9 6, F e b 9 , 1 9 0
. 1 . .
4 8 The on ly troops for w hich I am c alled u pon to a ns w er, on this

.
or any other occ a sion , are th e troo ps comm anded by Bri tish o ffi cers ,
a n d wh o ser v e the K i n g —
Quoted in D a ily Te legrap h, p 7 , Fe b . .
1 5, 1 9 0 1.
4 9 The l ate Professor M a x M u ll er w rote an in t erestin g ess ay on

—
.
fortuitous an d ra tion al coincidences I bid p 1 0, F e b 1 6, 1 9 01 . . . . .
50 H e h a s w ritten all this , bec a use he h as come a cross a m a nu al

.
of drill, of w hich he unders ta nds nei ther th e sco pe th e a im , the appli

—
,
c ation , nor th e content s F ortnightly Re vi ew , p 3 02 , F e b 1 9 01 . . .
51 H e de v o ted e v en more a tten t ion t o the co llection of med a ls

.
a nd coins , co ll ec t ed by him since his e a rl ies t bo yhood , an d w hich h a s

m a de of him one of the most e x pert numism atists in Euro pe I bid .
— .
p 500, M arch 1 9 01
. .
52 L e t nei ther pa r ti ality or prejudice a ppe a r , but l e t tru th e v ery

—
.
w here be s a cred . D RY D E N .
53 It w as an en t irely n e w cre a tion , unins pired b y a ny pre v ious

.
w ork , but w hich av e bir th to m an y o thers , h av in g furnished th e l ot

g p
t o s ix the atric al pi eces —M e m oir of B erna rdin d e St Pierre , p x x x i ii ,
. . . .
Pa u l a nd Vi rgini a , ed 1 87 9 . .
54 Th e t w o peo pl es , t h e mos t in v enti v e a nd to w hom w e o w e

.
m an y of th e im pl emen ts of m arine w arfare th at are our de fence , h av e

in v esti ga ted this ne w t ype of w arshi p F ortnightly Review , p 7 2 0, — .
A pril 1 9 01 .
55 A w eek a fter the cyc lone h ad w rou ght such h av oc , a n d m y

.
o ffice w as bese t w i th peo pl e w h o ha d nothin g to c la im but e v erythin g

to ho pe , I w as informed by the pri v a te s e cre ta1 y th at a lady, her
husb and , a nd her son w oul d tak e no refus al, but insis ted on seeing
th e g o v ernor himsel f
n
.
—
E1 pi re R evi e w, p 3 86, M ay 1 9 01 . .
56 This fa i th , w hich , i t is urg ed , i s nei ther mind cure , fai th cure ,

.
mesmerism , nor h ypnotism, h as s pre a d o v er the ci v i lised w orld .
D a ily Te legrap h , p 9 , M ay .
57 Th e Po w ers coul d not e v en cre ate , as allies h av e re pe ated ly

.
cre ated , a comm ander 1n chief Nobody thought Count v on W al .
de rs e e un w or th y of th at position , nobod y obj ec ted t o his appo intmen t,

C HA P . v ERRO RS I N CONJUNCTION S 2 11
an d nobo dyw o u ld obey him e x ce pt as a momenta ry act of gr ace .
Sp ecta tor , p. 82 8, June 8, 1 9 01 .

p
58 Aus tri a h a s m a de a n a la rmin g ste p to w ards disinte g r a tion , a

.
s te p l on g dre a ded , a nd w hich n ow t hre atens to be inev i tab l e and ne ar .
F or tnightly Re vi ew , p 1 09 , June 1 9 01 . .
59 H appily th e late Queen h as been succeeded by a son brou g ht

.
u p in her schoo l, thorou g h l y re v erencin g her ch a ra c ter a n d her mode
of a ct ion , an d w h o himsel f h a s s te pped c areful ly in th e foo ts te ps by

w hich sh e e x pressed her cons ti t u t ion al a t ta chment to th e ins titu
t ion s of th e country o v er w hich she rul e d L ord S A L ISBU RY, D a i ly —
Te legrap h , p 1 0 June 2 7 , 1 9 01
. .
6 0 U po n one t hin g e v e rybody w a s agreed — n amely, th a t th e

,
princi pal bus iness of the s tat esm an , the ph ilanthro pis t, an d t h e g ood
ci tizen of th e Uni ted S tates at th e presen t t im e an d for th e im medi ate
fut ure must be th e task of pub lic educ at ion B u t it w as n ot conten t .
to res t there, an d a do pted resol u tions c allin g for t h e pub lic at ion an d
dis tribu tion of its proceedin g s , and more pa rt icularly for th e a p point
m ent of a st a ndin g bo ard of se v en members to en ter u pon an a cti v e
c am paig n on beh al f of th e im pro v emen t of e duc a tion al conditions in
.
—
the Sou th D r SH A W, Am erica n Re vi e w cg Revie w s, p 569 , June
.
”
.
1 9 01 .
6 1 Th e Cz a r is a m a n of sincere a nd pacific mind , but he is

nei th er pala din or pro phe t —F ortn ightly Revie w , p 1 036, Ju ne 1 9 01
.
. .
62 A g re a t Ci ty mee ting w as he l d a t th e G uildh all in su pport

of th e Sou th Afric a n po licy O f th e G o v ernmen t—a g atherin g de
.
scribed by th e L ord M ayor as neither par ty nor politi c al, b u t fully “
a n d com pl e t e ly pa trio t ic
”
—D a ily Te legrap h, p 8, Ju ly 1 1 , 1 9 01
. . .
63 e sho w s th at the H omeric shie ld w as n o t de riv e d from

—
.
Phoenici a , or Egy pt, L iby a, Persi a , or Assyri a Sch ool Wor ld, p 3 0 6, . .
Au g 19 01
. .
6 4 Rest a ssured th at w here Bri tish officers a nd men are , there

.
you w i ll fin d nei ther ou t ra g e , crue l ty, nor w a n ton b loodshed W h at .
e v er soundin g ton g ue cla ppers m ay shout to the contra ry in Brita in s

-
’
dis pa ragement nei ther Tomm y nor his O fficer is g uil ty of e ith e r s m all
,
mea nnesses nor are the y e v er bru tal D a i ly Te legr ap h p 8 Au g 1 9

,
.
-
, .
, .
,
1 9 01 .
65 An e x press tra in h as been thro w n o v er a r ail wa y bridg e in th e

. ,
sou thern Port u g uese pro v ince of A lga r v e a n d com pl etely w reck ed .
—
,
M yp
a n assen g ers h a v e been k i lled a n d injure d D a i ly H ep r es s p 1 , . .
,
Se pt 1 0 1 9 01
.
,
.
66 A g u a rd from this k i lted reg imen t defended th e tr ain at

N abooms prui t on July 4 ti ll all h a d been killed an d w o u nde d —D a i ly
.
. .
Te le graph p 6 Se pt 1 3 1 9 01
,
.
, .
, .
6 7 A la d of ei g h t een n a med H enry B e g s ter and w h o for the past

. , ,
y e ar h as b e en a pest to the authorities a t Vic tori a S ta tion w as brou g h t ,
before M r H ora ce Smi th a t W estminster on ch arges of be gg in g a nd

—
.
,
a ss u
a l tin g P o l ice cons tab l e W hi t e a r-
a il w a y officer I bid p 5 Se
, pt . . .
,
.
Th at this j e alous y w i ll produce w ar w e do not , ho w e v er ,

‘
68 .
b el ie v e Th e Po w ers w a n t tr a de , not territory, and a no ther w ar w i th

.
Chin a , an d w ill a rr ang e a m e th o d in w hi ch com pe tition , ho w e v er ,
fierce , will n ot le a d to blo w s 861 , June 2 5, 1 9 01 . .

2 12 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RREC TED OR JUSTI F I ED P A RT I
69 She ( M rs L ynn L inton ) re presen ted th e modern En glish girl

‘
neither tender l o v ing retiring or domestic —Quo t ed in F ort

. .
”
as , , , .
n ightly Re vie w p 51 0 Se pt 1 9 0 ,1 .
, . .
7 0 Th e n ecessity of trying to re pair a ll losses a t the e x pense of th e

.
p e a s a ntry ta x ed to the
point of t orture and whom fur ther pressure
w ou ld m ak e m a d mig ht n o t be th e w orst e v il —
,
, For tnigh tly Re vie w .

,
p 1 03 7 June 1 9 01
.
, .
7 1 The enemy w ere se v ere ly shelled an d their c asu alties are

.
believ ed to h av e been tw en ty k illed w ounded a nd prisoners —D a ily

,
, ,
Te legrap h p 9 Oct 1 7 19 01 , .
, .
, .
7 2 It must require a la rg e number of men to de al e ffecti v ely w i th

.
them an d there is no re a son for alarm a t th e appa ren tly sl o w pro

,
g ress but r ather ca use for dee p s atisfa ction th a t so m a n y w ee k a ft er

w ee k are bein g put out of a c tio n —I bid p 7 O ct 28 1 9 0
, ,
, 1 . .
, .
, .
7 3 But both for g ood or e vil th e s e a a n d the se a fa rin g life e x ercise

a po ten t influence on ch a r a cter —Sp e cta tor p 60
.
,
5 Oct 2 6 1 9 01 .
, .
,
.
, .
7 4 Thoug h a g ood m a n y repor ts h a v e re a ched us the y are not ,
s u ffiCIe n tly de ta i led sufficien tly com pl ete nor in some c a ses suffi
, ,
c ie n tly w e ll a uthen t ic a ted to w a rr a n t th e e x pression of a n O pinion o n

the w ho le c a s e —Engine eri ng p 653 N o v 8 1 9 01 , .
, .
,
.
7 5 Th e s tatement w a s incorrec t a s a ny one a cqu ain ted w i th

.
,
America n en g ines a nd w h o h as seen the engines in ques tion w ill

recog nis e —I bid p 653 N o v 8 1 9 01
, ,
. . . .
, ,
7 6 But th e fa ct rem a ins t h at his w ar e x perience is nei ther recen t

.
nor la rg e w hile the a rmy is no w fu ll of g eneral officers w h o h av e had

a n e x perience both w ide l ong a n d recen t —Sp e ctator p 7 4 9 N o v 1 6
,
. .
, , , , ,
19 01 .
77 . c a nnon c aptured a t Ca bul a nd w hich w ere more

Th e old ,
dan g erous to t h ose w h o fired them th a n to those a t w hom they w ere

a imed w ith a fe w of our o w n g uns w hich w ere considered t o o tr oub l e
,
some to tak e b ack to India w ere the nig g ard contribution of the
British army to our n e w friend a nd a lly —F ortnightly Revi ew p 7 50
,
. .
, ,
N o v 1 9 01
. .
78 In a society so pre eminent ly free from reli gious prej udice but
.
-
,
w hich from force of custom an d tra di tion w as condemned t o pub l ic ly

a ssist a t ceremonies they scoffed a t in pri v a te th e M a sonic L od g es
p resented a sort of neutr al g roun d — I bid p 9 98 Dec 1 9 01 . .
,
, . .
7 9 Th e educ a tion al a uthori ty of th e future if this bill shoul d pass

.
,
and w hich w ou l d h a v e to su per v ise n o t only the prim ary but second ,
ary an d t echnical educ atio n a nd of course r a ise a some w h a t he a v y , , ,
rate for the purpose should be th e ra tin g body for th e district a nd , ,
no o ther body Quo ted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 1 0 A pri l 1 0 1 9 02

.
-
,
.
, , .
80 Th e m a ny mi les of pa th at present tar pa v ed a n d w hich by

.
-
,
Reso l u tion of t h e Counci l it h a s b een decided to su persede w i th s tone ,
w ill t ak e a ll th e s t one w hich m ay be m anufa c t ured for some ye a rs to

come —M iddlese :c Cou nty Ti m es p 7 M ay 4 1 9 01
. , .
, , .
81 A petty const ab l e w i ll neither a ct cheerfully or w ise ly

. .
SW I FT S F re e Thou gh ts
’
.
82 Th e k in gdoms of An ahu a c w ere in their n at ure des po tic

. ,
a ttended w i th m a n y mi tig atin g circums ta nces un k no w n to the des
p o tis m s of t h e Ea s t —P RE SCO TT H is tory of M exi co 1 2 3 , , . .
83 It h a s been alre ady mentioned h ow Sir H one Po ph am pro

.
2 14 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED AR T I
P
I needs must bre ak

These bonds th a t so defame me n o t w ithou t
She w il ls it I bid L a nce lot a nd Ela ine
.
-
.
, .
3 Bu t .
—Th is
noth e r pr ep osition w h ic h l ik e th e
is a , ,
fo u r alre ad y d e s cri b e d , a c q u ire d a co nj u n ction al force Th is .
fo rce it h as r eta i n e d to t h e prese nt day The full e x p r e s si on .

,
bu t tha t is o fte n r e d u ce d to bu t
, Th e c hi e f u ses o f bu t o r bu t .
tha t are th e follo w ing

“ ”
( )
a I n th e s en s e o f e x c ep t t h a t Th e cl au s e goi ng b e for e .
is n eg ati v e H e re the co nj u n ctio n u s u ally t ak es t h e for m o f

.
bu t l
.
A ne w c annot b e gra nted nor an o ld one alt ered bu t tha t th e

l e a se ,
Ch a ri ty Commissioners m us t take s ix mon ths t o inv es t igate

the m atter —D a i ly Te legrap h p 6 M ay .
, .
,
It rarely h a ppens bu t tha t i n th e course of th e w ee k tw o or three

ch arg es of v io lent a ss aul ts or robbery are he a rd in the cour t in
q ues t ion —I bid p 5 Au g . . .
, .
o th in
g w ou ld s a tisfy Sir G eorg e bu t he must g o in to the den
O ,
.
STEEL E Gua rdia n, N o 1 46

, . .
There ne v er w a s a reform ye t pro pounded bu t some o ne pronounced

it for th wi th to be chimeric al, e x tr av a g an t, a n d Utopia n
_
.
D a i ly Te legrap h, p 1 1 , Dec 1 880

Ne v er dr ea m bu t ill must come of ill —
. . .
S H ELLEY
L e t no m an dre a m bu t tha t I l o v e t hee s t ill —
. .
TE NN Y SON . .
“
( b) I n t h e s en se o f
_
it no t t h at
w ere i ntro d u cing a con
s i d er at io n o r r e as o n to th e c ontr a ry Th e cl au se go ing b efor e .
rm ativ e . th e c onj u n cti o n ta k e s o nly t h e fo r m o f

"
is a e re
bu t tha t .
H e w oul d be w ho lly Christian

bu t tha t he is something of an
a
a theis t EAP.L E, M icrocosm , x lv i 66

.
-
. .
I to o w oul d be conten t to d w ell 1n pe ace ,

B u t tha t m y count r y c a lls S OU THEY , Joa n ( f Arc, i 3 59
’
.
—
’
” Th e cl au s e go ing b e for e m a
(c) In th e s e n s e o f f if not
‘
‘
.
y ,
b e eith er a rm ativ e o r n eg ati v e H ere t h e c o nj u nctio n tak e s

"
1 .
o nly the fo r m o f bu t .
No one m ay tak e th e m an bu t he h av e authority from the Sheri ff .
St Ge rm a n s D octor a nd Stu d e nt, p 2 7 8

’
ten to one bu t my friend Pe t er is amon g th em —

. . .
It 18 Sp ecta tor .
,
No 4 57
—
. .
Beshre w me u I lo v e h er he rti y SH A KE S PE A RE M e rcha nt of

b t a l .
~
,
In th e Oxf ord D ictio na ry ( see B UT, II ) it is sa id th at bu t tha t in this

1
.
sense is obsol ete Th e e xam ples quot ed, how e ver, from th e D a ily Tele
.
grap h show th at this assert ion is no t correc t .

C H AP . v ERRO RS IN CONJUNC TIONS 215
It w ill g o h ard w i th her bu t she w i ll con tri v e som eho w so to t wis t

a nd t urn it as t o giv e it indi v idu al i ty —
, F or tn ightly Re vie w .
,
p . 856, N o v . 1 9 00 .
“
( )
d I n th e sen s e o f a n eg ati v e r el ati v e th at not Th e .
cl aus e going b e fore is n eg ati v e H e r e th e conj u n ctio n t ak e s .
th e fo r m o f bu t w h ic h m ay eit h er sta n d alon e o r b e follo w e d

,
b y a p ron o u n i n th e Th ird p e rson I t u su all y sta n d s alo n e . .
W e c annot concei v e of any portion of m a tter bu t i t is ei ther h ard or

soft —H M O RE I nmost Sou l p 6 6
‘
There w a s sc arce a plan ta t ion ne ar me bu t h ad some of them —DE

. . . .
, ,
F O E Colone l Jack p 2 9 0
, , . .
H ard ly one of th e F renchmen round bu t l ook ed on H ere w ard a s a ,
b arb aria n En glishm an K IN G S LEY H e re w a rd ch x li p 4 9 5 .

-
, ,
. . . .
There is no m an wh ate v er his o pinions m ay be bu t w ou l d s ay th a t

, ,
the absence of M r John M orley w oul d be a loss to th e L iberal

p art y —Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 N o v 1 6 1 9 00
.
. . .
, , ,
()
e A fter v e r b s o f d o u b t fea r ,
q u estion ,
etc , th e cl au s e going ,
.
b efo r e is n egati v e H ere th e c onj u n ction ta ke s th e form eith e r

.
o f bu t, o r bu t w ha t or bu t tha t, o r sim p ly tha t .

,
W e h av e no doubt bu t it w i ll ye t s prin g u p —L I V IN G S T O N E Tra ve ls .

, ,
i 19. .
There is no doubt bu t tha t the Russia n cro w n h a s alw ays

in t ended to round o ff th e g ra dual occu pa tion th at is certain
t o resu lt u ltim at ely in th e a nne x a tion of M anchuri a — D a i ly .
Te leg rap h p 1 0 M a rch 3 1 1 9 0

,
0.
, , .
W hen they sho w ed th at they w ere w or thy of h im they need not

fe ar bu t tha t they w oul d ob ta in his le a dership —Sp ecta tor p
,
.
,
1 7, 1 90
69 9 , N o v 0 . .
I am not cer tain bu t what th e M e di cal O fficer w oul d h a v e to

t r ansmi t his orders to them t hrou gh th e S ani ta ry Inspector .
Ea ling G u a rdia n , p 2 , M arch 1 0, 1 9 00 . .
There is no doubt h u t tha t th e Bri t ish peo pl e w i ll be a n x ious enou gh

to be tr ained in the use of th e rifl e D a i ly Exp res s , p 4 , M ay .
— .
There be no doubt tha t the s pirit of economic discontent is v ery

c an
w ides pre ad —Sp e cta tor p 64 9 N o v 1 0 1 9 0 0 ,

.
,
.
,
.
There is no ques tion bu t t h e Ki n g of S pain w i ll reform m ost of the

a buses A DDISON “
.
4 . Bu t for t ha n or w he n —Av oi d th e erro r o f .
” ”
u s ing bu t fo r tha n a ft e r n o so on e r or fo r w hen a fte r s ca rcely , ,
“ ” “ ”
h ar d ly no t
,
.
H a rdly w a s Ch ar les de ad w he n the pub lic ation of Ik kou B a si lilce

’
( th e Ro yal L ik eness ) w hich pro fessed t o h a v e been w ritte n by

Ch arles himself produced a re a c tion in his fav our —RANSO ME
'
.
, ,
H is tory of Eng la nd p 2 53 ( Correc t ) ,

. . .
N o s oon e r do t h e be lls le av e o ff tha n th e dili g ence r a ttles in .
B no w x m o ( Correc t) . .
Philo cle a no s oone r espied

she ran to th e l od g e w ard th e lion bu t -
.
S IDN EY S Ar ca d ia ( W ron g Ch an g e bu t t o tha n )

’
. . .
N or had w e recei v ed him on bo a rd h al f ah hour bu t w e put ou t t o - -
s e a —D E F O E
,
Voya ge Rou nd the lVorld p 2 08 , ( W ron g , . . .
Ch a nge bu t to w he n )
H e h a d s ca rce rubbed his e yes bu t D a rius fl e d —H M O RE Exp
.
. .
,
D a n ii 3 5 ( W ron g ch an ge bu t to w he n )
. . .
,
.
AS
”
5 .
“
,
As is u sed a fte r an a dj ecti v e i n th e
-
Positi v e d egre e to d en ote so me kin d o f e q u ality w h ile tha n is ,
u se d a ft e r a n Adj e cti v e i n th e C o mp a r a t i v e d egre e to d en ote

'
so m e ki n d o f i n e q u ality The s a m e c onj u n cti o n th ere for e w ill

.
n o t do d u ty fo r t w o a dj e cti v es o n e o f w h ic h is C o mp a r ati v e a n d ,
th e o t h e r Positi v e .
( 1 ) W i ll it be urg ed th a t the four G os pel s are as old or e v en older

th an tr adi t ion —B O L IN G B R O KE Ph i los op hi ca l Es s a ys iv 1 9 , , . .
Say as o ld as tr a di t ion or e v en o l der

,
Th e w ords th a n tr a di .
t ion can e a si ly be unders t ood a fter olde r .
( 2 ) Th e m aj orit y of them est ablished a no ther doctrine as false in

i t self and i f possib l e m ore pernicious to th e Cons t i tu t ion
, ,
th a n th at on w hich the M idd lese x el ection w as de termined .
J U N I U S s L e tte rs ’
.
a s false a s th a t on w hich etc a nd if

Say , possib le more pernicious , .
,
to t he Cons ti tution .
” “ ” ” “
6 O th e r t han ,
. r fr om oth e r b u t oth e
o th e r
—
, ,
e x c ep t After t h e
. a dj e c t i v e other
( w h ic h i s b y e ty m ology a
kin d o f C o mp ar ati v e ) t h e onl y w or d tha t can b e corre ctly use d

,
for co ntr as tin g on e t h i n g w it h a n oth er is tha n Th e p reposition s .
rom, bu t excep t in s u c h a con n e ction are w rong

f ,
.
Othe r found a t ion c an no m an lay tha n th a t is la i d —1 Cor iii 1 1 . . .
( Correct ) .
W hen he t ook th e rein s ( of g o v ernmen t ) th e a rm y w as bein g

e x pl oited for othe r end s tha n its o w n dignity —Sp ecta tor p 6 13 ,
.
,
N o v 3 1 9 00 ( Correc t )
.
, . .
H e h a d no othe r obj ec t bu t to g e t b a ck his mone y ( Ch a n g e bu t to .
tha n Or c ancel oth er and l e av e bu t as it is

.
,
.
H e h ad a no the r re a s on f r om w h at he professed ( Ch ang e f ro m t o .
tha n Or ch ang e a nothe r to a difi erent )

. .
7 . M isu s e r th a n —Th e p h rase other tha n w h e n

of
“
ot h e .
,
it i s n ot u se d for co ntr a sti ng on e th i ng w it h a n oth er , is inappro

ria te I t m u st n o t b e s u b stit u te d fo r othe r besi des , as it conv ey s
p .
an entirely d i ffere nt sen se .
( 1 ) Othe r person s tha n he w ere at fa u lt .
( 2 ) Othe r persons bes ides him w ere a t faul t .
Th e me a nin g e x pressed by ( 1 ) is th a t n o t he b u t others w ere a t , ,

218 S EN TENC ES TO B E C ORRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P AR T I
Whe n they re alise th at they h av e b een thorou ghly defe ated

they w i ll gi v e u p all no tion of fur ther resist a nc e —
once ,
F or tnightly
Re vie w p 8 6 1 M ay 1 9 00
,
.
, .
In c h e x a m ple s as th e follo w ing all o f v e ry re ce nt d ate

su ,
an d se e n o nly i n j o u rn alism on ce is i n corr e ctly u s e d as a Su b

,
or d in ati v e conj u n ctio n

They w ould follo w their le a der on ce their se ats in th e H ouse w ere
secur e —D a ily Exp ress p 1 Se pt 2 8 1 9 00 , .
, .
, .
O th er thin g s h ad to be a ttended to once th e enemy -

w ere go t rid of
—D a ily Te legrap h p 8 Se t 3 1 9 00
.
p
—This conj unct ion
. . .
, , ,
N ote . use of once appea rs to h av e a risen from a

l
a
misunders tand ing of the cons truc tion e x emplified in such a sen tence
as th e fo llo w in
g
Once ge t in to a t an gl e of th a t descri ption a nd w eeks and months
mus t e lapse before it is possib le to emerg e from it —
,
D a ily .
Te leg rap h p 1 1 N o v 8 1 9 00
, .
, .
, .
H ere once is correctly used a s a n a d v erb not as a conj unction ,

.
Th e v erb ge t is in th e Im per at i v e mood One of th e uses of the .
Im perati v e is to e x press a condition ; so th at once get is equi v al en t

t o if you on ce ge t F rom th e use of o nce w i th the Im per a t i v e mood to
.
e xpress a condi tion a n ide a seems to h av e s prun g u p th a t once ca n be

,
used w ith the Indic ati v e mood for a simila r purpose .
13 .
“
And t h at
” “
or t h a t
“
b u t t h at
,
—Su c h p h r as es ,
"
.
sh o u l d n ot b e u s e d to i ntr o du ce a Su b or d in ate cl au se u nless ,
a n ot h er Su b ord in ate cl au s e sim il a rly i ntro d uce d b y tha t h as
b e e n e xp ress e d alr e ad y Ev e n t h en th e r ep etitio n o f tha t i n

.
th e s e co n d Su b o r d in ate cl au se m ay n o t b e n e cessa ry ( C o mp a r e .
th e p ar allel ca se o f a nd which c h i i (d) 1 2 an d s e e (a ) 2 i n th e , . .
p rese nt c h apte r ) .
( 1 ) W e belie v e the freedom a nd h appiness of a peo pl e are not th e

result of their pol i tic al ins ti tu t ions bu t tha t their po litical ,
ins titu tions are in a g re at de g ree the resu lt of their o w n t em per

a nd a s pir ation —PU R N ELL L i te ra tu re a nd i ts Pr ofessors
.
, ,
p 2 67 ( H )
. .
To gi v e this sentence its pro per b al ance a first th at must be inserted

”
a fter belie v e .
( 2 ) Th e tre a ty is s aid to h a v e recei v ed some modific ation in its

p a ss a e t hrou h the F orei n Affa irs Commit t ee a n d th a t t hes e
g g g ,
modifications are l i k e ly to be a dhered t o b y th e Sen ate .
M a nche s te r Ex a m ine r , M a y 2 4, 1 87 2
This is a w orse sen tence th a n the precedin g The first p”art must .
be re w ritten thus It is s a id tha t t h e t re aty h a s recei v ed e tc ,

.
14 M o e t i s
. m n n ta n t t im e w a
, y r e a s o n —I f su c h n ou ns , , ,
are follo w e d b y a Su b o rd i n ate cl a u s e , it is b ett e r t h at t h e y

C HAP . v ERRO RS IN CONJ UNC TIONS 2 19
sh ou l d b e a cc o mp an i e d b y som e c onj u n ction as tha t or b y s o m e ,
c onj u n cti v e ad v e r b as whe n why etc a ccor d in g to th e conte x t , ,

.
,
The i ns ta nt tha t Fitz Eust a ce s poke

A sudden ligh t on M a rmion brok e —S C OTT ( Correct )
-
,
. . .
The m oment they s aw their o w n pri v il e g es a n d emolumen ts taken

from them they ( th e bisho ps ) ch an g ed their minds abou t th e
dut y of passi v e obedienc e —B UC KLE H istor y of Civilis a tion
,
, ,
v ol i ( Say the m om ent tha t or s till be t ter a s soo n as )

. .
, , .
There w a s n o t th e s li gh tes t doub t th a t th a t w a s t h e r e as on they

h a d go t into fin anci al diffi cu ltie s —M iddlesex Cou nt y Tim es ,
p 6 Oct 2 0 1 9 00 ( Inser t w hy a fter rea son )

.
,
.
,
. .
15 . N ow .
—
Th is ad v er b s h o u l d not be u se d (in p ro s e ) as a
c o nj u n ction u nless it is a cco mp an i e d w it h tha t

W hy should he li v e now n ature b an k ru pt is —SH AK ESPEAP E
, . .
But O the he av y ch an g e no w t hou art g one

, , ,
N ow t hou art gone a n d ne v er mus t re tur n ,
M I LT O N L ycid as 3 7 38 , , , .
1 6 N ot w iths t an din g —Th is p r ep o s itio n s h o u l d no t b e u s e d

. .
a s a conj u n cti on , u nl ess it is a cco mp a n ie d w it h tha t .
These d a ys w ere a g es t o him no tw i ths ta nd ing tha t he w as b a sk in g

in the smi les of the pre t ty M a ry —W IR VIN G ( Correct )
,
. . .
17 .Pr ov i d e d — Th i s p a rticipl e (an elliptic al form for it

being p rovided) m ay b e used as a co nj un ctio n e it h er w ith or
w it h o u t tha t I t is n o t co rr e ct, h o w e v e r , to u s e p rovi ding a s an
.
e qu i v alent , t h o u g h th e c u sto m h as b ee n s prin ging up o f l ate i n
j o u rn ali sm .
Pr ovided tha t no thin g in this Act sh all prej udice th e righ t of any
person w h a te v er .
Pr ov ided Bri tish ru l e is re a son a b ly fa ir an d jus t t he y w i ll not be

s lo w to reco gnise its m anifo ld a d v an tag e s —F or tnightly Revi e w
,
p 861 , M a y 1 9 00
. .
There is e v ery desire to g i v e th e preference to Bri tish firms , alw ays

p r ovid i ng th a t the G o v ernmen t s requirements be re a son ab l
y
’
met D a ily Expr e ss , p 5, M ay 1 3 , 1 9 0

-
1 ( Ch an g e pr ovi ding . .
to p rovided .
)
. l i
1 8 S psh o d u s e o f t h a t — I n ste ad o f repe a ti ng th e con .
j u nc tion u s e d i n t h e pre ce d ing cl au se som e w riters h av e a h ab it ,
o f intro du cing a su b se q u ent cl a use b y tha t as i f tha t co u l d b e ,
u se d as a ge n er al ha ck fo r any p u rpose w h ate v er Th is .
p r actic e sh o u l d be av o id e d .
F ar d is ta nt be th e day w he n th e me asured walk alon g the Trum p

ing to n Ro a d t ak es th e place of th e m a n ly e x ercise of th e
cricket g round a nd the ri v er or tha t lectures mu lti ply w hi le
sports decre as e —Q u a rte r ly Re vi e w v o l lx x iii p 1 00
-
,
. . . .
,
Ev e n w h e n t h e re is precedin g cl au se and th erefor e n o oth er

no ,
conj u n ction w e ,
so m etim es fi n d tha t c arelessly u se d for thou gh ,
i
f,
w h e n w he ther, e tc
, .
O n th e o ther h a nd it m ay be doub ted tha t M B e rth e t s e labor a te

’
.
,
a nd long w inded descri ptions are su ffi cien tly in t eres tin g to

-
comm and the a tten tion of th e a v erag e Bri tish n o v e l re a der

—D a i ly Te legrap h p 7 Au g 1 1 1 9 00 ( Ch an ge tha t to
-
.
. . .
, , ,
w h ethe r .
)
There is not a g re a t j ourn al in th e w orld w hich w ou ld no t g i v e
him fi v e thous a nd a ye a r as edi tor a n d no t a pub lic m an w ho ,
w ou ld not doub t in his he ar t w he the r if h e rul ed En glan d

En gla nd w ere sa fe ( Correc t —
) Sp ecta tor p 7 3 6 N o v 2 4 . .
,
, .
, .
,
1900 .
19 .
“
D iffe r e nt t han
oid th e error o f u sing tha n for .
—
A v
from afte r th e adj e cti v e di ffe r e nt

H e t ook up a dif e re nt k ind of occu pation tha n w h at he h ad been
used t o before ( Ch a ng e tha n t o f ro m ) . .
20 Pr e fe r t han —Av oi d th e e rror o f u sing tha n for to

“
. .
“
a fter t h e v e r b p r e fe r .
Abo v e all it shou ld p refe r to l e av e a point unt au g h t tha n to t ea ch

it in a w ay th a t mus t be un le a rne d —L A TH A M
,
Eng lis h ,
L i te ratu re ( W ron g Say prefer l e av in g a subj ec t un ta u gh t

. .
,
t o t e a chin g it e tc ) , .
21 .
“
No
n e r t h an as s oo n a s
s oo tw o con ,
” “
.
—Th ese
j un ction al p h r as es m e a n t he s a m e t h ing e x cept th at w h at is t h e ,
Pr in cip al cl au se w it h t h e for m er b eco m es th e Su bo rd in a te

cl au s e w it h th e l atter an d vice versd , .
P rincip a l Cla u s e . S u bordin a te Cla u s e .
He had no sooner he a rd th e ne w s ,
th a n he w e pt aloud .
H
e w e pt aloud as soon a s he h e a rd th e ne w s .
22 .
“
Since .
—Th is co nj
n ctio n d e n ote s p resen t tim e d ati n g u
b a ck to so m e p ast e v ent I t is t h erefore follo w e d b y a Pa st .
I nd e fi nite te nse an d p recede d b y so m e form o f Present tense

,
.
I h av e been in such a pickle since I s a w you la st —SH A KE S PE A RE .

,
Te mp es t, v 1 , 2 82
—S H A KE S PE A RE
. .
We k no w the time s ince he w as mild an d a ffab le ,
2 H e nry VI iii 1 , 9 . . .
N ote 1 In Indirect or a tion the v erb , w hich in Direct ora tion w ould
.
-
be in the Present t ense , is ch an g ed t o th e corres ponding Past tense ,

pro v ided t h at the re portin g v erb is in a Pa s t tense
Iha ve not seen you s ince you wro te l ast .
H e tol d me th at he ha d not seen me since I w rote la s t

—W hen
.
N ote 2 . is usedsin ce a s an a d v erb it is

preceded b y a v erb
,
in th e Pa s t Indefini te t ense
2 22 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P A RT I
If a g ood
sin ger it is possible to e arn a fa irly g ood li v e lihood
, .
( W ron g Say fI f a person is a g ood sin ger e tc )

” ‘
. .
, ,
Th e G erm a n K a iser a pparen tly w a nts to push G erm a n trade w hi le

—
,
”
“
pro tec t in g Prussi a n squires Sp ecta tor
p 6 1 0 N ov 3 . , .
, .
,
190 0 ( Correct ) . .
C anning and W e llesl ey w hen in retirement occu pied themselve s

in translating the odes an d s at ires of H ora c e —SM I LE S Cha racte r
, ,
, ,
p 1 19 ch ap iv 1 87 9
.
( Correct )
, . . . .
” “
27 Conj u n ct ions t o b e r fe ar , dou b t use d a ft e
—
.
,
“ “ ” “ ”
h ope Th e v e r b s
. fe a r h op e an d th ei r e q u iv alen ts h av e , ,
”
s om e fa ct for t h ei r o bj e ct w h il e th e v er b d o u b t r epresenting
‘
, ,
a p h a se o f m in d d i sti n ct fro m b oth h as som e a lte r na tive fo r its ,

”
o bj e ct Ev i d e ntly th e n th at is t h e prop er c o nj u n ctio n to b e
.
u se d a fte r th e fo r m e r a n d w h et h er a fte r th e l a tter , But we .
“ ” “ ”
s o m eti m es se e th at w r ongly u se d a fte r d o u b t w h ere ,
“ ”
w h eth er s h o u l d h av e b e en u se d .
In the e v enin g milder conditions pre v a iled a nd it seems n ow ,
doubtful at this s tag e of the se a son tha t the fros t w ill be ab le to

m aintain its g rip —D a i ly Te le grap h p 1 0 F e b 1 1 1 9 02 ,
.
,
.
,
.
( Ch a ng e that t o w hether ) .
28 . ll y
“
Equ a
a s — Th es e are n o t tr u e C orr el ati v e s . .
W h e n a s is u se d a s a co nj un ctio n to d e note e q u ality o f d egre e ,

“°
it sh o u l d b e p r e ced e d b y a s i n an a rm ative cl au se o r b y so o r ,
as i n a n eg ati v e o n e
To our mind for re asons w hich w e sh all presently sho w it is

, ,
e qu a lly w onderfu l t h at he ( Jose hus ) shou l d t a l k of Essenes

p ,
under t h e ide a of a kno w n sta tion ary orig in al sect a mong t h e

Je w s as th a t he shou l d not talk of th e Chris ti an s —D E Q UINC EY
, ,
, ,
Edi te d by M ass on v o l v ii p 1 08 ( Substi tu te a s for e qu a lly )

, . . . . .
Corre ct, improve, or j u s tify the following senten ces

1 Ex ce pt t his be th e the c a se w h a t pos s ibl e b as is is there for such
.
,
an appe al D a i ly Te legrap h p 6 A pri l 1 9 1 9 0 0

—
. .
, , ,
2 Sca rce h ad I l eft my father, but I m e t him

. AD D I s 0N , Ca to, .
iv 4
. .
3 N o w this mir a c l e , w ith those th at h av e been alre a d y mentioned ,

.
h a s as a u then tic a n a tt estation , an d e v en more so , a s a ny of t he G os pe l

—
mira cles D O A N E , B i ble P a r a lle ls , p 2 7 0
—
. . .
4 In g e tt in g the bi ll re ad y aga inst it w as necess ary

. V AL P O L E,
V
Ge orge I I , I I iii 7 9 . . . .
5 This proj ect , I need h ard ly s ay, w as a v er y ris ky on e ; for w e

h ad bound ourse lv es to s to p for no thin g once th e l igh t out —H A L D A N E ,
.
B lackw ood s M aga z ine , p 1 7 5, Au g 1 9 0 0

’
—
. . .
6 H e h a d no other fau l t b u t th at of bein g t o o Sh O I t

. STEELE , ‘
.
G u a rd ia n, No 1 4 3 . .
7 By the strict l aw of the Ch u rch in En gland the ri gh t of he aring

.
C HAP . v ERRO RS IN CON J UNC TIONS 22 3
con fession is equ ally v es ted in ev ery b aptized laym an as it i s in e very

ord a ined pries t —Quote d in Chu rch G a ze tte p 68 M ay 6 1 89 9 ,
.
, , .
8 Th e n e w J apanese minis ter h as h a rd ly been t w en ty fo u r h ours in

.
-
t his coun tr y b u t h e h as alre a dy la id his fin g er u po n th e w e a k ness of

Concert —D a ily Te legr ap h p 7 Ju ly 7 1 9 00
,
“
the .
, .
, , .
9 The u blic a n shu t his shu tters in th e sunshine aga inst serv ice
commence —TH A C KER A Y Va nity F a ir liv 4 54
.
. .
, ,
1 0 Yo u w i ll ne v er a tta in t o m y ag e w ithou t yo u k ee p yourse lv es

in bre ath w i th e x ercise a nd in he ar t w i th j oyfulness —Sir P S IDN EY
.
. . .
1 1 In these musin g s u pon one of th e mos t tr ag ic a nd deso la t e of

.
hum a n themes the e x Premier re v e als ano ther mood from those in
w hich his rea ders h a v e m e t h is m a gnetic mind before —D a i ly
-
,
Te legr ap h p 7 N o v 2 1 9 0 0 .
1 2 . No other but such a one as h e — C O LER ID GE

. .
, , ,
. .
1 3 Therefore I sa y to you t h a t I w i ll n o t l e av e here s av e ye be ar

me aw ay by forc e —D r B INION Qu o Va dis ? ch ap i p 1 93
.
. . . . . .
,
14 e h ad not g on e m any steps more b u t he s aw his brother

.
H
.
Secre ts of I n vi s i ble W or ld, 2 3 6 .
1 5 Those w h o be lie v e in th e immor tal ity of the soul g ener ally qui t
.
l ife w i th fully as much , if not more , rel uc ta nce , a s those w h o h av e no

—
such e xpec ta tio n J S M I LL , Three Essa ys on Re ligi on , p 1 2 0
—
. . . .
1 6 There needed no more b u t to a d v a nce one s te p

. STEELE ,
Gu a rdia n , No 1 43 . .
1 7 Th a t th e F o p shou ld s ay as he w ou ld r ather h av e such a one - -
w i thou t a g ro a t th a n me w i th t h e In die S —STEELE Sp e cta tor , No 508

.
. , . .
1 8 W e Russi a ns do n o t loo k u pon Chin a a s a fie l d for t h e in v es t

.
ment of c api ta l, lik e o thers do , because w e h a v e n o t enou gh c api ta l

—
for our o w n coun t ry Quo ted in F ortnig htly Re vie w , p 59 0, O c t . .
1 90 0 .
1 9 W e shou ld m a k e n o m en t ion of w h a t concerns ourse l v es ,

—
.
wi thou t it be m a t ters in w hich our friends oug h t t o rejoic e STEELE ,

Sp ecta tor , No 1 00 . .
20 . Sc arce h av e I arri v ed
B u t there is broug h t to me from your equerry
A s plendid richly plated hunting dress -
.
C O LER ID GE , Pi ccol 1 ix . . .
2 1 It h as n o l i ter a ry pretensions , e x ce pt th e t o ta l a bsence of all

.
p re t ension m ay p a ss for one in the s e d ays of a bund a nt concei t .
M iss M I TF O R D , L e tte rs a nd L ife , v ol i p 1 50( H ) . . . .
2 2 Th e troo ps h av e s e t out wi th four days su ppli es , so th a t loo k s

’
—
.
l i k e as if w e w ere g oin g no fur ther th a n L a d ybr a nd D a ily Te legr ap h, .
p 1 1 , M ay 1 5, 1 9 00
. .
2 3 H ard ly h a d this storm subsided th a n a no ther w as s tirred u p b y

—
.
th e s tudents from th e F rench pro v ince s

-
I bid p 5, Au g 8, 1 9 0 0 . . . .
2 4 By our j uris dic tion th e prisoner is n o t necess a ri ly re ga rded as

.
g ui l ty u pon his a rres t, w here a s he is , immedi a te ly he is arrested , not
reg arded as inn oce nt I bid p 1 0, Se pt 3 , 1 9 00 .

— . . . .
2 5 Once , ho w e v er , w e de par t from this t ea chin g , our re la tions

—
.
t o w a rds th e l o w er ani m a l s a ssume a t o tally di fferen t a s pec t For t

n ightly R ev ie w , p 3 83 , M arch 19 0 0
—
. .
2 6 Ple a sure is nothi ng e lse b u t the in termissio n of pa in

. SELD EN , .
Ta ble Ta lk, p 1 59 . .
22 4 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR JUS TI F I ED P ART I
D o you k no w m y L o rd Bisho p of St Asa ph s h a nd w ri tin g ?

27
’
—
. .
Not as I kno w o f Tria l of B is hops , p 55 . . .
2 8 Circui tous are t h e w ays of t h e Chinese G o v ernmen t, a n d hi gh

.
soundin g digni ties a re used , li k e emb a ssies to th e M on g ol s w ere in th e

—
d ays of t he Stu ar ts D a ily Te legrap h, p 1 1 , June 1 1 , 1 9 00 . .
2 9 B u t th is does n o t m ak e it th e l ess t riflin g , or hinder one

.
no wad ays fro m seeing it to be trifling direc tly w e e x amine it .
AR NO LD , L ite ra tu r e a nd D ogm a , ch v p 1 42 . . . .
3 0 Once they bec a me em a nci pa ted , t he y coul d not k ee p th e

—
.
S abbaths , l i v in g amids t the Christia n en v ironmen t D a i ly Te legrap h, .
p . 7 , Au g 1 3 , 1 9 00 . .
They m a y find t hemse lves be tw een t w o fires , a n d he e v entually

31
—
.
he m m ed in lik e their co n a tion al is ts are at Col esberg I bid p 9 , -

. . .
F e b 8, 1 9 0
. 0 .
32 No soon er did the y a cqu a in t m y brother , b u t he immedi at ely

.
w an t ed to pro pose i t —F I EL DIN G , Tom Jones , v i 5, 7 2 . . .
33 Th e Be lg i a n e x pedition h a s sc a rce re t urned t o Euro pe a fter tw o

.
ye a rs of e x pl or a tion th a n three more e x pedi tions are a nnounced .
Re v ie w of Re vie w s , p 2 68 Se pt 1 9 00 .
,
. .
3 4 The ter m i tse l f is bo th ne ga t i v e a nd posi ti v e in th e s a me w a y

the Te n Comm andmen ts are — Chu rch G a ze tte , p 2 06, June 1 0, 1 89 9
.
. .
3 5 I don t k no w a s I a m a n y w orse th an the res t of t h e men

’
—SHEL DON , I n H is Step s , p 64

.
a round me . . .
3 6 Accordin gly , a s soon as t hey s allied o u t, a nd th at the g ol d

.
la ccd h a t of th e c a ptain w as seen risin g lik e H es per a bo v e th e de w y

v er e o f th e risin round t h e c l ash of th e be ll w a s he a rd from
g g g
t h e o ld moss g ro w n to w er —S CO TT , H ea rt of M id lothia n , ch x l i v
,
-
. . .
p ara . 31 .
Th e H o lla nder censor w at ches th e En glish prin t s

37 of J oh ann e s
—
.
burg lik e a c at w a tches a mous e D a ily Exp ress, p . 4, M a y 1 6,

1 9 00 .
3 8 H is day do m in ation is o v er the momen t pe a ce is decla red

of
no one underst ands this bet ter t h a n h e —D a ily Te legr ap h p 9
.
,
a nd .
, .
,
M a y 2 2 1 9 00 , .
39 b akehouse buildin gs are si tu ated b u t a shor t dis ta nce from

. The
th e prison w all an d once he w a s out of th e door of th e b ak ehouse a n d
,
round th e corner it w as diffi cul t for a ny one w ithin th e prison to

detec t his subse quent mo v emen t s —I bid p 9 N o v 5 1 9 00 . . .
,
.
, .
40 e frank ly a dmi tted the e x istence of the e v ils compla ined of

.
,
a nd t h a t this st a te of thin s h a d become w orse since t h e a m alg am a tion

g
o f th e com panie s —I bid p 8 N o v 1 1 9 00 . .
, .
,
.
4 1 Y ou did w isely and honest ly t oo no t w i thsta ndin g she is th e

—
.
,
g re ates t be a u ty in th e
pa rish F I EL DIN G . .
4 2 Th e En gl ish fa rmer is cri ppl ed a n d discour ag ed b y th e obs ta c l es

.
th a t pre v ent his risin g in his business o f ag ric u lture t h e s a me as ,
o ther men do in tra de an d m anufa c tures C hu r ch G a ze tte p 2 0 2 .

, . ,
June 1 0 1 89 9 ,
.
4 3 Ev en pro v idi ng th e British w ere e v en t u ally v ictorious a bout

.
,
w hich he h ad t h e g r a v es t doub ts the t ermin a tion of t h e presen t

conflict before Chris tm a s w as he a sser ted im possible — D a ily
,
.
, ,
Te legrap h p 6 A pri l 1 3 1 9 0
,
0
.
, ,
.
44 W hether his l egs h ad e x pa nded w ith his ye ars or th at the

. ,
22 6 S EN TENC ES TO B E CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
he h as now the g ood fortune to posses s —Quo ted in Chu rch G a ze tte ,
p 1 59
.
,
M ay 2 7 , 1 89 9 .
62In t he bro ad interes ts of the Dominion it w ill be necessa ry to

.
h a v e s tate con trol of the r a ilw ays in t h e s ame w ay all the o ther
s ta t e s a nd co l onies n o w a d minis ter their o w n line s —
-
F ortnightly
Re v iew p 555 A pril 1 9 00
, .
, .
63 Im m edi ate ly th e retre at of the enemy w a s pe rcei v ed G ener al

H ordered a por tion of his troo ps t o a d va nce in pursui t —D a il y
.
,
Te legraph p 9 M ay 7 19 00
64 There is no t a m an w hose fi ghtin g v al u e —
. .
, , ,
pro vidin g he has

esc a ped di se ase and serio u s w ounds —w i ll not h av e been v as tly
.
,
incre ase d by re ason of his pra c tical k no wl edg e of th e re quirements of

a cti v e ser v ic e — I bid p 7 Jun e 1 1 1 9 0 0 . .
, ,
.
6 5 Once it h ad been s a id in th e n ame of Ts a r Nicho las th at

.
Russia w ould a ct in concert w ith th e o ther Po w ers to resto re order

in Chin a no M inister how e v er gre at his a u thori ty h a d po w er to
, , ,
alter the decre e I bid p 1 0 June 3 0 1 9 0 0 -

. .
, , .
66 As it is ne a rly thir ty ye ars ag o th a t th e co al suppl ies in the

.
Uni ted K in gdom w ere reported on th e G o v ernment a re t o be asked

t o consent to th e appoint m en t of a nother Roya l Commission —
,
I bid . .
p 9 Fe b 2 6 1 9 00
.
, .
, .
6 7 H ard ly w as Ed w a rd de a d th a n a stru g gl e be g a n for the

.
possession of the reins of po w er RAN SO ME H istory of .

-
,
p 1 62 .
6 8 H e mig ht su gg est ho w e v er to him an d to o thers th at once

.
, ,
they bega n a c areer of v iolence it w as the ine v it a bl e result t h at o thers

w ou l d g o further t h a n w h a t w a s origin a lly in t ende d — D a i ly Te legrap h ,
p. 1 1 Ju l
,y 1 0 1 9 00 , .
69 An An gl ic an cl e ric is bound to obey h is bisho p or g o a way

. .
a nd set u p for himsel f li k e D r Pa rk er h a s done in t h e City Tem pl e . . .
Quo ted in L ite ra tu re p 4 5 Jan 1 4 1 89 9 , . , .

,
.
7 0 H e w ould be alto g e t her detes tab l e only th a t w e are bound to

.
remember in h is e x cuse th at Emm a did t re at him in a tru ly m adden

ing style —N inetee nth Centu ry p 81 5 M ay 1 9 00 , .
, .
7 1 Before th e w ar his re pu tation w a s th a t of a v ery abl e an d

.
honest politici a n But onc e th e war commenced h e soon m a de his

m ark —D a ily Te legr aph p 8 M ay 1 9 1 9 00
.
,
. .
, , ,
7 2 W hen fi v e eig h ths of a mi le from th e g round v ariou s

m a noe u vres w ere c arried out —I bid p 7 O ct 2 2 1 9 00
-
.
,
. . . . .
, ,
w hich a re unso w n and no fodder of any descrip tion av ailab le —

7 3 Th e si tu a tion is critica l in G uj er a t B arod a a n d Rajputan a
.
, , ,
, I bid . .
p 7 July 3 1 1 9 00
.
, , .
7 4 It is n ow about tw enty ye ars th at our influence in Be l u ch is tan

h as been su preme throu ghou t th a t regio n —N ine tee nth Centu ry
.
p 7 7 3 M ay 1 9 00
.
, .
7 5 I t is urg ed u pon us th a t there are no m ateri al compens a tion s

for our sa crifice s —th a t once th e mines a re e x h austed South Africa
.
w ill pro v e w orth l ess to us a s a col on y —

, ,
F ort R evi e w p 84 8 M ay 1 9 0 0 . .
, .
, .
7 6 All I w ish t o point out is bo th th e British a n d th e D utc h

.
al princi l e —
col onis ts ho w e v er much they m ay differ upon other ques tions a re
, ,
abso l u t e ly in a ccord u pon this

g ener p I bid p 865 . .
,
M ay 1 9 00 .
C H AP . v ERRO RS IN CONJUN CTIONS 2 27
77 .Such an attack pro v iding th e neutrality of Belg ium and ,
S w it ze rla nd w ere not v iolated cou ld only be accom plis hed b y bre ak
ing throu g h the g re at line of F rench fortress e s —
,
Revie w of Re vie w s ,
p 3 4 7 April 1 9 00
.
, .
7 8 It is doubly significa n t beca use comin g not from a M ann in g

b ut from a Vaugh an —I bid p 2 3 7 Se pt 1 89 9
.
, ,
. . . .
,
7 9 Pre v ious to the t ime th e w ork be gan th e b are hous e s looked

like th ose of th e No ah s ark v illag e —I bid p 466 M ay 1 89 9
.
’
. . .
,
80 In ill us tr a tion of thi s I w ish to do li k e m y friend th e M oul v i

—
.
, ,
s aid to you g i v e t w o e x amp l es Quo ted in Edu cationa l Review .

,
M adras p 7 9 F e b 1 9 00
, .
, . .
81 They kno w th a t Dre yfus s friends w i ll be prep ared to pro v e

’
his innocence once the Ex hibition is o v e n —

.
D a ily Exp ress p 5 , .

,
M ay 1 7 , 1 9 00 .
82 . is m a ny friends a re ho ping th at once his fin ancial a ffa irs

h av e rig h ted themsel v es he will justify th e gre at ho pes w hich w ere
a rro w a nd B all io l —I bid p 4 M a
formed of him at y 17 1 90 0 . . .
, , .
83 On ce the g re at m ass of the peo pl e h ad l e a rned to re ard S ta te

.
support in old age as their norm al pros pect and in ali e nab e ri gh t it ,
w ou ld be impossib le wi thout producin g a social rev o l ution to reced e

, , .
Re vie w of Re vie ws p 2 55 M a rch 1 9 0 0 ,

.
, .
84 It is ho ped th a t dip l om ac y m ay d isco v er a con v enien t form ul a

.
,
a n d once the m att er h as b een se ttled w i th G erm an y it is e x pe c t ed ,
th a t similar con v en tions will be entered into w ith other coun tries .
Spe ctator p 56 0 Oct 2 7 1 9 00

, .
, .
, .
8 5 Once J ap an h as m ade good her foo thol d upon the Americ an

.
continent it w ou ld not be e asy to forecas t th e i s sue of so sugges tiv e

a n e v en t —
,
I bid p 560 Oct 2 7 1 9 0 . 0 .

, . , .
86 It w o u l d enta il the destruction of the F rench flee t a nd onc e

.
,
th e F rench fleet is g one G erm a ny h as no fe ar of the F rench a rmy ,

.
D a ily M a i l p 4 A pril 2 0 1 9 0
,
.0 , ,
.
87 Th e mil i ta ry pla n w hich w as to be put into a cti on once the

.
rounding u p of the enemy ha d fa irly b e gun w as to penetr ate and

p u l v erise the enem s
y l ine s e t c — D a ily Te legr ap h p 1 1 M ay 1 4 1 9 00
’
,
,
, .
, , .
88 And once the r a il w ay communic ation w as cut the resu l t w ou ld

.
m anifes t its el f in scarcity of food sup plies d ise as e and lax ity of
dis ci plin e —I bid p 7 Fe b 2 0 1 9 00
-
, ,
. . .
, ,
89 H e o bj ec te d to the me asure bec a us e on ce they commence d to

.
,
fi x th e price of an artic le ther e w as no te lling w here th e princi ple

w ou ld e nd —I bid p 4 M arch 2 3 1 9 0 0 . .
, ,
.
9 0 As these rebe l s are th e v ery lo w est type of the enem y the y are
. ,
not lik ely to gi v e much troub le once they a re confron te d b y w hite

tr oo ps —I bid p 9 M a rch 1 0 1 9 0
. . 0
.
, ,
.
9 1 But on ce t h e el ectors ch a n g ed the ir v ie w s it w as m arv ell ous

h o w r apid ly po litici a ns w e re con v er te d —
. ,
I bid p 1 1 M ay 1 1 9 00 . .
, ,
.
9 2 Th e e x ci tement ca use d by the a rres t s a t Joh ann es burg subsid e d

once i t had been cl e arly sho w n th a t Im pe rial o fficers w ere not con
cerned w ith the mo v emen t —I bid p 9 M ay 1 7 1 9 00 . .
, , .
But sc arce w ere they hidden aw a y I declare

93 .
h n i
T a th e g a t cn a me in w ith a curious a ir — H O 0D
,
.
,
9 4 Air w hen c areful ly tes ted is found to contain someth in g e ls e

than nitrog e n and o xyge n —G u a m
.
, ,
.
95 We w ere no sooner
do w n ( se ated ) but a fter h av in g looked s at
upon me a li t tl e while s h e s a id e ta —A DDI SON; Sp ecta tor No 7
. ,
‘
. .
, , ,
9 6 M e n and w omen w h o h av e no obj ect or a im th a n a musemen t

. .
D a i ly Te legr ap h, p 8, F e b 1 6, 1 898 . . .
9 7 Com pe t en t authorities doub t th a t the enem y w ill m a k e a

.
s tand on the D rakensberg at this se a son of t he yea r, w hen th e

hig h lands are co v ered w i th sno w I bid p 9 , Jun e 1 3 , 1 9 00 .
-
. . .
9 8 M r Con g e r re por t s th a t th e mission a ries are s a fe up to th e

. .
present ; b u t he doub ts th a t th e pro tec t ion promised by the Chinese

G o v ernment w i ll ensure their perm a nent s a fe ty I bid p 1 0, June .
— . .
1 2, 1 9 0 0 .
9 9 I doubt th at you w ill find th a t promotion by seniorit y

.
r e vails in a ny of the gre at armies of Europe to the e x tent th a t it

p oes w ith u s I bid p 6, Jan 3 1 , 1 9 00
.
— . . . .
10 0 If I h ad a pplied for a l icence to o pen an hotel , there mi gh t

—
.
h av e been re a son th at I shoul d m o v e m y sho p e lse w her e Quo ted in

M id dle s ex Cou n ty Tim es , p 6, M a rch 1 7 , 1 9 0 0 . .
10 1 H o w co u l d I he ar such w ords , h o w coul d I meet such l ooks ,

—
.
from any o ther m an but h e l M rs CRA I K , The Ogilvi es , ch x

“
. . . .
10 2 They say th at th e momen t the tax is im posed , pub lici ty is

—
.
ine v i tab le Sp ecta tor, p 613, N o v 3, 1 9 00 . . .
1 03 Th e Armeni ans c a nnot be det a ched from Turk e y l ik e

—
.
Bulgari a w a s D a ily Te legraph , p 7 , N o v 8, 1 9 00 . . .
1 04 W h a t th a t su pport is to be a n d on w h a t conditions , our

.
g ener al s a n d di pl om a tists w i ll h a mmer ou t, once t hey h a v e freed
t hemse lv es from th e initi al ri v al ries , j e al ousies , and m is u nde r

standin gs —F ortnightly Re vie w , p 7 38, N o v 1 9 00
. . . .
10 5 W e coul d ne v er h av e l oo k ed for a n y thin g fro m them on this

—
.
subj ec t th a n criticism , and it might e v en be censur e I bid p 7 54, . .
N o v 1 9 00
. .
1 06 As to the time , ho w e v er , the United States should enter u pon

.
t heir n e w c areer , th a t is a m a tter for th e Americ a n peo pl e a nd t heir

o l i t ica l g uides , an d u pon this En g lishmen h a v e ne v er t hou g ht of
p
o fferin g an o pi nio n I bid p 7 89 , N o v 1 9 00 — . . . .
10 7 Sc arce ly h ad th e echoes of the Di a mond Jubi lee died a w ay

.
t h a n a n Intern ation al W omen s Con gress pressed our a chie v emen t s

’
u pon a s light ly w e a ried w orl d —I bid p 850, N o v 1 9 00 . . . .
1 08 Judg ing b y res u l ts , he c o n s1dere d th at t he c laims of non

.
l iter at e technic al ed u c a tion a mon g t h e industri al c la sses t o be gre ater

th a n those of l iter ar y educ a tio n a s im pa r ted in prim ar y schoo ls .
Ti m es of I nd ia , p 1 7 , Au g 2 5, 1 9 00 . . .
10 9 H ard ly h as one aw ak ened th a n one of the g irl s of the hote l

—
.
bring s into th e room a porta bl e n ati v e sto v e D a i ly Exp ress , p 4 , .
N o v 1 4 , 1 9 00
. .
1 1 0 W e v ery much doubt th a t the Im peri al Presiden t of the

—
.
Bo x er mo v emen t h a s been a t th e pla ce a ssigne d D a ily Te leg raph ,

p 8
., N ov .1 9 , 19 00 .
111 .
H
e repudiat ed th e
ide a th at th e present disorders arose from
the G erm an occu pation of K i a o Ch a u ; for simi la r disorders h a d -
occurred l on g before th e n ame of G erm an y w as h ard ly kno w n in

Chin a —I bid p 1 0 N o v 2 0 1 9 00 . . ,
, .
,
.
1 1 2 It w as th e mornin g t h at the Co x ey pro cession w as ab o u t to

.
2 30 S ENTENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR J US TI F I ED P A RT I
by the S tate as an a id to organisin g Second a ry educa tion prov iding

t h at no de l a y is incurred thereby —
, ,
Quoted in D a i ly Te legrap h p 8 .
,
.
,
Jan 1 1 , 1 9 0
. 1 .
1 2 9 These
. fl ats are fitted wi th e v er y modern comfor t a nd
s ani tary impro v ement ; and as th e o peration has al re a dy occu pied
three ye ars an d is not ye t com pleted fully one third are no w
occu pie d —I bid p 3 Jan 1 7 1 9 01
-
, ,
. . . .
, ,
1 3 0 H e kno w s th at once the r ayahs ge t the bit be tw een their

tee th 1 t is all u p with th e su prem acy of t he Osm a n l i —Sp e cta tor .
,
p . 9 4 ,
Jan 1 9 ,
19
. 01 .
1 3 1 Once his ch ar a cter for cont em ptuous a rro g ance is es ta b lished ,

.
th e gre at farmer m ay s ay t ru thfu ll y enou gh to the la nd lord s ag en t,

’
I he ar no comp laints a bou t the cot tag es Contine nt a l Re vie w for .

—
Jan 1 9 0
. 1 quo ted in Re vie w of Re vie ws, p 53 . .
1 3 2 Did yo u gi v e him th e £ 1 as a free gift or a s a lo an ? A As

—
. .
a free gift, l ik e I h av e i en him befor e Quoted in D a il T el egr a h ,

g v y p
p 6, Fe b 1 4 , 1 9 01
. . .
133 By A lla h , O my m asters , w e h a v e fallen in to g re v ions

.
c alamity, and I see no me thod of deli v ery from the inscri ptions
w here w ith w e are t ormen te d , e x ce pt w e e x pedite t hese a ccursed
.
—
en gines RU D YA R D KI P L IN G , F ortnightly Re vie w, p 2 1 6, Fe b 1 9 01 . . .
1 3 4 Th e Chinese w ere aw are th a t their g o v ernmen t w a s corru pt,

.
but they preferred to be g o v erned , ho w ev er b a d ly, b y a peo ple of their

o w n r ace th a n by al ien s —
Quo ted in M iddles e x Cou nty Ti mes, p 5, .
M arch 2 , 1 9 01 .
135 But once he is con v icted , le t us h av e done w ith this stu pid
.
a nd ignor ant s ystem of me a surin g his sentence b y his la test offence .
N i ne teenth Ce ntu ry, F e b 1 9 0 1 . .
1 3 6 Ne v er , continues this e x pert, did the economic prosperi ty of

.
G re at Brit ain re a ch so v ig orous a de v e lo pment th an in th e d ays w hen ,

ab a ndoning a n aggressi v e po l icy , she con tented herse lf w i th an a rm y
and a n a vy su fficient for th e pro t ection of her co l oni al terri tory and
—
her merc an tile m arin e Re vie w of Revie ws , p 1 86, F e b 1 9 01 . . .
1 3 7 Very fe w peo pl e know any thin g abou t this security, an d th e

.
m aj ority c are less , pro v idin g th e t ip which h a s been s prea d a bou t

—
comes o ff D a i ly Te legrap h, p 4 , M arch 9 , 1 9 01 . .
1 3 8 Th e C abine t w as formed in 1 880

.
,
an d th e Duk e of Argyll h as
sta ted th at w hen formed M r G lads tone did not contem plate fur ther
—
.
Irish L and l eg islation F o rtnightly Revi ew , p 3 99 , M arch 1 9 01

. . .
1 3 9 There e x is ted a firm be l ief th at th e ne w k in g w ou ld turn out

.
S ar acco a nd his minis try , an d a ppe al to th e youn g er forces , w hich

alone ca n s av e the n a tion and the d n as ty , bec a use n ot bound by
a greements pre v iously contr a cte d

y
Ib id p 4 9 9 , M arch 1 9 0 1— . . .
1 40 Considerab le doubt is e x pressed th at such a tre aty cou ld h av e

.
b een n o otiate d in th e s pa ce of a fortnight , and the be lief is en ter

taine d t at th e neg o ti a tions mus t h av e been proceedin g a l ong time
.
—
prior to Fe b 8 D a ily Te legr ap h , p 1 0, M arch 1 9 , 1 9 01
. . .
1 4 1 I h av e occ a sion ally met th e poe t in St John S tree t when

. .
there w ere no other g uests but Ersk ine , Terr’ y, G eorg e H o gar th , and
another intim ate fri end or tw o —
L o c K H ART s L if e of Scott, a bridged
.
edition , p 4 00 . .
1 4 2 In d ays g one by , w hen yeomen recei v ed li tt le e lse bu t dis

.
CHA P . v ERRO RS IN CONJUNCTIONS 2 31
encour ag ement a nd w ere subj ected to no sm all amount of ridicu le

recruiting w a s m a in ly dependent on sho w y uniforms —Empire Re vie w
, ,
p 2 57 A pri l 1 9 01
.
, .
1 4 3 W e w a n t a Pa u per Immig ration Ac t to pre v en t peo pl e land

ing some thin g like th e Americ a ns h av e —
.
, Q uo ted in D a ily Te legr ap h ,
p. 1 0 A
, p ri l 1 5 1 9 01 , .
1 4 4 I t is arra n g ed t h a t the Ch inese sh all l i v e se par a te from the

.
o ther w orkmen a nd sh all be w orked in gan g s in differen t par ts of th e

mines to the K a ffirs —D a ily Te le grap h p 9 M ay 2 2 1 9 03
,
. . .
, , ,
1 4 5 In the e v en t th e bo ard decides t o e x t end t h e s trik e it w i ll

.
,
prob ab ly confine it for a time a t l ea st to th e mills of th e Shee t S te el

Com pa ny —Quoted in D a ily Te le graph p 9 A pril 1 8 1 9 01
, ,
. .
, , ,
1 4 6 It is in terestin g to no te th at t h e v ery ye a r th e poe t s father

’
.
w as b ai liff w as the first in w hich the cor por ati on h ad enter ta ined
ac tors at Stra tford —I bid p 1 1 Apri l 22 1 9 0 . 1 . .
, , .
1 4 7 Of co urse the fa tal fa cil ity wi th w hich indirect ta x es can be

.
,
raised and no one seems much th e w orse is one of their d an g ers and
as w e be l ie v e a
g re a t d a n g er,
—Specta tor p 556 April 2 0 1 9 0 1 .
,
, . , , .
, ,
1 4 8 F o r m y part I prefer the o pinion of M r G lads tone in his

earlier th a n his later yea rs —Quo ted in D a ily Te legr ap h p 6 M ay
. .
.
, ,
3 , 1 9 01 .
1 4 9 H e h a d the ch a rm of spe akin g on apparen t t erms of equ a li ty

.
w i th w homsoe v er he mi g h t be a ddress in g , pro v idin g th e con v ersa ti on

w as w ith one to w ards w hom he w as no t ill disposed -
Re view s p 4 01 A pril 1 9 01
,
.
, .
1 50 M r Brodric k h as del iber ately t aken me asures w hich ca n h av e

. .
'
no other c fle ct b u t to inj ure t he recruiting for th e o nly force w hich

w e c a n em ploy in any par t of the w orl d —F or tnightly Rev ie w p 7 0 1 .
, .
,
A pril 1 9 01 .
1 51 Th e V icero y throu g hout our in t erv ie w s pok e w i th the utmos t

.
frankness and ea rnestness and at the c l ose im pressed on me his ,
o pinion t h a t once En gla nd and J a pan ag reed u pon the policy to be

,
fo llo w ed th e presen t diffi culties w ou ld v anish and a perm anen t settle

ment w ould be achie v e d —Q uo ted in D a i ly Te l p 1 0 M ay 1 5 1 9 01
, ,
. . .
, ,
1 52 H e found w h at h e e x pec ted to find and w ro te home th a t he

.
,
cou ld h ea r th e sparro w s a nd nigh tin ga les sin gin g like they did in
Cas ti le —Spe cta tor p 69 1 M ay 1 1 1 9 01
.
,
.
, , .
1 53 The a pparen t difli cu l ty be tw een t hese tw o sets of bodies

. ,
w hich is la rg e ly one of de v o lu tion w i ll prob a b ly ri ght i tse l f once t h e

p ro v ince of th e Coun t y Counci l h as be en c le a r ly unders t oo d
— F or t
,
n ight ly Re vi e w p 82 6 M ay 1 9 0 1 , .
,
.
1 54 Are n o t t h e righ ts of con science of th e Sec tari an equ ally

res pe cta b le as t hose of th e Secula ris t in th e eyes of th e S ta te —
.
I bid .
p 82 7 M ay 1 9 01
.
,
.
1 55 Pro v idin g th e sa me qu alities dis t in guish our merch an ts In

.
th e fut u re w e m ay confiden tly hope th at in any de v e lo pmen t of

,
Chin a s v a st n a tura l resources G re at Bri ta in will p lay a cons picuous

’
p a rt — E m p ir e Re vi e w p 3 9 0 M ay 1 9 01 ,
.
,
.
1 56 It is ob v ious of course th a t Russi a h a v in g a rai lw a y throu gh

.
, ,
M a nchuria to Port Art hur c a nn o t be content w i thou t she has securi ty

for its sa fety —I bid p 3 96 M ay 1 9 01
,
. . .
,
1 57 I a m aw a re t h a t th e s u bj ec t is fu ll of difficu lty b u t I fee l

. ,
th a t once a scheme of this kind w ere sta rted the sense of the m aj ority
w ou l d be fav our ab le to it — Ibid p 41 1 M ay 1 9 01 . . .
, .
1 58 M oreo v er i t is inconcei vab l e t h a t a n e e dle e ye d pers pica cious

.
,
~
,
a d v oc ate l ik e Sir E C h a s a lw ays pro v ed himse l f to be . should dro p ,
th e theory of c o n s pl ra cy in his c l osin g rem a rks a fter alludin g to it in

his o pening —D a ily Te legr aph p 7 M ay 2 7 1 9 01
,
. .
, , ,
1 59 It is t his insu larity e v en w hen a w ay from home w hich g oes

.
fa r to j us tify the a sser tion th at tr av e llers are n o t necess arily m an y

bec ause train s and hote ls are fu ll an d comfor tab le —Empire Re vie w
,
p 550 June 1 9 01
.
, .
1 60 H e c a nnot resist th e force w hich ur g es him to produce a book

immedi at ely h e a rri v es in En glan d —I bid p 550 June 1 9 01
.
. . .
,
1 6 1 Th e con t ra s t bet w een t h e s e m inary an d the b a rra ck is e v iden tly

.
not so unfav ourab le to the former a s Ra dic als a nd Bisho ps alik e e x

p e ct e d an d there are other moti v es w hich determine men to en ter th e
—
,
p ries t hood th a n the w ish t o esc a pe conscriptio n Sp ecta to r p 1 7 8 , .

,
Au g 1 0 1 9 01
.
, .
1 62 . There
is a cert ain cla ss of peo ple w h o pre fer to s ay th a t their
fathers came do w n in th e w orl d throug h their o w n foll ies th a n to say
t h a t the y rose in th e w orl d throu g h their o w n industry a nd tal en t s .
We o o n RE A D E M a r tyr dom of M a n p 3 9 2 , , . .
1 63 Once l oose an d fl abb y ide as are allo w ed to pre v a i l in th e

.
m at ter We sh all find our pol itics a nd our par ty s ys tem a t th e merc y of
the m e n w i th the l on g purses w h o prefer a s th e y s ay to s tand o u t
side and a bo v e par ty —Sp ecta tor p 2 42 Au g 2 4 1 9 01
, , ,
. . . .
, , ,
1 64 W e w ere n o t much more th an a qu a r t er of an hour o u t of our

.
shi p but w e s a w her sink and then I understood for th e first time
w h at w as me a n t b y a shi p founderin g in t h e s e a —D E F O E R obi ns on
,
.
,
Cru s oe ( Ch a ndos C lassics ) p 1 0 , . .
1 65 It ( th e w ater bu ffal o ) c an to w b a r g es a lon g c a n al s an d stre ams

.
,
somet imes walk ing in the sh allo w w ater b y th e b an k s l ik e t h e horses

did in the l o w er Th ames before th e t ow pa th w a s m a d e —Sp ecta tor
,
-
,
p 2 7 9 Au g 3 1 1 9 01
.
, .
, .
1 6 6 I h a d no sooner ste pped do w n on th e firm g round but I

.
,
plain ly s a w it w as a terribl e e ar thqu ak e for the ground I s tood on

shook three time s —DE F O E Ro bins on Cr u s oe p 7 1 ( Ch a ndos C la ssics ) , ,
. .
1 67 Th e production of boo k s in En glish e x ce pt t h e a u thor be a

rests fin ally u pon th e pub lishers —F ortnig htly
.
,
w e al thy a m a t eur ,
.
R e vie w p 7 3 4 Oct 1 9 01
,
.
,
. .
1 68 L e a s t of a ll is th e loss of a ny hum a n cre a ture considered

.
irre parab le in th e unch an gin g con tinen t w here immemori al s ystems

sur v i v e th e g enerations of m a nk ind l ik e th e s e a its bubb l e s —D a ily
Te leg rap h , p 9 , N ov 8, 1 9 0 1
. . .
1 69 D r Sid g w ick , tr a ined in a n En gl ish schoo l of phil oso phy, a nd

"
. .
pourin g out v o lumes which h ad mos t o ther meri ts s av e those of

brillia ncy and profundi ty, desired to e ffec t compromises bet ween ri v al
—
s ystem s I bid p 8, Au g 3 0, 1 9 00 . . . .
1 7 0 Th e w ho l e s e t w i ll occu py l ess room th an the re ports from

.
1 86 6 on w a rd , a nd so it w i ll be possib l e for th e pr a c tisin g b a rris t er t o

h a v e in his ch ambers a com ple te tre asury of En glish decisions B u t .
th e w ork wi ll be i nt eres tin g t o others th an th e profession al lawyer .
Sp e cta tor , p 7 4 0, N ov 1 6, 1 9 01
. . .
2 34 S EN TENC ES TO BE CO RRECTED OR J US TI FI ED P AR T I
1 84 To mind lik e yours there is no other ro ad to fame but by

a
the destruction of a n ob le fabric —
.
. J UN 1 US 8 L e tters ’
.
1 85 They h av e no o ther stand a rd on which t o fo rm themse l v es

e x ce pt w h a t ch ances to be fa shion abl e —B L A I R s L e ctu res on Rhetoric
.
’
. .
1 8 6 A his tory n o w by a M r H ume or a poem by a M r Po pe

. .
, .
,
w oul d be e x ami ned w i t h different e yes th a n h ad the y born e a ny o ther

n a me —
. D I S R A EL I Cu ri osi ties of L ite ra tu re
’
,
.
1 87 Y ou m ay infuse th e sen timent by a ray of li ght no thicker

nor one thous and th p art so thick as th e fines t n eed le —W I L SON
. , ,
.
, ,
Re cre a ti ons of Christophe r N or th .
188 This does n o t so much seem to be o win g to the w a nt of

the absence of v ehemence —AL IS O N
.
ph ysic al po w ers , but r ather t o ,

.
Es sa y on English Thea tres .
1 89 Sc arce ly h a d he uttered the fatal w ord th an the fa iry dis

—
.
a
pp e ared S O
. A N E ,
N e w Cu r i ositie s of L i te ra tu re .
19 0 To our mind it is equ ally w onderful th a t he ( Josephus ) shou l d

—
.
remember the im agin a ry, a s th a t he shoul d forget the re al D E

Q UIN CEY, Edited by M asson, v ol v ii p 1 08
. . . .
P AR T II .
C H APTER V L —AN SW ERS TO EXAM PL ES IN

C H APTER I .
( )
a Verb a nd Su bje ct ( p p . 12 2 —
1 .Ch ange ha ngs to ha ng But the Sing ular is in the m ain c lause .
”
is defensib le ; for the non re peti tion of th e ar ticl e before position - “
“
show s th a t th e tw o nouns position and influence are in tended to
”
e xpress j oin tly a sin gle idea Bo th a re qu alified b y th e righ tful “
. .
Th e sin gle idea thus e x pressed corres ponds w ith t h e Sing u la r noun
”
t h e v i tal ques tion whi ch is the com pl emen t t o th e v erb
,
“
is If .
“
th e w ri ter h a d w ished to dis tinguish p osition an d influence he
“
w ou l d h av e sa id , Th e rig h t ful positi on and the rightf u l influence of
”
laymen a r e the vi ta l qu es tions e tc , .
2 Ch a n g e a re to i s
. This error e x em plifies th e s nare of w h at h as
.
been c alled a t tr action .
3 Ch an g e has t o ha ve
. .
4 Ch an g e see m to see m s
. .
5 Ch ange as me to as I a m
. As is a form of Rela ti v e used a fter .
( In H odg son s Errors

“
such w e c annot s ay such as me am .
’
i n the Use of Englis h p 1 58 the phr ase a s me pro v ided there is a n

, .
, ,
Obj ec tiv e ca se g oin g before is dec lared to be righ t o n the ground th a t

, ,
”
conj unc tions connec t nouns a nd pronouns in the s ame c ase This .
v ie w is un ten ab l e for t w o re a sons a s w hen i t is preceded by su ch , ,
is not a conj unc tion b u t a Re la tiv e ( 2 ) e v en if it w ere a conj unc tion

, ,
i t is n o t C c ordin at i v e b u t Subordin a ti v e ; a n d th e ru le q uo ted by

-
,
H od gson applies on ly to t h e former ) .
6 Say i t p a sses for p a sses

. Th e omission of it as Subjec t of .
p a sses is a g a ins t us ag e t hou g h the re a l Subj ec,

t is t o predic t .
7 Ch an g e is to a re since
. tr a cts
,
is t he an teceden t of th a t .
“
8 Ch an g e is to a r e since
. a ll is Plu ral Th e w ords e ach an d
, .
should be c a nce lled since they cre ate a g ra mm atic al difficu lty and
, ,
”
t heir sense is im pl ied alre ad y in th e w ord successi v e ly .
9 Ch an g e w ere t o w as
. .
1 0 Sa y
“
.
, a k een sense of dis a p pointmen t a nd ch ag rin is fe lt .
“
1 1 Ch a n g e is to a re
. Say much pum ping a nd much re pa irin g
. ,
of ma chinery are etc , .
“
1 2 Ch a n g e w hom t o w ho since
. who is th e Subjec t of th e v erb
2 35
236 S OL U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
h ad paid . He
eged is p arenthetic al a nd shoul d h av e h ad a
all ,
comm a before a n d a fter it .
“
1 3 There is no Subject to the v erb
. di v ides Say tha n w ha t .
,
d i vides or tha n tha t w h ich di v ides

, .
“
1 4 Ch a n ge w e re to w a s since
. neither is Sin gul ar , .
1 5 Ch an g e a re to is
. Th is is another e x am pl e of th e sn are of
.
a ttr ac tion ; see
1 6 H ere a re mi gh t be a dmitted b y some on the ground th at

.
,
score is a noun of M u ltitude implying p l u rali ty M os t persons .

,
ho w ev er w ould prefer is, .
1 7 Ch an g e tea ch to teaches Attr a ction again see .
18 Ch ange is to a re
. But the sen ten ce cou l d be im pro v ed b y s ay
.
ing,
“
N o t on ly En gland b u t th e w orld is t o be con gra tu la t ed
, etc , .
This is e v ident ly w h at the w ri ter h ad in his mind .
1 9 Ch a n g e is to a re
. ere a re is cer tainly w ron g since number
.
,
in this pla ce is a Common noun not a Collectiv e noun used dis ,
t ribu tiv e ly .
2 0 There is no Subj ect to the v erb h av e fallen Th e sentence “
Th e r ainfall e x tendin g e ta —
. .
“
must be rec a st . the D a rlin g ri v er , , ,
h a s v aried in q u antity from one in ch to one an d a h al f .
“ ”
2 1 It does not sound w e ll to use
. meetin g a s a Noun of M ulti
t u de . Rec a st th e sentence thus In an influential mee ting hel d a t
”
H ersche l his consti tuents w ere etc , .
2 2 Ch an g e has to ha ve
. .
2 3 Ch a nge lie to l ies

. .
2 4 Ch ange is to a re
. On the force of the repeti tion of the article
.
see
2 5 Ch ange see m to see ms
. .
“
2 6 Ch an g e me to I
. I is needed as Subj ect to the v erb
. h av e
unders tood .
27 Was is gr amm atic al ; b u t it w oul d be more idiom a tic to s ay

.
“
w e re since plur al i ty is ob v ious ly in t ended
,
Number is here D is .
trib u tiv e r a t her th a n Coll ecti v e .
2 8 This is g r amm atic al and defensib le since the cla use W here a
—
.
,
”
Bri tish e tc n e w m a rk e t s m a y be re garded as a Noun clause
,
.
,
-
,
”
Subjec t of th e v erb lies “
Ne v erthel ess it w oul d sound be tter to say
.
,
Th e direc tion in w hich a British merch a n t coul d do much t o w ards

”
openin g u p n e w m arke t s lies etc ,
.
2 9 Ch a n g e w ere to w as since
. ne w s thou gh Plural is al ways , , ,
fo llo w ed b y a Sin gul ar v erb .
3 0 Ch ange w ho me ver to w hoe ver

. .
3 1 H ere a re is admissibl e since v ariety is a n o u n of M u l ti tude

.
,
im plying pl urality Ne v er theless it w ou ld be r ather better to s ay

. ,
“ ”
m an y a nd v a rious places e tc , .
3 2 Ch an g e is to a re
. .
3 3 Say, To a im a t p u blic a n d to a im a t priva te good, e tc

. .
3 4 Ch an ge i s to a re
. B u t it w ou l d sound be tter to le av e the v erb
.
a s it is , a n d s ay ra ncou r co u p l ed w ith a rr oga nce .
. ere a plural v erb is out of place , since
.
force is used in a Collec ti v e , not a D istribu t i v e sense .
. Or s ay, Wh a t is conta ined in it for i ts conte nts ,
.
“
a nd l e a v e th e v erb is confi rmed as it s tands .
238 S O L U TIONS O F EXAM PL ES IN PA RT I P ART I I
“
the mood is wron g The should ou gh t to h av e been fo llo w ed by
.
” ”
w oul d e w o u ld r are ly d are to allo w etc
.
, .
” “
6 1 Ch an g e s af e r to suf e rs
. Qu ali ty 18 the an tecedent of w hich. .
62 H ere l ie s is correc t since

. hea d and front stand fo r th e
,
s ame thing and h a ve on ly one a rtic le .
63 Pla ce were a fter

. tea ching and pla ce w as after attitud e ,
.
6 4 Ch an g e ha s to ha ve
. Ano ther ins ta nce o f a t tr a c tion
. .
“
65 Ch an g e doe s to do since
. w hich h as t w o nouns for its an t e
,
ceden t Or w e m ay consider merits the a n t ecedent

. I n either .
c ase which 18 plural .
“
6 6 It w ou l d be be tt er to s ay
. Th e sight of the c l eric al costume ,
a nd counten a nce does not etc , .
67 Ch ang e has to ha ve
. H ere w hich the Subj ect h as four
.
, ,
a nteceden t s .
68 Ch an g e lea ves to lea ve

. .
69 . Say, The e v ide nce o f Picqu art a nd tha t of B ertu lu s conta i n , e tc .

“
Th e verb contains w as pu t i n th e w rong n u m b er bec ause t h e ,
Subj ect h ad been defecti v e ly w orded .
Change is to a re .
7 1 Ch an g e ma kes to ma ke
. .
7 2 Ch ange app ea r to app ea rs

. .
7 3 Ch a n g e ha s to ha ve
. .
7 4 H ere i s mi ght be defended on the gro u n d th at the sum amo u nt

'
ing to t w o thirds re p1 e s e n ts a coll ec ti v e w ho l e Ye t a r e w o u l d .
sound be tter a nd is be tte r gr a mm ar Are ho w e v er shou l d be ch an ged . , ,

”
to w e re so th a t th e t ense m ay correspond w ith th a t of
, receiv ed .
7 5 H ere w as mig ht be defended on the g round th at

. s plendour
a nd gr a ce sta nd for the s ame thin g But as there is no a rticle g oin g .
,
before th e cons truc tion is of qu estion able a ccuracy L e av e out sp len

, .
dou r a nd w hich are su perfluous

, .
7 6 Ch an g e lie to lies t
. .
7 7 Ch an ge dis ting u is hes t o dis ting u i sh

.
( It is curious th at such a n .
ob v ious false concord shoul d h a v e been published throu g hout th e

leng th and bre adth of the British em pire by th e promo ters of th e
s ale of th e Centu ry D ictiona ry Th e a rticle it w i ll be obser v ed is . , ,
c arefully e xpressed three t imes and yet the v erb 13 m ade si ngula r ) ,
.
7 8 Ch ange frow n to f row ns

. .
7 9 Ch an g e a nd the s tu d y t o coup led w ith the stu dy

. Otherw i s e is .
must be ch an g ed to a re bu t this w oul d n o t suit so w ell the Sing ul ar

com plement g u ar a ntee .
80 Ch a n g e w e re t o w a s
. Attra c tion aga in . .
8 1 C hange w as to we re
. .
82 Correct
. Three constructions are possibl e all me a ning the s ame
. ,
'
thi ng
( a ) Th e spiritu al a nd the tem poral rul er appe ar .
( b) Th e spiri tu al r uler and th e tem por al ru ler appe ar .
( 0) Th e spiri tu al a nd t em poral rulers appea r .
But the fo llo w in g construction w ould g iv e a di fferent s e nse

The spiritual and th e tem por al ru lers appe ar .
This w o u l d imply a pl urality both of spiritu al r u lers and of tempor al

ru l ers .
cru r . v 1 ERRO RS OF G RAM M A R 2 39
83 .Insert wi sdom a fter sa cred H ere the repetition of the .
noun is necess ary since there is no a rtic le , .
84 Say
. Th e wa n to n ly des truc tiv e an d v indicti v e spiri t sho wn by
,
the enemy e tc , .
85 Ch a n g e ha ve to has
. I t is cur ious th at th e w rite r shou ld firs t
.
”
h a v e said ha ve and then is for th e s ame Subj ect set “
H ad in th e , .
ne x t c lause shou l d be ch ang ed to has to m ak e th e se quence of te ,
correct .
86 Ch an g e we re ( the second one ) to w as and a re to is

.
, ,
.
“ ”
j e ct number is here a Common noun no t a Co ll ecti v e ,
distributiv ely
87 There 13 no Subj ect t o
. w as Say one c au se as w e h av e .
, ,
seen w as th a t almost e v ery n ation etc

, ,
"
.
88 Ch an g e w as to we re
. .
”
89 Ch an g e ha ve t o has
. Attr a ction ag ain ; see .
9 0 I nser t the before w or ld or m ak e

. w or ld plur al See , .
“
9 1 Ch n g e w hom t o w ho
. a Th e comm a s sho w th at he says is .
p aren thetic al .
9 2 Ch an g e w ere to w as
. At tra ction aga in . .
9 3 Ch an g e ha ve to h as
. But it w ou ld be bet ter t o ch ange the .
fl ow er to th”e bes t and le av e the v erb plur al Th e noun u nderstood

, .
a fter best w i ll then be forces "

.
9 4 Say
. There w a s a s piri t of dulness an d s tiffness
,
.
“
9 5 Say
. The sa me degree of affec tion de v otion a n d h ap piness
, , ,
e x is ts .
96 .
r ere is is correct beca use thirty years sta nds for a collecti v e
,
“
period of time Th e sentence ho w e v er w ou ld be be tt er w orded
. A , , ,
p e riod of t hir tyy e ars is not a l ong one e tc ,

"
.
9 7 Ch a n g e is to a re an d re pe at t h e ar tic le Th e sentence will .
—
. ,
“
sta nd th u s There a re a t presen t in Reg en t s Park a museum a
’
l ec ture thea tre and a sm all l ibrary w i th an herb arium a tta ched
"
-
.
,
9 8 Ch ange a pa rt to som e
. .
99 There is no proper Subj ect to kne w

. Say H e st ated th at men .
,
li k e himse l f w ho w ere behind th e scenes k ne w

,
etc , ,
.
. Th e re petition of the artic l e m akes the.
ch ange indispens ab le .
1 01 Insert Comp a ny a fter

. Rai lway .
1 02 Ch an g e w e re to w a s
. .
10 3 Insert be a fter w il l
. At presen t the v erb is incom ple te But . .
th e w ords the r e w i ll be su re to be h av e a n a wk w ard sound Say .

,
”
There w ill certa in ly be a s pe cial race mee tin g e tc -
,
1 04 Say
“
. th an any th a t h av e ye t been pla ced
,
e tc Th e v erb , .
c a nn ot be Sin gu lar since three dis tinct thin g s a re n amed H im must

,
.
”
be ch an g ed to the m since th e an teceden t is those ,
.
10 5 Ch an g e Oxf or d to the Oxf or d p la yer s an d insert p la ye rs a fter

.
Scot tish .
“
10 6 Ch an g e a re to is Or s ay
. there are a gre a t m an y rumours e tc
.
, , .
10
“
7 Say. Je w ish prog ress a nd Chris ti an pro gr ess bo th ow e etc
, , .
The noun must be re pe a ted for t he re as ons g i v en in

. Th e is here used distribu tiv e ly
. ,
not co ll ec ti v e ly as th e conte x t sho w s

,
”
.
10 9 H ere do might b e in the S u bj uncti v e mood after

. if Ne ver .
2 40 SO L UTIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PART I P A RT 11
t h e le ss it will sound better to s ay

“
does . Th e v erb ,
w h ate v er its
mood m ay be ,must be Sin gu lar .
1 1 0 Ch a n g e s e cu r e t o s ecu r es
. .
“
1 1 1 Ch an g e f u rnish to f u rn ishe s
. Th e Subj ec t is edict If . .
“
w i th is ch an ged to and th e v erb w ill rem ain furnish
1 1 2 Ch ange a re to is
. .
1 1 3 Ch an g e is to a re
. The a r tic le shou ld h a v e been re pe ate d
.
“
before de termin ation a nd before energy “
.
“
1 1 4 Th e phr as e all m anner of t hin g s
.
“
in the sense of all kinds ,
”
o f thin g s thou gh no w almos t obso le te w a s once common and ap
, , ,
e ntly on the rinci l e of a tt ra c tion it w a s fo llo w ed by a Plur al

p a r p p
v erb . Thou g h w e mus t allo w this sen tence to pass w e c annot com ,
mend it It w oul d be better to s ay all k inds of thin gs

. .
1 1 5 Ch a n g e n ot m e t o n ot I
. .
“
1 1 6 Ch ange i s to a re An adj ecti v e preceded by
. . the can st and
for a Sing ul ar nou n only w hen it is intended to denote some a bstr a ct
q u al ity .
1 1 7 Ch a n ge lw we to has
. Ano ther e x am pl e of at tr a c tion
. .
”
1 1 8 Say
.
“
of a qua n tity a nd a qu ali ty th at dema nd e tc Th e
, , .
a rticl e must be re pe at ed before qu al ity since t w o v ery distinct

“
,
t hin g s a re in tended .
1 1 9 Ch a n g e w hom to w ho S i nce w ho is needed as Subj ec t of the

.
,
“ ” “
v erb w ere Th e sentence . he obser v ed is parenthetic al and ,
shoul d h a v e h ad a comm a before and a fter it Ch a ng e th e second w ho .
to a nd .
1 20 H as
“
. is here correc t since fourteen degrees re presen ts a ,
collecti ve uni t Ne v erthe less th e sentence w oul d sound much be tter if

.
the Co mpl ement a nd th e S u bj ec t w ere m a de to ch ange places On

”
one or tw o nigh t s a t D a v os the l o west re adin g w as four teen degrees ,
e tc.
121 Ch an g e ha s to ha ve
. W hich th e Subj ect ha s here tw o .
a nteceden t s a n d these m ak e it Plur a l

,
.
1 2 2 C hange w h om t o w ho
. The y be l ie v ed is paren the tic al
. .
”
1 2 3 There is no pro per Subj ec t to the v erb
. h a v e j oine d Ch ange .
u nder a thou sa nd m e n t o n ot e ve n a thou s a nd m en .
“
1 2 4 Ch a n g e s tr i ke to s trikes
. Th e conj unctions neither .
n or a re not Cumula ti v e .
1 2 5 Ch an g e p roves to p rove
. .
1 2 6 Ch an g e has a ccorde d t o ha ve a ccorde d

. .
127 .Ch an g e w a s to w ere There is no re ason here to consider .
£20 0 or a s a Co llec t i v e uni t Th e conte x t sho w s t h at .
thes e sums w ere in tended to be distributed amongst m any differen t

e rs on s .
p
1 2 8 Either omi t m ora l a nd, or ch an g e a nd t o or
. .
1 2 9 Ch an g e bond fide s to bona fi des ; or bet ter sti ll, subs t i tu t e th e

.
“ ”
En glish phr a se g ood faith for the L atin one H a v e mus t be .
ch an ged to has .
1 3 0 Ch an g e is s hown to a r e s ho wn
. .
1 3 1 Ther e is no pro per Subj ect t o th e v erb

. h as been selec ted .
”
Say, some s pot ou tside Buc kin gh am Palace h a s be e n selec ted .
“
1 3 2 Ch a n g e w hom to w ho
. H e considered is pa renthe tic a l
. .
“ ” “
1 3 3 There is no pro per Subj ect to the v erb
. c an Say, Th a t . ,
242 SO L U TI ONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
“
1 55 There is no Subj ect to th e v erb
. should h av e been pursued .
Inse rt w hich after cou rse The sentence is Th e conci li atory course
—
.
w hich , as M r A H contends , shou l d h av e been pursued , e tc

. . . w as .
a ctu ally pursued .
1 56 The Sin gu lar v erb re ta ins is correct , but the ir must be ch ang ed
.
t o its.
1 57 C han g e cons titu te to co ns titu tes

. Th e Subj ec t is history . .
1 58 H ere w as mi g h t be de fended , bec a use t h e t w o Subj ec ts re late

t o a s m gl e a c t Th e w rite r w ou ld h av e done be t ter , ho we v er , if he
.
h a d s a id , The Act for disesta b lishin g a n d disendo win g th e I rish

Church , etc .
1 59 . Ch an g e
the m aj or p a rt to mos t of the N orf olk la kes .
1 60 Say,
. h a s the q u al i ties to m ak e i tse l f irresistib l e , etc .
. Another ins ta nce of attr action
. .
“ ”
1 62 Th e w ord
. all im plies plur ality But it sounds so aw k ward .
”
to s ay all the ne w s are g ood , th at t h e sentence h ad bet ter be rec a st
“
for n ow w e ge t nothing b u t g ood ne w s of our armies .
1 63 Ch an g e w e re to w a s
. Ano ther e x a mpl e of a t trac t ion
. .
1 64 Th e la s t sentence shou l d be re writ ten thus

. G r anted this ,
then the he av y m an and the he av y ho rse h av e no lon g er a ny re ason
”
of their bein g Ra is on d é tre is n o t En gl ish , an d it is not e v ery
’
.
re ader w h o kno w s wh a t it m eans Anyho w it is Singul ar, and shoul d .
n o t h av e been fo ll o w ed b y ha ve .
1 6 5 Ch an g e were to w as
. A ttra ction ag ain . .
“
1 6 6 Say,
. th e t ot al number of men c a ptured la st w eek in South
”
Afric a was three hundred an d t w en ty fiv e -
.
“
1 67 The u s is o b v iously w ron g
. Say, Th e di fficu lty th a t w e , or
.
”
ra ther those a mong us w ho , e tc .
1 68 Ch a n g e do to do es
. .
1 69 Say,
. Th e obstin at e m ainten ance of an al ien church and th at
”
of a n alien la nd la w are , e tc -
.
1 7 0 Ch an g e is to a re , since the a nteceden t of w hich is pl ur al

. .
1 7 1 Ch ange w homs oever to whos oe ver

. It wou ld be be tter to s ay,
”
to any one w h o .
“
1 7 2 Say,
. the doctrine of th e true function of, e tc .
“ ”
173 . Ch ange ha ve to has Council is here Collecti v e the.
Council was a c ting in its corpor ate c apa cit y .
“
1 7 4 I t w i ll sound better to s ay neither his life nor his w ork s
thro w , e tc Th e ori g in al is uite correct ; but it sounds better in
.
such ins ta nces to put the Plu ra la st .
“
1 7 5 There is no v erb for
. j ury Say, th e j ury h a v in g g i v en.
their v erdic t, sure ly th at v er di c t must be res pected , e tc Th e comm a .
“
a fter j ury mus t be c an celled , since j ury is Nomin ativ e absol ute .
“
1 7 6 Ch an g e cu ts to cu t
. Th e conte x t sho w s th a t .obsolescence
“ ”
an d destruc tion are not intended to e x press a sin gl e ide a The .
”
a rticle th e shou ld be re pe ated before destruc tion .
1 7 7 Ch a n g e a re t o is
. F orce is e v iden tly here Co llecti v e
. .
1 7 8 Ch a n g e ha s t o ha ve , since
. I is th e ne arest Subj ec t .
“
179 . Ch an g e a re to i s Th e pro per w ording w ould be,
-
. th e
G o v ernment of G erm any , in contr a s t wi th th a t of En glan d, is
”
O pposed ,
etc .
1 80 . Was might be all o w ed to pa ss since ,

s trength and unity ,
C HAP . v1 ERRO RS OF G RA M M A R 2 43
preceded the y a re by a sin gl e articl e mi ght be re garded as a s in gl e

as ,
ide a But if this is to be conceded resu lt mus t be ch anged t o re su lts

.
, .
O therwise the construction is mi x ed .
1 81 Ch an g e w e re t o w a s
‘
. .
1 82 Pro per ly s pe ak in g th e Re lati v e c l a use shou l d b e th at lo v es

his friend —since m a n not I is the a ntecedent of th at
.
,
”
, .
, ,
1 83 Ch an g e app ea r t o app e a rs
. .
1 8 4 Ch an g e w e re to w as
. .
1 85 Ch ang e ha s to ha ve
. .
1 86 Ch an g e ha s to ha ve
. But e v en w ith this ch an ge th e sentence
.
is a b ad one a n d shoul d be re w ri tt en thus

,
Amon g the so v ereigns
of modern Euro pe A l e x an der Emperor of Russi a is th e one w h o
, , ,
”
h as left e tc , .
1 87 Ch an g e w ere to w as .
1 88 Ch an g e be a r to bea rs
. .
1 89 Ch a n g e come to com es
. .
1 9 0 Ch ange w ere to w as or ch ange w ith to a nd

.
, .
1 91 Ch an g e w i th to a nd
. It w ould not suit th e sense to ch an g e
.
w e re to w a s .
“
1 9 2 Ch a n g e is to a re
. Repe a t th e before precision
. .
1 9 3 As the artic le ha s been g iv en t w ice this sen tence is defensib l e

.
,
see rem ark s under I t w ou l d be bet ter ho w e v er to insert kno w , ,
ledge a fter a bs tra ct Th e v erb in any c ase must be Plur al

. .
194 Insert f reed om a fter p olitica l

. Since there is no articl e the .
,
inser tion is indis pensa bl e .
1 9 5 Ch ang e coi ncid es to coincide

. th e v erb must cert ainly be
Plur al since it h as tw o Subj ects connected by a nd
, Th e ar tic l e must .
be re peated before histori ca l ; the re petition is indis pens able since tw o ,
different kinds of an alysis are here alluded t o These tw o ch anges .
m ak e the sen tence ad missibl e B u t th e sentence might be fur ther .
im pro v ed by men tionin g a na lysis t wice .
1 9 6 Ch an g e lite ratu re to li te ratu res an d tha t to these

.
, .
1 9 7 Ch an g e fu rnish to fu rnishe s
. .
1 9 8 Say . a reduction of some 4 0

,
0or 500millions in our e x pe ndi
”
ture h as t ak en place .
1 9 9 Ch an g e disp e ls to disp e l
. .
20 0 H ere the G erma ns is pendent Th e sentence can be reca st .
—
.
“
th u s As to the G erm ans of the presen t day there are w h o o pine ,
t h at alth ou g h g re at ly su perior to their a nces tors t hey are still

, ,
distan t e tc , .
20 1 I t is here pendent and must be ca ncell ed

.
,
.
( )
b M isce lla neou s ( pp . 30
1 .Ch ange ye to you .
”
2 .
“
Accused is pendent or un atta ch ed i e there is no noun or , . .
ronoun w hich it c n qu al ify for it is di fficu l t to m ak e it qu al ify he r

p a
“
in th e phr ase the e x ample of her reign Th e sen tence h a d bet ter
— Accused as she w as of e tc —titl es she h”as been he ld
.
“
be rec ast , ,
t o furnish by her rei g n a s tri k in g e x am pl e of the e v i l of etc ,

.
0
3 C a nce l th e su perfluous he and pla ce a comm a after p rogestor

.
,
.
”
a bso lute construct i on
“
Th e w ord proj ector c a nno t here be in the ,
“ ”
be c au se it is th e S u bj ect of left .
2 44 S OLU TI O NS OF EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
Ch ang e the e to thou

4. .
5 Ch a n g e s ociety to m e n
. Society 1 8 not a fit antecedent for .
”
w hom .
“
6 Say . w ere v ery far from enti tl in g him
, etc or s ay did not , .
” ”
a t all en t it le him Th e pre pos i tion .
“
from c annot be left pendent ,
w i thout an Object
-
.
7 Say 1 n pre pa ra tion for their remo v al

.
, Prepa ratory as it sta nds .
is a penden t adj ec tiv e h av ing no noun to qu alify ,

-
.
8 Ch an g e their to his
. Th e a nteceden t to his 1 s e v ery one
. .
“ “
9 Ch an g e excep t he to e xcep t him
.
( Inser t th at a fter n ow . .
1 0 Ch a n g e a nd she to a nd this wom a n

. She is b ad gr amm ar .
,
”
a nd her t hou gh correc t gr amm ar w ould not sound w ell
, , .
“ ”
1 1 Say . hi m alone c an I trust
, .
“
1 2 Unlike is l eft pendent
. Say It was not n ecessary for him as .
, ,
”
it was for North to e tc , , .
1 3 Ch an g e a gre ea ble to a gree a bly

. .
1 4 Ch an e h a ving r e ga rd to to r ega rd be ing ha d to or cons ideri ng

g.
”
.
Cons ide ring 1 3 w ell est a bl ished as an imperson al abso lute th e s ame
c anno t be s aid for ha vi ng .
“
1 5 Say . b y se llin g t hem th a n by kee ping them
,
Or c ancel the .
“
su perfluous w ords or w ork s a nd le av e it as it w as
“
.
,
1 6 Age nda 13 Plur al “

l is t O f a gend a
’
. Sa y .
, .
17 Ch ang e w hen i r oni ng to w he n you a re i roning Ironin g

O
. .
mus t not be left penden t Such a phra se IS correc t on ly w hen t here .
is some noun to w hich th e participle can be referred .
1 8 Ch ange m e to I
. .
1 9 Ch an g e w hen ca mpi ng to w he n one is ca mping

. See rem arks .
under
2 0 Ch an g e a bsor b to a bs or bing
. .
2 1 Ch an g e a s i t rea l ly is t o as the y rea lly a re

. .
“
2 2 Three mista kes 1 n three l ines
. Say This p arty ha s sto pped .
,
a t no lan g u a e ho w e v er stron a ins t t hose w h om it considers the

g g , a g ,
”
authors O f the w ar a n d w ho a re a t a ll e v ents ,
etc , .
2 3 Ch an g e w ho to w hom
. .
“
2 4 Say a s fish are w ont to do There is no antecedent to .
the 1r .
2 5 Ch an g e . w e Britishers to us Britishers .
2 6 Ch a n g e he to h im l n bo th p l a ces
. .
27 Th e enem y being com pl e t e ly fri ghtened

. This 18 an e x am ple .
“
o f the G erundi v e use of Par ticipl es a nd is therefore defensib l e
’
.
,
Y et this use is rare w hen th e phras e is m ade the Subj ect of a v e rb

,
.
“
Say but th e s tat e of u tter fri ght to w hich th e enemy w ere reduced
,
”
o n the 1 5th July seems to h a v e frig htened them !3
.
”
2 8 Say . w hen yo u are drying in the o pen
,
See .
29
'
Ch an g e w hich to w hom Which cannot be a Rela ti v e to
.
‘
million aire
30 W e i ghing is here pendent or un atta ched Th e sentence
. .
“ ”
can be pu t ri ght b y insertin g the w ords h e con side 1 e d th at before
“
the w ords the w ar . Q
3 1 Th e first who 18 ri ght
. the secon d sho u ld b e w hom .
3 2 Ch an ge w ho to w hich
. .
3 3 Ch ange thee or Ve nus to tho u or Venu s

. .
O F EXA MPL ES IN PA RT 1 mw
‘
2 46 SO L U TIONS
‘
pi
46. There is no cle ar ant ecedent to his o wn C h ange the s la ve “

.
mind to the m ind of the s la ve .
“
4 7 Say, It wi ll be a lon g time before th e r ai lway be gins t o ay
d
. .
” “ ”
48 H ere . p artis an , a noun , is qu al ified b y less , a n a v erb ,
”
w hich is b ad g r amm ar Say, he is less of a partis an th an , e tc or
. .
“ ”
h as l ess of th e pa r tis an s pirit .
“
4 9 . Fo r the le ast o ptim is t s ay one w h o is le a st optimis tic .
Optim is t is a noun , a nd le a st is an a b v e rb An ad v erb c anno t qu alify .
a noun .
50 F o r .
“
th e a l mos t impossibi li ty s ay the pr a c tic al im po s s i
b i li ty A11 a d v erb mus t not be m a de to q u alify a noun
. .
“ ”
5 1 H ere th e a d v erb
. sufficiently is m ade t o qu alify th e noun
” “
a dmirers For t o be su ffi cient ly his a dmirers sa to a dmire
.
”
y
him su fficiently .
52 Ch an g e the f ar a go da te s to the r e mo te da tes

. .
53 Ch an ge cons ide ring to a ll things cons idere d or on the w hole

. .
Considering m ay i t is true be used a s a n im person al abso lute bu t

, ,
if so it mus t h av e some Obj ect pla ced a fter it

, .
54 F or inste a d s ay i nste a d of this

. .
55 I a nd thou
. These a re pende n t Nomin a ti v es
. Either s a y m e .
”
a nd the e or ch a ng e the cons truction a nd s ay b etw een ourselv es
-
.
56 Say, “
w h at e v er he did a n d w h at e v er he w a s
.
”
Wha te ver as it .
stands is m a de to do du ty first a s a n Obj ecti v e and then a s a Nomin a

ti v e It must therefore be re pe ated
. .
“ “
57 Say . this di fficul t p a ss of s ix or se v en mil es
,
or s ay these ,
s ix or se v en mil es of etc ,
.
58 Tha n w hom is correct

. See rem a r ks in .
“ ”
59 Say . I f the ordin ary courts fail
, F a i ling is pendent . .
60 Tha n m e is defensib l e bein g of the s a me cons tr uc tion a s tha n

.
,
w hom in ( 58) a nd I t is also v ery common ly used e v en in the ,
best r a nks of socie ty B ain ( H ighe r Eng C ra mma r p 31 5) a dmits

. .
,
. .
,
It h as in its fa v our this a u thority of an e xt e nsiv e if not pre ,

”
domina ting u s ag e I n th e e x a mp l e g i v en in the t x t w e c an s ay
,
.
“ “
either you kno w it bet ter tha n me or you k no w it bette r tha n I
”
do . Both are g ood g ra mm ar an d bo th constructions occur in G reek , ,
L atin and F rench

,
I n the former tha n is a pre position in the latter
.
,
a Subordin a ti v e conj unction Th e former cons t ruction ho w e v er shoul d , ,
be a v oided in any conte x ts m w hich it m ay g i v e rise t o a n a mbiguity .
”
There is no a mbig ui ty in you k no w it be tter th an me But yo u .
kno w him bet ter th an me shou l d be written yo u k no w him be tt er

th a n I do o therw ise it mi gh t me an you kno w him better th an you
kno w me .
61 Ch ang e th eir ow n to the Chu r ch s ow n or its ow n

’
. .
”
62 Business is here intended to qu alify age
. B u t the con .
struction is gr amm atic ally aw k w a rd besides bein g a mbi guous in sense , s

“
Say “
,This is essentia lly a bus y a pr a c tic al ag e or s ay a n age of, ,
”
busin e ss an ag e of prac tic al w ork
,
.
“ ”
63 Th e a bso l u te construc tion
. sh e h av in g gre at possession s is
out of pla ce here because Sylvie and she occur in th e sentence al r eady
,
.
Th e s entence sho u l d be recons tructed t o the in tense ch agr in of th e ‘

”
holy M onsignori w h o h ad c a s t w istful eyes on her g re a t possessions
,
.
6 4 Ch a n g e re la tive to r e la ti ve ly An a d v erb is here indis pensab le ’
. . .
C H AP V I
. ERRO RS O F G RAM MAR 24 7
65 . Ch ange w ho has to who have The a ntecedent is m yse lf . .
66 . Ch an g e themse lves to h ims e lf .
67 . There is no a n tecedent to they Ch ange the y he ld to . it

ho lds.
68 . Ch a ng e kno w eth to know es t .
69 . Cha n g e w ho to w hi ch .
7 0 Sa y
. I f a g irl is a g ood te nnis p layer e tc
,
-
, .
7 1 Ch ang e is it h im ? to is it he ?
.
“ ”
7 2 Sa y
. w hi l e h e w a s hol din g
, e tc , .
7 3 Ch an g e n ot a lone t o not on ly
. .
7 4 Ch an g e e xtra ordina ry to e xtr aor dina rily

. .
7 5 H a mpe r ed is penden t i e it h as n o noun to qu alify

.
, . Th e. .
s en te nce ca n be recons t ruc t ed th u s To m ake l i v in g an d rea l

e rson a es of th e m e n of p ast a es in doi n w hich th e w ri t er mus t be
pam pe re d with the necessity e tc
g ”
g g ,
.
,
7 6 Ch a n g e i s t o a r e
. .
7 7 Sa y
. w hich h a s no t its re presenta ti v e in this cl ub
, .
7 8 Ch a n g e gen i u s to gen iu ses

. .
7 9 Ch a n g e a re t o i s
. .
”
80 After
. truth inser t told and c ance l the comm a Th e tr ut h
, .
”
to ld sim ply li t erally and in all fulness
, , .
81 Ch an g e ind epe nd ent to i nd ep e nde ntli

. or sa y no account ,
”
bein g tak en O f litera ry a bil ities e tc , .
82 Ch a n g e e xis t t o e xists
. .
“
83 Th e pa rtici pl e
. h av in g been re pro ached is pendent or nu
”
a tta ched Say . considerin g t h at it h as been repro a ched e tc
, , .
84 Ch an g e w hich la tter to the la tte r of w hom

. Th e a n t ecedent of .
”
w hom is Re d Indi ans .
85 Corr ec t
. But it w oul d sound r ather be tter to s ay v ery u n
.
e q u ally m atched in resources .
“
86 Re cons truct
. An e x tremely cle v er b oy in e v ery sort of w ay ,
”
he h ad m any a ccompl ishments B o y as it s ta nds in th e origin al is
.
, ,
p enden t un l
,
ess it ca n be considered in a posi t ion to his
p .
87 Th e firs t pa r t of th e sen t ence is b ald an d th e second w ho is

.
,
w ron g Reco n s tr uc t thus : “

W e all k no w th a t this is n o t a defence
—
.
O f purity b u t a n a tta c k on one m a n

,
w h o h as m a de his po w er fe lt ,
”
throu ghout th e coun t 1y and w hom e tc , , .
88 Ch a n g e da ys of l o ng a go to f orm e r d a ys
. .
89 Ch a n g e the ir t o his
. .
9 0 Ch an g e bo th th e w ho s to w hich
. Th e second one is su pe rfluous . .
9 1 H ere ha ving r e su m ed the ir a tti re be l o ng s g ra mm at ic ally to

.
M iss Cus ac k a nd M iss Ran s s o m but it bel on g s in sense to three

c la im an ts Say .
”
“
W hen these h ad resumed their attire
,
”
.
9 2 Once a rri ved is penden t or un atta ched

. Sa y w hen o n ce th e . ,
Wo uld be m ete d sho u l d be ch an g ed to w ill be

”
relief h as a rri v ed .
m e te d . There is n o j us tifica tion for pu ttin g th e F u t ure into a

Condition al form w hen the v erb g oin g before is Indic ati v e t e
, , . .
Asser ti v e .
9 3 For
. n o u s e me describin g sa y no use in m y describin g .
9 4 Ch an g e a nd ha ve t o a nd w hich the y ha ve
. Or recons tru c t thus .
which th e fa th er a nd mo ther h av e been dre adin g for th e last te n

”
ye a rs a nd h a v e a t last incurred .
2 48 SO L UTIONS OF EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P ART 11
95 .Ch ange s trata ( Plural ) to s tra tu m ( Singular ) .
96. Ch ange r oot a nd bra nch to radica l A noun can do the w ork o f
- -
.
a n a dj ec ti v e w hen it is used a ttributi v e ly b u t no t w hen it is used

, ,
predic ati v e ly .
9 7 Ch a n g e m a king every a llow a nce to w he n e ve ry a llow a nce is m ade

.
”
f or them M ak in g as it s ta nds is penden t or noun l ess
. It looks - .
”
a s if it w ere m e a n t t o qu al ify G o v ernmen t .
9 8 Ch a n g e cons iste nt to con s is te ntly

. Ev en then th e sente nce is .
not a g ood one Say a s homel ik e a s is consistent w i t h school

.
,
w o rk
99 . W e c annot use Pl u r al a re with a Sin gu lar subj ec t
a to stu ff .
“
Say, TO m ak e a n a p pl e pie b ed , t o ro ll a gues t in the sno w , or to
-
stuff up his dress coa t poc k e t s wi th sti cky s w ee t s —these are am e n d th e

-
” ”
p r an k s , etc I t is t a uto l ogic al t o s ay
. amon g some of th e pra n s .
”
10 0 “ “
. S pe ak in g is here penden t, or no u n less Sa y, S peak ing -
.
”
as a South Afric a n , I c an h a rd ly s ay, etc .
1 01 On th e wron g use of
“
. h av in g regard see Reconstruc t
“
thus : H is ch ief a rgu men t is th at in t he punishmen t o f h a bi tual
crimin al s regard shou ld be h ad to their pas t O ffences , and no t merely
to the present O ffence .
10 2 C a nce l th e su perfluous the y

. .
10 3 Reconstruc t t hus
. Th e e loquence of M r J R I ho w e v er . . . .
, ,
l ike t h at of M r S su ffers e tc
. .
, ,
.
1 04 This v ery in v ol v ed senten ce m ay be reconstruc t ed thus

.
C on v ers ation is not all ow ed b u t w hen t h e members a re w ork in g in

a ssoci a tion oppor t uni ties for the e x ch ang e of rem ark s do occur and of
, ,
”
t hese opport u nities they a re n o t s l o w to a v ai l themselv es .
10 5 Ch an g e th e second w ho t o w h om
. .
10 still more schoo ls of science an d commerce or s ay

“
6 Say
.
, ,
”
s till more scientific and commerci al schools Th e cons t ruc t ion .
scie n ce a nd com m e rcia l is b a d .
10 7 B u t s he thou g h un g ra mm atic al ( bu t being a pre position ) is

.
, ,
w ell es tab lished by us ag e a n d must be tol er a ted .
1 08 Ch ange w h o to w hom since w hom is Object to t h e v er b

.
,
w anted But the sentence is v ery awk w a rd ly w orded

. Re .
cons tr u c t thus I a sk ed w hom I shou ld n ame w hen ques t ioned as ,

”
to the persons th at w ere to see the ship a nd they s aid the ow ners , .
1 09 Ch an g e the se to this
. .
1 1 0 Ch a nge bi tter to bitte rly

. .
1 1 1 Ch a n g e w hich do no t t o w hich d oe s n ot
. .
1 1 2 Say
. w h o the men w ere w ith w hom he w as a cti ng
, .
“
1 1 3 Say
. th a t he or a ny other m an shou l d n o t be estim ated
,
beyond his deserts .
1 1 4 Ch an g e the y
. the y to h e he Everybod y c annot .
b e anteceden t of the y .
1 1 5 Ch an g e h erse lf t o she he rs e lf m ight be ; an d insert w ha t a ft er

.
” ”
th an this being needed a s Obj ect of the v erb h arbour e d
, In th e .
“
sen te nce as it stands there is no noun or pronoun with which liberal
can be m a de to s ta nd in predic a ti v e re lat ion
‘
1 1 6 Ch a nge if I w as he r to if ] w ere she

. .
1 1 7 Ch a n g e the i r to its
. .
1 1 8 Ch an g e dre adfu l t o dre a df u lly

. .
2 50 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P ART 11
1 36 Ch an g e he to him and she to he r Th e ch an ge is re quired by

.
, .
the rul e th at n ouns or pronouns in a pposi tion mus t be in th e s a me

,
c a se Ne v er thel ess he a n d s he seem to g i v e more poin t to t h e s en tence

.
t h a n h i m a n d he r W e migh t s a y th e m a n soft ened b y her t e a rs

.
, ,
”
a nd the w om a n recei vi n his de v o t ions w i th e ffusion
g .
1 3 7 Tha n he is correc t bec ause th e v erb

. w as c an be understood
,
a fter i t H od g son ( Errors i n Eng lis h p 1 58) s ays th a t th a n h e shou l d

.
, .
be tha n him bec ause “

th a n
, is a conj unc tion an d as s uch mus t h av e
th e s ame c a se a fter it a s before it Th e rul e quo ted ho w e v er does not .
, ,
a pply t o Subordin a t i v e conjunc tions of w hich th an is one Ne v er , .
t h e l e ss tha n hi m h ad it so been w ritt en w ou l d h a v e been defensibl e

, , ,
for the re asons sta ted in ( 3 6) a nd In fa ct it w ou ld h av e been ,

.
be tter h a d the w rit er s a id ei ther tha n he w a s or tha n him To s ay .
tha n he is n either one thin g nor the o ther .
13 8 Ch an g e ma rve llou s to m a rve llou s ly

. .
1 3 9 Ch ange ha ve p lace d the mse lves to ha s p lace d i ts e lf

. .
1 4 0 Ris ing is here penden t

. Say “
H e rises e a rly a nd a day o f.
, ,
l abour e tc
, .
1 4 1 Sin ce
. those ( th e Subj ect of th e sen t ence ) is th e a n teceden t ,
o u rs e lve s a nd ou r shou l d be ch a n ed t o the m s e l ves a nd the ir

g .
1 42 Ch a n g e requ ire t o r e qu ires

. I t w ou l d be be tter ho w e v er t o .
, ,
reta in re qu ire a nd ch an g e or to a nd .
1 43 .ere a nd is m a de to connec t an adj ec ti v e use less w i th a

“ ” “
noun folly Sa y is use less an d foo lish
.
,
.
1 4 4 H app eni ng is here penden t

. Say as they h appen ed .
,
.
1 4 5 Say . h a v ing root neither in th e soil O f F r ance nor in th at of

,
At tic a .
1 4 6 Ch an g e fo llow ing ( w hich is here pendent ) t o i n accor da nce

.
w ith .
1 47 Ch ange w hom t o w h o O ther w ise there is 11 0 Subj ect to the

. .
“ ”
v erb is .
“
1 4 8 Ch a n g e ta ki ng ca re to ca re be ing ta ke n
. Ta k in g is pendent . .
1 4 9 Ch an g e w ho t o tha t or w hi ch
. Tha t is preferab le since w hich .
h as been used alre ad y in the s ame sen tence .
1 50 Say .
“
a nd w hich w ere e x ce llen t food
,
In the sentence a s it .
s t nds there is no Subj ec t to w e re A lso p lace w hich before I h ad

t aien
.
1 51 Ch an g e s u ita ble to s u ita bly

. .
1 52 Othe r is here a penden t a dj ecti v e

. Chan g e it to otherwis e . .
1 53 I t is here a prono u n w i thou t an a n tecedent

. Ch a n g e it to s leep . .
1 54 I t is bet ter t o reg ard

. s av e a s a pre posi tion and ch an g e he
t o hi m Th y shores are em pires ch a n g ed in a ll s av e th e e ( BYR ON )
. .
Ne v er the less s a ve h e mig ht find some persons to defend it on th e

,
g round th at t his w as ori g in ally a n a bso l ute co ns tru ctio n h e bein g z
sa v e or s a fe i e he bein g e x cep t ed
,
. . .
1 55 Ch a n g e the ir t o his
. .
1 56 Ch an g e the ir to his
. This ch a ng e h as to be m a de four t imes
. .
1 57 Th e secon d w hich is pendent h av ing no an t eceden t

. It mus t ,
.
be c a ncel led Th e sen tence w i ll then be correc t

. .
1 58 Who is here a penden t Nomin ati v e h av in g no v erb to w hich

. ,
it ca n be th e subj ec t Sa y w h o desirous of en t ering Bristol on an

.
, ,
as s found as H u m e informs us th at all Bris t o l

, ,
e tc , , .
C HA P . v1 ERRO RS O F G RAM M A R 2 51
1 59 Ch ange she to her Th e apposition a s it stands is wron g

. . .
1 60 Ch an g e I to m e
. .
1 61 Ch an g e the m to the y Sa y as they are

. . Sho uld should ,
.
be ch an g ed to sha ll to m ak e th e moods agree .
1 62 Ch an g e as h im t o as he w as
. .
1 63 Tha n hi m is defensib le since a fter an In tr ansiti v e v erb lik e

.
,
becom es there ca n be no a mbi g ui ty in t h e sense a nd tha n can be used ,
as a preposi tion as in th e phr a se tha n w hom

, Those w h o den y th a t .
tha n can e v er be used as a pre posi tion m ay a ppe a se their consciences

by s ayin g tha n he i s or tha n he w a s .
1 64 Which is here a penden t Rela ti v e h av in g no antecedent

—
. .
,
“
C ance l it an d re w ri t e a s follo w s
,
th a t th e in v ent ion of no tes in
li tera ry his tory h as been produced .
1 65 Ch ang e w ho m to w hich
. .
1 66 I gn ora nt is here a pendent adj ecti v e h a v i ng n o noun for it t o

.
,
q u alify Say thou gh th e s peak er m ay be en tirely ig nora n t e tc

.
, ,
.
1 6 7 C ance l a nd cli ma te
. Or rew ri te a s fo llo w s
. Th e c lim a te of
Scotland and th e soil e v en w here it is susceptibl e of cu lti v ation are
, ,
”
incom parab ly less fav oured etc th an th ose e tc , .
, ,
.
1 68 Joine d is a penden t pa r tici pl e h a v in g no noun t o w hich it

.
,
belon g s Ch an ge j oined to to a nd
. .
1 6 9 H ere w e ighing h as no noun to w hich it bel on g s

. Ch a nge it to .
if w e w eigh .
1 7 0 Th e use of th e Possessi v e the ir in connec tion w i th a Pa rtici pl e

.
or adj ectiv e is defensib le perb a 3 thou gh it is not recommended ,

.
Say ,
“
Sensibl e th a t as they b not h an g ed Jose phus a t firs t it w a s
, ,
n o w b ecome e tc , .
C H APTER V I L —AN SWERS TO EXAM PL ES IN
C H APTER I I .
( ) a N o u ns ( pp 4 4 .
1 Th e Possessi v e c as e in such a w ord a s

. a udience though ,
becomin g more an d more common in the d aily press is not at presen t ,

“
s a nctioned by l itera ture Say The po w er O f a the atric al a udience
.
to sus ta in its att ention is e tc , .
2 C h ange a n as s to a ss es
. .
3 Ch ange grea t w a rri ors to very w a rl ike

. Or s ay w ere much .
,
a ddicted to w ar W e c anno t S pe ak of r a ces as w a rriors This is

. .
mi x in g u p a Collec ti v e noun wi th a D ist ribu ti v e or Common o ne .
4 Ch an g e G e rma ny s K a i se r t o The K a is e r or The Emp e ror of

’
.
,
G erma ny G erm any s is O bj ec tion a b l e for the re a son s ta ted in

’
.
” “
Ano ther O bj ection is th at G e rm a n y s is ta u t ol o g ic al G erm any ’
bein g th e on ly coun try in w hich th e Emperor is c a lled K a iser Re .
cons truct t h e last part of th e sen tence thus w ith dee p re g ret an d
”
w ith much sym pat h y for e tc , .
5 Pa i r is a Co ll ec ti v e noun an d does not m at ch w i th the Dis

.
,
” “ ”
tri b u tive phr a se e a ch o ther Say Th e t w o bore e a ch other . etc , ,
.
6 Say
. t h e feder ation of the g re at is land continent
,
-
.
7 Ch ange pr is one r to p ris one rs

. .
“
8 Correc t
. Th e Du k e of Orl e a ns m ay be re g arded as a kind of
.
compound or phra se nou n and as it rel at es t o a person the Possessiv e

-
, ,
c a se is not in ap propri ate It w ou ld ho w e v er be more correct to s ay

.
, ,
Orlea ns s th an Orle a ns
’ ’
.
“
9 Say
. to th e reput ation of L ord Roberts and to th at of L ord
,
K itch ener Or m ak e r epu ta tion Plur al Two distinct re put ations

. .
are referred to .
1 0 I n th e last p a rt of this sentence there is a gre at de al of con

.
“
fusion bet w een the Sin gular and th e Plur al Say th at lik e th e .
, ,
”
l amb of the fab le they h av e been w orried b y th e Bri tish w o l f
,
.
1 1 Ch an g e low typ es t o m e n of low type

. Se ttl ers is a Common .
“
noun an d type is an Abstr act one th e one shou l d not be predica ted
,
of th e other .
1 2 Ch ange F rench to F r ench s

. W hen s epa ra te possession is im ’
.
plied a s it is here the possessiv e s mus t be g i v en to bo th nouns

, ,
’
.
“
1 3 Say
. w hen the la st t he atric al success of th e L ondon se a son
, ,
etc.
“ ’
1 4 H ere the repetition of the Possessi v e form in
. St Thom as s .
2 52
2 54 SO L U TIONS O F EX AM PL ES IN PA RT I AR T
‘
P 11
3 2 Ch ange book s f a u lts to f a u lts of the book

' ’
. .
3 3 Ch a n g e Joshu a to Joshu a s
’
. .
3 4 Inser t of one a fter n am e

. .
3 5 Ch an g e the s tr a nge contras ts w hich e x is t

. to the stra nge divers ity
tha t exis ts .
( )
b Adj ectives, inclu ding Articles (pp . 51 5 -
“
1 Say,
. for their res pecti v e ca ndid ates A lso insert w ith before .
L iber als Th e re pe t itio n of th e pre positio n g i v es a ddi tion al point

.
to the distinc tion betw een Conser v ati v es a nd L iberals .
2 C ancel the before p ictu re s

. .
3 Insert the before more o bj ecti ona ble

. The Comp ar a ti v e is here .
used in a selec tiv e sense .
4 Say
. from all the thoroug hfares etc
, W hole is u sed in a ,
.
Co llec ti v e sense and shoul d not be m a de to qu alify a D istributiv e

,
p ural
l .
5 Cancel the before F re nch

. W hen a languag e is s po k en of no .
,
artic l e is used before th e Pro per n a me .
6 H ere l ittle
. not much ) is quite correct A little w oul d h av e .
been w ron g I t w oul d be ra ther bet ter ho w e v er to s ay one

.
, ,
”
a nother th a n e ach oth e r since more th an tw o shires are re ,
ferred t o .
7 Say
. Th e w ho l e fleet w as t aken
, Of their s hip s is su perfluous .
,
an d w ere is w rong .
8 Insert by the a fter a nd

. is sho wn by the M etro po l it an Ra i l
w ay a nd b y the M etro po l i ta n D istrict Rail wa y This remo v es .
a m b ig ui ty .
9 Say
. ei ther b y the mi lit ary or th e ci v ili an shots
,
The .
repetition of the ar ticl e gi v es a ddition al poin t to the distinction

“ “ ”
betw een mili tary an d civ ili a n .
1 0 Ch an g e a h is tori c t o a n his tor i c

. On account of the a ccen t .
“
bein g on the second s yll abl e of historic the initial h is silent In , .
t alkin g w e in v a ri ably sa y
“
a n i s to ric
”
W h at w e s a y in talk in g w e .
,
should repea t in w ritin g On the other h and w e m us t w ri te a

.
,
“ ”
h isto ry n o t a n his tory bec ause in
, h istory th e a ccen t is on th e
,
first s yllab le and the h is sounded ( Th e tense of the v erb is no t .
quite w h at it should be The sense re quires th at is shoul d be .
ch an ged to has bee n ; o ther w ise there is no point in adding the

”
c lause e v en if its e v en t s be y e t complete d )
—
,
“ “
1 1 C a nce l othe r
. a ny m an but e x cept ) him If other .
is ret ained then bu t mus t be ch an g ed to tha n Accordin g to a n

, .
a nom al ous idiom bu t he must be all o w ed to

pa ss Ye t it is better to .
bu t him
‘
s ay .
“
1 2 Ch an g e
. e ithe r to a ny or a ny one . Either appl ies to two
thing s only .
“
1 3 Ch an g e
. r arel y h as a
s ome th ing to a nything . Th e w ord
“
nega ti v e force and is not fo llo wed b y some thin g Perh a ps h o w
—
, .
,
“
e v er w h at the w riter me an t to s ay w as this
,
A lthou g h I rarely
”
re a d your j ourn al w ithout findin g some thin g w ith w hich etc , .
“ ”
1 4 Insert the before
. Unionis t See rem arks in .
1 5 Ch an g e less to f e w er
. .
1 6 Ch an g e a n a m bition to a nother a m bition

.
a r. v 11 ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTION 255
17 . H ereshoul d be c a nce lled Or th e w ords of a ny othe r

othe r .
rie ndly state coul d be re w ri tten of y o ther sta t e t h a t is on a

f an ,
friend ly foo ting w i th hi mse lf .
1 8 Ch an g e a n u nited to a u nite d
. .
1 9 Sa y. W e h av e in the Pa cific three com plete n a v a l sta tions

, ,
”
the Chin a s ta tion t he Pa cific a nd th e Aus tralian , Th e a r tic le,
.
must be re pe ated before e a ch a dj ecti v e in order to denote th e three ,
dis tinc t s ta tions I f China is to be used as an a dj ecti v e it mus t

.
,
h a v e the noun placed immedi a tely a fter it .
2 0 Say .
“
All n a tions w ere bl ended etc
,
“
Or s ay Ev ery n a tion , .
,
”
w as b lended w ith e v ery o ther n ation .
“ ”
2 1 Insert other a fter
. all .
22 . Say, both the one a nd the othe r .
“ ”
23 . Insert othe rs a fter all .
24 . Recons t ruc t thus Ev ery mornin g our scouts an d pa tro ls

g t
o in t ouch w i th th e enemy , a n d e a ch side s aluted the o ther w ith a
sho t or tw o .
25 . Insert fter e v ery othe r a .
26 Say
. all th e co al c a r ts h a d been
,
e tc -
See , .
27 Ch an g e a ll the P ow e rs to a ll the othe r Pow e rs

. .
“ ”
28 C a nce l a before fi gure
. This a r tic l e is im plied alre a d y in
.
“ ”
no ( A S ne . no t
. a n d an one
“
2 9 Inser t the before
.
pro gressi v e an d before ras h .
“ ”
3 0 Inser t the before
. t rib al a nd before mys tic al Th e noun .
”
s la v e does not sound w e ll in th e midd le of a ll these adj ectiv es .
Ch an g e it to ser v i le ” .

.
gre atest .
3 2 I nsert a before
. cryin g w ron g .
3 3 Ch an g e a ha bi tu a l a nd a n accep ted f act to a n ha bitu a l a nd

.
“ ”
a ccep te d f act F or a n e x pl a n ation of a n before
. h abi tu al see
“ ”
The re pe t ition of a n before a cce pte d is w ron g beca use it im pl ies ,
t h at t w o fa c ts are intended inste a d of one .
“
3 4 Ch an g e f r ontie r t o f ronti e rs
. Or s ay the British and th e .
,
”
F rench frontier .
“
3 5 C ancel the before
. Je w s .
3 6 Insert othe r a ft er
. an y .
3 7 One a nothe r w oul d be r a ther m ore appro pri a te th an each othe r

. ,
since more th a n t w o Po w ers are s poken of .
“
3 8 Say. M os t of the c as u alties w ere amon g Russians and
,
Japanese .
“
3 9 Say. a ll the o ther G o v ernments
,
.
4 0 Sa y
. a s a ll o t her n at ions pu t to g ether
,
.
”
-
4 1 C ance l a before
.
pa tien t See rem ark s in .
4 2 Say. th e m inis ters w ere n o t al to g e ther sa ti sfied w ith one

,
”
a nother .
4 3 Ch a n g e a n u bi qu i tou s to a u biqu itou s

. See .
Th e cour t finds th a t th e prisoner is not g ui lty of an y

“
4 4 Say.
,
of th e ch arg es and honourab ly a cquit h im of all

,
.
45 Ch a n g e a n eu logy to a e u logy
. .
“ ”
. lo w er .
4 7 Ch ange the lion tige r or bea r to the li on the tige r a nd the

.
, , , ,
bea r . Th e gr amm ar of the sen t ence requires th a t or shoul d be

2 56 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P AR T 1 1
“
ch anged to and Say if these qu al ities coul d be used
. , the y a s it
'
sta nds appe ars to h a v e the s ame reference as the ir w here as it re ally ,
”
refers to qu alities .
“
48 Say . into all the dis asters
, Or s ay into the w ho le subj ect .
,
of the dis a s ters

“
4 9 Th e artl cle s are her e used v ery inconsisten tly
. Say the .
,
lo v ed an d the lo a thed s pend thrift an d miser kin g an d beg ga r

,
etc , , .
Th e p ar tici pl es a nd a dj ecti v es must all h av e ar tic les pla ced before

t hem th e nouns do not require them .
50 Ch an g e e ach othe r to one a no ther

. The w ords w ill h a v e more .
“
point if w e s ay in v ery much the s ame or in precise ly t h e s ame
,
”
social circle .
“
51 Insert on the before
. lo g ica l .
52 Th e construction is confused
. Sa y “
A pacificato r of the bo ld .
,
”
a nd intuiti v e t emper w hich ch a r a cterised the Earl of D urh a m Or .
“
say , A pacifica tor of bo ld and intuiti v e temper l ik e the Earl of ,
D u rh am .
5 3 Say. th e Tra ns v aal and th e Oran g e Ri v er Colony

,
Since .
colony is sin g u la r the ar tic l e must be re pe a ted

, .
54 Ch an g e a he roic to a n he roic
. See .
“
55 It is better t o re pe at the before
. l iberal This is the pro per .
construc tion although the sense in this c ase h appens to be c l ea r alre a d y

, .
56 Say .
“
a s residen t w a r corres ponden t
,
”
W hen a noun is used
-
.
as a n a dj ecti v e the noun qu al ified by it shou ld be

, pla ced im medi a te ly
a fter it .
“
57 Say . from e v ery o ther m an in the w orld
, .
”
58 Insert the before
.
“
N a ti v e .
59 Insert othe r a fter

. an y an d w ha t a ft er as a n e x tent
,
”
a s g re a t as w h at a n y o ther s ta tesm an h a s enj oyed .
”
60 Say “
. th e edi tor an d th e pub l isher
,
since tw o distinct men ,
a re intended .
61
“
. W ere th e more intoler a bl e See rem a rk s in .
“
62 Say . the le arned and t he i gnoran t the t em per ate a nd the
, ,
”
deb auched .
“
6 3 C a ncel tim before
. helpful Th e second the is w orse th a n .
useless .
“ “
4 Insert the be fore w i ld Or s ay between ta me b u ffaloes and
3
.
,
w il
65 . Insert fter anyothe r a
“
66 Say. En glish is as much the la n g u ag e of the G erm a n
,
Americ an a s of th e An gl o Americ an an d t h e former is as g ood a

-
,
”
citizen of the United S ta tes as a ny man cou l d be .
“ ”
67 Insert other a fter
. an
y .
6 8 Insert othe r a fter

. any .
69 Insert e lse a fter

. a n thin
y g .
”
7 0 Insert othe r a fter
. mos t .
7 1 Ch an g e hu ndreds of gre at m e n to hu ndreds of othe r gre at me n

. .
7 2 Ch an g e a ny on e to a ny oth e r p erson
. .
“
7 3 Sa y
. en ters dee per in to the soul th a n a ny other v ice
,
.
“ ”
74 ere coa l is used as a n a dj ectiv e before strik e w h ich is
.
H
,
”
“
qui te leg it im a t e b u t it shou ld b e re pe at ed before fa mine a s it is
, ,
”
in tended to qu alify this noun also Say a nd the co al famine .
,
-
.
2 58 SO L U TI O N S O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
15 Ch an g e la tte r to la s t There is no poi nt in s ayin g th at too

. .
much of a thin g h a s been condemned since to o much im plies ,
a l re a dy something to be condemned Say Th e la s t w hen used .

, ,
”
beyond a moderate qu an tity h as been condemned long ag o ,
.
1 6 Ch a nge m os t t o m ore
. .
1 7 Ch a n g e la tte r to la s t na m ed
.
-
.
1 8 Say a s more obscure t h an a n of her sisters

.
, y .
1 9 Ch an g e of a ll others t o of a ll chu rches

. .
2 0 Ch an g e s trongest to s tr onger
. .
2 1 Ch an g e la tter to la s t
. .
“
2 2 Say. the s t ee pest th a t I h a d e v er c limbed
,
.
2 3 Ch a n g e la tte r t o la s t
. - .
2 4 Ch an g e f or me r to fi rs t
. .
“
t he el e v a tion in de a th t o w hich th e la st att ained
‘
2 5 Say. , .
2 6 Ch ange la tte r t o la s t
. .
2 7 Th e construction is confused
. Say w i th a he ar tier w e l come
.
,
th an wh at h e usu a lly a ccords to men w h o are n o t his ow n subj ec ts .
“
Or s ay wi th a he arty w elcome such a s h e a ccords to fe w m e n wh o
,
”
are n o t his o w n subj ec ts .
2 8 Ch an g e the m os t t o the m ore

. .
“
Say th e most e x tensi v e of all the An gl o S ax on sta tes
,
-
”
more e x tensi v e th a n a ny oth er An gl o S ax on s tate -
.
3 0 Say.
“
h a th a dmi tted fe w er corru ptions th a n any other
,
.
3 1 The sentence con ta ins a confusion be tw een t w o di fferent con

.
“
s tr u ctio ns Say Th e vice of co v e tousness is of all v ices th e one
.
,
w hich en ters dee pest into th e sou l or s ay Th e v ice of co v e tousness ,

”
enters deeper into the soul th an any o ther .
3 2 Ch an g e de ep e r to too deep
. .
“
3 3 Say. l ess offensi v e t h an th at of a ny o th er of the F rench
,
”
g ener a l s etc ,
.
“
34 Say . the lik eliest of all
,
or s ay l ik elier th an any o ther , .
3 5 Ch a n g e u nive rs a l t o w id e ly def u se d
. .
36 Ch an g e others to s ci ences
. .
3 7 Say. Th e e v ent w hich most of all the Orl e ans p arty a rdent ly
, ,
”
desired to av oid .
( )
d P r on ou ns ( p p 68 .
1 Say, a l on g s w ord w hich w a s s lun in a be l t a nd bum ed

.
g p
“
ce asel essly, etc Th e w hich need not be re pe ated a fter
. a n d,
“ ”
bec ause th e two v erbs are connected by an d a nd h a v e th e s a me
Subj ec t .
“
2 Correct
. Th e first w hich is Obj ect of the v erb rules Th e .
“ ” “
second is Su bj e c t o f the v erbs lo v es a nd re v eres Under such .
circumsta nces w hich is right ly repe ated a fter an d for it c annot be

in tw o different c a ses at once .
3 Th a t c anno t do duty at once for a D emonstrati v e and a Re l a ti v e

.
”
pronoun Insert which a fter th at
.
( Th e inser tion is n o t a bso lu te ly .
necess ary bec ause in English the Re la ti v e is often understood The

, .
sentence ho w e v er is much impro v ed by th e inser tion )

, , .
“
4 After
. s ame i t is more idiom atic to u s e tha t th an w ho .
5 C a ncel a nd w hi ch a re
. On the im pro prie ty of a nd w hich see
.
“
6 Ch ange who to a s
. After such the Re la ti v e w ho is n o t used
. .
C HAP V I I. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 2 59
“
7 Insert a s thos e betw een mind an d m a nifested
. .
8 Th e re pe ti tion of w ho is a w k w a rd a n d m isl e a di n g Reconstruc t

—
. .
“
thus H e fe a red there w a s no m a n a mon g us w h o h a v in g borne , ,
”
th a t res ponsibi lit y cou l d t ruthfu lly , e tc , .
9 Correc t
. B u t is often used in th e sense of w h o n ot or w hich n ot
. .
“
Th e use of a D emonstra ti v e pronoun such a s h e a fter bu t is
o ption a l .
1 0 Say . th e pa ce a t w hi ch our men ca n mo v e

, Thou g h t h e .
Re la ti v e is often unders tood in En g lish it should ne v er be omi tted ,
w hen the con te x t requires th a t a pre posi t ion S ho u ld be pl aced before it .
1 1 C a nce l he
. If the comm a is re ta ined a ft er re turnin g ( w hich
.
”
is not necess ary ) a comm a mus t be inser ted a fter clerk
, .
1 2 Ch an g e h im s e lf t o h e or s a y h e him se lf
. H im s e lf shou ld not
,
.
be used as S u bj ec t of th e v erb u n less it is b a ck ed b y some noun or ,
b y some o ther pronoun .
1 3 B u t w ho in such a sen tence a s the presen t is as fau lty as

.
, ,
“
a nd w hi ch described in Say w h o re tire b y ro ta t ion b u t are
, ,
” “ ”
elig ib le for re elec tion
-
Th e w h o a fter
. b u t need n o t be re ta in ed ,
“
since th e w ho g oin g before is th e Subjec t of bo th v erbs retire and ,
“
are .
“
14 . Say, There o thers w h o must h av e foreseen
are an d fe lt the
”
need of reform an d these c a n tak e u p th e ques t ion Or s ay There
are o thers —men th a t mus t h a v e foreseen a n d fe l t th e need of reform
.
,
”
W h o can t ak e u p th e question .
1 5 Say he hi m s e lf
.
,
See .
“
1 6 Say . F our of them k ick ed on e a nother an d in one inst ance
, ,
v er y se v ere l y .
“
1 7 Ch an g e one s to m y One s c a nno t h av e I or in fact any
’ ’
. .
,
“ ”
pronoun e x ce pt on e for its a n t eceden t
,
“
1 8 Say . nothin g is r aised b y th e ri gh t honour ab le g en tlem an
, ,
” “ ”
w hich h a s not been touched etc ( Touched on w ou ld be more
,
.
”
a
pp ro p ri a te here th an t ouche d )
w i th t hose of th e L o yal L aym e n s Union
’
1 9 Say .
,
.
2 0 Say . w hich c le a rly defines h o w th e men w ere em plo ye d and

, ,
”
w hich did not esc ape the att en tion of y our a udi tor In e x am ples ( 1 ) .
a n d ( 1 3 ) it h a s been pointed o u t th a t th e Re la ti v e need n o t be re pe at ed
a fter w h o or w hi ch w hen it is th e Subj ec t ( or Obj ec t ) of tw o or more

,
“ ” “ ”
v erbs connec t ed b y and or but H ere ho w e v er it is be tter .
, ,
“
to re pea t the w hich a fter and bec a use th e t w o clauses e x press ,
“ ”
entirely distinct a c tions one of them h a s its v erb defines in th e
,
“
Presen t t ense w hi le th e o ther h as its v erb
,
did not esc a pe in th e
Pa st .
2 1 Correct
. Th e re peti tion of w hich a fter an d tho u gh not ,
indis pens ab l e 1 s appro pri at e for the re ason s ta ted

,
2 2 Say either
. w h o w as la t e so h au ghty an d reser v ed a n d w hom
, , ,
”
etc Or c a ncel a nd before Whom
. .
2 3 The cons truction a n d concords are bo th confused

.
Say as .
,
it h as been from e v ery othe r sect w hich concei v es it to be its du ty to

”
spre a d its fa i th .
2 4 Say . a nd n ot t o those of a l ife here a fter

,
“
2 5 The ir m ak es a b a d a ntecedent to
.
Sa y the ,
responsibilities of those men w hose e tc , , .

2 60 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
26 B u t w h ich mus t n o t be ret ained un less it is preceded by a w hich

. .
See ( 1 ) a nd H ere its re t ention is necess ary , be ca u se w hich is

“ ”
needed as Obj ec t of d w ell u pon Say, an d ne x t of a m at ter w hich .
”
is perh a ps irrele v an t b u t w hich e tc , , .
“ ”
2 7 Inser t i n w hich a fter
. w ay See rem a rks in .
2 8 Reconstr u c t t hus
. Those w hom fa int he a rted L iber al s ,
a ssumed t o be w edded to the cr a mpin g doc t rines of the M a nches ter

”
schoo l are a s it turns ou t th e v ery peo pl e w h o e tc
, , , , .
“
2 9 It w i ll im pro v e t h e sentence if th e t wo nouns
. a d v a ntag es ,
“ ”
an d Ac ts are se parated b y th e insertion of th e Re lati v e tha t or
w hich .
3 0 I t w i ll
. im pro v e th e sentence to insert w hich or tha t after
”
problem . See
3 1 C ancel w h ich i s
. Th en fo llo w s an e x tr a ordin ar y mi x in g u p of
.
“
pronouns Say the sig nin g of w hich b y th e purch a se r enti tles th e
,
ne x t of k m to c la im £ 2 00 if th e purch a ser shou l d h appen to be killed ,

”
on the r a ilw ay w ith the cou pon in his or her pock et .
3 2 Ch an g e the w a y to i n the w a y i n w hi ch
. .
“
33 . H e m a de so g re at a S ho w of mistrustin g his o w n j ud gmen t
a n d esteemin g th e j ud g men t of a ny person w i th w hom he h a p ened to
”
p
be conferring at the time th a t he seemed e tc , , .
“
34 . No one w h o h as studied the q uestion w ould see without
, ,
”
rel uctance etc , .
3 5 Ch an g e as to w hich
. .
“
3 6 Th e a n tecede n t outburst is a t too g re a t a distance from its
Rel at i v e w hich a n d th e phr ase a nd w hich is in appro pri ate since there
, ,
is no w hich g oin g before The sentence m ay be reconstruc ted thus .
Almost e q u ally fine is the pe tula n t ou tburst of t em per when at la s t

J a ne o pposes his w ishes —an outburst w hich Emm a hum anely cures
,
‘
by poin tin g e tc ,
.
3 7 Ch an g e as t o tha t
. .
3 8 Th ey is a b ad a ntecedent to w hich
. W ou l d they ( the Colonies ) .
be w i th us if those considera tions th at g uided us in th e path in w hich

,
w e h ad emb a rk ed w ere sordid ( un w ort h y of a gre a t n ation ) ( There .
is some con fusion of me ta phor ho w e v er be tw een p a th a nd e m ba rked , , .
Say ,
the p ath in w hich w e h ad decided to
3 9 Say bu t th e Q ueen s ch ar a cter is in a dequ ate ly dra w n
’
. .
,
4 0 Ch an g e w ho to w hich
. .
“
4 1 Say
. me a sures w hich are s till unre ad y and m ay not pro v e
,
s a tisfa ctory .
4 2 H ere a nd w hich shou l d s ta nd b ec ause there is a w hich g oin

.
,
befor e and bec ause e a ch Relati v e c la use con ta ins a dis tinc t an
,
se parate sta temen t of its own Th e v erb ho w e v er shou ld n ot be .

, ,
Plur al Ch an ge w ere to w a s
. .
4 3 A pp a ren tly th e w riter intends bu t w hi ch to be a continu a tion

—
.
“ ” “
of nomin al I f so the sen tence can be reconstructed thus
.
, Th e
Sultan w oul d lose the hol d w hich he has h a d hith erto o ver o ther
M os lems but which e v en now is only nomin al an d is always gro win g
,
”
w e ak er .
4 4 Ch an g e the ir t o his
. .
“
4 5 Say . w hen he himsel f w as in o fli ce
, See .
4 6 Ch an ge w ho to as
. .
2 62 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I A RT I I
P
69 . Say, hich a c l ergym an announced th a t he in tended to

w
”
ta ke . omission of th e Rela t i v e a n d of th e conjunc tion in such
The
c l ose pro x imi ty h a s an aw k wa rd e ffect .
7 0 C a nce l w hi ch is
. These w ords a re su perfluous a n d ill.
soundin g .
7 1 I nsert i n w hich a fter

. order .
7 2 Ch a n g e the ir to w hose
. .
73 “
. There are n o w e x t a n t w ri tin g s referred by l e arned men to
”
the a pos to lic a g e etc , .
“
74 . ere commi ttee is a Collecti v e noun to the Re lati v e w hich ,
an d a Dis tribu t i v e noun t o th e Re l a t i v e w h o This h a s a n aw k w ard

sound Th e sentence must be brok en u p m to tw o — “
Th e w ho l e
q ues tion e tc —our co l umns This commi t tee w i ll consider e t c
.
”
. . .
, ,
7 5 Say
. a th orou gh Chin a m a n w h o t hou g h h e dis l ikes forei g ners
, , , ,
”
is a Pro g ressiv e b u t h as the unique d is tinc tion e tc
, ,
.
7 6 Ch a n g e h ims e lf to he hims e lf is
. .
7 7 An a mbig uously w orded sen tence

. Th e a n t ecedent of the first .
“ ” “
w h o is those a n d th a t of th e second is
, sec tion Rec ons truct .
thus A pparently amon g those w h o para ded th e s treets in th e

”
e vening t here w as an a ppreciab l e section w hich w a s etc , .
”
7 8 Say
. com pare his v ision w ith th at of a Boer e tc
, , .
7 9 An aw k w a rd a nd erroneous combin a tion of w hich w ho

. Which ,
.
”
h as been w ro n gly w rit t en for w ho since “
ally is the a n teceden t , .
“
Th e on ly support w hich M r S pende r fou n d or w hich rendered th e .
”
l e a st ser v i ce t o h im w a s th a t of M r Ch a mber lain w h o etc .
, , .
80 Say
“
.
perh aps some w h at nerv e l ess yet on th e w ho l e only a
, ,
li ttl e behind th a t of Addison .
“
8 1 Say
. betw een the B e e r of F rench an d the Boer of Dutch
,
or1g 1n .
“
82 .Inser t in w hich after w ay Say bo th to th e authors of .
,
”
such p lays an d t o the re put ation of th at sor t of poetry .
“
83 Say M r Addison s ide a of w omen a ccordin g to w hich th e
’
. .
, ,
t o ll et 1 s etc ’
.
,
84 Th e sentence ca n be reconstructed thus

. Of the hundreds
w h o w hi l e I s at w ere s ta ndin g a round a n d w a nderin g a bou t m y c a m p
, , ,
n o t one c arried fe w er th a n three s pe a rs a n d mos t of them c a rried a ,

”
g u n besides .
85 Ch an g e w hi ch t o w ho m
. Th e risin g g eneration is a stand ard.
“
p hr a se for g ro w in g boys an d g ir l s .
86 Inser t i n w hich a ft er
. business .
87 . ere w hich and him are a pplied in th e s ame sentence to th e

r
”
s ame anteceden t Say w h o often rode on it .
,
‘‘
.
“ ”
88 H ere he h as
. one for its a n t eceden t w hich is im possib le , .
Ch an g e he to one A definite D emons trativ e lik e he c anno t h a v e a n

.
indefini te lik e one for its antecedent .
89 .
r ere tha t w ould be better th a n w hich a fter such a n a n tecedent
”
s the s ame comm ando .
W h o is not a pro per Re la ti v e after such a nd s u ch m e n

”
90
“
.
, ,
foll o w ed immedi ately b y three nouns endin g in m e n is t au tolog ic al ,

.
The sen t ence ca n be pu t rig h t b y c a nce llin g su ch m e n I t w i ll there .
fore run “
de v e lo ped b y S cotchmen Irishmen an d En glishmen , , ,
”
w ho , e tc .
C H AP . v rr ERRO RS o r CONS TRUC TION 2 63
91 . I nsert wh ich a fter me a ns .
“
92 . Ca ncel i t a n d pu t a comm a a fter
, b a sin .
“ ”
93 . Insert a s tha t a fter th e sa me ag ency A g enc y need no t .
”
be re pe a ted ho w e v er after th e s ame
, , .
”
9 4 Inser t i n w h ich a fter
. w ay .
9 5 M uch confusion here occurs in th e use of t he Re la t i v es

. It .
is a m a t ter of order ; but if a ny member h as been n amed an d sus

”
pended by me under a mist ak e th e pro per course e tc , ,
.
“
9 6 Sa y
. But there are circums ta nces beyond his con tro l w hich
, ,
”
are bound e tc , .
“
9 7 Say
. th a n th a t of ei ther of th e Bri tish w orks
, e tc ,
.
“
9 8 Recons truct thus :
. Th e pro phe t s w ere im por tun ate proud in ,
t heir humi li ty a n d m as te rs of so much po w er th a t w i thout ple a si ng

, ,
”
t hem it w as ho pe less for a ny one t o e x pec t success .
9 9 C ance l t he la s t w ord him

. Th e Obj ec t of s le w is w hom
. .
10 0 A sen tence w i th fo u r ones in it sounds a w kw ard

. Ye t one is .
th e on ly pronoun th a t can be used in th e sen t ence a s it s ta nds See .
rem a rks in If w e ch ang e w he n one to w he n the r e ade r th e pro ,
nouns in th e rest of th e sen tence w i ll be correc t It w oul d be be tter .
to s ay , he is su rp1 is e d to find to w h a t a dis tance he h as g one from

”
th e obj ec t etc ,
.
1 01 . ere he is su perfluous after w onder Recons tru ct thus .
The co lo ni a l se ttler t o o w ith w ork a s h a rd as a n a vv y s an d con

’
, ,
tinne l d an g ers a nd risks ea t s la rge ly of m e a t as w e mi gh t e xpec t

, , ,
a n d w here he c a nno t
g e t it h a s a n a dmira b le e tc , , .
”
10 2 Insert th a t of a ft er
.
“
as There is no a n teceden t t o the m . .
“ ”
Sa y , w h o co u ld l e a d th e n a t ion to b a ttl e .
10 3 C a nce l th e su perfluou s w ho a fter I ts presence im

“
. bu t .
pro v es neither th e sound nor th e sense .
1 04 One fa u l t in t h e sen tence is th e uncer t ain reference o f it in

. it
“ ”
is economic ally unsound The phr a se t h e w ho l e of the minin g
.
dis tric ts is also objec tion a ble Reconstruc t thus Th at this

.
meetin g re presen tin g all the minin g dis tricts of th e n a tion hereby
, ,
en ters its protest a ga inst the im posi tion of a n e x po rt du ty on co al a s ,
in our opinion such a duty is economic ally unsound and hi ghl y

”
d an gerous to our posi tion as w age e a rners -
.
10 5 Say .
“
One k no w s scores of c a ses of m e n w h o thoug h the y ,
ne v er h ad an y milit ary tr ainin g of a ny sort h av e in th e present w ar ,
g re a tly dis t in uished t hemse lv es

g
1 06 Ch an g e w hich to w ho m
. W i tnesses here denotes persons .
,
not th in g s .
10 7 This sentence ca n be correc ted by inser ting had before

. all .
”
Say , w hich w a s dr ained and h ad a ll its ponds e tc , .
10 8 There is n o an teceden t to the ir ow n ; a nd in o ther res pects

.
th e sen tence is Sli pshod a nd poin tless H e counse lled M r Chi lders . .
,
if bent on m ak in g a ny decl ara tion at all t o confine himself to s ayin g ,
th at h e w oul d be w i llin g t o consider th e c la ims of th e Irish t o h a v e a

leg is la t ure of their o w n pro v ided th a t t h e s a id l e gis lature res tric ted
,
i tse l f to loc a l or non im peri al ques tions-

.
10 9 There is n o an t eceden t to the i r

. Ch a ng e the ir re lations to the .
re la ti ons o f G e rm a n y .
1 1 0 Say,
. o ther th a n those w hich formerly e xis ted .
2 64 S OL U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
“
111 Insert w hich a fter dism ay
. It is be t te r how e v er t o recon .
, ,
struct the sen t ence w he ther t he e ffec t of the a n ti reform fi a t w a s -
dism ay or trium ph .
“
1 1 2 Insert w hich a fter
. po w er .
“
1 1 3 Confused cons truc tion
. Say Y our disa ppoin tment is no .
,
thin g to mine ; for I h ad a horse w i th w hich I hoped to w in th e

”
Derb y b u t w hich w en t e tc
, , .
1 1 4 And w hom is here in a dm issib l e since there is no w ho or

.
,
“
w h om g oing before Sa y if th e pe a s ants w h o are ta x ed al re ad y to
.
, ,
t he poin t of torture a nd w hom further pressure w ou ld m ak e m a d

, ,
”
these ,
e tc .
1 1 5 Ch an g e the m to those or th ose p erso ns

. .
“
1 1 6 Say . w hich is sometimes described as m agn animity some
, ,
times as conci lia tion a nd sometimes a s hum anity but w hich etc
, , ,
.
1 1 7 Ch an g e the y o nly t o thos e p ers ons only

. .
1 1 8 Sa y as com a red w ith th at of Russi a an d F r a n ce

.
, p .
1 1 9 Ch a n g e u n le ss myse lf to u n les s I m yse lf

. .
1 2 0 Say . th a n th e hi ghes t re a din g of Thursd ay la s t

, .
12 1 Say . w hose h ardshi ps w e de plore a nd are do ing our bes t to

,
”
al le v i a te .
1 2 2 Say . w hich cou l d n o t be se pa r ated from pol i tics a n d w hich

, ,
“ ”
w ou l d ne v er etc H ere the re t en tion of w h ich a fter
, . an d is
desirab l e beca use th e tw o Relat i v e c lauses conta in t wo v ery dis tinct
,
s ta te men ts See rem ark s in

.
1 2 3 Inser t w hich a fter

.
“
w om an otherw ise there is n o subj ec t
“ ” “
to th e v erb w ill become There a re e x cellent re a sons for an t ici
.
pating is pa renthetic al .
1 2 4 There is no a n teceden t t o those un l ess i t is

. in teres ts
”
those interests of th e sm aller interes ts Recons truct thus sh all .
represen t only th e la rg es t commercial in t eres ts v iz th ose of Eng , .
la nd G erm a n y a n d J a pan or sh al l a lso incl ude th e sm aller one s v iz

, , , , .
”
those of t h e United Sta tes F ran ce an d others , , .
“
1 2 5 Say . w ou l d listen to no pro pos al in v ente d by C ra ig e n g e l t
, ,
”
w hich h a d e tc , .
1 2 6 There is no a ntecedent to the ir

. Ch an g e ma na ge ment to .
”
m an ag ers .
th e Em peror an d I
“
1 2 7 Say .
, etc ,
.
1 2 8 Ch an g e t h e firs t w ho to tha t
. .
“
1 2 9 Say . a n d m a n y of those w ho a ttem pted to en t er in w ere
,
”
men w hose patrio tism etc , .
1 3 0 Ch a n g e w ho to w hich
. .
“
1 3 1 Sa y . t h a n t h at of a ncien t Rome
, C ancel it res te d w hich .
,
is su perfluous .
“
1 3 2 C a nce l othe r w hich s poi l s th e sense an d s a y
.
,
h av e e a ch , ,
l eft a re pu ta tion di fferen t in kind from t h a t l eft b y a n y of their con

”
t em por a ries .
1 33 Say . is th at o ffered by book s

, .
1 3 4 Ch an g e a re t o is ; al so ch a ng e a nd into w hich t o a nd o ne
.
i nto w hich .
“
1 3 5 Insert on w hich a fter
.
pl an .
1 3 6 Say, to m ak e s ta temen t s l ik e those of Sh ou v a lo ff

. .
”
1 3 7 Say, t o w hich I h a v e referred in m y es t im a t es
. .
"
2 66 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT 1 m a r 11
12 . Insert be a fter can .
”
13 . Insert w e re a fter shi ps Ta ken prisoners is a ba d phrase
.
t o a pply to ships Sa y cap tu r ed .

, .
1 4 Ch an g e w ere to a re since the pre v io u s v e rb s are all in the

.
,
H istoric Pres en t .
a nd cookery un less thin g s are gre atly ch an g ed is a n

‘‘
1 5 Say
.
, , ,
”
unk no wn art .
1 6 Inser t the re w a s a fter

. a t l e a st .
1 7 Ch a n g e i t doe s t o i t w i ll
. .
1 8 Say
.
“
,Of w hic h memory m ay yet recall the coun ter pa rt or
”
w hich e x perience m ay ye t disco v er .
1 9 Ch an g e be to m a y h a ve bee n
. Th e w riter h a s used the Sub .
j uncti v e mood apparen tly for the purpose O f e x pressin g a doubt ,
but he h as not used th e tense required by the conte x t .

”
2 0 Inser t w e re a fter
“
. se v er al .
2 1 Ch an g e d o n ot to m a y no t
. Say a s t he y h av e to do at .
,
present in Sou th Afric a .
2 2 Ch an g e ha s lived t o li ved or ha d li ved

. as li v ed w ou ld .
im ply th at he w as s till ali v e .
2 3 H ere be is t h e Subjuncti v e mood a nd this mood is not in

.
,
a ppro pri ate here since the con te x t sho w s th a t there IS a n uncerta in ty
, .
Th e Indica ti v e ho w e v er cou ld h a v e been used w i th equ al pi o prie ty

, ,
and w ou l d sound be t ter .
2 4 H as got to be r ega rded is a n un g a in ly phr ase

. Insert i t w as .
”
a fter th an The abso l ution e tc is n o w reg a rded more ch arita b ly
“
. .
, ,
”
th an it w a s in the d ays w hen etc ( It does no t sound w e ll to s ay
,
.
Protes t antism w a s iron ins t e a d of pu t ty It w ou ld sound be tter t o .
“
s ay, Protes ta n tism w a s as h ard a s iron ins t e a d of being a s it n o w is , ,
a s soft as pu t ty .
“
2 5 Insert ta l ked a fter
. h av e .
2 6 Ch an g e h as l ived to live d
. Th e Present Perfect tense imp lies .
th at he is sti ll ali v e .
2 7 Inser t a re u s e d a fter
.
p roduc ts .
2 8 C ance l ha ve before
. e x perienced .
”
2 9 C ance l had before
.
p ro v ed Th e P a s t Perfect tense w o u ld .
im ply th a t she w as de a d w hile she w as still al i v e la id u p w i th fe v er

, , .
Wh ich must be inser ted a fter fe v er “ ”

.
3 0 Ch an g e ha s do ne to did or had d on e
. Ei th er the Pa s t Indefini te .
or the Pa st Perfec t w i ll here be correct B u t t he Present Perfec t is .
a lto g e ther w rong bec a use all reference to presen t t ime is e x c l uded b y
,
th e sense .
3 1 I f ha s give n is to be retained on must be ch an g ed to e ve r since

.
,
.
But if on is to be retained has give n mus t be ch a n ged t o ga ve

,
.
3 2 Insert i mp ose a fter

. does n o t .
“
3 3 Ch an g e w a s to w ou ld be
. The partici pl e being shou l d be
.
”
inserted before w ell aw are .
3 4 Ch an g e w ere to w a s
. A Condition al pa s t tense is h ere w rong
.
,
since th e b lo ttin g o u t of V enice w a s an admi tted fa c t .
“ ”
3 5 Inser t w a s a fter
. in tercommunic ation .
3 6 Ch a n g e a re to w ere
. .
3 7 W e c anno t say
“ “
. h a v e formerly since formerly refers to ,
“
p a s t time a n d h ave to presen t The sentence is v ery con fu sed in
, .
C HAP V I I
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUCTI ON 2 67
“
other respec ts Say In the w ho le journey through these S tates I
.
,
sc arce ly sa w a g u n or a s pe a r thou g h formerly I used to s it w i th

,
hundreds of men s ta ndin g around n o t one of w hom c a rried fe w er ,

”
th a n three s pe ars a nd mos t w ere al so a rmed w i th a g u n .
”
3 8 Inser t think a fter
. w i ll .
3 9 W e c a nnot a pply a Presen t Perfect

.
“
h av e foun ded to G reece ,
bec a use th e Empire founded by G reece no longer e x ists Ca ncel ha ve .
“ ”
a n d sa founded at w ide in ter v al s a par t Th e tenses th a t fo llo w
y ”
,
”
.
,
succeeded ,
h as fa il ed are perfec tly correc t
, .
4 0 Inser t a re a fter obser v at ions ( Ch a n g e the book s f a u lts to

’
. .
t he fau l ts of th e
“
4 1 Ch an g e ha s be e n t o w a s
. Say far from his going his o w n
.
,
”
w a y a nd l e a v in g the queen t o foll o w hers .
4 2 Ch an g e w a s to w ou ld h a ve be en No w ar w as m a de about the .
Pan d e h inciden t an d therefore w as is w ron g Insert tha t after

j
.
,
‘
an
“
4 3. Say, th a n they w ere before or h av e e v er been Since Th e .
Present Perfec t tense h a ve bee n ca nnot be u sed w i th the a d v erb

before It in v o lv es a contr a dic tion
. .
“
4 4 Inser t be en a ft er
. h av e in order to complete the tense At
,
.
presen t th e form is e lli ptic al .
4 5 Ch an g e i s brou ght t o w i ll be br ou ght

. .
4 6 Ch ange ha s la s ted t o la s te d a n d i s t o w a s
.
, .
4 7 Ch a n g e the ch ild wi ll be w e a n e d to the child w i ll ha ve bee n

.
w ea ned .
4 8 Ch an g e the
. re su ere pa s t time a nd
lt w a s to th e res ult i s .
present t ime a re mi x ed u
p to of t h th e u tter confusion
e se n se Say .
,
“
th e resu l t is not on ly a n a ccura te edi t ion of the S ansk ri t te x t ,
w hich appe a red in 1 89 2 but the present e tc, ,

.
4 9 Ch an g e sha ll l ook t o l ooks

. .
50 Say, a s I a m
. .
“
51 F o r
. w hich I h a v e s ay tha t I h a ve d one .
52 This sen tence is correc t, since the v erb

. h as been condemned
is not intended to be qu ali fied b y th e phra se ei ghteen months ag o .
The sen t ence mi gh t be rec ast a s fo ll o w s Th e commi ttee a ppoin ted

eigh teen mon ths ag o b y the Admiral ty an d t he W ar O fli ce h a s con
de m n e d cordi te in fav our , e tc .
53 Ch an g e has done t o did , a n d ha s m et t o m e t

. .
54 Ch a n g e w e re to w as
. Th e Subj unc ti v e mood is here decided ly
.
in appro pri ate .
55 Ch an g e i s se ttled t o h as be e n se ttled
. It is the fun c tion of the .
Present Perfec t t ense to brin g some pas t or com ple ted a c tion in to
connec tion w i th presen t time Such a tense is ind ispens ab le w hen
.
”
“
th e v erb is qu al ified by the phr ase for some time p as t w hich ,
includes pres en t time as w ell a s pa st .
56 Inser t i s give n a fter

. no thin g more .
“
57 C a ncel is ( w hich is unnecess ar y) and a dd been a fter
.
h as ,
.
(“W i l l be p u blis h ed ( Third p erson ) w ou l d be more sui ta b l e here th a n
sh all be pub lished ( Firs t

58 H ere the Subj u n cti v e a void as th e con te x t sho w s is less
.
, ,
suit ab le th a n th e Indic ati v e a voids w ou l d h a v e been .
“ ”
59 Inser t a rre s te d a fter
. ha s .
2 68 SO L U TIONS O F EXAM PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
60 Say, . as grea t a w it a s he w as a pre a cher , etc .
”
6 1 Inser t be a fter
. m ay .
6 2 Insert ha s be en before
. stren g thened ,
an d h a ve bee n before
”
formed .
63 There is no Nomin ati v e to s moothed

. Say and .
,
his way h as
”
been smoo thed etc , .
64 Say . so la t e as he h av e done so
,
.
6 5 Ch a n g e has be en t o w as
. .
6 6 C a ncel has or ch a n g e it to ha d
.
, .
“
6 7 Say . w a s publ ished in 1 82 2 an d is st ill w ith us
, ,
.
6 8 C a ncel ha s
. .
” “ ” “
( f ) S h a ll s hou
“
ld w i ll ,
w ou ld ( pp 9 0 , .
1 Ch ang e s ha ll to w ill
. .
2 Ch a n g e w i ll to sha ll
. .
3 Ch ange shou ld t o w ou ld
. Th e F uture here tak es the form of .
w ou ld inste a d of w i l l bec a use there is a Pa st Indefinite goin g before

, ,
.
4 Ch an g e s h a ll to w i l l
. .
5 Ch an g e s hou ld t o w o u ld
. .
6 Ch an g e s h ou ld t o w ou ld sin ce
. country is th e ne a rest o f the ,
“
t wo Subj ec ts Th e w ords w e an d
. mig ht be ca ncell ed .
7 Ch a n g e sh al l to w ill
. .
8 Ch an g e w ou ld to s h ou ld since the v erb is in the F irst person

.
,
.
9 Ch a n g e s ha ll t o wi ll
. .
1 0 Ch an g e s hou ld t o w ou ld
. .
1 1 Ch a n g e s ha ll ma rk t o ma rks
. H ere a F uture tense is not .
required But if a F uture h ad to be used at all th e form w oul d be

.
,
w ill m a rk, n o t s ha l l m a rk .
1 2 H ere s h a ll ( in th e Third person ) is correc t , bec ause it indic ate s

.
the in ten tion or pur pose of th e pub lica t ion .
1 3 Ch an g e s ha ll t o w i ll
. B u t the Presen t t ense w ou l d be here .
more sui tab le th an th e Future since futurity is c l e arly im plied by th e ,
conte x t .
1 4 H ere a Fu ture t ense in a ny form is ou t of p la ce

. Say w hich .
,
”
it is im possib l e t h a t Sh akes pe a re w ro t e .
1 5 Ch an g e w ou ld t o s hou ld since t h e v erb is in th e F irs t person

—
. .
,
“
1 6 Th e e x pec ted a ns w er t o this question is
. No one sh a ll s ay .
This is a confident predic t ion Sha ll is correct in th e in terro ga tion .
as in t h e a ns w er .
1 7 Ch an g e s hou ld to w ou ld sin ce th e v erb is in th e Third person

.
, .
1 8 Ch an g e w ou ld to s ho u ld since th e v erb is in th e F irst person

.
, .
1 9 Ch an g e w ill t o s ha ll since the v erb is in th e F irst person

.
, .
2 0 Sha ll is here w ron g since t here is no prediction of a ny k ind

.
,
.
Ch an g e sha ll t o w i ll It w oul d be equ ally correc t ho w ev er to s ay

.
, ,
s ou ld for s ha ll so a s to e x ress a doub t fu l futuri t

y in t h e condition a l
h
c ause .
p ,
2 1 Ch an g e w ou ld to s h ou ld since th e v erb is in the F irs t person

.
,
.
2 2 Ch an ge sh a l l t o w i ll S ince t h e v erb is in the Second person

.
, .
2 3 Ch a n g e w ill t o sh a ll since t h e v erb is in th e F irs t person

.
, .
2 4 Th e on ly sha ll th a t is correc t in this sentence is the first one

. .
This one is correc t bec a use it is me an t to e x press comm and or

,
270 SO L U TIONS O F EXAM PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
52 . Ch an g e sha ll s u cceed to s u cce eds After th e conjun c tion .
before the F u ture is not used I f a ny F u ture w ere used the .

,
“ ” “
A u x i li ary w ou ld be sh all not w ill , .
“
53 H ere is a curious a n d un a ccoun ta b le mi x ture of
. w ou l d a nd
”
shou ld Th e w ou lds are wron g a n d th e s hou lds are ri ght since
.
, ,
the v erb is in t he Firs t person .
54 Ch a ng e s ha ll the y ge t t o wi ll they g e t
. .
55 Ch ange the y s hou ld not to the y w ou ld n ot

. .
56 Ch an g e th e firs t s ha ll t o w ill
. Th e second s ha ll is correct .
,
since it is in t ended t o e x press a confiden t predic tion .
57 Ch an g e w e w ill he a r t o w e s ha ll he a r
. .
58 H ere s ha l l is correc t
. It e x presses th e determin a tion of th e
.
s pe ak er a nd s ays a gre at de al m ore t h a n sim ple futuri ty

,
.
5 9 . H ere w il l a n d s h a l l a r e both correct 747 ill e x presses inten t ion . .
Th e firs t s ha ll e x presses sim ple fu t uri ty ; th e second s ha ll e x presses a

determin a t ion or a promise .
60 Ch an g e is n ot re a dy to s hou ld not be read y

. .
6 1 Ch an g e w ill to s ha ll
. .
(g) Sequ ence of Tense a nd M ood (pp 9 8 .
“ ”
1 The sequence
. it is contr ary is defensib le bec a use t h e ,
dependent c lause st ates an h abi tual fa ct But if i s is to be re tained .

,
w e re must be ch an g ed t o a re : o ther w ise the sequence of t enses w i ll

not be consistent .
2 After the Pa s t tense

. trus ted wi ll mus t be ch an ged t o w ou ld ,
.
“ ”
3 After t h e Present Perfec t t ense
. h av e been w ou ld mus t be .
ch an g ed to wi ll .
4 Ch a n g e w e re to be ; or ( as the Subjunc ti v e is not often used

.
”
a ft er pro v ided ) ch an g e w e re to is .
5 Ch a n g e r emind ca n a n d h as to r e m inded co u ld an d had

.
, , , ,
6 Ch a n g e ca n u nde rs ta nd a nd is t o cou ld u nders tood a n d w a s

.
, , , , .
7 Ch a n g e this i s so to this w a s s o
. .
8 Ch an g e wi ll be to w ou ld be
. .
9 H ere w ou ld is defensib l e a s it m ay h e in t ended t o e x press ,

“ ”
cont i ng en t futuri ty Some clause such a s if she w ere pro v o k ed
.
m ay be understood .
1 0 Ch an g e wi ll cover to cove re d an d be gra n te d to s ho u ld be gra nted

.
, .
There is a promise or order im plied in s ho u ld If w e de ta ch the .
de pendent clause from the principal it w ill run thus

,
If Mr S ,
. .
cov ers th e shed h e sh all be g r an t ed a licence for fi v e ye ars

,
.
1 1 Ch an g e is conce rned to w a s conce rne d ( Th e pa st form of the .
“ ”
Infini ti v e to h a v e performed is here correc t ; it is equi v alen t t o
, ,
“
s ayin g he performed as w a s fab l ed m any more
, , , .
1 2 Ch an g e i s to w a s
. .
1 3 H ere cou ld is n o t qui te sui ta b le : sha ll w ou l d be more appro

.
p ri ate bec a us e an order or comm a nd is im pl ied by the sense

,
.
1 4 Ch a nge al low t o a llow e d

. .
1 5 Ch an g e da re to da r e d
. .
1 6 Ch an g e ha ve a nd be long to ha d an d be l onge d
. .
“
1 7 The Pa st tenses comi ng a fter
.
poin t s ou t are permi ss ib le ,
if th e sen se re quires it But Present t ime is ob v io u s ly referred to ;

.
C H AP V II
. ERRO RS O F CONS TRUC TION 27 1
so w ere, contin u ed, and w o u ld mus t be ch an g ed to a r e , con tinu e , a n d
18 Ch ange w i ll a nd is t o w ou ld a nd w a s
. .
19 H ere h as r idde n is correc t bec a use th e Subj ect is

. an y li v i n
, g
” ”
m an . But r ode mus t be inser ted a fter Be v an “
Th e s a me v erb .
w i ll not do for bo th Subj ec ts .
2 0 Ch a n g e occup y to occup ie d
. .
2 1 Ch an g e ha s to ha d an d w i l l t o w ou ld
.
, .
22 . ere th e sequence shou ld a nd w ou ld is correct Shoul d in .
th e Third person is here correctly used in th e condi tion al c lause an d is ,

“ ”
correctly follo w ed by w ou ld w h ich deno tes a con tin g en t futurity
, .
2 3 Ch an g e is to w ere
.
( Ch ang e in v ei led
.
g to “
h av in g been
”
in v ei gle d )
2 4 Ch an g e ther e s hou ld not be to there s ha l l n ot be
. Th e Pa st t ense .
is o u t of place in this connec tion .
2 5 Ch an g e ha s to ha d
. .
2 6 Ch an g e s u cce ed ed to su cce eds or m a y su cce ed

. The v erb c anno t .
be Pa st w i thou t s poi ling th e sense

, .
2 7 Ch a n g e is t o ha s bee n Th e Presen t Perfec t tense brin g s present

.
time i nto connec tion w ith Pa st both are im plied b y th e conte x t .
2 8 Ch an g e w i ll be to w o uld be
. .
Ch an g e w ou ld be to w ill be Or ch an g e ha ve decla red to simp ly .

,
decla re d and le a v e, w ou l d be . a s it is .
3 0 Ch ange h e w a s to he i s
. .
3 1 Ch an g e bid to ba d e
. .
3 2 Ch a n g e m ight to m a y
. .
3 3 Ch ange w ill to w ou ld
. .
3 4 Ch an g e m ight to m a y
. .
3 5 Ch an g e w ill to w ou ld
. .
3 6 Ch an g e w i ll to w o u ld
. .
3 7 Ch ange s hou ld to s ha ll
. Th e Pa st form is no t required by th e
.
sense an d does n o t come w e ll a fte r pro v ides

, .
3 8 Cons is te d t hou g h it is in a ccord a nce w i th the g ener al ru le a s t o

.
,
th e se quence o f tenses is not here correc t I t shou ld be ch ang ed to

, . .
cons is ts ( Prese n t tense ) bec a use w hen an h a bi tu al or uni v ers al fa ct is

,
a sser ted in th e de penden t c la use th e v erb must be in t h e Present

tense in s pite of th e fact th a t there is a Pa s t t ense in the principal
clause .
3 9 Ch a n g e su gges ts to s ugges ted or cou ld s u gges t

. A Present tense .
“ ”
c annot be used a fter a past g erund h av ing done .
4 0 Ch an g e is t o w a s
. .
4 1 Ch an g e i s t o w a s
. .
42 Ch an ge ca m e a nd w ou ld to com es and w ill

. .
4 3 Ch an g e des erv e to dese r ve d

.
( H an ge d w ou l d be more . a
pp ropri a te
here th an hu ng ) .
4 4 Ch an g e w ou ld w ou ld to w ill w i ll
. ,
After such a s tron g w ord
, ,
.
”
as ine v it ab le con tin g en t futuri ty is out of place
,
.
4 5 Say
. an d w ou l d h a v e th e a d v an tag e
,
v er y g re at in F r a nce , ,
th at fe w of those w ho v o ted for it in the Ch ambers wou ld be c alled

”
u pon to pay it .
0
4 6 Ch an g e s ku lked t o s lcu lh
. A Pa st tense u n less i t i s requ i red
.
,
by the sense ( which is not th e c a se in this sen tence ) is n o t appropri a te ,

27 2 SO LU TIONS OF EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
in a dependen t or relati v e clause w hen the v erb 1n the Princi pa l cla use
,
is in th e Presen t Perfect tense .
4 7 Ch an g e d a re to da re d
. .
4 8 Ch a n g e was t o i s for tw o re a sons

. a Pa st t ense u n less it is ,
dem anded by the sense is not appropria t e a fter 3 Presen t Perfec t

, .
t ense ,( 2 ) the de pendent cla use is intended to e x press a g ener al or

fund a men tal fa c t .
4 9 H ere w ou ld is correct since contingen t futurity is impl ied by

.
,
the conte x t .
50 Ch ang e ha s to ha d
. .
51 Ch an g e w as t o wer e
. .
52 Ch ang e w ou ld t o wi ll
. The sense does not re q uire th a t th e
.
se quence of t ense shoul d be dis turbed

53 Ch ange dra nk ga m bled a nd p la yed t o drink ga m ble and pla y
.
, , , ,
and ch a nge w ou ld to w i ll .
54 Ch ange w i ll to w o uld
. .
55 Ch a ng e s ha l l t o shou ld
. W hen if is used to e x press a condition
.
or uncert ain ty shou ld is used in the Second a nd Third persons no less

,
th an in th e Firs t In th e la st c la use ch a n g e sh o u ld to s ha ll A reques t

. .
is m ade for a n order prohibi tin g t h e sendin g of more e x pedi tion s a nd ,

“ ”
this reques t is preceded by a v erb in th e Presen t tense is inclined ,
.
56 Ch ange w ou ld to w ill
. .
57 Ch ang e w ou ld w ou ld w ou ld t o wi ll wi ll will
.
, , , , .
58 Ch an g e w ou ld be to w ou ld ha ve be en
. .
59 Ch a n g e has be e n to w a s
. .
6 0 Ch a n g e s hou ld t o w ill
. .
6 1 Ch an g e h as broken to ha d br oken
. .
62 Ch ange w ou ld to w i ll
. .
63 Ch a n g e a re t o w e re
. .
64 Ch an g e da re to da red
. .
6 5 Ch a n g e is to w ou ld be
. .
6 6 Ch an g e ca n t o co u ld
. .
6 7 Ch an g e is to p r e ve nt to w as to p reve nt
. .
6 8 Ch an g e has a n d ca n to had an d cou ld

. .
6 9 Ch a n g e ca n t o cou ld
. .
7 0 Ch an g e m ight t o ma y
. .
7 1 Either ch a n g e rem e m beres t to re m e m be r ; or le a v e re me m be re s t as

.
1 t is a n d ch an g e br ing t o br inges t .
7 2 Wil l 1s here defensib l e bec ause 111 this c la use a g ener al fa c t IS

. ,
a sser ted .
7 3 Ch an g e w ere i t not t o ha d i t n ot be en
. .
7 4 Ch an ge s hou ld to s ha ll
. .
7 5 Ch a n g e h a s t o ha d
. .
7 6 Ch an g e s ha ll to s hou ld
. .
7 7 Th ere is no thin g w ron g in u sing Pa st t enses in the de pendent

.
cla use or c lauses w hen th e princip al v e i b is in th e Presen t t ense

, .
But here th e ch ange of tense i s not only u nnecess ary but obs truc tiv e ,
t o t h e sense . M oreo v er w e r e is in the w ro ng mood

, Say “
b u t see m .
,
t o thin k th at th e fu 1 th e r their s tyle is from an y k no w n model th e ,
more c losely w i ll it con v ey foreig n ide as Obse rv e th e necessa ry

.
ch ang e of clos er ( com para ti v e adj ect iv e ) to mor e close ly ( comp arati v e
a d v erb ) .
27 4 SO L U TIONS O F EXAM PL ES IN PA RT I A RT
'
P 11
1 3 Ch an g e to be ta u ght t o th e Ac ti v e form to te a ch
. Or , if th e .
“
w ri t er pre fe 1 s to re ta in the Pa ssi v e v oice , he can s ay is much more
” “ ”
e a sil y t au gh t To be tau ght a fter. e a sy c annot be c alled w ron g ,
b u t t he Pa ssi v e infini ti v e IS l ess idiom a tic th an th e Ac ti v e .
1 4 Ch an g e i t be ing to i ts be ing
. See rem a rk s i n .
”
l C ancel f or
.
“
To s a v e is here the G erundi al I nfiniti v e e x
.
pre ss ve i of p u rpose . It is therefore unnecess a ry to pla ce the preposi

”
“ “
tion for before i t . This use of for was once common but it h as ,
become a v ulgarism .
“
1 6 Th e a bsol u te construction
. the C astili an e tc is not q ui te ,
.
,
suita bl e w hen the Subj ec t fo ll o w in g v iz the y rel ates to th e s ame

, , .
,
p ersons a s those n a med i n t h e a bso lu t e phr a se A comm a shou l d be .
placed a fter “ C a s ti l i a n a nd the sentence w ri tten out in fu ll wil l be

,
a s fo l lo w s Th e C a s ti l i an h av in g m a de his a ddresses to her and ,

”
m arried h e r liv ed i n perfect h appiness w i th her for some time
,
“ ”
1 7 Ei ther s ay
“
. pre v ent his r i sin g or s ay pre v ent h1m from
, ,
,
rising Th e constructi on
.
pre v en t h im ris i n
g is a mi x ture of th ese
’’
t wo .
18 Insert do a fter to
. Just as they used to do of old etc , .
See rem ar ks in
“
1 9 Th e a bso l u te construction
. he being then e tc i s out of , ,
“
place here since its a nteceden t ,
Thurl o w is th e Subj ect o f th e
sen tence C i ncel he . .
2 0 Ch an g e w ho a re to ha ng to the Pa ssi v e form w ho a re to be

.
“ ”
ha nged ( The y sh all h ang is here defensible bec a use sh all c an
.
,
be understood to imply intention or comm a nd ) .
“
2 1 Ch an g e the a bso l ute phr a se Dre yfus h av ing been im posed ,
”
etc i nto a Condi tio n al c lause sh ou l d Dreyfus be im posed e tc A
.
, , , .
“
condition is not w ell e x pressed b y a n a bsol ute phrase D reyfus h a v
”
ing been im posed im plies more pro perly pa st time .
“ “
2 2 Inser t i n w hich a fter
.
pla ce or say to pic k pock e ts in ,
.
The pre posi tion mus t not o n any a ccoun t be omitted

'
2 3 Ch an g e h im being a llo we d to his be ing a llow ed

. .
2 4 Ch an g e them to the ir
. .
2 5 Say to o po w erfu l t o be su p ressed or i gnored Or s ay too

.
,
p .
,
po werfu l for a ny one t o su ppress or i g nore .
w anted to h av e them See

‘‘
2 6 Say .
, .
“ ”
2 7 Th e phr a se fo l lo w ing
. direct resul t thou gh not commend ,
“
ab le is not g ramm atic ally w ron g
, Say th e direc t resu lt of the .
insu lts thro w n u pon the a rmy b y M VVa lde ck Rousse au . .
2 8 Ch an ge i t sp rea ding to its sp re ad ing

. .
2 9 An ill cons t ruc ted sentence

. Sa y “
W h a t h a ppened a fter the .
occu pation of G e rm ins ton w hich took pla ce as w e h av e s aid las t, , ,

”
Tuesd ay is s ti ll by no me a ns c l e a r
, .
3 0 Inser t to be before “
se w n Th e sentence requires some re
N
. .
a dj us tmen t 1 n order to remo v e th e a mbi g ui ty of 1t Th e w a istco at .

,
on pretence th at i t needed a bu tt on t o be sew n on w as h anded to ,

”
Benne tt .
3 1 On ly a fe w In t ra nsi ti v e v erbs can form a Pa s t par tici pl e such as

.
“ ” “
knel t K nel t is not one of them Say
. the re tainers w ho .
,
”
w ere k nee lin g .
they consi d erin g 18 ou t of pl ace

“
32 Th e absol u t e construc tion
.
C H A P VI I. ERRO RS O F CO NS TRUCTION 75
“
here bec ause some th e a n t ecedent of the y h a s j us t been men
, , ,
”
t ion e d Ch ange they cons idering to considerin g as the y do
. .
” “ “
3 3 Insert . being or h av ing been a fter in t er v en tion .
These Au x i li aries shou l d n o t be omit t ed in th e a bso l u te cons truc tion .
3 4 Ch a n g e w ithou t ins is ting to w ith ou t ou r i ns isting

. Or s ay i f .
,
”
w e a llo w ed t h e presen t session to pa ss a way w i thout insis tin g e tc , .
“ ”
I f w e is m a de the Subj ect of the v erb t here is no need to insert ,
“
our before insis tin g .
3 5 Ch an g e by a ss u ring h im to by a n a ss u ra nce being made to him

. .
Th e conte x t does not Sho w w h o it w a s th at a ssured him .
” ”
36 Say . unger being s atisfied
,
H
One s he a d must be ch an g ed .
’
“
to m y
-
3 7 Ch ang e the m to the ir

. .
3 8 Ch ange i t r ef u s ing to i ts r ef u s ing

. .
3 9 Ch ange r is e n into a condi tion al c lause w hich c a nno t be w e ll

.
,
“
e x pressed by a Pa st p articipl e Th e w ho l e prospect mi g ht be t oo .
much for a possibl e successor of N apol eon if in th e future such a m an ,

”
shou ld a rise in res po n se etc ,
.
4 0 Say .
“
w i thou t an y g re at loss to our forces
,
.
4 1 There is an incon grui ty in t his sen t ence

. for the first ha ving is
a bso l u te w hi l e the second one qu al ifies t h e pronoun
,
he Say .
,
Accident h a v ing o pened a n e w an d mos t cong eni al c areer to him he ,
bec ame a gre at fa v ourite a nd useful he lpm a t e to M r N a sh and u lti .

,
m ately a ccom panied his p atron to L ondon .
4 2 Say . th e brin g in g of a do wry b y th e w ife

,
etc ,
.
“ ”
4 3 Insert w ith a fter
. Secretary But it does not soun d w ell to .
“
end a sen tence w i th a preposi tion Say not g ood enou gh to use for .
,
”
beatin g the Co lonial Secre tary .
4 4 Ch an g e vota rie s to v ota ri es

’
.
“ ”
4 5 Say . to do it in ,
Th e pre posi tion is indis pens ab l e in this
.
“ ”
construc tion Th e preposi tion u pon is righ tly p la ced a fter the
.
v erb draw .
“
4 6 Say . but his o ffer w as decl ined
,
Th e absol ute construction .
is q uite out of pla ce in this sentence Such a construction can refer .
on ly to some pre v ious or s imultaneous a ction no t to a subsequen t ,
one .
47 There is a n ob v ious incon g ruity in t his v ery ill sh aped sentence -
”
th e partici pl e e x tendin g is u sed a ttribu t iv e ly w hile t he pa rticipl e ,
“
s w eepin g is used g erundi v e ly an d fin ally t h e par ticipl e buryin g ,
is used ambig uously Say Tw o li v es h av e been l ost in Nor th W es t

“
.
,
-
Clare w here a hog e x tendin g o v er a number of a cres ”s w e pt w i th

, , ,
terrific force o v er some lo w lyin g land and buried a house -

.
“
4 8 Insert be ing or h a vi ng bee n a fter
. much .
”
49 To cre ate
. to c arry Bo th are G erundi al an d the y com e . ,
v ery ne a r to g e ther F o r the s ak e of v arie ty le t to ca rry be ch ang ed

.
to f or ca rrying .
50 Ch an g e be into ha ve bee n w hich is pla in ly required b y th e sense

.
,
.
51 It h av in g been occu pied

. e tc H ere t h e absolu te con ,
.
“ ”
s truction is w ron g since C ape th e a n t ecedent of it is the Subjec t
, , ,
of t he v erb Say W hen th e C ape a fter h av in g been res tored to

“
.
, ,
H olland in the pe ace of 180 2 w as reoccu pied by En gl and in 1 80 ,

6 ,
”
Sir H ume etc ,
.
2 76 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P ART I I
52 . Thej u x tapositio n of he w i th be lie ver the latter bein g in the ,
Obj ecti v e c ase a nd the former in th e Nomin ati v e absolute is n o t

, ,
“
g ood ,
sin ce bo t h refer to the s a me
person Say As the M osa ic la w .
,
”
is no lon g er bindin g the be lie v er being de ad to it w i th Christ e tc
, , .
53 . Become is not one a mong those fe w I ntr ansiti v e v erbs

”
w hich can be used in th e Pa st p artici pl e Say w h o h ad become .
, .
“
54 Say. in a w ay in w hich the y are un ab le to w iel d them at
,
o ther times A v erb must be pl aced after to and in which mu st not

.
,
be omi tted .
55 Ch an g e i t be ing to i ts bei ng
. .
” “
56 . Come See rem arks in ( 53 ) in reference to become
. Say .
,
w h o h ad come .
57 See rem arks in

. It is not good to h av e w if e ( Obj ectiv e )
a nd s he ( Nomin a t iv e ) in j u x ta posi tion w hen bo th refer to the s ame ,
“
person Th e abso lu te construction is here ou t of pla ce
. Say in .
,
t h e course of w hich she re pro ache d him e tc and alleged etc , .

, , .
58 Ch ange h im m a king to his ma king

. .
59 Ch a n g e i t be ing to its be ing

. .
6 0 H ere the a bso l ute cons truction is not q uite suit able
. Say .
,
H e was con v inced th a t his c ause bein g just w ould not be ab a n , ,

”
doued by G o d a nd w ould trium ph .
“
61 Say.
po w er to cons truct an d m a n age refresh m en t rooms in
,
p a rk s w a s a sk ed for I n th e sen tence as it st a nds it l oo k s as if f or

.
to cons tru ct w ere t o be construed to g e ther .
“
6 2 Say
. Th e o v erseers dem a nd th a t pa yment of th e Poor Ra t e
,
”
sh all be m ade on etc Th e omission of on is obj ec tion a b le
,
. .
63 Ch an g e after def ending to af ter I ha d d ef ende d

. Th e g erund .
defending c annot be referred to which the Subj ect Say 011

” ”
the morning of my c apture etc —th e air w as raw a nd d amp

.
, ,
”
. .
,
64 Ch an g e you u s ing t o you r u s ing

.
“
6 5 Inser t w ith w hich a fter
. food Or ch ange to fe ed the troop s .
”
to for the troo ps .
6 6 Ch a n g e i t be ing to i ts be ing
. Or say w ithout h a v in g it .
,
k noc k ed to pieces .
6 7 Ch an g e h e ha v ing m a rried t o s ince he ha d m a r ried

. H e h as n o .
right t o be absol ute w hen it ha s a Nomina ti v e W H W for its , . .
a n teceden t .
6 8 Ch an g e be ing to to be w hich is ob v iously re q uired by the sense

.
,
.
6 9 C ance l the y ( w hich h a s no ri g ht here to be used abso lutely w ith

.
a partici ple ) a n d ch an e they finding to fi nd ing as the y do

, g .
”
7 0 C a ncel h e before
“
. being H ere ag ain th e a bsolute con .
struction is out of place

—
.
“ “
71 . H a v in g thus fortified Bok h wh o ? Say Th e Amir ,
”
h av in g thus e tc , .
7 2 Insert ha vi ng been before

.
gi v en .
7 3 H ere tu rne d th e past p ar tici pl e of a Transi ti v e v erb is used in

.
, ,
“
a n Ac t i v e sense w hich in En glish is im possib le
, Say her fa ther .
, ,
w h o h ad lon g since turned o v er a n e w l e a f an d h a d for s ome w ee k s ,

”
been etc
, .
7 4 Say
. of a m an s committin g suicide or of his being h ang ed or
,
’
, ,
”
of his suddenly g oin g to Ti mbuctoo etc , .
7 5 Ch an ge come of to spra ng f rom or des cend ed f rom

. The Pa s t .
27 8 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I A RT
P 11
“
None from the sen tence a s it st ands Sa y One of the obj ects th a t .
,
”
w e h ad in v ie w w hen founding e tc , .
97 W he n p ra is ing
. This is o pen to the s ame obj ec tion as th e
.
precedin g Say When a thing is bein g pr aised it is either

.
, ,
”
n ice e tc
, .
9 8 Ex citing a nd bring ing o u t are here g erunds b u t there is no

.
,
Subj ect to w hich they c an re late Ch an g e them in t o V erb al nouns . ,

“ ”
and s a y th e e x citin g of in teres t a nd th e brin g in g o u t of in te l li g ence
, .
“
To m ak e th e sentence more perspicuous inser t t h e w ords b y th e ,
“
te acher a fter g iv en .
9 9 I n ta lking
. W h o is talkin g ? See rem ark s in ( 9 6) an d
.
“ ”
Th e sense sho w s th a t t alkin g here refers to m e but b y th e con ,
“
s truction it refers t o he w hich m akes no sense Say I n a con v ers a , .
,
”
tion th at I h ad la st mon th in Paris w ith Dr L e yds he told me etc .
, , .
1 00 F a r f r om going
. See ag ain rem ark s in ( 9 6) a nd . Say ,
”
far from his g oin g his ow n w ay inde penden tly of his w ife Ch an g e .
ha s be en to ha d be e n or w as w hich is ob v ious ly re q uired by the sense ,
a s w e ll a s b y the Sequence of Tenses
1 01 Say
“
. if t hey w ish to do so
, .
10 2 B esid es supp lying

. See ag ain rem arks in ( 9 6) and . Say ,
Not only coul d elec tric pow er be sup plied to the g o ld mines a t
K o lar b u t elec tr ic furn aces e tc
, , .
10 3 Ch an g e the m t o the ir
. .
10 4 Th e a bso lute construction b e gl nnm g w i th the F or bidde n City

.
“
is out of place Say Pek in hersel f th e F orbidden City h as b een
.
, , ,
pl undered to th e b are w alls h av ing suffered es peci ally e tc , , .
”
10
“
5 To do might refer ei ther to
. findin g or to gro w Say .
,
as the y w ere a ccus tomed t o ro w it

g .
1 06 ere ta king is used a s an Imperson al absol ute

. This is .
perh aps a dmissib le It w ou l d be shorter a n d sim pl er ho w e v er to say

”
.
, , ,
“
All t hin g s considered it is e tc , , .
10 7 Ch an g e f or it h a v ing to f or i ts ha ving
. .
1 08 Th e abso lute cons truction

.
“
he h av in g etc is out of place , .
,
“
here since he re la tes to the Subj ec t J M S
, M ak e a full stop . . .
“ ” “ ”
a fter p aymen t Then sa y H e h ad been pre v ious ly con v icted e tc
.
, , .
10 9 H im he being e tc
.
,
Th e absol u t e cons truc t ion is here in
,
.
“
a pro ri a te
p p Either c a nce l he or s ay
. w hen it bec a me necess ary to ,
remo v e this m an w h o h ad pro v ed to be too li ke a me a n kind of Eli

, ,
”
th e Ch a mber etc , .
1 1 0 Ch an g e As su m ing to If w e a ss u me
. Th e re is no a ntecedent to .
“ ” “
it in t h e c lause it mi ght be done Say t h e correction mi ght .
,
be m ade .
1 11 Ch an g e the dea le r ta king to the d ea le r s ta king

’
. .
1 1 2 While s h ooting
. W h o is s a id to be shooti ng ? Say . a t th e ,
” “
t ime of sh ootin g Place a comm a a fter . shoo ting and a comm a
“ ”
a fter home .
1 1 3 The y a ssu ming

. Th e a bsol ute construction is here w rong
.
,
“ “
since it h a s the s ame reference as wh o Say wh o kne w no thin g .
,
”
of him but assumed etc
, , .
“
1 1 4 Say . w ere im pe lled to do so
, .
1 1 5 Exp r ess ing hims elf

. A pendent participle Say w hile he . .
,
”
w as e xpressing himself, e tc .
C HA P V I I
1 16 Say,. I migh t h a v e been , e tc .
1 1 7 Af te r p a yi ng
. W ho is su ppo sed to b e payin g ? This is no t
.
“
sta t ed . Say, w hich w i ll be am ple, e v en a fter th e se para te St a tes
”
h av e been pa id their s tipu lated sh ares .
1 1 8 Say,
. w e h av e no need to do so .
1 1 9 . Add th e pre posi tion on a ft er se ttle .
1 2 0 Say,
” '
a t his trying to ride , e tc ; or s a a t him for

.
y .
t rying, etc .
1 2 1 Ch ange tha t had a m ind to to tha t w as s o m i nde d ( or so

.
inc lined ) .
“
1 2 Say, those t h a t w ere ble to re tre at did so fas t the y
3
. a as as
co n1
12 3I ntr odu cing ref orms
. Sa y, of their . introducin g reform s
( here the ir me ans
1 2 4 Ch an g e Ra w lins on to Ra w linson s C ancel bu t w hich is
’
. .
,
“
supe rfluous in addition to th e phr a se on th e o ther h and Admi t .
ting is a penden t p a rticiple Say, on the . other h an d thou gh I ,

”
a dmi t th at , e tc .
12 5 . Pla ce
comm a after m atter and cancel it
a , .
“ ”
126 C a ncel I before h av in g found an d pla ce it before c ame
.
,
.
Since I is the Subj ec t of th e sentence it shou ld not b e fo llo wed by th e ,

“ ”
A b so lu t e phr ase I h av in g found etc , .
“ “
1 2 7 Th e g erunds
. h av in g appro v ed and h av i ng e ncourag ed
are l eft w ithout a n
y noun or pronoun t o w hich th e a c t ion can be
referred Say . it w as pointed out th a t so far from the Council s
,
’
” “
h avin g ap pro v ed e tc Or w h at is rather better say it w a s poin te d
, .
, , ,
out th a t this scheme so far from its h a ving been appro v ed or e v en

,
”
encourag ed h ad as yet h ad no official reco gni tion
, .
1 2 8 The construction is confused

. An absolu te cons truction is .
“
con nected b a nd to one w hich is not abso lu te Say A co ns pira cy
a a inst her y
.
,
g av ing been disco v ered an d F rederick the G re at of Prussi a ,

”
being suspec ted to he a t the bottom of it she embr aced etc , , .
“ ”
129 . O v erlookin g is here a penden t par tici ple ; for there is no
a uthori ty t o use it a s a n imperso n al a bso lu t e Ch an g e Overlooki ng to .
—
If w e o v erlook
”
.
1 3 0 Ch an g e to dis cove r to to ha ve dis cove re d

. H ere p a s t time is .
e v iden tly needed for th e Infini ti v e since th e disco v ery mus t precede ,
the c laim .
1 3 1 Insert be ing a fter

. ins te a d of Ch an g e to be a im ed to th e .
Acti v e v oice Perfect Infini ti v e to ha ve a im ed

, , .
1 32 H ere sp e a king is penden t

. Inser t I fi nd tha t before there is.
”
a n e x tr a ordin a ry concurrence .
1 3 3 H a v ing r ega rd
. W h o is h av in g reg ard ? Say
. all circum ,
“
stances pas t a nd present being tak en into a ccoun t Or s a y rega rd .
,
”
b ein g pa id t o etc ,
.
“
1 3 4 Say
. he was to h av e emb arked
,
Th e pa st Infiniti v e is here .
in di s pe ns ab le bec ause it re late s to a pla n w hich w a s not c arried out

,
.
”
1 3 5 Th e cons t ruc tion is confused
. fallin g is used attributi v e ly ,
“ ” “
a nd inund atin g g erun di v e ly Say O win g to a n inund ation of
. ,
t h e fie lds c aused by r a in w hich fe ll he avi ly for fi v e d ays w i thou t a

,
”
bre ak th e h ay cro p w a s ruined
,
.
“ ”
1 3 6 Inser t to be before
. e arned The con t e x t sho w s th at th e .
2 80 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
re ference is to future di v idends not to past ones For the sake of ,

.
”
euphony a nd shou ld be inser ted before w hose obj ec t
,
.
“
1 3 7 Say . it w ou l d h av e been impos ib l e to tre at h im w ith more
,
s
“ ”
co nsidera tion e tc A Perfect Infin i ti v e a fter w ou l d ha ve been is
, .
both unnecess ary a nd inel e gant .
“
1 38 Say . it m ay assist the re ader if I place etc
, , , .
1 39 Insert of a fter cont ra cting

. .
1 4 0 Insert the before r ea ding

. .
1 4 1 Ch an g e ha ve m ade to m a ke
. .
1 4 2 Ch an g e ha ve s e nt to s e nd
. .
1 4 3 Tw o b lunders : ( 1 ) to is n o t used a fter th e v erb s e e ; ( 2 ) ha ve

.
p red om ina ted shou ld be ch an g ed to p red om ina te .
1 4 4 Ch ange inqu i ring to to inq u ir e

. .
1 4 5 Ch an g e accomp a nying to to accomp a ny

. .
1 46 C ance l the before s u rm o u nting

. .
()
i M i s ce lla neou s ( pp . 122 12
1 . Say, Those C a n a di a ns a nd Queenslanders ,

w ho w ere dis
”
mounted stood etc , , .
2 Ch a n g e sh a ll to w i l l
. .
3 I f whi ch is re t ain e d it must b e foll o w ed by w as I f w e re is

'
.
,
reta i ned it must be preceded by w ho

, .
“
4 Say
. Th e mo v a b le pla t form w hich w a s imi ta ted from the
, ,
”
Chic ag o model a nd is one o f th e fe a tures o f t h e e x hibition etc , .
“
5 Say
. throu g h theft s commi t ted by peo ple w hom from their
, ,
”
dress a nd be a rin g it i s almost im possib l e to detec t .
6 H ere th e v erb a l noun w ou ld be more a ppro pri a te th a n the

.
g erund bec a use there i s no person or persons to w hom the a ction

,
“
e x pressed by th e g erund c a n be referred Say therefore I n the .
,
”
furnis hi ng of th e n e w hote l etc , .
7 Sa y
. a ll th e eo
p p l
, e h a v e commit t ed etc , .
8 Ch a n g e tha t to w ha t : the former is some w h a t a mbi g uous

. .
“ ”
9 Correct
. Th e soldier risin g. etc i s in the a bso l ute con , .
,
“
struction Th e so l dier
. h ere me a ns the fee lings or s pirit of a
”
so ldier th e concre te bein g u sed for t h e a bstr a c t
,
.
1 0 And w ho is here w ron g bec a use t here is no Re l a ti v e cl a us e

.
,
“ “
g oin g before Ch a n g e a nd w ho to bo th of w hom
”
. Say their .
,
“
o w n a nd yo ur sense inste a d of t heir sense and your sense w hich ,
does not sound w ell .
1 1 Th e y be ing s ep a ra te d e tc
. Th e a bso l ute construction shou l d
, .
not be us ed a s it i s here w i th a no ther th ey immedi ate ly follo w in g

, , ,
“
a nd the a n t eceden t s F ra nce a n d G erm a ny oin immedi a te ly
g g
before Say bet w een F r a nce a nd G erm a ny in Euro pe se para ted a s
.
, ,
”
they are by A l s a ce L orr a ine th e t w o countries cou l d at l e a st etc
-
, , .
I t a dds t o th e poin t of th e sentence to s ay the tw o coun tries for ,

“
they bec au se the y mi g ht more n aturally b e su pposed t o refer
,
to pol itici a n s a s t h e a ntecedent .
1 2 A king a t five yea r s o ld

. This is a confusion bet w een t w o .
dis tin ct cons t ruc tions a king fi v e ye a rs o ld ( 2 ) a k in g a t fi v e ,
y e a rs o f a g e Th e confusion thou g h not uncommon ly m a de h a d

.
, ,
bet ter be av oided In this con t e x t ( 2 ) suits the rhy t hm better th a n

.
2 82 S O L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I A RT I I
P
31 . Ch an g e w e ha ve got to .
re ta in to we h a v e no choice but to
reta in .
32 .Ch ange the second w i l l to sha ll Nothing more th a n sim ple .
futurity is required by th e conte x t .
3 3 Ch a n g e o ld to of a ge
. See rem ark s in .
3 4 Ch a n g e a nd t o s o tha t : o ther w i se s h ou ld is in a ppro pri ate

. .
3 5 Ch a n g e Som e th i ng ha s got to be d on e to Som e th ing m u s t be d one

.
or Some thing ha s to be done .
3 6 It w ou l d sound r a ther b etter to s ay

. to find t his third ,
”
a ttempt pro v e un successfu l like th e re v iou s ones
'
“
p .
3 7 Say. enj o yab le in the l iter al sense of the w ord

, .
Possessi v e for m enj o yment s shou l d not be used ’

.
3 8 Ch a n g e e v er y s ha ll e x ce pt the l a st to wi ll
. It w il l impro v e .
the final cla use if w hich is inserted a fter tha t .
“
3 9 Say. a n d of w hich the rin g le a ders w ere punished
, .
Au x i l i ary w e re must not be o m i tted .
4 0 It w ou l d be better to w rite one a n oth er th a n ea ch other bec a use

.
,
more t h a n tw o thing s are referred to This ho w e v er is no t a ri id .

, ,
“
ru le Insert the be fore most far fetched
. this insertion i s in is -
pens a b le .
4 1 C a nce l g ot
. .
“
4 2 Inser t to be a fter
. fiction .
4 3 Insert w i th w hich a ft er
. no thing Remem b eri ng is .
“
pendent In order to g i v e it som e noun o r pronoun insert le t me
.
,
“
a sk you before is this s a fe
“
4 4 C a nce l a nd before
. w hich .
4 5 It w ou l d be r a ther better to s a y
. buil t himse l f ,
.
4 6 C a nce l bo t h the g e ts
. .
4 7 F or w a rd er i s a b a d form o f Com pa r a ti v e
. Ch ang e to m ore .
forwa rd .
48 . Insert
in w hich a fter w ay .
49 Wh o, a nd w hi ch Such a connection is a ltog ether w ron g

. . .
Say, a nd w h o , so l on g a s he c a n choose his o w n round is a s ne a r ly

g ,
in v incib le a s any th a t w e k no w of in history .
50 Sa y,
. un kno w n to a ny L a tin or to a ny other Teutonic
p p
e o 1 e .
51 Correct Sha ll e x presses a confident prediction a nd this is

. .
,
w h a t t h e conte x t re q uires .
52 Say. th e cel ebr a t ion a t Ea lin g

, .
53 Ch an g e long a go ( w hich is not a n a dj ecti v e ) to d is ta n t

.
-
.
54 Ch an g e le t a lone to m u ch less
. No thin g bu t a n a d v erbi al .
phr a se ca n be used w i th a v erb such a s protect .
“
55 Ch a n ge m u ch le s s to th ou gh n ot
. Or s ay far from being . ,
”
j ustified cou l d only be e x p la ine d by etc Th e phra se m u ch less i s
, , .
not used un l ess there is a ne g a ti v e g oin g be fore

,
.
56 And in w hich c annot b e ret a ined unl ess a Rela ti v e c la use is

.
,
a s recommended by H e r
“
p l a ced before it S ay a scheme . w hich w ,
”
M aj esty s G o v ernmen t a nd in w hich etc It w ou l d be sim pler
’
.
, , ,
ho w e v er to le av e the sentence a s it is and c a nce l a nd Shou ld is

, .
here correct sinc e it e x presses some thing th a t ou g ht to be or is

,
recommended .
57 H ere bu t which is correct bec a use t here is a Re la ti v e cl a u s e

.
,
C H AP V I I
g oing be fore Th e w hich a fter bu t ho w e v er is su perfluous a s the

.
, , ,
s ense is perfec tly c le a r w i thout it .
58 Insert the n a m e of a ft er
. ro ll s Ch a n g e th e la st who to bu t . .
59 Ch a n g e the Adm in is tra tion s to of the Admi n i s tr a ti on

’
. .
6 0 Ch a n g e sh a ll t o wi ll
. .
6 1 Insert in w hich a fter

. w ay .
62 . Pa ul w a s in structin g his countrymen in the mys t eries of the

n e w co v en a n t a nd w a s
poin t in g o u t t o t hem th e re la tion w hich
,
Chris t bore to this ne w co v ena n t a s com pared w i t h th a t w hich M oses ,

bore to the o ld .
“
63 Insert bu i lt a ft er
. al re a d y .
“
64 Say. I f this is necess ary
, Th e con v en tion al phr a se if .
,
”
necess a ry thou g h by no m e a ns uncommon coll oq ui a lly sound s
, ,
ra ther S li psh od in wri tten com posi tion .
6 5 Ch a n g e w hos e a s cr ip ti on t o th e a s crip ti on of w hich

. .
6 6 Ch a ng e i s t o ha s
. .
“
67 Ch a n g e s a ve t o tha n
. A fter else or other w e mus t u se .
tM n .
“
68 . must b e fo llo w ed by to
Ou ght b u t a s the cons truc t ion
of the present sentence does no t re a dily a dmi t of this ch a n g e they ,
ou gh t n o t to th e y sh ou ld n ot A g ain to u s e w hi ch a nd w ho w ith th e
.
,
“ ”
s ame a nteceden t a rmy i s no t g ood En glish Say
, , w hich th e y .
,
t hem se lv es h ad in v ited a n d w hich w ou l d a l w ay s h av e a n e x cuse for

“
,
”
rema inin g b y s a yin g th a t the y w ere k e e pin g th e country pe a cefu l .
“ ” “
Observ e t h a t the e x cuse of rem aining h a s been ch a n g e d to an
”
e x cu se for rem a ining .
6 9 Ch an g e w h o w i ll in clu d e to a m o ngs t w hom wi ll be i nc lu d ed

.
,
or s ay simply inclu d i ng .
7 0 Ch a n g e H ow long to H ow m u ch ti me
. .
Reconstruc t thu s A s M ommsen sa id o f F ra nce th a t she ,
h a d sh ak en m a n y em pires b u t founded none so of M r M I t m ay be ,

.
”
s aid th at he h as bro k en u ministrie s b u t h a s ne v er e st a b li shed one ,
.
” ”
Obser v e th at a nd foun ed h a s been ch a n g ed to b u t founded .
7 2 Th e sentence is g r a mm a tic a l
. B u t there is a la c k of unity .
both in th e sense a nd i n t h e construc tion Recons t ruct thus e .
found hi s chief enj o yment i n the ret ired circ l e of se l ect li tera ry
friend s ; a nd in the a menities o f fem a l e con v erse w hich for him ,
h a d the hi g hes t ch a rm he sou g h t t h e pures t a nd most refined ,

”
recre a t ion .
7 3 Wh o w hos e w ho Reconstr uc t thu s

.
, ,
It is no t th e Chinese
.
t h a t are in a hurry to see Pe k in e v a cu a t ed b u t th e a llied forei g ners , ,
w h o a re s pendi n be t w een them somethin g li k e a mi ll ion a w ee k on

their a rm ies a n fleets a nd w ho se forces are in cons ta nt need of,
re pleni shmen t .
7 4 Say
. If there i s O ppo si t ion and th a t o pposition i s perse v ered
,
in etc
,
.
7 5 C a ncel e ls e w hich is not mere ly su perfluou s b u t g i v es a b a d

.
, ,
” “
co nstruc tion Th e pro per w ord to use a fter e lse i s th a n no t b u t
.
,
.
”
7 6 Insert the m or e a fter
. or .
7 7 Say
. a nd be t w een t hem t hey h a v e brou g h t
,
e tc or sa ,
.
a n d be t w een t h e t w o Sou t h Afric a h a s been brou g h t e tc T 0 ,

.
construction as it st a nds is a confusion of bo t h renderings .

2 84 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I A RT I I
P
78 . Reconstruc t thus Th e kind of men to b e em ployed in th e

C a pe Co l ony w i ll ,
of course be v ery di fferent from th a t needed for
,
the ne w territories .
7 9 Ch ange bef ore le a ving K u mas i to bef or e the ga r r ison lef t

.
K u ma si ; or s ay bef ore the y lef t K u m as i ,

In t h e ori g in a l no persons .
“
a r e n a med to w hom the a c t ion im l ied in l e av in g ca n be referred
p
80 Th e construction is v ery S l i pshod
. Recons t ruc t thus .
Sh a n h ai k wa n is to be g a rrisoned by contin g ents of 500 men

- -
,
Fr a nce Russi a G re a t B rit a in a nd G erm a ny e a ch furni shin g one

, , ,
su ch contin g ent a nd It aly su pplyin g one com pa ny

,
.
8 1 Ch ange th e y e nd e a v ou r t o it e nd ea vou rs
. .
82 Ch a n g e the ma n is to th e ma n w i ll be
. .
“ '
w ithout men s thou g h ts being profoundly a fl e ct e d by

’
83 Say .
,
q uestions about c a pit al a nd c apit a lists etc Th ere is no ag ent to , .
“
w hom the Acti v e g erund af fec t ing ca n be referred .
84 Ch a n g e the ir to his
. .
“
8 5 Say . If a com pa rison is to be m ade bet w een the b last furn ace
,
pr a ctice of En glish a nd Am eric a ns res pec t i v”e ly th e s t at e of thi n g s ,
e x istin g ten ye ars a go is a ncient history Te n ye a rs a g o is a n .
a d v erbi al hr a se a nd a s such it c a nnot be m a de the Subj ect of a

p ,
v erb . Th e phr a se i n comp a r ing h a s the s a m e kind of defec t a s bef ore

le a vi ng w hich h as been correc t ed in
,
or a s wi thou t afi e cti ng ,
w hich h a s been correc t ed in

86 Say . w a nts w hich the peo pl e are a c q u a inted w ith a nd which
, ,
”
their n a tional l ife h as de v e loped .
87 Substitute a nd for th e second w hich a nd c a nce l the comm a

.
,
“
a ft er Otta w a .
88 Ch a nge a t tw e lve ye a rs o ld to w hen he w as t w e l v e ye a rs

“ ”
o ld . In the sentence a s it s t a nds o ld qu alifie s mot her w hich ,
m a kes nonsense .
89 Th e sentence is g r a mm a tic a l a s it s t a nds but cou l d be im

.
,
p ro v ed b y a f e w s li g h t ch a n es
g T h e g ener a l fee l in g bo t h o
. ffici a l ,
a n d unoffici a l is in fa v our of th e reform w hich L ord Curzon h a s

,
a ccompl ished a nd w hi c h re v iou s V iceroys con t emp la ted but did not
p
‘
c arry out .
9 0 Recons truct thu s

. I be lie v e t h a t of late there h av e been v ery
fe w en g ag ements or e v en s k irmishes in w hich t h e number of British ,
so ldiers h as been la r g ely in e x cess o f th at of the Boers a nd I belie v e ,
th at in m a ny c a ses it h a s been l ess .
9 1 Say
. his di s t inc t ion b et w een the res ponsibi li ty res t in g u pon
,
the G o v ernmen t and th a t re s ting u pon t he F iel d M arsh al fo r th e

‘
”
b arb arous etc , .
9 2 Say
. or w hich a t l e as t they m a y not a c q uire .
9 3 Insert the r igou r a fter

. mi tig a tes .
“
9 4 Insert w h om a fter
. be a s t s .
“
9 5 Say
. a his tory of a n ythin g in th e w orl d r a ther th a n a
,
”
history of the l iterature o f En gla nd .
9 6 Th e phr a se s o me ti m e a go w hich c a n o nl y be used of some t hin g

.
,
“
th a t is pa s t a nd g one does no t fit the Present Perfect t ense h as
,
been tr a nsferred One or other must g o. If s om e ti m e a go is .
”
“ “
re t a ined t hen the v erb m ust b e w a s tr a nsferred
, I f h as been .
tr ansferred is to b e reta ined t hen some time a go m u st b e c a nce lled ,

.
C HAPTER V I I I .
—
AN SW ERS TO EXAM PL ES I N
C H APTER III .
ect, App osition ( pp

( ) Sub j ect, Ob
a j 1 3 4 .
,
1
“
At Ru g by yesterd ay mornin g too k pla ce the de a th o f M r
, ,
“
D a v 1d B etc Or s ay At Ru g by yes t erd a y mornin g died M r
.
, .
, , , .
”
D av id e tc
,
.
“
2 I nsert t h e pa rticl e
. there before rem a ins .
“
3 . If I mis tak e n ot Br a ndis finds the inimit ab le touch o f the
,
”
m a ster in j ust those scenes e tc , .
“
4 . L i t tl e by l i ttl e ro se t h e number of those etc , .
“
5 Th e order c a n s ta nd but to shou l d be inserted be fore
. , w hom ,
bec ause this Indirect obj ect is not pla ced immedi a te ly a fter its
v erb .
6 Th e sen t ence requ ires reconstruction

. D uring th e en g a g e
ment M aj or M c Ke nzie ne arly fe l l into a tr a p la id b y a K a ffii .
Th orne ycro ft s H orse w h o w ere tre a t ed b y a nother n at i v e g uide

’
w ith s imi l ar t re a cher y h a d a n equ a lly n a rro w esc ape

, .
7 Pla ce the ir m u s ke ts aft er

”
a v e in
.
g ”
.
“
8 Pla ce ba tta li on s a fter
. Russi a n .
“
9 B e g in the sen t ence w i t h
. O f all sur v i v ing ty pes , .
10 . Pub lic o pinion a s w e ll a s the influence o f g o v ernin g bodies

,
and he a dm a sters w ou l d be e tc , , .
“
1 1 B e g i n the sen t ence w i th
. In th e com position of his a dm inis ,
t ra tiv e bo ard ( Insert th e before the w ord

.
“
1 2 Pl a ce
. his co n v ersion immedi ate ly a ft er ha i led ( It w ou l d .
im pro v e t h e sentence to ch an g e the y into th ose ) .
“ “
1 3 F rom the la bou rs e tc belon g s t o e x pec t not to a bo li
,
.
, ,
”
t ion I t shou l d therefore be pla ced immedi a t e ly a ft er e x pect ‘‘
. .
1 4 Place w ith ou t a s tru gg le immedi a te ly a fter resi gn ‘‘

. .
“
1 5 I n good tim e be l on g s t o
. m ak e not to necess ary Say , .
,
w hose fa i l ure t o m ak e t ime ly im pro v emen t s etc , .
”
1 6 Insert th e re before
. shou ld .
“
17 . Thou g h he w a s a g r a du a te of Trini ty Co ll e g e D u b lin he , ,
”
h a d ne v er so fa r a s I cou l d g ather recei v ed
,
e tc , ,
.
18 Say . needs some g r a nd prize to he ar t en it

, .
“ ”
19 Sus picion i s need less ly se par ated from the N o u n clau s e
—
o
.
“
w ith w hich it is in a pposition B e g in th e sen tence thu s Among
.
quiet G erm ans especi ally in the non industri al pro v inces there is
,
-
, ,
"
e tc.
C H A P VI I I . ERRO RS O F O RD ER 2 87
20
'
Be n th us
. In a recen t number of L i tera tu r e w a s an
”
n ou nce d t e disco v er y a t F lorence of etc , .
2 1 Say . W hen t his pre v a i l s in the schoo l s of M a dra s e tc

, , .
2 2 B e gin thus
. As the l e a d ing a n d consis tent ch am pion of the
”
o ppressed you w ill I trus t per mi t etc
, , , , .
2 3 Since . the li fe of mor al emotion is in a ppo sition w it h or

“ ” “
rela tes to the s piritu al w orld w hi l e the l ife of mo v emen t ,
"
“
re lates to the ph ysic al w or ld the order shou l d be m a de to t ally , .
“
Say , th e life of mor al emotion a nd th e life o f mo v emen t .
‘
24 Pla ce f tc i nj udicious competition
. immedia tely after
a t trib u ting .
Adj e ctive a nd P articip le ( pp 1 3 9

b
() .
1 The sentence must be rec a st

. It w a s a n inferior w ork b u t , ,
a s is often the c a se the a uthor h a d a m a nifes t p a r ti al ity for it a nd

,
r a ted it amon g his best pieces .
“
2 . Th ese e x ce ll ent v i lla s to be le t or to be so l d ei th er freeho ld ,
”
or le a seho ld .
“
3 Say
. h av in g a rri v ed a t this s ta e w e kno w pre t ty w e ll w h at
, ,
“
we ,
etc H a vi ng must not be o m itte before a rriv ed a nd t here
.
,
is no occ asion to se pa r a te k no w from its Obj ec t .
“
4 Say . H e w as not a hermit o f a sceticism but a s a int indeed
, , ,
combining etc , .
5 Pla ce n ot f a r d i s ta n t immedi a te ly a fter

. time .
6 B e gi n the sen t ence w i th

. H a v in g a m pl e l eisure for the ,
pur pose .
7 Th e conc l udi ng phr a se a n d c la use

. h a v in g recent ly inheri ted ,
th e proper ty o f a la r g e a nd v a lu a b l e t e a pla nt a tion in Ce ylon th e -

,
a ffa irs of w hich w i ll require her to

g o ou t t here shou l d be pla ced ,
“
before is a n x ious .
“
8 Sa y. Artic l es de a lin g w ith etc a ppe a r in our p ag e for
, , .
,
“
w omen Or better In our pag e for w omen a ppe ar a rtic les de alin g
H
.
,
”
w i th e tc
, .
9 Th e sen t ence mu st be rec a s t

. Th e Unit ed S ta t es e xp ressed
”
the desire t h at the q ues t ions e tc shou ld be consider ed ,
.
,
.
10 L oo k a t it from w here one w i ll one cou ld no t b u t fee l h o w

. ,
poor in com parison w i t h t his n a t ur a l c a thedr a l w a s a t em pl e m a de

w i th h a nds .
“
1 1 Pla ce. much less c erta in ly t h a n h e w ished for a fter li ttle
t ime there should be a comm a bo t h before a nd a ft er it .
1 2 Pla ce. de a lin g w i th v ariou s a s pec t s e tc a fter v o lum es .

,
.
“
1 3 Th e phr a se
. on the 2 4 th Ju ly 1 89 9 shou l d be pla ced a t th e
end o f the sen te nce I f this w as no t the order in tended b y th e
.
“
w riter the w ords ,
a s ta k in g p l a ce a re obj ectl ess a nd shou ld be
c a ncelled .
“
1 4 Pl a ce a lon e a fter
. li fe Or s ay I t w a s on ly ordina r y li fe .
,
”
th at she de pic t ed etc ,
.
“
1 5 B e g in t h e sen t ence w i th
. F irs t a mon g the e pisodes of the ,
month .
1 6 Say . w i ll h a v e u pon them the e ffec t predic ted

,
.
1 7 Sa y . a nd a r g uments a nd a r tic l es b a sed on these fa l se a s s ump

,
tions hav e b een written by the thous and .

SO L UTI ONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
“
18 .Be gin the sentence w ith Re g arded from th e n atur alist s
,
’
point of v ie w .
1 9 Pla ce
. suited to their he arers a fter mor al lessons Say .
,
in deducin g from e v ery day occurrences mor al lessons s uit ed to

-
their h e a rers .
2 0 Pla ce “
. being the only child of a m a n w e ll to do a fte r - -
A g nes St anfie l d .
“
2 1 Say
. a dee per g l a nce
,
.
2 2 Be g i n the sentence w ith

. Dis liking contro v ersy
, .
23 .It w ou l d b e r ather be tter to be g in th e sentence w ith

'
Com ,
p ared w ith se v er al Euro pe a n count ries .
“ “
2 4 Pl ace
. a s hope l ess a fter dism isses .
“ “
2 5 Pla ce
. for to w n defence a ft er to form
-
Th e la s t w ord .
”
a l one mig ht be c a nce lled ; but if it is retained it shou l d s ta nd ,
a ft er firm .
2 6 Reconstruct thus
. Ev entu ally the motion w a s w i t hdr a w n
on the streng th of a n in q uiry bein g promised by L ord S ali sbury w h o ,
”
re g re tted e tc , .
2 7 Reconstruct thus
. Ro a ds a t present much more d a ngerous
th an the ro ad to Co ma s sie w ou ld be m ad e fa ir ly s afe by a fe w con
”
v ic tio ns .
2 8 Sa y,
. in e v ents ne v er to be forg otten .
”
2 9 Say,
. by w hich alone w e c an ho pe .
30
“
D uring the l a st h al f ye a r w a s effected a reduction ,
.
-
etc .
“ “
3 1 Place
. denied to th e rem a inder of m a nk ind a ft er kno w
le dg e .
“
32 . Say, th a t , a lone and un a ssisted , they c a nnot de al with , etc .
33 H ere are three qu alifyin g h ra s e s , a ll h a v in g reference t o

”
a rt i c l e , w ith the resu lt th a t t e third one is a t too g re a t a
dist a nce . Reconstruct thus to a n a rtic l e de alin g w i th the
c a uses of the w ar, w hich appe ared in the S epte mber N a ti ona l R evi e w
”
from the pe n of Sir Ed w a rd G rey .
“ “
3 4 Pl a ced
.
possessed by some b a rbers a fter k no w led g e .
“ ” “ ” “
35 Relyin g , etc , be long s to p ar ty org a ns Say, But
—
. . .
re lying , e ta fa cts , those p arty or g a ns h a v e decei v ed a nd played

”
w i th you .
3 6 Reconstruct
. thus Th e sitting c l osed defini te ly at fi v e
o c lock , by w hich
’
time th e m atter th a t h a d brou g h t so m any
t o g e ther h a d not been pr a ctic a lly en t ered u pon .
3 7 Say
. I n the a u t umn l is ts a v ery co pious su pply of cred it a b l e
,
l iter ature rem a ins to be de a l t w i t h .
3 8 Say
.
“
W it h this sm all b a nd c lo s e l foll o w ed by 4 000 men
, , ,
”
t hey a d v a nced ag a inst e tc Ev e n no w
,
o w e v e r t h e cons truction
.
, ,
is question abl e t here is no need of w i th or the y This sm all b a nd ,

”
c lose ly fo llo w ed by 4 000men a d v a nced etc , , .
“
3 9 Pla ce
. burlesque and ridicu lous immedi a te ly a fter render .
() c P ronou ns
14 2 ( pp .
1 Say,
. my coun t r ymen a nd I .
F or th e s ak e of H erodi a s his bro ther Phi li p s life

’
2 Say,
.
, .
“
3 . Th e Re la ti v e c lause shou ld come a fter force It w ou ld . be
Since seein g th a t no v el w hich g a v e ne w life to the ti mes of ,
Era smus w e c a nno t po in t t o one w h ich l e av es

,
e tc ,
.
“
2 7 Be g in t h e sentence w ith
. As he w as w hi lin g a w a y th e hours ,
“
of d ar k ness th a t ye t rem a ined ( Th e Perfec t Infini t i v e to h a v e .
been eng ag ed is here correct bec a u se t h e time to w hich it refers is ,
p re v ious t o the a ction e x pressed by conj ec t ured .
2 8 C a nce l
. w h o esc a ped w hich beside s being se pa r a ted too fa r , ,
from e l e v en is su perfluous ,
.
2 9 Th e Re l at i v e c l a use is in th e w ron g pl a ce
. Sa y H is obj ect .
,
is to he l p on th e w ork of the A ssoci a t ion w hich h as been set on foo t ,

”
in t h e N in e te e n th Ce n tu r y for se curin g etc
—
.
, ,
3 0 Re a rr a n g e thu s Tr yin g t o fish o u t t h e e x a ct s tat e of th e

“
chem i st s conc e rns business men w a sted w i t h M rs S tern m a ny a

’
,
.
”
h a l f hour w hich they thou g ht e tc
-
, ,
“
3 1 Say . your re a ders a nd me .
1
3 2 Be g in
. Yo u m ay be in t erested in the follo w in g con v ers ation ,
w hich e tc , .
3 3 Sa y. my friends a nd I ,
.
34 Say
. a nd w h o to meet the di fficu lties o f the h our h a s
, ,
pl a ns w hich “h e in tends etc , .
3 5 Say .
you a n d I ,
.
3 6 There i s more th a n one b l emish in th is sentence

. D urin g
th e l a st fi v e ye ars I w a s a direc t or not of se v er a l com pa nies but of ,
one a nd in this one my fa mi ly a n d I w ere la r g e ly int eres t ed

,
.
“
3 7 Th e Re l a t i v e c l a use is in the w ron g p la ce
. Sa y one o f th e . ,
most rem a rk ab l e and mos t pa t he tic i llus tr a tions w hich th e history ,
of soci al or g a nis a tion con ta ins of h um a n e tc , , .
”
3 8 Pla ce th e Re l a ti v e c l a use a ft er
. Ross .
“
3 9 Say . a defence of th e pursui t of w e alth a s a n end a
, ,
-
defence w hich in its w a nt of reser v es a nd qu al ific a tions w ou l d w e

, ,
”
t h in k h av e m a de
,
e tc , .
40
“
ere I a nd others mu st st a nd a s w e c a nnot s ay others
.
,
a nd I It w o u ld be possib l e ho w e v er to s a y others besides

.
, ,
m y se l f .
“
4 1 Say . The y th a t com pla in to their w i v es are some of t h e
,
”
fe a ther bed so ldiers etc But the y shou l d be ch ang ed to th ose
-
,
. .
”
4 2 Say . I a m one a mon g m a ny t hous a nds w h o w e lcome etc
, ,
.
4 3 Reconstruc t thus
. S pe ak ing some w here of th e di fferen t li g h t s
,
in w hich all the d a i ly w onders o f the w or ld a re re g a rded by different

”
men C arlyle alludes to the m atter of fact a t titude w hich ce ases
,
- -
, ,
etc Th e sen t ence is g ra mm atic a lly correc t a s it st a nd s b ut w hich

.
ce a ses is r a ther too far a w ay from a tt itude .
“ ”
4 4 Pla ce
. a t Pit t sbur
g a ft er cre a t ion .
4 5 Pla ce t h e Re l ati v e c la use st a ndin g a t the end of th e sentence

.
”
immedi a te ly a ft er po w er .
“
4 6 Pla ce
. at th at e arly day a fter cou l d Th e n c a uses .
difli cu lty a s it seems t o refer to,

a t th a t e a r l
y day It me a ns here .
“ ” “
in t h at c a se Say w hich in th a t c a se w ou ld n o t h a v e s tr uck
.
,
him in th e end lik e li g h tning .
4 7 Are shou l d be ch a n g ed to i s
. Ev en then bo th th e order of t h e .
w ord s a nd t h e cons truction a re a w k w a rd Say I trus t th at nei ther .

,
M r Ch amber lain nor I w i ll s ay a nything w hich c an be t ak en

. etc ,
.
C H AP . V 11 1 ERRO RS O F O RD ER 29 1
48 Recons t ruc t thus

. Th e g re a t dis ta nce a t w hich w e n o w find
t h e bu ffa lo se pa r a t e d from it s ori g in a l home in Indi a Th e sen t ence , .
a s it s ta nds , is n o t a b a d one b u t w h i ch is a li t t l e t oo far a pa rt from

its a n t eceden t .
4 9 Say, th e ch a pe l a nd priests house bui l t b y t h e peo pl e of t h e

’
w ho lly Christi a n v i lla g e of Ta Ti en Tz e , —

.
built b y t heir o w n h a nds

a nd w i th their o w n mone
”
y .
50 . is shou ld not s tand before its a ntecedent , Palla dio “

To .
a v oid this s a y, a nd V icenz a is a dorned by the c la ssic a rchi t ecture
of her o w n son , Palla dio

5 1 Re a rr a n g e thu s
. W e a re inc line d to think th at w h at w as
la r g ely a ccoun t a b l e for the r a pid fa i l ure o f th e L o ll a rd mo v ement w a s
a re a l reco ni t ion of the fa ct t h a t W c liffi s m , etc
g y .
52 Sa y,
. H e w hose w or k w a s finish ed c a nno t be s a id to h av e died
”
prem at ure ly , nor does he w h o died so fu ll of honours deser v e , etc
—
.
“
53 Be g in thu s
. M e a n w hi le t here is here no l ack of cri tics ,
w h o , e tc .
54 Insert the Re la ti v e c l a use a fter

. one .
5 5 Say,
. W e m ay w e ll a s k w h a t is the u se of ener g etic a ction , if
”
it is not ,
e tc .
“
56 .Amon g it s c li ffs there is a hu g e c a v e w here th e M ac ,
Something s to the number o f abo v e t w o hundred men h a d tak en

refu g e e tc ,
.
“
57 . Their o w n refers to Boer g enera ls w hich shou l d h av e ,
be en men t ioned firs t but is not g i v en till l on g a fter w ards Say

, .
,
“
until w e h a d from the pens of th e B oer g e ner a ls themse lv es their
”
o w n v ie w e tc ,
.
“
5 8 Accordin g to the posi tion the pronoun
. she mus t refer to
t h e ne a re st noun M rs J a meson w h ere a s t h e sense requires th a t it
.
,
”
sh all refer to the more dist a n t noun M a ry M a g d a lene Since w e ,
.
”
“
c anno t ch a n g e t he order of th e w ords subst i t ute Jesu s for H e , ,
“ ”
a nd M a ry for she .
5 9 Pla ce
. of w hich much no tice is t a k en immedia te ly a fter
book .
60 . Th e s ame bein g here used a s a pronoun ou g ht to be

, ,
p l aced a ft er a n d not before

, i t s a n t eceden t It w ou l d b e
,
be t ter t o .
wr i t e so lon g a s w e are i g nora n t of the se w ords w ou l d the s a id ,
w ords h a v e con v e yed .
6 1 Pu t ta x es in th e p la ce of the y a nd ch a n g e of ta x es to of th e m
. ,
.
(d) Adverb, Adve r bia l P hr ase ,

or Adv erbia l Cla u s e
( pp 1 5 2 .
1 “
.Th e a nnouncement i s such a s to confir m us sti ll more if th a t ,
w ere po ssib l e in our reso l v e ,

e tc ,
.
“
N Pla ce on ly before w hen
“
.
P B eg i n t h e sen t ence w i t h On S at urd a y n i g h t a t O x ford .
P Say t o note briefl y

, .
“
Pla ce a s t r ay a ft er l e a ds
‘
P
P Sa y to censure pub l ic ly
,
.
N Pla ce w i t hou t success before m a de .
W Th e sen t ence is n o t a b a d one as it s ta nds ; b u t it mi g h t be

re arra n g ed thus F in ally

the gre at D u k e b y h is reco g nition of ,
th e v a lu e of s e a -
po w er t a u g h t u s th at in time of w a r t h e o ppo r
,
t u nity, e tc .
“
9 Inser t
. o nl y before in t h e house .
”
10
“
. Equ a lly is b a d ly pla ced besides being r a ther u nsuita b l e .
Sa y, t o t a k e his re a ders c a pti v e as much w hen h e w as w ron g a s

w hen he ri g ht w as .
“ ”
1 1 Pla ce
. by Mr F ra ncis a fte r a sk ed . .
“ “ ”
12 Pl a ce
. w ho lly a ft er a do pt ; or better sti ll ch an g e ,
“ ”
w ho lly to all a ll M r Sch s ro os al s
’
“
p p . .
”
.
1 3 Pla ce
. h av e g uided a fter pa st .
“ ” ”
1 4 Pla ce
. on ly before w hen .
“
1 5 Pl a ce
. unt il the end of A pri l a fter co ntinue Th e .
sentence w ou l d be impro v ed by ch an gi ng the second f or to on

be ha lf of .
1 6 Pla ce
. on ly before in the mornin g .
1 7 Pla ce
. only before a t th e e l e v en th hour Th e sentenc e .
”
shou l d be g in thus A mon th a g o, a s is re port ed , M D e l c a ss e, etc . .
“ ”
1 8 Pla ce
. only before in the ouse o f L ords .
1 9 Sa y,
. h a v e v io lently come to l ife a g a in in him .
2 0 Pla ce
“
v er
.
y w e ll indeed a ft er s t oo d .
“
2 1 Pla ce
. only before to the pro posed S u preme Cou rt of
A ppe al .
22 . Pla ce asmuch before a s the y a re .
“ “ ”
23 . Pla ce only bet w een o w in g a nd to the su pport .
“ ”
24 . Pla ce only before g ood ; or bet t er s ti ll s a y nothing , ,
but g ood .
2 5 B e in the sen t ence thus

. W ith the u su a l equ a nimity of
”
a n inj ure w om a n .
26 . By deg rees shou l d st a nd first or a fter ce a sed ,

.
“
2 7 I nsert
. both e a r ly and a ccura te ly a fter kno w n .
28 . W onderful t o re la t e shou l d s t a nd firs t .
2 9 Sa y
. t o issue in a ny c a se .
3 0 Place
“ “ ”
. on ly b efore w hen .
“
3 1 Pla ce
. on ly before a ft er .
“
32 . Not must st a nd before bec au se H e fa i led to .
persecute Christi a ns not bec a use he h a d no etc

—
.
, ,
“
3 3 Th e sen t ence shou l d be g in
. Amon g quiet G erm a ns and ,
es peci all y in th e non indus t ri al pro v ince s there is e tc

-
, , .
“ “
3 4 Pl a ce only a fter por tion or a fter b y
“
. .
“ ”
3 5 Pl a ce
. on ly before on th e day .
”
3 6 Say
. to enforce ri g id ly
, .
37 In more senses t h a n one shoul d st a nd fir st .
“ ”
3 8 Say
. to be pu t a t o nce
, .
3 9 Say
. to o ppose s uccessfu lly
,
4 0 Sa y
. t o consider serious ly
,
.
“ ” “
4 1 Pla ce
. on ly before in such pa rts .
“
42 . B u t for one serious doubt shou l d st a nd fir st since it ,
”
qu a lifies bel ie v e .
“
43 Pla ce
. sim ply before bec a use .
4 4 I t w ou l d be r a ther bet t er to s a y
. Runnin g a bo a t do w n into ,
the surf .
29 4 SO L UTIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P ART II
? Pl a ce in m a rri ag e a fter g av e him .
“ ”
e Sa y, throu g h land at presen t wa s t e .
g Pla ce res pec t i v e ly la st .
a Pla ce t o ci v i lis a t ion a ft er res tored .
n Pla ce of a mono po ly a ft er ob ta inin g ,

.
a Sa y, w a s a nnounced t h e disco v ery a t F lorence of a series e tc .
m Place from th e pe n o f A L u s ig noli a fte r p le a

“
. .
1 0 Pla ce
. In this connec t ion a t th e be g innin g of t h e sentence .
1 1 Re a rr a n g e thus
. th a t restric tions and re g u la tions v ery
different from t hese w hich pre v a il are dem a nded .
1 2 Recons truct a n d re arr a n g e thus

. D urin g the la s t fe w w ee k s
of e x cessi v e ly hot w e ather medic al men in th e pa rish of M a ry lebone
”
h a v e been g re at ly concerned a t th e a ppe a ra nce o f e tc , .
1 3 Say
. th e effec t of recent le g is la t ion in Indi a on th e o per ation
,
of the Suga r bounties .
1 4 Pla ce
. t o b a nk ers a fter a p l ic a tions
p .
“ ”
1 5 Pla ce
. by H e r M aj esty th e Q ueen a ft er presented .
1 6 Re a rr a nge a nd recons truc t thus

. M e n a re not encour a g ed
b y a n incid ent s uch a s t h a t in w hich a fie l d cornet s son w h o tried
’
-
,
to induce some of the F eder al s in t h e senior st ate to surrender w a s ,
sho t b y an irreconcila b l e n amed C .
“
1 7 Pla ce
. from th e M oney lendin g bill a fter w i thdre w
-
.
1 8 Re a rr a n g e a nd reconstruct t hus
. Th e I t ali a n n a t ion w ou l d
h a v e been j a rred to t h e v ery sou l if round the corpse of its murdered
,
”
so v erei g n there h ad been a ny outbre ak of t h e dis a s trous e tc , .
1 9 Re arr a n g e a n d reconstruct thus

. Referrin g to th e incident ,
in w hich Pee l b y a timely con v ersion to their v ie w s is s aid to h av e

, ,
”
robbed his o ppo nents of their w e ll e arned trium ph M r Birre ll e tc
-
, .
, .
”
2 0 Pla ce
“ “
. t o Rhodesi a a ft e r sen t .
”
2 1 Pla ce for one s sis ter a fter co v etin g
’
. .
“
2 2 Pla ce
. b a c k to th e fron t a fter sent .
2 3 Pla ce
. u pon his father a ft er e ffect .
2 4 Pl a ce
. of se v en hours a fter reduction .
2 5 Say
. w i t h insi g ni a inscrut a bl e t o mund a ne e yes
, .
2 6 Say
. Th e a x is of m a ny sins a n d of g re at offences w ill there
,
”
fore shift .
2 7 Reconstruct a n d re a rr a n g e thus
. In th e ouse of Assembly
to day M r M submi tted a mo tion in w hich he be gg ed th a t a B l ue
-
. . ,
boo k cont a inin g his l et ter to M r D e W an a lle g ed rebel w o ul d

. .
, ,
n o t be pub l ished b y th e Im pe ri al G o v ernment w i t hout hi s kno w

led g e .
2 8 B e g in th e sen t ence w ith

. to .
“
29 . To brin g a bout be lo n g s t o it needs A s the la tter i s .
se par ated from th e former by a g re a t number of words it must be ,
brou g h t ne a r it b y re petition It needs nothin g b u t t h e presence

.
,
etc e tc in his corru g at e d iron shed s a nd th e m a n himse lf a c t i v e

—
. .
, ,
a n d perse v erin g a s a be a v er or red a nt it needs no thin g but t h e

,
”
p resence of such a m a n t o brin
g a bou t etc ( Obser v e th a t h e
,
.
hi m s e lf w hich shou l d h a v e been i n t h e Obj ecti v e c a se h a s been

, ,
“
ch a n g ed to t h e m an
3 0 Pla ce
. of Russi a a ft er influence .
“ ”
“
3 1 Pla ce
. of t he F eder al s a fter po w er .
C HA P V II I
. ERRO RS O F O RD ER 295
32 . Say, sor t of fiction in w hich w e Americ ans e tc F in al

th e , .
i n mus t no w be c a nce lled .
3 3 Sa y
. a bro a der con t rol o v er the en t r a nce t o th e fortress to w n
,
-
”
a nd the re sidence there of s t r n ers etc Inser t of before a l ien
“ ”
a
g , . .
3 4 Sa y
. the one t hing about w hich a n his tori a n i s concerned
, .
”
3 5 Sa y
.
”
of a k ind v er y unusu al to m y e a rs
, ( Ch an g e .
a w ok e to a w akened the l a tt er bein g t h e more correc t form of

,
t h e Tr a nsi ti v e v erb ) .
3 6 Pl a ce
. shoul d be tr a ns a c t ed a ft er pleni potentia ries .
”
3 7 Pla ce
. of th a t fa ct a fter proof .
3 8 Say
. a s l o w a l e v e l a s th a t t o w hich it h a d sunk
, .
“
3 9 Pla ce the phr a se
. i n th e sh a pe of a se v ere v isit a tion o f
“
a utumn fe v er a fter payin g w ith a comm a before a nd a ft er
—
.
,
4 0 Recons truct a n d re a rr a n g e thus

“
. e x ce pt to s ay th a t the
l ine w hich I s a w t ak en on m a n y occ a sions w a s th at o f im u tin g dis
l o yalt y a nd w a nt of pa triotism to men o n th e o ther si e qui t e a s
l oy al a nd pa triotic as t hems el v es thou g h differing from th e m s e l v e
,
In o
pi m o n .
4 1 Reconstruct
. re a rr a ng e thu s
an d to decide w h at use c an be
m a de of the ser v ice s of men un a b l e etc Or l e a v e th e w ords a s , .
the y a re a nd pla ce ca n be util ised a t the end of the sentence .
“ ” “ ”
4 2 Pla ce
. bet w een t hem a ft er h a v e .
“
4 3 Pla ce
. in v a rious pub lic ations a fter ha s .
“
4 4 Re a rr a n g e thus
. h a s a ssumed dimensions too la r g e a nd
-
,
influences the po pu la r O pinion too stron gly to be su ppressed a rbi ,

”
tr a rily . Th e w ords f or i t bein g su perfluou s are c a nce l led
, ,
.
4 5 Say
. a nd recei v e consider a tion
, This remo v es the b l emish
.
”
of a fin al for .
“ “
4 6 Pla ce
. of before these .
4 7 B e g in t h e sen t ence w i t h
. To a ne w s paper .
“ “
4 8 Too m a ny pre posi t ion al phr a ses a ft er
. recoi l Say th a t .
,
the anti M il ner c a b al contri v ed b y the en g in eer s h a s recoi led u pon

-
themse lv e s .
“
4 9 Pla ce
. o f th e w i l d zebra a ft er pictures .
“
50 Pla ce
. by the S essions Jud g e a ft er instituted ag a ins t
him .
“
51 Pla ce
. from po l itics a ft er disconnect .
52 Say. t o be m a s t er o f w hich
,
.
53 Say. of merit su perior t o t ho se

,
.
54 Pla ce
. of the you n g er and more a ct i v e members of the firm
a fter w i thdr a w al .
55 Say. too k pla ce in Vienn a the de ath of e tc

, ,
.
“
56 B e g in w i t h
. for his m ateri als .
0
57 Say a risin from di fferences of t h e mos t pronounced t y p e In

.
, g
n a tion ality in di scipline a nd in pay
, ,
” ”
.
“
58 Pl a ce
. by a seriou s risin g a fter prot es t .
e
59 R a a g
.
rr n e thus F rom the e x t r a ord i n a r y fe fec t on t r a de
i h the Sh n St es d Z imm e roduced b t h e l i tt l a nd s tl ll

w t a a t an p y ”e
uncom pl e ted line to K unlon w e are j ustified in a s su m m g e tc
.
.
, ,
0 P l ce by the unscien t ific fter used e v ery da y

6 . a a .
“
6 1 Pl. a ce in the m a t t er of p o st a l r a tes a ft er a d v a nta g es .
“
C a nce l the w ords w hich a re .
296 SO L U TIONS o r EXA M PL ES I N PA RT I p m 11
62 . Reconstructre a rr a n g e thus D urin g the lat er de v e lo p

a nd
ment of the crisis I h av e been in con v ers a tion a nd so h a v e other s , ,

”
w i th e tc
,
.
“
63 Pla ce . int o s a d troub l e a fter brou g ht .
6 4 B e g in w i t h
. At th e City Cor por a tion mee t in g .
“ ” “ ”
6 5 Pla ce b y J O h a nn e s b u r a ft er ro pos al
on mora l g roun gs a fter censure
.
p .
“
6 6 Pla ce
—
. .
“
67 Recons t r u ct a nd re a rr a n g e thu s
. Th e cordon h a s been
dra w n b y w hich if pos sib l e t h e r a iders no w re t irin g e tc w i ll be
, , ,
.
,
”
p re v ented from bre ak in
g a w a y south w a rds .
6 8 Th e se pa r a t ion of th e pre posi t ion

. to from it s obj ect i s
a w k w a rd t h e Queen s v isit t o Ire l a nd a nd the g re a t rece ption
’
Sa y .
,
”
she recei v ed there ( Th e j u x taposition . o f t h e w ord s r e cep ti o n ,
“ “
r e ce i ved h a s a b ad sound
,
Subs t itu t e cordi al w e l come for g re a t
.
rece ption .
6 9 Re arra ng e th u s
. Th e a lt er ation secured th at on th e nomin a
tion w here it appe a red desira b l e of o ther bodies inc l udin g a ssoci a
, , ,
tion s o f v o l unt a ry schoo l s e v ery scheme shou l d pro v ide for the ,
”
a
pp ointment by the Counci l of educ at ion a l e x er t s
p ,
7 0 Say . a t t h e la c k of w hich
,
she e v ident ly does not e v en
g ues s .
7 1 Pla ce . from t h e labours of a g ricu lture immedi ate ly a ft er

shut out .
a conc l usion quite di fferent from Pa u l s

7 2 Sa y ( F r o m is
’
. .
,
b e tter th a n to a ft er di fferent .
7 3 B e g in th e sentenc e w ith
. H ence w i th a modern po l itic a l
”
economis t .
7 4 Pla ce . of a unique ch a r a cter ( w here a n h a s been w ron g ly

”
used for a ) immedi at e ly a fter s cheme .
(f ) Corr e la tive Conj u nctions ( pp . 1 6 6,
1 Say,
. w ere no t only ob li g ed to l e a rn it , but e v er yw here
am b it io n s to s pe ak it .
2 Sa y,
. h a v in g root in th e soi l nei ther of Fr a nce nor of A ttic a .
3 Say,. re g ret t ed not only b y all those w ho k ne w her but by ,
e v ery const a b l e t hrou g hout th e metro po lis .
4 Say
. h a v e neit her th e s pirit nor th e t ime
,
.
5 Say
. w e find no t on ly trusts se v ere ly denounced b u t a remedy
, ,
for the e v i l su gg es t ed .
“
6 . Th e v oter is becomin g ei ther a N a t ion al is t or a Soci a l is t .
“
7 M or all th e w ar is ei ther j u st or unj us t ; t h e methods a re
ei ther ci v i lise dor b a rb a rous
.
,
”
.
8 Sa y
. a mo n g nei t her the a rchi t ec t s nor t h e pro phe t s
,
.
9 . Not o nly i s he here aloof from a c tu a li ties e tc b u t his , .

,
m a nner throu g hou t i s t oo much t h a t of th e a c a demic e ss a yis t .
1 0 Say
“
. a condemn a tion not on ly of th em b u t of t h e a g en t on
, ,
( Wh o mu st be ch an g ed t o w h om t o m ak e t h e la s t
”
t h e S po t e tc ,
.
c la use g ramm a t ic al ) .
11 Inst e a d w e h ad not th e pluck either for the renunci a tion or

.
,
”
t h e m a inten a nce e tc ,
.
—
2 98 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT 11
th at of En g la nd Im peri a l is w ron g ly m a de to qu a l ify

.
“
En g la nd
”
W h a t the w ri t er me a ns is “
t h e im peri al po l ic y of
Eng la nd .
1 6 Pla ce
. on ly be fore to reli g ious .
”
1 7 Sa y . to ch am pion i t e x pl ici tly
, .
1 8 Say . w i t h the prob l em t o t hem inso l ub l e of obt a inin g

, , , ,
19Say,. Th e Q ueen O pened , w ith a ceremoni al of some pom p, th e

”
ne w a nd h a ndsome bui l din g s , e tc .
2 0 Sa y,. H e frequen tly t oo k u p th e Bib l e , b u t he se ldom did so

”
w ti hout sheddin g t e a rs .
“
2 1 Say. n o t ho w e v er be fore des tro yin g
,
etc ,
.
“
2 2 Say. he rem a ined a t Tient sin t i ll t h e s prin g O f 1 862 w hen
, ,
th e he a dqu a r t ers w ere mo v ed to S h a n g h a i th e Chinese G o v er nm en t ,

”
h a v in g by t h a t t ime su ffi cien tly com plied w ith t re aty ob li g a t ions .
2 3 Sa y
. This mo v ement too is far more in t ense ly pa t rio tic t h a n
,
”
th at e tc
,
.
“
2 4 Say. Nei ther does Pa lestine bel ong to the Isra elite nor th e
, ,
Tr a ns v aal t o t h e B e e r .
“
2 5 Pla ce
. from bre akin g a w a y sou th w ards immedi a t e ly a ft er
p re v en t .
2 6 Say. cou l d be a ccom pl ish ed only by bre akin g e tc

, ,
.
2 7 Say. c a n be c a rried throu g h onl y b y th e Secre ta ries

,
e tc ,
.
28 . W h a t w o u l d preci pi t at e t roub l e w oul d be th e form a tion in

”
Fr a nce of a N a tion a list M inis try w hich w ou l d etc
‘
.
, ,
“
2 9 Sa y
. th a t th e w ho l e cre w O f a v esse l w hich w ent a shore on
,
the Susse x co a s t h a s been los t .
3 0 Say
“
. t ha t in mod ern d a ys th e j ourn al ists of the most im
,
moder a te s tyl e are the t rue a n a lo gy of th e pro phe ts

3 1 Sa y
.
“
her indeb t edness t o th e W es tern natI O ns w h o imbued
,
her w i t h th e s pirit o f modern ci v i li s a tion a nd es pecially to th e ,
Uni ted S tates w hich e tc , , .
“
3 2 Sa y
. h a v ing m a rried w hil e his w ife w a s s t i ll a l i v e M is s
, , ,
H C
. .
H
e tc .
3 3 Say. me a nt a de par t ure too v iol ent to l as t from w h a t

, , ,
must e t c , .
“
34 . I n the a u t um n lists a co pious su pply o f credit ab l e li ter ature
rem a in s t o be de alt w i th .
3 5 In ser t o the r b efore ch a ng e s

. Re arr a n g e th e rem a inder t hus .
It h a s n o t l e d t o one h al f ei t her of t h e e v i l s fore t o l d b y it s

-
op ponent s or of t h e a d v a n ta g es foreto l d by its a d v oc a t es .
36 W h a t w a s so t o s pe ak the g round pla n o f th a t m ar v e llous -
ch a r ac ter —w h at w ere the inherent qu a li ties e tc

.
, ,
”
, .
,
3 7 Be g in the sentence thus

. B ut from th e risin g o f th e cur ta in
”
w e a re a w a re of e tc , .
3 8 B e g in t h e sen tence w ith

. B y a n o v er w he lmin g pa ssion .
”
Or s ay To his h a u g h ty a n d be a u t iful wi fe H erod i s bound e tc
, , .
3 9 Say. t hrou g h non com pli a nce w i th t h e Bo ard of Tr a de reg u l a

,
-
”
t ions as t o g u a rd w ires .
4 0 Be g in t hus
. The o t her da y for ins ta nce a ppe a red a l i ttl e , ,
G erm a n boo k .
41 . I n t h e first p lace there m u st be no doubt of the e x tinction of

C H AP . V I II ERRO RS OF O RD ER 2 99
th e la t e Re pub lics a s so v erei g n inde pendent St a t es t h at i s to sa

y ,
of
”
t heir a nne x a tion t o t h e Cro w n .
4 2 O n ly shou l d b e p la ced a f ter to th e va lu e

. to th e v al ue of
on ly
43 . Sa y, a n al mo st in a pprecia bl e di fference .
44 . As a m i n i s te r shou l d be pl a ced a fter th e w ords

“
L ord
Pa lmers ton .
“
4 5 Say,
. th a t g round la ndl ords , w hen t hey dishoused in order -
to rebuild , shou l d be compell ed to rehouse , e tc .
“
4 6 Say, w hi l e she con t ended a g a ins t t h e ri g ht of s e archin
n eu tr a l v essel s for enemy s g oods , —th e ri gh t a sser ted b y En gla n d
.
a n d one of v it a l im ort a nce , etc

p
—
.
“
4 7 B e g in thus
. Ih hi s a r tic l e , o f w hich t h e fo llo w in g is a n
a bstr a ct , Sir H enr y tr a ces , e tc .
4 8 Th e cl a use
. t h a n h a s been pre v ious ly su ppl ied a n yw here e l se ,
”
shou l d be pla ced a ft er a ccount , w i t h a comm a before a nd a comm a
a ft er it .
“
4 9 Sa y,
. the bre a d w inner , w i th a re g u lari ty th at is a ppallin g ,
h a s come b a c k , e tc .
50 .
“
W i t h some sm all e x ce ptions , such a s th e pa s tor al s of
Theocri t us , w rou g ht a rtifici ally b y l i t er a ry men , At t ic s peech domi
”
n a t ed etc
, .
51 Ch a n g e a nd t o w i th to m ak e t h e sentence g r amm at ic al ; a nd
.
re a rr a n g e thu s For some li ttl e t ime p a s t I h a v e h ad a fee l in g

t h a t I m yse l f a t a ny r a t e w i th perh a ps t h e o ther g ues t s in a l ess
,
deg ree w as etc , ,

.
52 Sa y
. on a footin g di fferent from th a t of other m atters
,
.
53 Be g in thus
. Before a ny of t he w ork s of pe a ce can be under
t a ken in t h e Tr a ns v a a l a n d Or a n g e Ri v er co l onies it w i ll be w ell to
”
uti lise t h e time w hich must el apse in c a refully considerin g e tc ,
.
“
54 Say
. but beyond w h a t w as neces s a ry for t his he did no t
, ,
”
un t i l la te ly k no w enou g h t o ena b l e h im e tc
—
.
, ,
It is O b v iou s th a t a fe w such de al s
“
55 Re arr a n g e t hus
.
w ou l d men a ce a s it h a s ne v er been men a ced ye t th e commerci a l

, ,
”
so v erei g n ty etc ,
.
56 . To he ar the outcry one w ou l d t hin k e tc ,

.
57 . F rom th e ch a os of a buse a nd eu lo gy w hich t w o hundred ye a rs ,

”
h a v e he aped on him Crom w e ll st a nds o u t a s a li v in g m an e tc
, ,
.
Insert before im ecc b e s a in t in order o pla ce t h l s phr a se

“ “
( a s p a l t
in a n tithesis w i th a mons t er of
58 Th e phr a se
. w i t h the l e a st possibl e de lay shou l d be p la ced
“ ”
a ft er mobi lise .
“
5 9 Pla ce
. a l re a d y a fter mos t of them .
6 0 Say
. th a t in fu t ure only tho se o fficers w h o w ere fi t t o com
, ,
m and in the fie ld w ou l d be g i v en hi g h comm a nds a t home

,
.
6 1 Th e Re l at i v e c la u se t h e ch a r a c t er of w hich de pends u pon the

“
.
de pt h of their u rs e s shou l d be pla ced immedi at e ly a ft er th e ,
a t a bou t se v en o c loc k
’
a n t ecedent Th e order shou ld b e

“
mea .
, ,
w hen t h e h ammock s are pi ped do w n t h e m e n pro v ide themse l v e s ,

”
w i t h a no t her me al t h e ch a r a c t er of w hich ,
e tc ,
.
6 2 Be g in t h e sen tence w ith

.
“
Ex ce pt in th e m a tter of h e r
term s of ende a rmen t .
3 00 SO L U TI ONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
63 . There
e x ists in offici al circl es a fee lin g of the gre a test unrest
w i th res pec t to a re v i v al of the Nihi lis t cons pira cy t o w hich th e ,
students dis t urb a nces h a v e g i v en v i tal force

’
.
“
64 . F rom t h e procee di n g s in t h e H ouse of Commons the pub l ic
mi nd h a s w i th re luct a nce g a t hered a dis appointin g sense e tc ,
.
65 Of course a s fa r a s lies I n m y po w er I c an g i v e e tc
Th e t ime n o t s pent in shoo tin g a n d I n dri l lin —th e l a t t er
. .
, , ,
“
66 .
g
to be v ery much re du c e d s h ou ld be s pen t by th e sol dier I n producin g
w
his o w n food and c lothin g .
“
6 7 Pla ce t h e Re la t i v e c l a use w hich ar e pub l ished in this v o l ume
.
“
immedi a t e l y a fter its an teceden t l et t ers .
“
6 8 Sa y
. e v erybo dy ( M r M inc l uded ) kne w e tc
, . .
, .
69 . Of t h e m a ny poin t s a t w hich a ccordin g to recei v ed re l i g ious ,
ide a s m a n s l ife w a s in s peci al cont a ct w i th e e v en s pur pose s t here

,
’ ’
,
”
is scaI Oe ly one w here etc ,
.
7 0 Place the
“
by th e h e a d s of t h e F rench episco pat e
encour a g e (p
. a
a ft er hr se
7 1 Pla ce t h e phr a se mere ly by re a son O f t heir be lon g in g to a
c la ss a ft er members .
“
72 . A t e l e g r am from N a pl es to thi s morning s Pa ris papers ’
a nnounces t h e a rri v a l in N a les of G omez w h o w ith Orsini a nd

p ,
three others w as condemned in 1 858 for th e a t t em pt on th e li fe of

N a pol eon I II a nd w h o h a s s pent th e la s t for ty t hree ye a rs a s a
.
,
-
con v ict on D e v i l s I s la nd ’
.
73 .
“
W ith reference to the o w nershi p and a dminis tr a tion o f the
Con g o F ree S tat e issues of gra v er im por ta nce th a n mos t peo ple seem
,
t o be a w a re of are in v o l v ed i n t h e fresh com pa c t t h a t h a s j us t been

a rri v ed a t bet w een the Be l i a n Pa r l i a ment a n d t h e o v ernmen t of
th at hu g e Afric a n t erri tory g g
.
’
7 4 Say
. the len g ths t o w hich fury could c arry him w hen he
, ,
w as resis t ed .
“
75 . H e w ou ld be commissioned w i thou t a ny re g a rd w h at e v er ,
to pa rt y tr a ditions a nd w i thou t a ny l e g is la ti v e pro g ra mme to ,

”
form e tc
,
.
76 .
r e w a s not a hermit o f a sceticism but a s a in t indeed com , ,
binin g etc , .
“
77. Ex ce pt those w h o li v e in g re a t cities there a re fe w men in
”
Austr ali a w ho are n o t e tc ,
.
7 8 Say
. t h e countr y w here t his dr a m a w a s pla y ed he h a s seen
,
“
wi th his o w n e ye s ; or he h a s w i th hi s o w n eyes seen the coun t ry
’
w here t his dr a m a w a s pl ay ed .
“
79 . At 3 5 Pa rk Stree t G ros v enor Squ a re the house o f M r , , .
Vick ers ch a irm a n of th e re a t en g ineerin g firm a fire bro k e o u t

es t erd a in
,
the b a sement
g ”
,
y y .
80
“
. Th e re li g ion a nd the irre l i g ion of th e p eo pl e he lo v es an d
i t ies their V ir t ues a nd t heir v ices th e prej udices w hich h a v e e a ten
p , ,
i n t o t heir br a ins a n d t heir rece t i v eness on cer t a in poin t s h e m ak e s

”
p , ,
equ a lly c le ar etc ,

.
81 Res pec t i v e ly should s ta nd la st B u t th e sen tence mi gh t

—
. .
be re w orded : “
W e do n o t pro pose to dr a w a com pariso n be tw een
Brit ish an d Americ a n engines i n res pect O f th e intrinsic or O peratin g
v al ue of t h e w or k pu t in t o them .
302 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
103 . Say, a p l a ce Ire h a s not fi lled , e tc .
104 . Sa y, h a s g i v en in th e Jou rn a l d e s Sa va n s for 1 82 6 a short

a ccount ,
e tc .
“
105 . Sa y, I sh all an d w i ll,
etc Th e
. w e ak er of the tw o w ords
shou ld be pla ced firs t . In the firs t person , F u t ure s ha ll is w e a k a nd
,
w i ll i s s tron g .
10 6 Say,
. t o e x ch a n g e th e h a rdshi ps a nd monotony of th e north
for th e l u x ury a nd a d v enture o f the sou t h Th e w ords a s the y st a nd
.
in the ori g in al e x press the opposi te to w h at the w riter me ant .

C H APTER I x . AN SW ERS TO EXAM PLES
-
IN
C H APTER I V (p p 1 8 7 . .
“
1 To i s admissib l e a fter
. differen t, b u t f r om i s better ( Th e .
order is b ad Say, th at restrictions a nd re g ulations v ery differen t

.
”
from those w hich pre v a i l are dem a nde d )
2 Either ch a n g e i nfe r re d to i mp li e d
. or ch a n e by to
g fr om .
”
3 Sa y ,
.
“
in the h a ll At th e h all w ou l d me a n at the place
.
w here t h e h all st a nds , b u t not inside it .
“
4 H ere
. bet w een , thou g h a pplic a b le to on ly tw o thing s w hen
it si g nifies po si tion , is correct , bec a use here it denotes reci proc al
a ction or re l a t ion .
5 Say,
. by a ll thin k in g men .
6 Say,
. concur in a ny theory .
7 Sa y,
. in w hose m atern a l bosom I nto is used to e x press .
motion to e x press res t

, in .
“
8 Say
. be g ins w i th t ak in g
, B y impl ies a g enc y ; w hich does
.
no t suit the presen t conte x t .
9 Th e order is not g ood a nd to is l ess suit a b l e th a n f ro m

.
,
Sa y .
,
”
in a c ateg ory different from such pub lic S pa ces .
1 0 Sa y. w ith the mini m um of re l i g ious reco g nition

,
.
”
1 1 Say . a t his dis pos a l
,
.
1 2 Say . a mon g s e v er a l ide a l s

,
B e tw e e n is not here a dmissib le .
,
since it does no t in this con t e x t sig nify reci proc al ac tion or re lation .
”
1 3 Say . of all other e tc, ,
.
W e u se the Infi nitrv e a fter

0
1 4 Sa y . w i ll a ssist in e x a minin g
,
.
” ”
he lp a s he lp to e x amine or he lp ”us to e x a mine
, ,
.
1 5 Sa y . be g in w ith a shor t a ccount

,
.
1 6 Sa y . s atisfied mere ly w i th obser v in g and po rtra ym g

,
.
”
1 7 Sa y. w as of much g ood
,
.
1 8 Say .
“
bein g firs t in Pre tori a
,
B u t t h e phr a se I s not a g ood .
one Sa y bein g th e firs t to en ter Pretori a

.
,
.
”
1 9 Say,. w e a im a t .
2 0 B y is here a dmissib l e , since t hunder a nd li g h tnin g m a y be

.
re g arded a s ag ents or a c t i v e a ccom pa niments but i”t sounds ra ther ,
be tter to s ay, a ccom pa nied w i th t hunder a nd r ain .
“
2 1 Sa y,
. rebe ll in g a g a inst , or secedin”g from
2 2 Say,. w i th d is a g ree a b l e inciden t s Wi th h ere deno tes .
m a nner or concomi ta nt circums tance .
“
2 3 Say,. w i th a bene v o l en t v a g ueness .
”
2 4 Say,. im patience of th e inj us tice .
303
3 04 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PAR T I P ART I I
“
25 . C a ncel w ith a fter finished S ubsti t u t e concluded or .
dis posed of either of w hich is better th a n finished

,
.
26 Insert w i th a fter
. done .
2 7 Say
. It a ims a t re presentin g
,
.
2 8 Sa y for a s pa ce o f from three to fi v e e ars

h a s n o t been o f th e l e a st u se to y
. .
,
“ ”
2 9 Say
.
,
im .
3 0 It w ou l d be r a ther better to s a y
. a g re a ter enemy to ,
”
a ricu lture
g .
3 1 Sa y
. t o secure for th e F eder al s
,
.
3 2 C a nce l w i th a ft er
. commiser a ted .
3 3 B e tw ee n is here a dmissib l e S ince it denotes reci proc al re la tion

.
,
.
But th e phr a seol o g y of the sent ence mi g h t be im pro v ed such phr a ses
“ “ ” ”
as bre ak in u pon en t ered into be t w een a re no t comm end a bl e
, ,
.
Th e G o v ernment pro poses to disturb t h e so l emn c on tr a c t th a t t h e

”
Aus tr ali a n co lonies h av e formed w ith o ne a nother .
3 4 It w ou l d be be tter to s a y
. h a s died of inj uries recei v ed f rom ,
”
bein g run o v er .
3 5 S ubs t itute be s id e s for

. a s w e ll a s .
“
3 6 Sa y
. different from t h e proceedin g s
,
.
”
3 7 Sa y
. on ei ther altern ati v e
,
.
“
3 8 C a nce l f rom
. B ut it w oul d be be tter t o s ay One source of
.
,
th e a ncien t g ods w a s the de ifica tion of a ncestors .
3 9 Say
. in formin g
,
“
.
4 0 Sa y
. directed to S il encing
,
.
“
4 1 Say
.
,
h a s ins pired them w ith a l ofty heroism Or s ay .
,
”
h as a roused them to e tc ,
.
4 2 Sa y
. sentiments di fferent from those
,
Th e order in t h e .
orig in al is b ad Say w hen the e x is ti ng sentiments w ere differen t

.
,
from t ho se e tc ,
.
4 3 C a ncel to a ft er
. a tt a ined .
4 4 W e c a nnot s ay
“
. inde pendence u pon and if w e subs titute ,
th e pro per re position of t h e sense becomes obscure Th e

sentence c a n p
.
, ,
e rec a s t a s fo ll o w s Th a t th e Rom a n C a tho lic fa mi ly

of Th w ere amon g th e poe t s mos t in tim at e a nd bes t cherished
.
’
friends IS a sin 0g u la r proof th a t his li tera r y a nd soci a l ch a r a cter w a s

inde pendent o f his t heo l o g ic a l procli v i t ies .
45 . S truck by th e g ross inj ustice is a dmissib le But wi th ’

.
w ou l d be equ ally correct an d w oul d here sound be t ter S ince there is

, ,
a nother by immedi a te l y a ft er .
4 6 C a nce l i n to a n d s ay
.
,
th a n en t er Pa rl ia men t
, Th e form .
“ “ ”
ent er int o c a n b e a ppl ied to such nouns a s con tr a ct a re e
g ,
“
ment b ut no t to such a noun a s Pa rl i ament
,
M oreo v er the .
rh ythm of the sen tence i s des tro yed b y i n to .
“
4 7 A lthou g h it i s po ssib l e t o pa rse
. e v ery k no t a s a n a d v erbi al
obj ec t i v e qu a lifying incre a sed it w ou l d be be tt er to m ak e e v ery ’
k no t the subj ec t of th e sent ence a nd pla ce a pre posi tion a fter it

“
In theory e v ery k no t of incre a se of speed abo v e e tc ,
.
”
4 8 Sa y
. v ei l ed in t h e g re a t est secrec y
, .
“
4 9 Correc t
. A v erse c a n be follo w ed b y from thou g h to h a s
.
,
become perh a ps more common Etymo lo g ic a lly f r om is t h e more .
correc t since a v ers e me a ns t urned a w a y

, H a v in g a cquired .
”
the sense of host il e o ppo sed it is ne w fo llow e d by to
, ,
.
“
7 8 Say, . the side o f the dece ased
by .
“ ”
7 9 Say, . from w hom .
8 0 F or ca n be pl a ced a fter the nou n

“
desire but not a fter the
—
.
,
v erb . Reco ns t ruc t thu s “

W e mi g ht sh a re w ith hi m a de sire for
Euc li d to be a bo lished or W e mi g h t desire w i th him th a t Euc lid
”
,
shou ld be a bolished .
8 1 Th e sentence is v er y ill w orded

. Th a t shou l d be c h a n g ed to
-
.
this m u tu a l shou l d be c a nce l led a s su perfluou s

, w i th shou ld be ,
ch a ng ed to of ea ch othe r shou l d be ch a n g ed to one a nothe r a nd

, ,
i t bein g of uncert a in reference S hou l d be ch a n g ed to th e L ea g u e

, , .
Th e sen t ence is a g ood e x am pl e o f Sl i pshod En g lish of th e w ors t

ty pe W i th th e a bo v e ch a n g es it w i ll s ta nd a s fo llo w s — “
This
is th e obj ec t o f the Primrose L e ag ue —thi s cons ta n t in tercourse of
.
a ll c la sses w ith one a nother —a n d t herefore th e L e ag ue h a s been a

,
success .
82 Say . in L ondon since the a re a o f L ondon is decided ly

, ,
la r g e .
83 Sa y . a t the t ot a l e x c l usion
, .
8 4 Say . a t t hree or four thous a nd ye a rs R C

,
.
“ “ ”
85 Say . by a ,
here display is the a g ent no t ,
the ins trument or m a nner .
86 Sa y . from neur alg i a a nd indi g estion

,
.
”
87 Say . on re g a rding
, .
88 Say . e x ce pt hi ps a nd h a w s
,
“
89 Sa y . done to t h e country
,
.
9 0 Correct
. F ro m c a n b e used a fter
. a v erse t hou g h to is ,
perh a ps more common

9 1 It w ou l d be r a ther better t hou g h it is not ne c ess a ry t o pla ce
.
, ,
of a ft er conscious .
92 It w ou l d be r a ther be tter thou g h it i s not necess a r y to s ay

.
, , ,
D eli g hted a t th e m ag nificen t w e lcome .
93 Sa y . w i t h t h e g re a t w or l d ou t side
,
.
”
9 4 Say . w i t h bein g su perseded
,
.
9 5 Say ei t her a d ver s e to or a ve rse fr om

.
,
.
”
9 6 Say . b y thir ty to one
,
.
9 7 Sa y . w i th the im petuous Rhone

,
Com pare to is correct . .
9 8 Say . w ith th e En g lish mon a rch y

,
.
”
9 9 Sa y . unite in pra ising
,
.
”
1 00 Say
“
. h o w much
,
Th e by thou g h not w ron g i s su per
.
, ,
fl u o u s besides being unidiom a tic .
“ ”
1 01 Say . t o de v otin g
,
.
10 2 Sa y . into lera n t of a ll creeds e x cept their o w n a nd es pec i a lly

, ,
”
of the C a tho l ic fa i th .
1 03 Say
“ '
a ssisted in bur ng
to do our fu ll gilty
. .
,
10 4 Say .
,
.
10 5 Say . w i th a he a v y c a nnon a de
,
.
10 6 B e tw e e n is here a ppro pri a te b e c a use it is intended to si g nify

.
,
p l ur a l i ty of reci proc a l re la tions .
1 07 Say . from t his poin t of Vi e w

,
.
1 08 Say . a n ythin g e l se th a n humi li a t ing

,
.
1 09 Sa y . w ith th e fo ll o w in g fi gu res
, .
”
1 1 0 Say . the condition it w a s in
,
.
C HAP . Ix ERRO RS IN PREPOS I TIONS 3 07
1 11 . Say, w i th
dis ag ree a bl e sur prises .
1 12 Ch a ng e tha n to f ro m a nd recons truc t t hus

.
, There mus t
be a s piri t of en e r gy and concen t ra tion v ery di fferen t from w h a t h a s
pre v a i l ed e tc , .
1 13 Say ei t her
. w ith res pec t t o dise a se
, or in res pec t of , .
“ ”
1 1 4 Say . for th e m a int en a nce
, .
1 1 5 Say . w i t h much physic a l a nd mor al su fferin g

, .
1 16 Say . to B uddh a himse l f

, .
1 1 7 Say . w ith w hich t o pla y the g a m e of w ar

, .
”
1 1 8 Sa y a g a ins t w hich t o ro t es t
.
, p .
1 1 9 It is r at her be t ter to s a y
. different from the o ld d ays , .
1 2 0 Say . co v ered w i th sno w

,
.
”
1 2 1 Sa y . in Re g ent s Pa rk
,
’
.
1 2 2 Some pre posi t ion such a s in must be pla ced before the la s t
“ ”
tr ace other w ise tr a ce i s a pendent Nomin a t i v e Or w e ca n .
”
s ay ,
Th e la st t ra ce w e h a v e of him is th a t he w a s w i th Pa u l etc , .
”
1 2 3 Say . Of w h a t use
,
.
1 2 4 Say . w i t h a V ie w to g a inin g
,
.
“
1 2 5 Sa y . this is large ly a ccoun t ed for b y th e w ar
,
Or s ay .
,
this is larg e ly in consequence of th e w a r Th e la n g u a g e a s it .
st ands is t a u t o lo g ic al .
1 2 6 Reconstruct thus
. No one w ou l d a ccuse th e re present a ti v e
of a n Eng lish ne w s pa per o f desirin g a s i f he w ere an Irishm a n to , ,
”
ex ag g era t e th e distress a nd grie v a nces of Ire land .
“
1 2 7 Say . in v o lv ed in his a t t em pt
,
.
”
1 2 8 Say . conduci v e to pit y
,
.
“
1 2 9 Th e phr a se
. w i th t h e V ie w of e x tendin g is a dmissib le ,
“
thou g h it w ou l d be more idiom atic t o s ay w ith the obj ec t of
” ”
e x t endin g or w i t h a V iew t o e x t endin g
,
.
1 3 0 H ere of ( the fift h w ord in th e sen t ence ) is used equi v oc a lly

. .
Say ,
Th e w orshi p of a n e ffemin a te hero lik e S a nd a n a nd th e l e g end
”
concer ni n g h im a ppe ar etc , .
1 3 1 Sa y . H is be l ie f in re v el a t ion
,
.
”
13 2 Say . i s s parin g of pr a ise
,
.
1 3 3 Sa y .
g re a t a dmir
,
a t ion for the recent disco v eries
”
.
in York
“ “ ”
1 3 4 Ch a n g e
.
“
at Y ork at O x ford to , , ,
O x ford .
135
“
B y the q uiet con t em pt is here a s correct a s w i h a nd by
.
t
,
sounds better since w i th comes immedi a t ely a fter .
”
13 6 Sa y . in St H e l en a
, . .
1 3 7 Ei ther c a nce l fr om or ch a n g e
. resi g ned” to re tired .
“
w i t h L ei g h H un t s reco v erin g e tc ( Obser v e the
’
1 3 8 Say .
, ,
.
ch an g e from L ei g h H unt to L ei g h”H un t s

’
“
.
1 3 9 Sa y r as of t h e person a l i ty
.
g p ,
.
“
1 4 0 Sa y . for scru pu lous hones ty
,
.
1 4 1 Sa y . t o t h e sen t imen t s
,
.
0 0
1 4 2 Sa y . from t hemselv es a nd pla ce this phra se rm m e dra te ly

, ,
a fter different .
1 4 3 W e c a nnot w e ll s a y
.
g ui l ty t o bi g amy S a
y t o a .
,
”
ch arg e of bi g am y .
1 4 4 Sa y . differently from the res t

,
.
1 4 5 Say . w i t h the fo llo w ing w ord s

,
.
308 SO L U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
1 46 . Correct H ere the w riter h as w e ll obser v ed the t w o phr ase s

.
,
”
w i th a V ie w t o th e purch a se w i t h the v ie w of purch a sin g
, .
1 47 . W e c anno t s a y “
w i t h w hom inse par a b l e
,
Th e c la use c a n .
be recons truc ted thus w i t h w hom for so l on g I sti ll w ent cou pl ed

“ ”
in inse pa r ab l e friendshi p Or s ay inse parab ly cou pl ed
.
, .
“
1 4 8 Sa y
. dissen t from th e o pi nion
, .
“ ”
1 4 9 Th e diffi cu lt y rs th a t
. a s t onished t ak es a t a fter it w hi l e ,
fri g h tened t ak es by Th e Re la t i v e c la use c an be recons truc ted

.
t hus w hich a dded to her a ppe a r a nce fri g h t ened me a l i t t l e a nd

, ,
a stonished me more
’
.
1 50 .
“
Un w hi pped of j us tice is a b a d phr a se W e mi ght s ay ”
.
,
“
uncorrected b y j us tice B u t it w ou l d he be t ter t o s a y
. Th e
”
incorri g ib l e lo a fer a t present e sc a pes t h e pen al ty th a t he deser v es .
”
1 51 Sa y
. of th e e x istence of w hich
, .
1 52 Sa y
. commenced w ith trouble or termin a ted w i th c alami ty
, .
”
1 53 Say
. w i t h th e fo llo w in g
,
e tc , .
“ “
1 54 Th e pro per phr a se for
. a t t w e l v e ye a rs o ld w ou l d be at
t w el v e ye a rs of a g e I f w e u se the a dj ec t i v e O ld a t all w e ou g h t
.
,
”
to s ay t w e l v e ye a rs old But this w ou l d not suit the rhythm of
.
th e sentence .
1 55 Say
. Of w h a t u se .
“
1 56 . G a ined g re a tly o w in g to e tc is a b a d phr a se Sa y , .
,
.
,
”
the Queen o w ed much t o th e for t un a t e e tc Or s ay the Q ueen , .
,
g a ined much credi t from the for tun ”

a te etc ,
.
“
1 57 Sa y
. from rheum a tism
, .
1 58 Sa y
. a g a ins t a w om a n
, .
1 59 Ch a n g e be s i de to bes id es
. .
1 60 Sa y
.
“
a t t ended w ith success
,
.
1 61 Say t o impres s u pon the Con v ention th e necessit y

—
. .
,
“
1 6 2 Ch a n g e to to f ro m a nd re a rr a n g e t hus
. under conditions
”
of n av a l w a rfare to t ally different from t hose w hich e tc , .
“ “ “
1 63 I f
. termina t e is ch a ng ed to a re t ermin at ed t hen b y ,
“ ”
the k ing w ill be correct a s k ing w i ll here be t h e a g ent or doer
,
“ ”
of th e a c t ion B u t if t ermin at e
. come t o a n end ) is to be
r et a ined then by must be ch a n ed to w i th a s sho w in g h o w or th e
, g ,
m a nner in w hich th e proceedin g s come to a n end no t th e a g ent by

, ,
w hom t he y a re brou g h t t o a n end .
1 64 Sa y
. fa mili a r w i th th e ide a
, .
”
1 6 5 Sa y
. co v ered w ith w ood
,
Substitute th e w ood for i t . .
1 66 Sa y
. on the com pletion
, .
1 6 7 Sa y
. w i t h a V ie w t o indu lg i ng
, .
1 68 Sa y a sort of cour a e di fferen t from th a t etc

.
, g ”
, .
1 6 9 Sa y
. o pposi tion t o En gla nd
, ( It is n o t g ood En g lish t o .
“ ”
s ay o pposed th e o pposition Sa y s e t their fa ces a g a inst th e
.
,
”
o pposition .
1 7 0 C a nce l i n before
. Chic a g o .
“
1 7 1 C a nce l in before four ye ars hence or s ay in four ye a rs ’
, ,
t ime .
1 7 2 Say
. be g ins w i th a ta ste
, .
1 7 3 Say
. different from th e n a ti v e
,
.
1 7 4 Sa y
. of th e dise a se
,
.
1 7 5 Say
.
g
,
ree t ed w ith l a u hter
g .
3 10 SO L UTIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P AR T 11
2 1 0 Reconstruct thus
. to doub l e the k indness a nd c aresses t o
be bes t o w ed u pon me .
“ “
2 1 1 Ch an g e
. from to to .
“
2 1 2 Ei ther s a y,
“
. differ from one a nother or s ay, di ffer
”
a mon g t h emse l v es .
“
2 1 3 Sa y ,
. s pe ak in g on th e follo w in g points Insert the con .
j unc tion t h a t a ft er requ est .
2 1 4 C a nce l f or a fter
. w ant .
prefer I t aly to F r a nce a s a nei g hbour i n Eg ypt

‘‘
2 1 5 Say,
. .
2 1 6 Say,
. m ark ed b y t a c t and discre tion .
2 1 7 Say,
. w ith a v i e w to s to ppin g .
2 1 8 Say,
. ins pired printers w ith so much a pprehension .
a re j us t ified l n t heir
2 1 9 . Sa y, pro t es t s .
2 2 0 Say,
. is co v ered w i t h a shes a nd dus t .
2 2 1 Say,
. in a creed other t h a n m y o w n in a creed
di fferent from my o w n.
“
2 22 Say,
. a mon g th e bio g r a phie s of the ye a r in th e
”
bio g ra phic a l li ter at ure of th e ye a r .
2 2 3 C h a n g e a m ong
. t o be tw e e n .
2 24 Ch a n g e f r om
. t o be s id e s .Th a n is o fte n used a fter
other ,
but here it w ou l d n o t g i v e t h e sense required b y t h e
con te x t .
“
2 2 5 Sa y,
. ob li v iou s o f .
2 2 6 Ei ther ch a n g e on to to
. or ch an g e looked to r e lied .
2 2 7 C a nce l ow i ng
. .
2 2 8 C a nce l i n to the fl a m e s , a s this h as b een e x pressed alre a dy by

.
i n to w hi ch .
“
2 2 9 B e g in the sentence w ith ,
. To e a ch of t h e 3 65 d a ys .
2 3 0 B e g in th e sentence w i t h ,
“
. This la s t n e w fe a t ure in th e
G a me L a w s 1 s th e one t o w h ich , e t c .
2 3 1 Say,
. of a com pl e x ion differen t from th a t of th e ta lk e tc .
2 3 2 Say,
. to send to S pain or F ra nce for t heir professors .
2 33 Ei t her ch a n g e w i th t o i n
. or ch a n g e i n volved to be s e t .
2 3 4 Ch a n g e w i th to by
. .
2 3 5 Ch a n g e to t o on
. .
2 3 6 To pre v en t the a mbi g uity of the l a st four w ords s a y,

. w ro t e
under the influence of momen ta ry im pu l se .
2 37 C a nce l the of before

. our G o v ernmen t listenin g Th e .
w riter a ppe a rs t o h a v e forg otten t h a t t h e fe a 7 in a pre v ious c la use is

a v erb , n o t a noun Th e sentence , h o w e v er , require s t o be rec a st
.
no re a son to fe a r th a t th e G erm a n G o v ernment w ou ld pro pose th at

w e shou l d t ak e a ny sh are in the B a g hd a d Ra i l w ay, or , if it did , th at
”
o u r G o v ernmen t w ou ld l is t en for a momen t , etc .
2 3 8 Insert t h e preposition by before

. L e gis lature .
C H APTER X .
-
AN SWERS TO EXAM PL ES IN
C H APTER V .
( ) a (Jo -
2 07
ordina tive Conj u nctions ( pp .
1 . Ch a n g e a s w e ll a s to a nd .
2 . Ch a n g e a nd to or a nd c a ncel th e comm a a fter Euro pe

“
If .
“
s re ta ined the w ording must be a nd perh a ps no t one in the
é
a nd ,
w orl
3 .Prob a b ly a reis her e a mist ak e for is But if a r e is t o be .
“
ret a ined , a nd must be inserted a fter resource a nd the comm a
c a nce lled .
4 . Ch a n g e a nd to bu t .
5 Ch a n g e a nd to bu t
. .
6 .
“ ”
On ly s lig ht ly si g nifies but little “ ” “
not much We ,
.
“
cou l d h a rd ly s ay The y did not much d am a g e t h e r a i lro a d but
—
, ,
”
did not succeed etc Reconstruc t t hus ,
.
“
The y did some s li g h t
d am ag e to the ra ilro a d b u t did not succeed in cu t t in g th e t e l e g raph
,
“
w ires .If the first c la use They on ly s li g ht ly d a m a g ed th e r a i l
,
”
ro a d i s to be ret a ined then bu t must be ch a n g ed to a nd
, ,
.
7 Re w ri t e a s fo llo w s
. In fa c t neither in hi s te a chin g nor in
his e x am pl e is it possib le if w e re g ard him a s a mere m a n to attri , ,
bute to a ny par ticu lar pa rts a distinc t or dist inc ti v e or perm a nen t , ,
”
foo tin g .
8 Insert n or before
. sub l imity a nd c a nce l t h e comm a s a fter ,
”
g re atness a n d a ft er sub l imi ty .
9 Say
.
“
i s e v id ence neither of th e hi g he st w isdom nor of th e
, ,
”
truest cour ag e nor of the firm e st be lief e t c
, ,
.
1 0 Aft er
. necess ary ch a n g e a nd t o or ,
.
1 1 Ch a n g e a nd to bu t
. .
1 2 Ch a n g e or t o n or
. Fo r ce rt a in ly not s ay cer tain ly there
.
”
is none N ot
. as it s ta nds ,
m ak es a doub le ne gat i v e w i th ,
“
neither .
1 3 Ch a n g e or to n or
. .
1 4 Ch a n g e a nd to th ou gh
. Th e subordin a te c la use thus produced
.
”
w i ll qu a lify th e phr a se
“
for some ye a rs Th e c la use ou g h t cer .
t a inl y not t o b e co ordin a t e -

.
1 5 Say .
“
neither in mor al s nor in liter ature nor l n a rt “ a nd
, ,
c a nce l the comm a s a ft er m oral s a n d lit era ture

“ “
F or the .
C a tho lic F eud alism s ay th a t of C a tho lic F eud alism ”

.
16 S y a. a n d t
,
h a t l i t t l e or nothin g w a s l eft a n d c a nce l th e
,
311
3 12 SO L UTIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P AR T I I
“ “
comm a s a fter litt le a nd nothing B u t if th e comm a s and the .
“ ”
if are to be ret a ined t hen n othi ng must be ch a n g ed to a n ythi n g
,
.
1 7 Ch a n g e t h e firs t a n d to bu t
. .
1 8 Say
.
“
nor a w a g g on nor a n enemy c a nce l t h e comm a s a nd
, , ,
“ ”
p lace neither immedi a te ly a fter c a pt ured “
.
“
1 9 Say
. more quickly or more quie tly or more methodic a lly
,
.
“
C a nce l the comm a s a fter quickl y and qui et ly .
2 0 Say
. ei th er by g r a v it ation or by anne x at ion or b y conques t
, , , ,
or by v o l unt a ry etc , .
th e Eg y pti a n peo pl e
“
2 1 I nser t n e i th er before
. .
22 Sa y
. neither th e C a bine t nor the Unionist p ar ty nor th e
, , ,
H ouse o f Commons nor th e Pres s ,

e tc ,
.
2 3 C a nce l a nd
. Or re t a in a nd a nd s ay a nd the Bib le wa s
.
,
”
tr ans lated into Th e construction a s it s ta nds is mi x ed
.
, ,
.
2 4 C a nce l either a nd or w ho
. One of the se is sufficien t .
“
2 5 Say
. she nei ther s a w nor he ard a ny more of him
, .
“
2 6 Sa y
. M a rgarine thou g h i t is not butter is a n e x ce ll ent
, , ,
food substa nce th e po ta t o thou g h it shou ld no t be found in bre a d

-
, ,
i s v ery nourishin g Th e w ri t er throu g h a nim a dv e rt e nc e did not

.
a t tend t o the di f f erence bet w een th ou gh a nd bu t H ere t h e conte x t .
re quires tho u gh in th e fourth c la u se no le ss th a n in th e second ,

.
”
2 7 Say
. a re re v i v in g
,
sl o w ly no doub t but sure ly Th e order
, , .
of th e a d v erbs i s w ron g since bu t is required for the more im por t a n t

,
w ord or w ords If ho w e v er th e order of th e a d v erbs is to be re

.
, ,
t a in e d t hen bu t must be ch a n g ed to th ou gh
,
.
2 8 C a ncel a nd at th e be g innin g o f the second sentence

. .
2 9 C a nce l a n d at th e be g innin g of the third sentence

. .
3 0 Say
“
. Nei ther Eze k ie l nor Jeremi ah nor D euteronom y nor
, , , ,
the a ncient pro phets e v er allude etc ,

.
3 1 It w ou ld be r ather more correct to s a y

. the h alfpenny m u g ,
o f te a co ffee or coco a
, , .
3 2 In sert n or before
. G erm a ny .
3 3 C a nce l a nd a t the be g innin g of the second sentence

. .
3 4 C a nce l e ithe r I f e ith e r is t o be re ta ined it must be fo llo w ed

—
. .
,
“
by or either by a n t iqu ated fic t ions or b y soci a l c l a ims or by , ,
” ”
”
pri v ate re g ard Only shou l d be placed a ft er influence d )
.
3 5 An al w hi ch is w ron g
. in th e h a nds of a n a uthorit y w hich
shou l d be consti tuted for this pur pose and shou l d h av e etc Or , .
th e sentence m ay st a nd as it is pro v ided th a t a n d is c a nce ll ed Insert ,

.
or before on ri v er cra ft .
3 6 Say . of those w h o h a v e been misinformed

, After thi s .
“
ch an g e h a s been m a de the reten tion of w ho a fter or thou g h a d
, ,
missib l e is not nece ss a ry

, .
“
3 7 Say . Neither in Chin a nor in Persi a nor in Eg y pt nor in
, , , ,
”
South Afric a nor in Ne w found la nd is there a ny re a son e tc
, , , .
3 8 Ch an g e a nd to bu t
. .
“
3 9 Say . neither w ith its w isdom nor w ith its po licy nor w ith
, , ,
”
its e x pedienc y .
4 0 Ch a n g e a nd t o w he re a s
. .
4 1 Ch a n g e An d to M or e ove r
. .
42 C a nce l both w hich is not mere ly super fluous but w rong since
.
, , ,
three thing s a re here mentio ned .

14 SO LU TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I A RT
P II
64 Insert n or before crue lty

. C a ncel ei th er before .
”
me a nnesses .
6 5 Ch a n g e a nd to or in t h e la st t hree w ord s
. .
66 Ch a n g e a nd to or in th e la s t t hree w ords
. .
”
67 C a nce l a nd before
. w ho .
t hou g h correct is w e a k
“
6 8 Th e a nd in
. a nd a nother w a r , .
“
Say ,
n o t terri tory nor a no ther w a r There m u s t be no comm a .
”
a ft er t erritory .
“
6 9 Say . neither tender nor l o v in g nor re t irin g nor domestic
, , , , .
7 0 Say
“
. th e pe a s a n t ry w h o a re ta x ed a l re a dy t o t h e point of
, , ‘
t orture a nd w hom further pressure

, e tc , .
“ ”
7 1 Say . t w en ty consistin g of k ill ed w ounded or c aptured
, , , , .
7 2 Th e a nd a t the he a d o f t h e second c la use does no t fi t in w ith

.
“
the sense of th e re v ious one It mus t require a la r g e number of .
m en to de al w it them effecti v e ly H ence there is no re a son for .
”
a la rm a t t h e a p a ren tly s l o w ro ress b u t r a ther c a use etc
p p g , ,
”
.
7 3 Ch a n g e or to a nd
. C a nce l th e comm a a ft er e v i l . .
7 4 In sert n or before
. su fficient ly com ple t e .
7 5 Say . a ny one w h o i s a cqu a inted w ith Americ a n en g ine s a n d

,
”
h a s seen etc , .
7 6 B oth c a nnot be used before three w ords

. w ide lon g a nd , , ,
“
recent Say
. a t once w ide l on g a nd recen t
, , ,
.
7 7 C a nce l a nd before
. w hich
7 8 Insert w hich w a s a fter
. Pla ce pub lic ly a fter
a ssist .
“
7 9 C a ncel a nd before
. w hich .
80 C a nce l a nd before “
. w hich Ch a n g e s u p er se de to p a ve . .
”
81 Say . w i ll a ct neither cheerfully nor w ise ly
, .
82 There are t w o fa u l t s in t his sen t ence : ( 1 ) a tte nd e d is pen

.
den t h a v in g no noun to w hich it c an refer ( 2 ) there is need of some

,
a d v ers a t i v e c o n u c tio n before a tte nd ed b u t their des potism

j Say .
,
w a s a t t ended w ith etc , .
83 Say a n d h o w dis a strous w a s t h e issue of t h a t e x edi tion

.
, p .
8 4 Ch a n g e or t o n or
. .
85 Say . more a ffec t ing or more dee ply en g ag ing our symp a th y
, .
86 Say . but w i ll w i ll ing ly fa n

, .
( b) Su bordina tive Conj u nctions ( pp 2 2 2 .
“
1 Ch a n g e e xcep t to unl ess Th e Indic a ti v e is mi g ht here 77
. .
b e substi t u ted for be .
“
2 Ch an g e bu t to
. w hen .
“
3 Say
. h a s a s a u t hentic an a t t es ta t ion a s a ny of the G os pe l
,
”
mir a cl es a nd e v en a more a u thentic one
, .
“
4 Ch a n g e a ga i n s t t o the conj unc t ion al phr a se
. b y th e t ime .
“
Or u se a ga ins t a s a preposition a nd s ay a g a ins t th e t ime by w hich
”
it w a s necess ary .
5 Say
. w hen once the li g ht w a s o u t
,
.
“ ”
6 C a nce l
. other or if o ther is to be re t a ined ch an g e bu t to
, ,
’
th a n f
7 . C a nce l e q u ally and inser t m u ch a ft er ,
a s.
“ ”
8 . Ther e is no error in the use of bu t . Th e sen tence mi g h t
C HAP . x ERRO RS I N CONJUNC TION S 3 15
equ ally sta nd thu s : Th e ne w J a pa nese m i n is ter thou g h h e h as ,
been h ard ly t w en ty four hour s in this coun try h a s a lre a d y la id e tc

-
, ,
.
9 Say
. in a n t ici pa t ion of t h e comm encemen t of ser v ice or in
,
“
,
pre par a tion for th e commencemen t e tc W e h a v e no conj unc tion , .
“
t h at c a n be subs t itu t ed for a g a inst the use of w hich a s a con ,
j unction i s no w ob so le t e W e cou ld s ay ho w e v er a g a ins t th e t ime

.
, ,
”
w hen ser v ice w ou l d commence .
1 0 Ch a n g e w i th ou t to
. unl ess .
“
1 1 Say
. re v e al s a mood different from those
, re v e al s a
mood other th a n those .
1 2 Ch a ng e bu t to
. th an .
1 3 Ch a n g e sa ve t o
. u nl ess
1 4 Ch a n g e bu t to
. w hen .
1 5 Say
. cert a inly w it h not l es s a nd perh aps w ith more rel uct
, , ,
a nce t h a n those etc , .
“
16 . No thin g more w a s needed th a n to a d v a nce e tc ,
.
“
1 7 Ch a n g e a s t o
. t ha t .
“
1 8 Ch a n g e li ke to
. as .
1 9 Ch a n g e w i th ou t to
. u nl ess .
“
. w hen .
2 1 Ch a n g e e xcep t t o
. un l ess .
2 2 C a nce l like
. .
23 Ch a n g e tha n to
. w hen .
”
2 4 Ch a n g e i m m e d ia te ly t o
. as soon a s .
2 5 I nser t w he n b efore
. once .
“ ”
. th an .
2 7 Ch a n g e a s to
. th at .
2 8 Ch a n g e like t o
. as .
2 9 Ch a n g e di r ectly t o
. a s soon a s .
3 0 Insert w he n before
. once .
3 1 Ei ther ch a n g e like t o
. as or c a ncel a r e ,
.
3 2 Ch a n g e bu t t o
. th an .
“
3 3 Ch a n g e tha n t o
. w hen .
”
3 4 Insert a s a ft er
. w ay .
”
3 5 Ch an g e a s to
. th a t .
3 6 C a nce l th a t before
. t h e go l d la ced h a t There shou l d be no -
.
comm a a ft er s a ll ied o u t .
“
. as .
“ “
3 8 Insert tha t a ft er moment Inser t does a ft er he
“ .
. .
. once .
4 0 Th e construction is m ix ed
. W e c an ei ther s ay .
“
H e fr a n k ly ,
dmi tted th t h
t e e i l s com l a ined o f e x is t ed a n d t h a t t h e s t a t e of
a a v p
thin g s h ad become w orse e tc Or w e c a n sa y ,
”
.
H e fr a nk ly ,
a dmi tt ed e
th e x t is ence of t h e e v i l s com p l a ined of a n d t h e de t er i or a
tion of th e s ta t e of t hin g s e tc ,
.
4 1 Inser t tha t a ft er
. no tw i ths ta ndin g .
4 2 Say in th e a s me w a s o t her men e tc Or s a y t o t h e

. ,
a y ,
.
,
s ame e x ten t th a t o t her men e tc ,

.
43 P id i is bo t h w ron in form n d i es a w ron g sense T h e

r.ov ng g a g v .
form if th e w ord is to be u sed a t all shou ld be ro v ded th a t

,
p i , ,
.
B u t th e w ord here required b t h e sense is s u pp o s m g t h at

”
y ,
or a ssumin g t h at .
316 SOL U TIONS O F EXA M PL ES IN PA RT I P A RT I I
44 Ch a ng e o r that t o or whe ther

. .
4 5 Ch a n g e th a n t o from Or ch a n g e difie re n t t o o ther

'
. . .
“
Th e order shou l d be to places o f w orshi p di fferent from e tc or
, , .
,
”
o ther th a n e tc , .
4 6 Insert w h e n before
. once
4 7 I nsert tha t a ft er
. no w .
4 8 Ch a n g e tha t t o
. w h e ther .
4 9 Inser t w h en a ft er
. time .
50 Ch a n g e li ke t o
.
“
as Th e order sh ou l d be .
“
th a t he h a s pu t ,
”
himse l f a s e v ery c a pab l e G ener al doe s in im a gin a tion e tc
, , ,
.
“ “
. th a n Th e order shou l d be of w hich no
.
,
”
sooner h ad Nici a s notice t h a n e tc I t w ou l d be be tter t o inser t
, , .
“ “
recei v ed before no tice .
52 I nser t tha t a fter

. not w i thst a ndin g .
“ ”
53 Ch a n g e p r ovi di ng to
.
p ro v ided or pro v ided th a t .
“ ”
54 Ch a n g e tha t to
. un less .
55 Sin ce i s correct b u t h a s be e n mu s t b e ch an g ed t o
.
,
was .
”
56 Insert w he n before
. once .
57 Ei ther s ay w hen men a re c a m pin g o u t

,
or to men ,
c am pi n g o u t No Fini t e v erb w i t h it s Subj ect c a n be understood

.
a fter w hen from t h e conte x t .
“
58 Inser t fo r the fa ct before
. t h at Or s ay H e a lso commends .
,
”
the President for no t h a v in g pressed his c a se e tc ,
.
“ ”
59 Ch an g e li ke to
. as .
6 0 Insert th a t a ft er
. c la im .
6 1 Th e fu ture tense i s r a re ly used w ith the conj unction af te r

. .
Say ,
a fter h e is de a d a n d buried .
”
6 2 Inser t a s a ft er
. w ay .
63 Ch a n g e i m me di a te ly to
. a s soon a s .
”
6 4 Ch a n g e p ro vidi ng t o
. ro
p ” v ided or p ro v ided th a t .
6 5 Inser t w h e n before
. once .
6 6 This w i ll sta nd
. But it w oul d be simpl er to ch a n g e a go tha t
.
”
to since .
“
6 7 Ch ang e tha n t o
. w hen .
68 I nser t w h e n be fore
. once .
“
. as .
7 0 Say al to g ether de t est a b l e if w e w ere not bound t o remember

‘
.
, ,
etc Or w e mi gh t ret a in tha t and ch a n g e on ly to e x ce pt

. He
w ou l d be al to g e ther de t est a b l e e x ce pt t h at w e are bound etc , .
”
7 1 Inser t w h e n b efore
. once .
7 2 Say . w hen the troo ps w ere fi v e ei g h ths of a mi l e

,
e tc Or -
,
.
,
”
Th e tr 00ps being fi v e ei g h ths e t c Th e conj unction
-
w hen can , .
not be ret a ined unl ess some Subj ect a nd F ini t e v erb a re pla ced a fter
,
it Nei ther Subj ect nor v erb c an be understood from th e con t e x t

. .
7 3 Say . w hich are u nso w n a n d w here no fodder of a ny k ind is

, ,
”
a v a i la b l e .
7 4 Th e construction is mi x ed
. W e c a n s ay “
I t i s no w a bou t .
,
t w enty ye ars since our influence bec ame su preme e tc Or w e c a n ,

.
s ay , Th e time durin g w hich our influence h a s been su preme etc , .

,
”
i s no w a bou t t w enty ye a rs .
“
7 5 Insert w hen before
. once .
“
7 6 Inser t th a t a fter
. is .
1 20 . Inser t w hen or i n w hich a fter y e ars .
121 . Ch a n g e p rovid ing t o pro v ided

”
1 22 Insert w h e n a fter time Or s ay .
,
a g ainst the t ime of m y
v isit .
Inser t w he n before once

1 23 . .
Ch a n g e i m m e dia te ly to a s soon a s
124 . .
“ ”
Ch an g e tha n t o besides
125 . .
Inser t w h e n or on w hi ch a fte i mo 1 nin g

126 . .
”
Ch an g e bu t t o a s
127 . Or c a nce l s o m u ch a nd le av e bu t a s it
.
,
“ ”
is Th e cons truction is confused
. S ubs ti tute w a r for it in .
the fin al c la use .
1 2 8 Other tha n i s here correct

. But p r ovid ing shou ld be cha nged
.
0 pro v ided .
“
1 2 9 Ch a n g e a s to
. thou gh .
1 3 0 Inser t w he n before
. once .
1 3 1 Inser t w h en before
. once .
“
1 3 2 Ch an g e li ke t o
. such as .
“
1 3 3 Ch a n g e e x cep t to
. unl ess .
1 3 4 Ch an g e tha n by a li e n s t o
. to being go v erned by ali ens .
1 3 5 Inser t w he n b efore once ‘‘

. .
“ ”
1 3 6 Ch a n g e tha n t o
. as Or s ay .a m ore v igorous de v elo
p ,
ment th a n 1 n th e d ays etc , .
1 3 7 Ch an g e p r o vid ing t o
.
pro v ided .
1 3 8 Inser t i t w a s a ft er
. w hen .
1 3 9 Insert they a r e a fter

. bec a use .
“ “
1 4 0 Ch a n e th a t a fter
. doubt is e x pressed to w hether .
141 . Ca noe oth e r .

”
Ch an g e bu t to th an
1 42 . .
143 Insert w ha t a ft er lik e

. .
1 4 4 Th e conj unc t ions are cor rect

. but th e fin al c lause shou ld b e
rec a s t thus sh all be w ork ed in g an g s in pa r t s of the mine different
from those allotted to Ka ffi rs .
“
1 4 5 Th e construc t ion is confused
. If in th e e v ent is re ta ined .
,
“ ”
w e must s a y in the e v en t of t h e bo a rd decidin g e tc B ut w e
, , .
mi g h t subs t i t ute the conj unction a l hra se in c a se for the pre posi
“
tio nal phr a se i n th e e v ent of T e sen t ence w ill then run
. In
c a se the bo ard decides e tc ,
.
1 4 6 Insert w h e n or i n w hi ch a fter
.
y e ar .
1 4 7 Th e c c ordin a t e c l a use
.
-
a nd no one seem s much t h e w orse
does not fi t w i th wi th w hich It shoul d therefore be ch a nged to the

.
“ ”
a bso l ute constru ction no one seemin g much the w orse
, .
1 4 8 Ch a n g e tha n to
. to w h a t it w as in .
“ ”
1 4 9 Ch a n g e p rov id in g to
.
pro v ide d S a
y w i t h a ny one w hom . .
. th a n .
“
. once .
“
. as
1 53 Inser t w he n before
. once .
1 54 Ch a n g e e qu a lly t o
. as Or ch a nge a s to w ith .
1 55 Ch a n g e p rovi di ng to ro ided ‘‘
.
p v .
1 56 Ch a n g e w i th ou t t o
. un less .
1 57 Inser t if before
. once .
”
1 58 Ch a nge like to
. as or such as .
C HA P . x ERRO RS IN CONJUNC TIONS 319
1 59 Insert tra ve lle rs a re a fter w hen

. .
1 60 Ch an g e i m me dia te ly t o a s soon a s
. .
”
1 61 Ch a n g e th a n to besides
. .
“
1 62 . Th a n c a nno t be u sed a fter pre fer Reconstruct thus .
w h o prefer s ayin g th a t t heir fa thers c a me do w n in the w or ld

”
throu g h their o w n fol lies to s ayin g th a t they etc , .
1 63 Inser t if before
. once .
. w hen .
“ ”
165 Ch a n g e li ke to
. as .
“
1 6 6 Ch a n g e bu t to
. th a n .
1 6 7 Ch a n g e e xcep t to
. un less ( Th e preposi tion up on shou ld be
.
ch an g ed to
“
1 6 8 Ch a n g e like to
. as .Th e w ord lik e m a y be re ta ined a s
a n a dj ecti v e qu a l if in s ystems on ly on condi tion th a t s u rv iv
y g ”
“
ing is inser t ed a fter s e a .Ev en t hen th e cons truc ti on is no t so
na tur a l .
1 6 9 C a nce l o the r
. .
1 7 0 Ch an g e tha n to
. besides .
“
1 7 1 Ch a n g e l i ke to
. as .
( M u ch shou ld be subs tituted for v er y .
1 7 2 Inser t a s a ft er
. o ld Sa y
. ar e a s o ld a s t r a dition or e v en
,
o lder .
“
1 7 3 Sa y
.
,
I n order to be l ie v e e v en t hou g h I mi g ht be b lind
, ,
th a t S a turn h a s a be lt I need on ly m ak e
,
e tc ,
.
1 7 4 Ch a n g e th a t to
. w he t her a ft er doub t fu l .
”
1 7 5 Ch a n g e tha n to
. w hen .
1 7 6 Ch a n g e tha n t o
. besides .
1 7 7 Ch an g e th a n t o
. w hen Or ret a in tha n a nd s ay
. No ,
soone r h a d th e v a s t successes etc ,

.
“
1 7 8 I nsert so m e conj unc t i v e a d v erb a s
. wh y a fter r e a s o n
, ,
.
1 7 9 Ch a n g e li ke t o
. as .
. as .
“
. th a n .
“
1 82 Ch a n g e be ca u s e t o
. th a t .
1 83 C a nce l tha t
. . Or if tha t is to be re ta ined w e might s a y h e , ,
e x pressed a w ish t o his w ife w h o w a s a t th e t ime pre g n a n t t h a t if

, ,
she brou gh t him a son she shou ld pla ce e tc

, , .
1 84 C a nce l oth e r ; or ch a n g e bu t t o
. th a n .
“
1 85 C a nce l o th e r ; or ch a n g e e xcep t to
. th a n .
w ith eyes different from w h a t the y w ou ld h a v e been

“
1 86 Sa y
.
,
no t hic k er th a n th e fines t need le nor one —

h ad the his t or y or the poem borne any o ther n a me .
1 87 Sa y ,
thous a nd th ,
a r t so t hic k
p .
1 88 Sa y
.
,
as to th e a bsence of v ehemence Or c ance l so .
” “
much a nd l e a v e b u t r ather a s it is
,
.
1 89 Ch an g e tha n t o
. w hen .
1 9 0 Ch a nge e qu a lly to
.
“
as .
22 ERRO RS IN EN G L I S H CO M POSI TION
L ittl e ,
” “
l e s s , 11 Pro no u n , un c e rt a in re fe re nc e o f, 65
L 1ttl e ,
” “
a h t tle , 46 c om m on d e r o f 65 gen ,
W i t h a nt e c e d e nt 2 7 ,
M a ny a 1 1 ,
Pro v id e d 2 19 ,
M om e nt 2 1 8 ,
Pro x im ity, r
e r o r o f, 5
M u ch “
m o re
,
"
11 ,
M u ltitu d e , n o u n o f, 3 Q ualifyi ng I nfi niti ve , 106, 1 07

in fu tu re s e ns e , 107
N e ith e r, 20
” “
n o r, 5
N o s o on e th a n, 22 0 r R e as on 2 18 ,
N o ne ,
” “
n ot o n e , 10 R e lat iv e , r
e s tr ic ti v e u s e o f, 6 1
N o t w ith s ta nd in g , 21 9 c o nt inu ativ e u s e o f, 6 1
o u n , u e d a s a dje c t iv e , 2 6, 4 9
s as su bj
e c t , 9 , 61
w it h t w o adj e c t iv e s , 4 2 as o bj
e c t , 61
a s d o u b l e o bj e c t , 4 3 h
w it a nt e c e e n t , 1 41 d
N o u n I n fi n itiv e , u s e s o f, 1 0
-
3 R e p e t it io n o f a t ic l e , 4 8 r
r
in P e s e nt a nd P e rfe c t fo m s , r r
o f p e p o s itio n , 4 8
N o w, a s co nj u n t io n , 2 1 9 c cd
”
o f a nt e e e nt, 1 42
b
O j e c t , po s itio n o f, 1 82 , 1 57 Sam e , as p rono u n, 67
”
O f, in s e ns e o f a pp os itio n , 1 7 7 a s a n te c e d e nt , 64
O nc e , a s co n u nc t io n , 2 1 7 j S e q u e nce t e ns e and m oo d , 9 4
of
!
O ne , a s a nt e c e e nt , 60
”
d S h all ,
”
o u ld ,
”
sh
in fi s t p e so n, 86 r r
O ne a n o t e r, 4 7 h sc d
in e o n and t ir p e s o n s , 8 7 h d r
”
O nl y, p o s it io n o f, 1 51 h
S all , m is u s e o f, 89
O nl y,
” “
al o n e ,
”
50 h ”
d
S o u l , in c ond1 t io na l l au s e s , 89 c
”
O r, in inte rr og a t iv e s e n t e n c e , 2 06 re m aining u s e o f, 8 9 s
S inc e , 1 7 7 , 220
”
204, 20
”
O r fo r and , 6
O r fo r if, 2 06
“ ”
r
S ing u la s u e ct s , 1 , 3 bj
O r n e v e r
“
if e ve r, 2 0 6 rb 1 4 1 0
ve , , ,
h
O r t at , 2 1 8 Sm g l a s e c e pt io nal
u r ,
x , 5
d r
O r e in para ll e l c o n s tr u c t io ns , 1 3 4 Spl t I n fi nit iv e 1 4 9
l ,
h r
”
O t e , 4 9 , 56 S bj e c t o rd e r o f 1 3 2
u , ,
h r h
O t e t a n, 2 1 6 fo ll o w e d b y w it , 6
“
h
d
fo l l o w e b y “ as w e ll as , 6
r
Pa tic ipl e , s d a b s ol te l y 1 1 1
u e u ,
Re fl e xi ve p ono u n , 59 r
u s e d g e r nd iv e l y 1 1 0 u ,
bj
S u u n c tiv e m oo , 80 d
u se d t t i bu ti e l y 1 3 6 h
S u c , as ante c e e nt, 64 d
“
a r v ,
u s e d pre d ic ti e l y 1 3 7 a v ,
Su pe rfi u o u s No m inat iv e , 1 0
w it h c o nj n c t io n 1 3 8 u ,
w ith P o s e s i e pro n o n 1 12 s s v u ,
T h n w h o m 1 1 1 2 245
a , , ,
Pas t p rtic iple o f I nt a ns it i

a r ve T h t Slip h od u e o f 2 1 9
a ,
”
s s ,
1 12 o m is s io n o f 2 2 1 ,
P s t t e ns e in Princ ipal c l
a s 94 au e ,
Th at o f th o o f 1 9 ,
”
se ,
P nd nt N o m in ti
e e 8 a ve , Th e s m e a s 217
a ,
e rb 1 0
v ,
T h e y th e m as ante c e d e nts
,
" “
, ,
65
a dj e c tiv e o par tic ipl e 2 6 r ,
“
T h gh ou but 2 04 ,
9,
p r o no u n , 2 7 Time 2 1 8 ,
”
P e rfe ct t e ns e , P re s e nt , 7 8
Pa s t o r Plu p e rfe c t , 7 9 Ve rb in com pou n d e nte nce 9
,
s ,
r I
fo m o f n finit iv e , 1 05 V e rb a nd co m pl e m nt 2 5 e ,
P os s e s s ive , 4 1 Ve r b and u bj e ct 1 1 1 s ,
-
rr
a e u s e o f, 4 1 , 4 2 o r d e r o f 1 3 1 13 2 , ,
r r h
P e fe t a n , 220 V e rb and o bj e ct 25 ,
r
P e po s itio nal a u n t , 1 3 9 dj c o rd e r o f 1 3 2 1 3 3 , ,
r
P e p os itio n and o e c t , 28 bj Ve rbal no u n 1 08 ,
r
P e po s it io n s , o r e r o f, 1 5 7 , 1 58 d
a t e nd o f s e nte n c e , 1 59 Way, 2 18
d d
e pe n e nt o n s am e w o r , 1 58 d Wh o ”
wh o
, 63 ,
P re s e nt in fu t u e se n s e , 7 8 r W h ol e ”
,
al l ,
46
r c c W ill w o u ld r r
” ”
in P in ipal la u s e , 9 5 , ,
in fi s t p e s o n , 88
rd d
P ro no u n , e u n a nt , 59 d
in s e c o n and t ir pe rs o n s , 87 h d
R
e fl e x iv e , 59 ot e h r
u se s o f, 9 0 N
P o s s e s s iv e , 60 W it , h
” ”
b y, 1 7 5
P r in te d by R 81 R C L A R K , L I M IT E D , E d in b u rg h
. . .
SERIES OF TEXT BOOKS -
EN G L l SH CO M POSlTl O N
BY J . C
. N ESF I EL D , M A . .
ORAL EXERCI S ES ON EN GLI S H COMPOS I TI ON .
G lo b e 8 v o . 2 1 6 pp . Price 1 s 6 d . .
C o n s ists ofe x e rcis es i n t h e co mp ositio n o f si mple compo u nd , ,
a n d co mple x se nten ces t h e pr i n cip al g ra mm a tica l rules b ea ri n g

,
o n su c h comp os iti o n t h e or d e r o f w o rd s an d p h r a ses a nd t h e

, ,
d is cr im in ati o n o f w o rd s in co m m o n u se Ev ery e x ercise is .
pr e ced ed b y an e x pla na ti on o f th e r ul es o r prin ciples in v ol v ed

i n w orki ng it Th e e x er cis es t h oug h inte nd ed fo r or al pra ctice
.
, ,
w h ic h is m u c h m o re ra p id an d effecti v e th an w ritten can be

,
don e i n w riting if t h e t ea c h e r prefers it

, .
JUN I OR COURS E OF EN GLI S H COMPOS I TI ON .
G lo b e 8 v o . 2 2 4 pp . Pric e 1 s 6 d . .
Th is is of a st age m ore ad v a nced th a n t h e p rece d ing I t .
co ns ists o f fi v e ch ap t ers Th e fi rst gi v es t h e u s u al kin d o f

.
pra ctice in t h e rep r od uctio n o f e x tra cts w it h e xa m ples c h ose n ,
fro m th e Ca m b ridge Pr elim i na ry Ex a min a tio ns and fro m the ,
G o v ern me nt Ex a m in a tions of P up il Te ach ers Th e se co n d gi v es .
so m e gen eral d ir ectio ns as to cle ar an d effecti v e w ri ting the ,
a v oid a n ce o f com mo n e rro rs a nd th e str u c tu re o f sen te nce a nd

,
p a r a ra ph
g . Th e th ird gi v es a deta ile d a ccou nt o f p unctu ation ,
sylla b ic d i v ision and t h e u se o f ca p itals

,
The fourt h d ea ls w it h .
e ssa y w riting and gi v e s a series o f ou tli nes o f s h o rt e ssa ys to b e

-
,
e x p an d ed b y th e stu d ent The fifth d eals w it h le tter w riti n g

.
-
p ri v ate cgm m e rcial and o cial Th e bo ok closes w i th an

, ,
.
a p pen d i x o n t r ad e ter ms i n co m m on us e .
M A C M I L L A N AN D C C .
,
LT D .
,
LON D ON .
SE
RIES OF TEXTBOOKS ON E
NGLISH COMPOSITION -
.
S EN I OR COURS E OF EN GLI S H COMPOSI TI ON .
G lob e 8 v o . 3 5 8 pp . Pr ic e 3 s 6 d .
Th is b ook is a co nti n u a tio n of t h e J un io r C o u rse . Pa rt I .
d e al s w i t h th e F igu r es of Sp eech , an d d iscusses t h e qu aliti es of
co mpositi on u n d er t h e s ix h e ad ings of Pe rsp icu i ty , Si m plicity ,
B re v ity , I m p r e ssi v en e ss ,
Eup h on y, an d Pi ct u r es q u en e ss .
Ap p e n d e d to t h es e c h ap te rs a re 4 54 se nten ces (all gen u in e

e x tra cts fro m j ou rn alis m or li te ra tu re ) ,
to b e co rr e c te d i mp ro v ed , ,
or j us ti fi e d Part a fte r d isc u ssin g at so m e len gt h th e
str u ctu r e of sen ten ce an d p a r agra p h d ea ls ,

w it h e ssa y -
w ritin g in
thr e e stages of di i cu lty— th e fi rst co ns ist ing of 15 c o mplete

essays w h ic h th e stu d en t ca n be as ke d to repr od u ce t h e seco n d
,
of n o t es on 1 03 su bj ects fo r e s sa ys ,
th e t hi r d of a grea t va ri ety
of s u bj ects w it h o u t n o te s . At th e close of th e b o o k t h er e is an
Ap p en d i x co n tain m g a rep rin t o f th e s u bj ects se t fo r es says i n t h e

va rio u s p u bli c e x a mi n atio ns fo r se v er al y e a rs p a st .
ERRORS IN EN GLI S H COMPOS I TI ON . G lo b e 8 v o .
N ot i nte n d e d for sta n d ard o f di icu lty Ad apt e d

" ’
an
y on e . to
pr i v a te st u d y ra th e r t h a n to class u se . It co n s is ts o f s ix c h ap te rs
—th e fi rs t on Erro rs of G r am m a r, th e se con d on Err ors of
C on str u cti on , th e t h i rd on Erro rs of O r d er , th e fo u rt h on Erro rs

in Prep osition s, th e fi fth ~
on Errors in C onj un cti o ns, an d th e
si x th on Err o rs i n Pu n ct u a ti o n . Ea c h ch a pte r co n t ai ns not o nly

a state m en t of th e t h eo ry ,
bu t a l arg e collecti on of
e x a mples (to
b e correcte d or j usti fi e d ) fro m j o u rn alis m o r lite r a t u r e A sol u tio n
.
of t h es e e x a mples is gi v e n se p a r ately i n Pa rt II .
, to w h ic h th e
st u d ent ,
a fte r d ea ling w it h an y e x a mples h i m self ,
ca n r e fer fo r
v eri fi ca tion .
M AC M I LLAN AN D C O , LTD LO N D O N
‘
. . .
,

ErrorsinEnglishComposition 10053112

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ErrorsinEnglishComposition 10053112

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BY J C . . N ESF I EL D , M A .

I . English Comp os i tion Se rie s .

ORAL E X E R CISES IN EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N P ice l s 6d . r . .

SENI O R C OUR SE O F EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N Pric e 3 6d . 8. .

Ad pte d t o th e Exa m inat io n o f W o ol w c h a nd S ndh u rs t th e

( S e n ior) t h e C ll e g e o f Pre ce p t o ( F irs t cl

S ch o lars h ip ( Eng l n d nd Wal e s ) T e a ch e r C e r tif ca te ( Eng

C ivi l a nd H o m e C i il S e r ic e a nd a ny o th e r pu h k o Exam inv v , a

E RRO R S IN EN GL IS H C O MP O SITI O N Pric e 3 6d A d pte d . 3. . a

g re t d e l o f prac tic e in th e d e t e c tion nd c o rre c tio n o f e r o r

in priv ate s t d y no l e s s th a n in c lasu s.

II . Englis h G ra mma r Se ries .

USES O F THE PAR TS OF SPEECH w ith a larg e numb e r o f ,

c re f lly grad e d E e rcis e s Price 6d A e as y and e ry

O UT L INE O F EN GL IS H G RAMM AR w ith la g e n m b e o f ,

E am na t io n s ( T h ird and S e co nd clas s e s )

M A NUAL EN GLI S H GRAMM AR AN D C O M PO SITI O N

P ric e 2 8 6d A d apt e d t o Pu pil T ea c h e rs S c h olars h ip Ex am ina

t i o ns O xfor d and C am bri d ge L o ca l Exam inat io n ( S e nio r) and

Pre ce pt o rs Exam ina tio n ( F irs t c la s s ) K EY for Te ac h e rs o nl y

A d apte d to th e L ond o n M atricu lat ion c o u rs e W i th a v ery ,

l arg e nu m b e r o f g rad e d q u e s t io n s s e le ct e d fro m th e L ond o n ,

M a t ri cu la tio n Exa m ina tio ns K EY fo r T ea c h e rs o nly 2 8 6d .

H IST O RIC AL EN GL IS H AN D D E R IVA TI O N Pric e 3 5 6d A . . .

re print o f th e h i s torica l portio ns o f th e a bo v e w ith an ,

it c hi e ﬂ y co ns is ts o f e x a mple s i n w h ic h so m e e rro r i n G r a m mar,

fro m liter at u r e an d fro m j o u rn alism m ai nl y h o w e v e r fro m th e

l atte r and m a i nly fro m v ery re cent j o u rnalism

li k ely th erefor e , to Sh o w th e kind s o f in acc u r acie s w h ic h ( if

my v i e w s on s u c h m atte rs are s o u n d ) are m ost p re v ale nt at

C e rtain b oo k s or ra t h er ce rta in p o rtio n s o f b ook s h aving

t h e sa m e o bj e ct i n v ie w h av e b ee n p u b lis h e d alr e ad y viz t h e ,

Sole ci sm s in C a mp b ell s P hilos ophy of Rhe tor ic t h e

L itera tu r e I ts B lemishes a nd D efects ; an d Pa rt I I d e aling w it h

Errors in the Use of Eng lish — t h e m o st c om plet e b o ok o f th e

I n e a c h o f t h e s e b o oks th e s ol u tio n o f e v ery s e nte nc e th at is

at th e en d o f th e b o ok qu ite ap a rt fro m th e se nte n ce s th em sel v e s

l ab o u r o f e x amin i n g and i f n e ce ssar y , co rre ctin g e a c h se nten ce

h im self b efore h e r efers to t h e ans w er fo r v eri ﬁ ca ti on

o rigi n al co mp ositio n ﬁ nd it n e ces sa ry to re v ise th e ﬁ rs t d raft o f

an e s s a y b efore m ak ing a fai r copy Pra ctic e in w o rking ou t

th e e xa m ples gi v e n i n t h i s b o ok w ill it is h oped b e an aid to

s u c h re v is i on , b y s h o w ing th e st u d ent w h at kin d s o f mista ke s

he is likely to m ake an d in w h at w ay or w ays s u c h m ist ak es

c a n b e p ut rig h t As th e b oo k contains a ke y to all t h e e x a m ples

to st u dy its co nte nts w it h o u t t h e h elp o f a te a ch er I f it sh o u l d

b e u se d in cl ass I a d v is e t h at t h e s tu d ents b e re q u ire d to gi v e

th eir a n s w ers or ally and at sigh t s o th at gre ater fa cility m ay b e

a c q ui re d i n t h e d etectio n an d a v oi d an ce o f error a n d tim e m ay

n o t b e w a ste d ei th er in p repa r atio n or i n w riting .

At th e h e ad o f e ach se t o f e xa m ples I h av e gi v e n a fe w no tes

Th ere are som e p oints i n Englis h G ra m m a r and C o nst ru ctio n

yet b e e n re a c h ed O n all s u c h p o ints I h av e gi v en m y o w n

d i s sent and can su b stitu te s o m e t h i ng w h ic h h e c on sid e rs b etter

Sentences to correc t im pro v e or j u s tify

( 0) Com parison of Adj ecti v es

(g ) Sequence of Tense a n d M ood

Sen tences to correct im pro v e or j ustify

( b) Subordin ati v e Conj unctions

BY e r ro r s ofgr a m m ar are m e a n t e rr or s in Acci d e n ce C on cor d , ,

an d G o v ern m e nt Th e p r esen t c h ap t er co nsists m a i nly o f s e n

te n ce s i nv ol v ing su c h e rro rs The s t u d ent is ask ed to e x a mi n e

th es e se nten ces and w h ere h e s e es re a son to corre ct t h e m